航空论坛_航空翻译_民航英语翻译_飞行翻译

标题: FSS [打印本页]

作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 19:29:59     标题: FSS

FSS
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:15

U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Aviation Administration Initiated By: AJR-0 Distribution: ZAT-712, ZAT-423 (External) Vice President, System Operations Services Order JO 7110.10T Flight Services February 14, 2008 An electronic version of this publication is on the internet at http://www.faa.gov/atpubs This web version contains Change 1, dated 7/31/2008 DIRECTIVE NO. RECORD OF CHANGES JO 7110.10T CHANGE TO BASIC SUPPLEMENTS OPTIONAL CHANGE TO BASIC SUPPLEMENTS OPTIONAL FAA Form 1320-5 (6-80) USE PREVIOUS EDITION JO 7110.10T CHG 1 U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION CHANGE Initiated By: AJR-0 Distribution: ZAT-712: ZAT-423 (External) Vice President, System Operations Services SUBJ: FLIGHT SERVICES 1._PURPOSE. This change transmits revised pages to Order JO 7110.10T, Flight Services, and a Briefing Guide. 2._DISTRIBUTION. This change is distributed to select offices in Washington headquarters, regional offices, the William J. Hughes Technical Center, and the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center; to all air traffic field facilities and international aviation field offices; and to interested aviation public. 3._EFFECTIVE DATE. July 31, 2008. 4._EXPLANATION OF CHANGES. See the Explanation of Changes attachment which has editorial corrections and changes submitted through normal procedures. The Briefing Guide lists only new or modified material, along with background information. 5._DISPOSITION OF TRANSMITTAL. Retain this transmittal until superseded by a new basic order. 6._PAGE CONTROL CHART. See the Page Control Chart attachment. JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 Explanation of Changes E of C-1 Flight Services Explanation of Changes Direct questions through appropriate facility/service center office staff to the Office of Primary Interest (OPI) a. 4-3-8. DEPARTURE REPORTS This change adds an exception for locations where the IFR facility has requested omission of the report, provided the procedures are specified in a letter of agreement between the flight service station and departure control facility. b. 4-4-8. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY This new paragraph establishes procedures for the use of the AFIS by FSS ATCS personnel in 11 of the FSSs in Alaska. This change cancels and incorporates N_JO_7110.483, Alaska Automatic Flight Information Service (AFIS), effective June 3, 2008. c. 6-2-3. ALASKA SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The address PANCYAYI is no longer valid and FIFO no longer needs this information directly from FSSs/AFSSs. Paragraph deleted. d. Editorial/format changes were made where necessary. Revision bars were not used because of the insignificant nature of these changes. 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 Page Control Chart 1 PAGE CONTROL CHART REMOVE PAGES DATED INSERT PAGES DATED Table of Contents iii through x . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 Table of Contents iii through x . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 4-2-2 and 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-2 and 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 4-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-3-4 and 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-3-4 and 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 4-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 4-4-5 through 4-4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 6-2-1 and 6-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-2-1 and 6-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 6-2-5 and 6-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-2-5 and 6-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 6-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-3-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 6-6-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 6-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 7-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 10-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 10-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 10-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 10-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 14-1-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 PCG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 PCG A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG A-4 through A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 PCG A-4 through A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 Index I-1 and I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2/14/08 Index I-1 and I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Foreword Flight Services JO 7110.10T Foreword This order prescribes air traffic control procedures and phraseology for use by personnel providing air traffic control services. Controllers are required to be familiar with the provisions of this order that pertain to their operational responsibilities and to exercise their best judgment if they encounter situations not covered by it. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Explanation of Changes E of C-1 Flight Services Explanation of Changes Direct questions through appropriate facility/service center office staff to the Office of Primary Interest (OPI) e. 2-3-2. AREA/ROUTE BRIEFING PROCEDURES and 2-3-3. MONITORING The requirement for summarizing weather for TIBS broadcasts will be discontinued. TIBS procedures are modified to take advantage of automation capabilities, to modernize out-of-date requirements, and to discourage the practice of misusing TIBS as a substitute for a standard weather briefing. Recording accuracy would be assured by continuous software data sampling on the multiple data feeds into the FS21 system. If unexpected data (garbled or missing text, etc.) appear, the National Weather Service (NWS), the FS21 Data Center Supervisor, the Recording Correction Specialist (RCS), and the National Operations Center (NOC) would be alerted. The RCS will perform manual intervention of the TIBS data stream, through access to the TIBS creation process. Consultation with NWS, as necessary, would provide corrected data. Redundancy (DCA and FTW Data Centers and Richland, WA, and Madison, AL, NOCs), and failure alarms on the TIBS servers ensure the availability of the TIBS product. In addition to continuous data sampling, the recorded product will be monitored by quality assurance once each shift, to ensure the clarity and accuracy of the broadcast. This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.466, Automation of Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) and Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) Broadcasts, effective April 27, 2007. f. 2-4-3. CONTENT The requirements for HIWAS are changed to eliminate mandatory summarization. Also the requirement to include weather considered significant but not already contained in a current hazardous weather advisory is removed. HIWAS will include a verbatim text-to-voice announcement of all current hazardous weather advisor- ies. When two or more advisories are effective during the same timeframe, on the same outlet or group of outlets, the software will precede the text of each advisory with a summary list of effective advisories, allowing the pilot to listen to the full advisory text on the broadcast or to contact Flight Watch or Flight Service, as appropriate, for an update. Also, the NOTE in subparagraph d to “delete all reference to Flight Watch when not available. . . .” is deleted with the addition of the “as appropriate” remark in the closing statement. This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.466, Automation of Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) and Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) Broadcasts, effective April 27, 2007. g. 6-1-2. FLIGHT PLANS This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR beacon code, and transmitting all DVFR flight plan information directly to NORAD. This new subparagraph adds the instruction to advise a pilot to activate his/her DVFR flight plan with Flight Service and that a discrete beacon code will be assigned upon activation. This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.470, Auto- mated Flight Service Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) Flight Plans, effective June_24, 2007.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:28

h. 6-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan information directly to NORAD. Both Model 1 Full Capacity (M1FC) and OASIS will require flight plan entry modifications for the systems to accept the NORAD address and to transmit the DVFR flight plan correctly. Flight Services for the 21st Century will perform this process. This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.470, Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR), effective June 24, 2007. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 E of C-2 Explanation of Changes i. 6-6-2. AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ-DVFR, 6-6-3. FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION, and 6-6-5. ADDRESSING DVFR FLIGHT PLAN MESSAGES This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan information directly to NORAD. This change cancels and incorporates N JO 7110.470, Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) Flight Plans, effective June 24, 2007. j. 7-2-3. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT: ADIZ REQUIREMENTS This change expands the use of the DVFR flight plan procedures developed in the Southwest Region to all facilities except Alaska. Affected AFSSs will now be the primary contact for DVFR operations, assigning a DVFR beacon code and transmitting all DVFR flight plan information directly to NORAD. This section applies to aircraft inbound to the United States from foreign departure points. This change cancels and incorporates N_JO 7110.470, Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS) Handling of Defense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) Flight Plans, effective June 24, 2007. k. 11-1-18. VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS (VASIs) This editorial change clarifies Table 11-1-8, VASI Intensity Setting, Three-Step System. l. Editorial/format changes were made where necessary. Revision bars were not used because of the insignificant nature of these changes. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 i Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:36

Table of Contents Chapter 1. Introduction Section 1. General Paragraph Page 1-1-1. PURPOSE 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-2. DISTRIBUTION 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-3. CANCELLATION 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-5. EFFECTIVE DATE 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-6. RECOMMENDATION FOR PROCEDURAL CHANGES 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1-7. SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION 1-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Terms of Reference 1-2-1. WORD MEANINGS 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-2. NOTES 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-3. JO 7110.10 CHANGES 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-4. ABBREVIATIONS 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-5. EXAMPLES 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2-6. PHRASEOLOGY 1-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. Responsibility 1-3-1. PROCEDURAL APPLICATIONS 1-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-2. DUTY PRIORITY 1-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-3. DUTY FAMILIARIZATION AND TRANSFER OF POSITION RESPONSIBILITY 1-3-1 Chapter 2. Broadcast Procedures Section 1. General 2-1-1. TYPES OF BROADCASTS 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-2. SPEECH RATE 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-3. INTERRUPTION OF BROADCAST 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-4. REDUCING RECORDED WEATHER INFORMATION SERVICES 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-5. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-6. WEATHER REPORT PHRASEOLOGY 2-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1-7. CURRENT DATA 2-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only) 2-2-1. GENERAL 2-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-2. CONTENT 2-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-3. TESTING TWEB EQUIPMENT 2-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-4. SERVICE MAY BE SUSPENDED 2-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2-5. MONITORING 2-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 ii Table of Contents Section 3. Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS) Paragraph Page 2-3-1. GENERAL 2-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-2. AREA/ROUTE BRIEFING PROCEDURES 2-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3-3. MONITORING 2-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) 2-4-1. GENERAL 2-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-2. PRIORITY 2-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-3. CONTENT 2-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-4. BROADCAST PROCEDURES 2-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4-5. SUSPENSION 2-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 19:30:47

Chapter 3. Pilot Briefing Section 1. General 3-1-1. DEFINITION 3-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-2. PREDUTY REQUIREMENTS 3-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-3. PREFLIGHT BRIEFING DISPLAY 3-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-4. WEATHER DISPLAY PRODUCTS 3-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-5. FORECASTS, WARNINGS, AND ADVISORIES 3-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-6. UNAVAILABILITY OF DATA 3-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-7. TYPE OF BRIEFING TO BE CONDUCTED 3-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1-8. RECORDING PILOT BRIEFINGS 3-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Preflight Pilot Briefing 3-2-1. CONDUCT OF STANDARD BRIEFING 3-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-2. CONDUCT OF ABBREVIATED BRIEFING 3-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2-3. CONDUCT OF OUTLOOK BRIEFING 3-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 4. Inflight Services Section 1. General 4-1-1. INFLIGHT SERVICES 4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-2. EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE (EFAS/FLIGHT WATCH) 4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . 4-1-3. OPERATIONAL PRIORITY 4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-4. INFLIGHT WEATHER BRIEFING 4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1-5. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS 4-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Data Recording 4-2-1. TYPES OF DATA RECORDED 4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-2. METHODS OF RECORDING DATA 4-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-3. IFR/VFR/DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 4-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-4. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-5. LOGGING AIRCRAFT CONTACTS 4-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-6. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS (FAA FORMS 7230-21 AND 7233-5) 4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-7. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS AND ENTRY DATA 4-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-8. AIRCRAFT CONTACTS 4-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2-9. CONTROL SYMBOLOGY 4-2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 iii Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:21:32

Section 3. Radio Communications Paragraph Page 4-3-1. FREQUENCY USE 4-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-2. AUTHORIZED TRANSMISSIONS 4-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-3. RADIO MESSAGE FORMAT 4-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-4. ABBREVIATED TRANSMISSION 4-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-5. ROUTINE RADIO CONTACTS 4-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-6. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFER 4-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-7. ATC CLEARANCES, ADVISORIES, OR REQUESTS 4-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-8. DEPARTURE REPORTS 4-3-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-9. IFR FLIGHT PROGRESS REPORTS 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-10. ARRIVAL/MISSED APPROACH REPORTS 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-11. NONDELIVERY OF MESSAGES 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-12. BROADCAST (BLIND TRANSMISSION) OF MESSAGES 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3-13. PENETRATION OF CLASS A AIRSPACE OR PROHIBITED/ RESTRICTED AREA 4-3-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. Airport Advisory Services 4-4-1. GENERAL 4-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-2. LAA/RAIS/RAA ELEMENTS AND PHRASEOLOGY 4-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-3. CHARTS 4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-4. AUTHORIZED FREQUENCIES 4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-5. REQUEST FOR LAA/RAIS/RAA AT AIRPORTS WHERE THE SERVICES ARE UNAVAILABLE 4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-6. TRAFFIC CONTROL 4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-7. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CHECKS 4-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4-8. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY 4-4-5 Section 5. Special VFR Operation 4-5-1. AUTHORIZATION 4-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-2. REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCE 4-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-3. VISIBILITY BELOW 1 MILE 4-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5-4. PREDESIGNED SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCES 4-5-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 6. En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS) 4-6-1. GENERAL 4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-2. POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES 4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-3. OPERATING PROCEDURES 4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-4. FREQUENCIES 4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-5. NWS SUPPORT TO EFAS 4-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-6. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS 4-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-7. GRAPHIC WEATHER DISPLAY 4-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-8. INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICE 4-6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6-9. EMERGENCIES 4-6-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 iv Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:21:44

Chapter 5. Emergency Services Section 1. General Paragraph Page 5-1-1. EMERGENCY DETERMINATION 5-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-2. RESPONSIBILITY 5-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-3. OBTAINING INFORMATION 5-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-4. COORDINATION 5-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-5. PROVIDING ASSISTANCE 5-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-6. RECORDING INFORMATION 5-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1-7. SAFE ALTITUDES FOR ORIENTATIONS 5-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Operations 5-2-1. INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-2. FREQUENCY CHANGES 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-3. AIRCRAFT ORIENTATION 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-4. ALTITUDE CHANGE FOR IMPROVED RECEPTION 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-5. ALERTING CONTROL FACILITY 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-6. VFR AIRCRAFT IN WEATHER DIFFICULTY 5-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-7. AIRCRAFT POSITION PLOTS 5-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-8. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SIGNALS 5-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-9. EXPLOSIVE CARGO 5-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-10. EXPLOSIVE DETECTION DOG HANDLER TEAMS 5-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-11. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS 5-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-12. NAVY FLEET SUPPORT MISSIONS 5-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-13. COUNTRIES IN THE SPECIAL INTEREST FLIGHT PROGRAM 5-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-14. MINIMUM FUEL 5-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-15. AIRCRAFT BOMB THREATS 5-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2-16. SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAFFIC AND NAVIGATION AIDS (SCATANA) 5-2-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. Direction Finder (DF) Service 5-3-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED 5-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-2. VFR DF SERVICE 5-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-3. DF FIXING BY NET 5-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-4. DF FIXING BY ONE FACILITY 5-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3-5. EMERGENCY DF APPROACH PROCEDURE 5-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. ADF/VOR Orientation 5-4-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED 5-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-2. ADF ORIENTATION/ADF CROSSFIX 5-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-3. VOR ORIENTATION/VOR CROSSFIX 5-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4-4. GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT 5-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6. Flight Data Section 1. General Paragraph Page 6-1-1. COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE 6-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-2. FLIGHT PLANS 6-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-3. FLIGHT PLAN DATA 6-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1-4. PART-TIME FSS CLOSURE ACTION 6-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 v Table of Contents Section 2. Flight Plan Proposals Paragraph Page 6-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING 6-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-2. OUTBOUNDS DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA 6-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . 6-2-3. ENTRY OF MILITARY IFR MULTI-LEG STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN 6-2-5 . . . . . . . . .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:21:56

6-2-4. ENTRY OF MILITARY VFR STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN 6-2-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. IFR Flight Plan Handling 6-3-1. DOMESTIC IFR FLIGHT PLANS 6-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3-2. NOTIFYING ARTCC 6-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3-3. IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGES 6-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3-4. COORDINATE RNAV ROUTES 6-3-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. Flight Plan Handling 6-4-1. FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVATION 6-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-2. DEPARTURE REPORT MESSAGE 6-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-3. ACKNOWLEDGING NUMBERED MESSAGES 6-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-4. FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE 6-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-5. SUSPENDING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES 6-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-6. ACKNOWLEDGING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES 6-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-7. ACTION BY ADDRESSEES 6-4-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-8. MAJOR FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES FROM EN ROUTE AIRCRAFT 6-4-6 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-9. CHANGE IN ETA 6-4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-10. FLIGHT PLAN CLOSURE 6-4-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4-11. MILITARY FLIGHTS TO/FROM U.S. 6-4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 5. Military Operations 6-5-1. MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY 6-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5-2. AERIAL REFUELING TRACKS 6-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5-3. SPECIAL MILITARY FLIGHTS 6-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5-4. MILITARY FOREIGN FLIGHTS 6-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5-5. USAF/USN UNDERGRADUATE PILOTS 6-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5-6. MESSAGE HANDLING 6-5-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 6. IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 6-6-1. AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES (AMIS) WITHIN AN ADIZ-IFR 6-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6-2. AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ-DVFR 6-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6-3. FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION 6-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6-4. STOPOVER DVFR FLIGHT PLANS 6-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6-5. ADDRESSING DVFR FLIGHT PLAN MESSAGES 6-6-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 7. Law Enforcement Messages 6-7-1. LAW ENFORCEMENT ALERT MESSAGES (LEAM) 6-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7-2. INITIATING LEAMS 6-7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7-3. FSDPS RESPONSIBILITIES 6-7-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 8. Nonemergency Parachute Jumping 6-8-1. COORDINATION 6-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8-2. PREJUMP RADIO COMMUNICATIONS 6-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 vi Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:06

Chapter 7. International Operations Section 1. Messages and Formats Paragraph Page 7-1-1. GENERAL 7-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-2. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE (ATS) MESSAGES 7-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-3. CATEGORIES OF MESSAGES 7-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-4. SERVICE MESSAGES 7-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-5. TRANSMISSION VIA NADIN 7-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-6. TRANSMISSION OF ATS MESSAGES 7-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-7. ORIGINATING MESSAGES 7-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-8. ADDRESSING MESSAGES 7-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-9. FLIGHT PLAN FORMS AND INSTRUCTIONS 7-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-10. ICAO ATS MESSAGE FORMAT 7-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-11. FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS 7-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-12. AIR MOBILE SERVICE (AMS) 7-1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-13. AIREPS (POSITION REPORTS) 7-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-14. AIREP SPECIALS (ARS) 7-1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1-15. ARTCC RELAY OF VFR MESSAGES 7-1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements 7-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN/CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS 7-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-2. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT: CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS 7-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2-3. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT: ADIZ REQUIREMENTS 7-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. Alerting Service 7-3-1. GENERAL 7-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-2. ALERTING PHASES 7-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3-3. ALERTING MESSAGE CONTENTS 7-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) 7-4-1. GENERAL 7-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-2. INBOUNDS FROM CANADA 7-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-3. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA 7-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-4. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA 7-4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-5. IFR FLIGHT PLANS DEPARTING CANADIAN AIRPORTS 7-4-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4-6. SEARCH AND RESCUE MESSAGES 7-4-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 5. Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) Paragraph Page 7-5-1. GENERAL 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-2. INBOUNDS FROM MEXICO 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-3. OUTBOUNDS TO MEXICO 7-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5-4. MEXICAN REGIONAL FLIGHT DISPATCH OFFICE TELEPHONE NUMBERS 7-5-2 .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:14

Chapter 8. Search and Rescue (SAR) Procedures for VFR Aircraft Section 1. General 8-1-1. RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAR ACTION 8-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-2. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ON FLIGHT PLAN 8-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1-3. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT NOT ON FLIGHT PLAN 8-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 vii Table of Contents Section 2. Overdue Aircraft Action Paragraph Page 8-2-1. INITIAL ACTION/QALQ 8-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-2. ACTION BY DEPARTURE STATION ON RECEIPT OF QALQ 8-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2-3. CANCELLATION OF THE QALQ 8-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. Information Requests (INREQs) 8-3-1. INREQ 8-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF INREQ 8-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3-3. CANCELLATION OF INREQ 8-3-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 4. Alert Notices (ALNOTs) 8-4-1. ALNOT 8-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF ALNOT 8-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-3. REPORTING ALNOT STATUS TO RCC 8-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4-4. CANCELLATION OF ALNOT 8-4-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 5. Other SAR Actions 8-5-1. CONTACT WITH AIRCRAFT CROSSING HAZARDOUS AREA 8-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5-2. CANADIAN TRANSBORDER 8-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:21

Chapter 9. FAA Weather Services Section 1. General 9-1-1. PURPOSE 9-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-2. SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION TIMES 9-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 2. Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) 9-2-1. GENERAL 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-2. PREPARATION FOR TRANSMISSION 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-3. RESPONSIBILITY 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-4. PIREP DISPLAY 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-5. SOLICITING PIREPS 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-6. RECORDING OF PIREP DATA 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-7. DATA TO BE INCLUDED IN PIREPS 9-2-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-8. REPORTING TURBULENCE IN PIREPS 9-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-9. REPORTING ICING CONDITIONS IN PIREPS 9-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-10. MEANS USED TO SOLICIT PIREPS 9-2-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-11. PIREP CLASSIFICATION 9-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-12. PIREP HANDLING 9-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-13. OFFSHORE COASTAL ROUTES 9-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-14. PIREP PREPARATION 9-2-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-15. PIREP FORMAT 9-2-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-16. PIREP ENCODING 9-2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2-17. PIREP ORDER 9-2-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 3. Radar Weather Report (SD/ROB) 9-3-1. GENERAL 9-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3-2. SCHEDULE 9-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-3-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 viii Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:28

Section 4. Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecast (FD) Paragraph Page 9-4-1. GENERAL 9-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-2. LEVELS FORECAST 9-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-3. SCHEDULES 9-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4-4. DISTRIBUTION 9-4-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 5. Aviation Terminal Forecast (TAF) 9-5-1. GENERAL 9-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5-2. TERMINAL FORECAST SCHEDULES 9-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-5-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 6. Aviation Area Forecast (FA) 9-6-1. GENERAL 9-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6-2. AVIATION AREA FORECAST (FA) SCHEDULE 9-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-6-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 7. Severe Weather Forecasts 9-7-1. GENERAL 9-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7-2. DISTRIBUTION 9-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7-3. SEVERE WEATHER OUTLOOK NARRATIVE (AC) 9-7-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 8. Flight Advisories (SIGMET/WS-AIRMET/WA-Convective SIGMET/WST) 9-8-1. GENERAL 9-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8-2. DISTRIBUTION 9-8-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 9. Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB) 9-9-1. GENERAL 9-9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9-2. CROSS-COUNTRY ROUTES 9-9-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 10. Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) 9-10-1. GENERAL 9-10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10-2. CRITERIA 9-10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-10-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 11. Center Weather Advisory (CWA) 9-11-1. GENERAL 9-11-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11-2. CRITERIA 9-11-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11-3. DISTRIBUTION 9-11-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 ix Table of Contents
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:36

Chapter 10. Data Communication Systems Section 1. General 10-1-1. TYPES OF DATA ACCEPTABLE ON FAA DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 10-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1-2. PRIORITY MESSAGES 10-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1-3. GENERAL NOTICES 10-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1-4. GROUP CODES 10-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1-5. MESSAGE FORMATS 10-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1-6. WMSCR NEGATIVE RESPONSE MESSAGES 10-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 11. Airport Lighting and Visibility Aids Section 1. General 11-1-1. AIRPORT LIGHTING 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-2. OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-3. ROTATING BEACON 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-4. APPROACH LIGHTS 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-5. ALS INTENSITY SETTINGS 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-6. SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-7. RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS 11-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-8. CHANGING LIGHTED RUNWAYS 11-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-9. SIMULTANEOUS APPROACH AND RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT OPERATION 11-1-2 . . . 11-1-10. MALSR ODALS 11-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-11. HIRL ASSOCIATED WITH MALSR 11-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-12. MEDIUM INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-13. HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY, RUNWAY CENTERLINE, AND TOUCHDOWN ZONE LIGHTS 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-14. HIRL CHANGES AFFECTING RVR 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-15. HIGH SPEED TURNOFF LIGHTS 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-16. RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-17. TAXIWAY LIGHTS 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-18. VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS (VASIS) 11-1-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-19. VISIBILITY AIDS - GENERAL 11-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-20. RVR/RVV 11-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1-21. OPERATION OF LANDING DIRECTION INDICATOR 11-1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:43

Chapter 12. Interphone Communications Section 1. General Paragraph Page 12-1-1. PURPOSE 12-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-2. INTERPHONE TRANSMISSION PRIORITIES 12-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-3. PRIORITY INTERRUPTION 12-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-4. MESSAGE INITIATION 12-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1-5. MESSAGE TERMINATION 12-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 x Table of Contents Chapter 13. NAVAID Monitoring Section 1. General 13-1-1. PURPOSE 13-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-2. DUTIES 13-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-3. MALFUNCTIONS 13-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-4. AIRCRAFT REPORTED MALFUNCTIONS 13-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-5. ADJUSTMENTS TO NAVAIDS 13-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-6. NAVAID FLIGHT CHECK 13-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1-7. MONITORING OF NAVAIDS BY TECHNICAL OPERATIONS SERVICES PERSONNEL 13-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:22:50

Chapter 14. Phraseology Section 1. General 14-1-1. PURPOSE 14-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-2. PHRASEOLOGY 14-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-3. WORDS AND PHRASES 14-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-4. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS 14-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-5. ICAO PHONETICS 14-1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-6. RELAY OF ATC COMMUNICATIONS 14-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-7. EXPEDITIOUS COMPLIANCE 14-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-8. WEATHER PHRASEOLOGY 14-1-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-9. WEATHER REMARKS 14-1-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-10. WEATHER ADVISORIES 14-1-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-11. RADAR 14-1-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-12. WINDS AND TEMPERATURES ALOFT FORECAST (FD) 14-1-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-13. NUMBER USAGE 14-1-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-14. FACILITY IDENTIFICATION 14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-15. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 14-1-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-16. AIRCRAFT TYPES 14-1-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-17. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CODES 14-1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-18. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES 14-1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-19. NAVAID TERMS 14-1-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-20. NAVAID FIXES 14-1-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1-21. RUNWAY CONDITIONS 14-1-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendices Paragraph Page APPENDIX A. ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Appendix A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APPENDIX B. Q SIGNALS Appendix B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PILOT/CONTROLLER GLOSSARY PCG-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDEX I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 1-1-1 General
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:06

Chapter 1. Introduction Section 1. General 1-1-1. PURPOSE This order prescribes procedures and phraseology for use by air traffic personnel providing flight services. Flight service specialists are required to be familiar with the provisions of this order that pertain to their operational responsibilities and to exercise their best judgment if they encounter situations that are not covered. 1-1-2. DISTRIBUTION This order is distributed to selected offices in Washington headquarters, regional offices, service area offices, the William J. Hughes Technical Center, the Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, all air traffic field facilities, international aviation field offices, and interested aviation public. 1-1-3. CANCELLATION FAA Order 7110.10S, Flight Services, dated February_16,_2006, and all changes to it are canceled. 1-1-4. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES Changes incorporated into this basic order as well as changes submitted in the future are found in the explanation of changes page(s). It is advisable to retain these page(s) throughout the duration of the basic order. If further information is desired, direct questions through the appropriate facility/service area office staff to Flight Services Safety and Operations Support, Operational Procedures. 1-1-5. EFFECTIVE DATE a. This order is effective February_14,_2008. b. This order and its changes are scheduled to be published to coincide with AIRAC dates. The effective dates will be: Publication Schedule Basic or Change Cutoff Date for Submission Effective Date of Publication JO 7110.10T 8/30/07 2/14/08 Change 1 2/14/08 7/31/08 Change 2 7/31/08 3/12/09 Change 3 3/12/09 8/27/09 JO 7110.10U 8/27/09 2/11/10 c. Facilities shall notify service area office distribution officers if orders or changes are not received at least 30_days prior to effective dates. 1-1-6. RECOMMENDATION FOR PROCEDURAL CHANGES a. Submit recommended changes directly to the facility management. b. Procedural changes will not be made to this order until software for Model 1 Full Capacity (M1FC), AISR and the Operational and Supportabil- ity Implementation System (OASIS) has been adapted to accomplish the revised procedures. 1-1-7. SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION This publication may be purchased from the U.S. Government Printing Office. Address subscription inquiries to: Superintendent of Documents Government Printing Office Washington, DC 20402 Telephone: (202) 512-1800 Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov/index.html FAA air traffic publications are also available on the FAA's web site at http://www.faa.gov/atpubs/ JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 1-2-1 Terms of Reference Section 2. Terms of Reference 1-2-1. WORD MEANINGS As used in this manual, the words listed below have the following meanings: a. “Shall” or an action verb in the imperative sense means a procedure is mandatory. b. “Should” means a procedure is recommended. c. “May” or “need not” means a procedure is optional. d. “Will” means futurity, not a requirement for application of a procedure. e. Singular words include the plural. f. Plural words include the singular. g. “Aircraft” means the airframe, crew members, or both. h. “Altitude” means indicated altitude mean sea level (MSL), flight level (FL), or both. i. “Miles” means nautical miles unless otherwise specified and means statute miles in conjunction with visibility. j. “Time,” when used for ATC operational activities, is the hour and the minute/s in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Change to the next minute is made at the minute plus 30 seconds, except time checks are given to the nearest quarter minute. The word “local” or the time zone equivalent shall be stated when local time is given during radio and telephone communications. The term “ZULU” may be used to denote UTC. 1-2-2. NOTES Statements of fact or of an explanatory nature and relating to the use of directive material have been identified and worded as “Notes.” 1-2-3. JO 7110.10 CHANGES a. Each reprinted, revised, or additional page will show the change number and the effective date of the change. b. Bold lines in the margin of the text will mark the location of all changes except editorial corrections. 1-2-4. ABBREVIATIONS Abbreviations authorized for use in the application of the procedures in this order are those contained in FAAO_JO_7340.2, Contractions. NOTE- In this order, the abbreviation M1 identifies Model 1 Full Capacity procedures, AISR identifies AISR procedures, and OASIS identifies Operational and Supportability Implementation System procedures. Additional abbrevi- ations associated with OASIS are: WINGS - Weather Information and Navigational Graphics System, and WIND - Weather Information Network Display. 1-2-5. EXAMPLES Any illustration used which serves to explain subject material is identified as an “Example.” 1-2-6. PHRASEOLOGY Phraseology depicted in this order is mandatory. NOTE- Exceptions to this para are referenced in para 5-1-1, and para_14-1-2 Note. 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 1-3-1 Responsibility Section 3. Responsibility 1-3-1. PROCEDURAL APPLICATIONS Apply the procedures in this order, except when other procedures are contained in a letter of agreement (LOA) or other appropriate FAA documents, provided they only supplement this order and any standards they specify are not less than those in this order. NOTE1. Pilots are required to abide by applicable provisions of 14 CFR or any other pertinent regulations regardless of the application of any procedure in this order. 2. FAAO JO 7210.3, Facility Operation and Administra- tion, contains administrative instructions pertaining to these letters and documents. 1-3-2. DUTY PRIORITY Because there are many variables involved, it is impossible to provide a standard list of duty priorities that apply to every situation. Each set of circumstances must be evaluated on its own merit, and when more than one action is required, personnel shall exercise their best judgment based on the facts and circumstances known to them. Action which appears most critical from a safety standpoint should be performed first. a. The following order of duty priorities is offered as a guideline. 1. Emergency Situations. 2. Inflight Services. 3. Preflight Services. b. Emergency situations are those where life or property is in immediate danger. Inflight services are those provided to or affecting aircraft in flight or otherwise operating on the airport surface. This includes services to airborne aircraft, such as NAVAID monitoring and restoration, LAA, delivery of ATC clearances, advisories or requests, issuance of military flight advisory messages, EFAS, NOTAM, SAR communications searches, flight plan handling, transcribed or live broadcasts, weather observations, PIREPs, and pilot briefings. Preflight services are those which directly affect aircraft operations but which are provided prior to actual departure and usually by telephone. These include pilot briefings, recorded data, flight plan filing/processing, and aircraft operational reservations. 1-3-3. DUTY FAMILIARIZATION AND TRANSFER OF POSITION RESPONSIBILITY The transfer of position responsibility shall be accomplished in accordance with appropriate facility directives each time the operational responsibility for a position is transferred from one specialist to another. The relieving specialist and the specialist being relieved shall share equal responsibility for the completeness and accuracy of the position relief briefing. a. Purpose. This para prescribes the method and the step-by-step process for conducting a position relief briefing and transferring position responsibility from one specialist to another. b. Discussion. 1. In all operational facilities, the increase in traffic density and the need for the expeditious movement of air traffic without compromising safety have emphasized the importance of the position relief process. Major problems occur whenever there is a heavy reliance upon mem ory unsupported by routines or systematic reminders. This procedure addresses the complete task of transferring position responsibility and the associated relief briefing. 2. Position relief unavoidably provides added workload for specialists at the time of relief. The intent of this procedure is to make the transfer of position responsibility take place smoothly and to ensure a complete transfer of information with a minimum amount of workload. The method takes advantage of a self-briefing concept in which the relieving specialist obtains needed status information by reading from the Status Information Areas to begin the relief process. Up-to-the-minute informa- tion relating to the provision of flight services to pilots and aircraft in flight requires verbal exchanges between specialists during the relief process. The method also specifies the point when the transfer of position responsibility occurs. 3. In the final part of the relief process, the specialist being relieved monitors and reviews the JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 1-3-2 Responsibility position to ensure that nothing has been overlooked or incorrectly displayed and that the transfer of position responsibility occurred with a complete briefing. c. Terms. The following terms are important for a complete understanding of this procedure: 1. Status Information Areas. Manual or auto- mated displays of the current status of position-re- lated equipment and operational conditions or procedures. 2. Written Notes. Manually recorded items of information kept at designated locations on the positions of operation are elem ents of Status Information Areas. 3. Checklist. An ordered listing of items to be covered in a position relief. d. Precautions. 1. Specialists involved in the position relief process should not rush or be influenced to rush. 2. During position operation, each item of status information which is or may be an operational factor for the relieving specialist should be recorded as soon as it is operationally feasible so that it will not be forgotten or incorrectly recorded. 3. Extra care should be taken when more than one specialist relieves or is being relieved from a position at the same time; e.g., combining or decombining positions. e. Responsibilities. The specialist being relieved shall be responsible for ensuring that any pertinent status information of which he/she is aware is relayed to the relieving specialist and is either: 1. Accurately displayed in the Status Informa- tion Areas for which he/she has responsibility, or 2. Relayed to the position having responsibility for accurately displaying the status information. Prior to accepting responsibility for a position, the relieving specialist shall be responsible for ensuring that any unresolved questions pertaining to the operation of the position are resolved. The specialists engaged in a position relief shall conduct the relief process at the position being relieved, unless other procedures have been established and authorized by the facility air traffic manager. f. Step-By-Step Process of Position Relief. 1. Preview of the Position RELIEVING SPECIALIST (a) Follow the checklist and review the Status Information Areas. NOTE- This substep may be replaced by an authorized preduty briefing provided an equivalent review of checklist items is accomplished. (b) Observe position equipment, operational situation, and the work environment. (c) Listen to voice communications and observe other operational actions. (d) Observe current and pending aircraft and vehicular traffic and correlate with flight and other movement information. (e) Indicate to the specialist being relieved that the position has been previewed and that the verbal briefing may begin. NOTE- Substeps (b), (c), and (d) may be conducted concurrently or in order. 2. Verbal Briefing SPECIALIST BEING RELIEVED (a) Review with the relieving specialist, the checklist, Status Information Areas, written notes, and other prescribed sources of information, and advise of known omissions, updates, and inac- curacies. Also brief the relieving specialist on the abnormal status of items not listed on the Status Information Areas, as well as on any items of special operational interest calling for verbal explanation or additional discussion. (b) Brief on traffic, if applicable. (c) Completely answer any questions asked. (d) Observe overall position operation. If assistance is needed, provide or summon it as appropriate. (e) Sign off the position in accordance with existing directives or otherwise indicate that the relief process is complete. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-2-3, Duty Familiarization and the Transfer of Position Responsibility. RELIEVING SPECIALIST (f) Ask questions necessary to ensure a complete understanding of the operations situation. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 1-3-3 Responsibility (g) Make a statement or otherwise indicate to the specialist being relieved that position responsibil- ity has been assumed. (h) Sign on the position unless a facility directive authorizes substep (g) above. (i) Check, verify, and update the information obtained in steps 1 and 2. g. Check position equipment in accordance with existing directives. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-1-1 General Chapter 2. Broadcast Procedures Section 1. General 2-1-1. TYPES OF BROADCASTS Weather and flight information shall be broadcast/ recorded by one or more of the following categories: a. Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB). (Alaska only.) b. Telephone Inform ation Briefing Service (TIBS). c. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS). d. Meteorological Information for Aircraft in Flight (VOLMET ICAO). 2-1-2. SPEECH RATE Data shall be spoken at a rate of 100 to 120 words-per-minute. 2-1-3. INTERRUPTION OF BROADCAST Interrupt broadcast only when you believe that a pilot requires immediate attention; e.g., to issue an airport advisory. When a pilot calls during a broadcast: a. Broadcast for a short interval on the frequency to which the pilot is listening simultaneously with the broadcast frequencies, and complete the aircraft contact immediately after the broadcast. b. If the pilot repeats the call, interrupt the broadcast and answer the call. 2-1-4. REDUCING RECORDED WEATHER INFORMATION SERVICES Recorded weather information services (TWEB and TIB S) may be reduced during the hours of 1800-0600 local time only. Resumption of full broadcast service should be adjusted seasonally to coincide with daylight hours. During the period of reduced broadcast, record a statement indicating when the broadcast will be resumed and to contact Flight Service for weather briefing and other services. PHRASEOLOGY- THE TIBS RECORDING IS SUSPENDED. REGULAR RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED AT (time) ZULU/ (time) LOCAL. FOR PILOT WEATHER BRIEFING AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT A FLIGHT SERVICE FACILITY (phone number or additional telephone instructions, as appropriate). PHRASEOLOGY- THE TWEB RECORDING IS SUSPENDED. REGULAR RECORDED WEATHER SERVICE WILL BE RESUMED AT (time) ZULU/ (time) LOCAL. FOR PILOT WEATHER BRIEFING AND OTHER SERVICES CONTACT A FLIGHT SERVICE FACILITY (frequency or phone number, as appropriate). 2-1-5. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS With the exception of RVR, announce the word “MISSING” when any items or components of a weather report are not reported, or in place of unreadable or obviously incorrect items or portions of weather reports. If the complete report is not available for broadcast, state the location and the word “MISSING.” When appropriate, instead of speaking the name of several locations with missing reports, announce: “OTHER SCHEDULED REPORTS MISSING.” NOTE- On occasion, a parameter from an automated observation may be reported as missing in the body of the report but is available as a manually reported parameter in the remarks section. When the report is spoken, include the manually reported element in its proper sequence within the report. 2-1-6. WEATHER REPORT PHRASEOLOGY Use the following phraseology and procedures for radio-telephone communications and broadcast of surface weather observations: a. Location. 1. Announce the geographic name (not the identifier) once for broadcasts. 2. When the location name is duplicated within 500 miles, follow the location name with the state name. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-1-2 General EXAMPLE“Wilmington, North Carolina.” “Wilmington, Delaware.” 3. When weather reports originate at more than one airport at the same geographical location, identify the airport. EXAMPLE“Chicago Midway.” “Chicago O'Hare.” 4. Where it is considered necessary and is requested by the military base commander, broadcast military observations by stating the location, the name of the airport if different, and the controlling military branch. EXAMPLE“Fort Riley, Marshall Army Air Field.” “Andrews Air Force Base.” “Norfolk Naval Air Station.” b. Automated Observation. If AUTO appears after the date/time element, follow the location announce- ment with the phrase “AUTOMATED.” PHRASEOLOGY(Location) AUTOMATED. c. Special Reports. If a special report is available at the time of the broadcast, follow the location with the words “SPECIAL REPORT, (last two digits of the time) OBSERVATION.” d. Wind Direction and Speed. Announce wind direction and speed by stating the word WIND followed by the separate digits of the wind direction to the nearest 10 degrees and the separate digits of the speed. A “G” between two wind speed values is announced as GUSTS. Broadcast local wind as it appears in the report. Announce the variability of wind at the end of the wind group. (See TBL 2-1-1.) TBL 2-1-1 Wind Direction and Speed Wind Phraseology VRB04KT WIND VARIABLE AT FOUR. 00000KT WIND CALM. 26012KT WIND TWO SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO. 29012KT 260V320 WIND TWO NINER ZERO AT ONE TWO WIND VARIABLE BETWEEN TWO SIX ZERO AND THREE TWO ZERO. 30008KT WIND THREE ZERO ZERO AT EIGHT. 36012G20KT WIND THREE SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO GUSTS TWO ZERO. e. Visibility. Announce visibility as follows: (See TBL 2-1-2.) TBL 2-1-2 Visibility Contraction Phraseology M1 /4SM VISIBILITY LESS THAN ONE QUARTER. 0SM VISIBILITY ZERO. 1 /16SM VISIBILITY ONE SIXTEENTH. 1 /8SM VISIBILITY ONE EIGHTH. 3 /4SM VISIBILITY THREE QUARTERS. 11 /2SM VISIBILITY ONE AND ONE-HALF. 8SM VISIBILITY EIGHT. 25SM VISIBILITY TWO FIVE. NOTE- When visibility is less than 3 miles and variable, the variable limits will be reported in the remarks. f. RVR. When RVR is reported, announce in accordance with TBL 2-1-3. Omit RVR when it is not reported. Do not announce as missing. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-1-3 General TBL 2-1-3 RVR Contraction Phraseology R16/M0600FT RUNWAY ONE SIX VISUAL RANGE LESS THAN SIX HUNDRED. R17L/2400V 3000FT RUNWAY ONE SEVEN LEFT VISUAL RANGE VARIABLE BETWEEN TWO THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED AND THREE THOUSAND. R28L/3500FT RUNWAY TWO EIGHT LEFT VISUAL RANGE THREE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED. R35R/P6000FT RUNWAY THREE FIVE RIGHT VISUAL RANGE MORE THAN SIX THOUSAND. Note: “R-V-R” may be spoken in lieu of “visual range.” g. Weather Elements. TBL 2-1-4 depicts sample phraseology for weather element contractions. Intensity refers to precipitation, not descriptors. Proximity is spoken after the phenomenon to which it refers. Descriptors are spoken ahead of weather phenomenon with the exception of “showers” which is spoken after the precipitation. Table TBL 2-1-8 contains a complete list of weather elements and appropriate phraseology. TBL 2-1-4 Examples of combining intensity, descriptors and weather phenomenon. Contractions Phraseology BLSN BLOWING SNOW. FZDZ FREEZING DRIZZLE. FZRA FREEZING RAIN. -FZRAPL LIGHT FREEZING RAIN, ICE PELLETS. MIFG SHALLOW FOG. SHRA RAIN SHOWERS. +TSRA THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY RAIN (SHOWERS)1. TSRA THUNDERSTORM, RAIN. +TSRAGR THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY RAIN, HAIL. -SHRA LIGHT RAIN SHOWERS. SHSN SNOW SHOWERS. VCSH SHOWERS IN THE VICINITY. 1 Since thunderstorms imply showery precipitation, “showers” may be used to describe precipitation that accompany thunderstorms. h. Ceiling and sky coverage. 1. Broadcast Sky Coverage in the same order as reported on the weather observation. Announce ceiling as follows: (See TBL 2-1-5.) TBL 2-1-5 Ceiling and Sky coverage Contraction Phraseology BKN000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED. BKN000 CEILING LESS THAN FIVE ZERO BROKEN. FEW0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED. FEW000 FEW CLOUDS AT LESS THAN FIVE ZERO. SCT0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED. SCT000 LESS THAN FIVE ZERO SCATTERED. (lowest layer aloft) BKN/ OVC (precede with) CEILING. VV INDEFINITE CEILING. 1 Surface-based obscurations. Requires remarks, i.e. RMK FG SCT000, FU BKN000, etc.  No remark means the layer is aloft. 2. State cloud heights in tens, hundreds and/or thousands of feet. (See TBL 2-1-6.) TBL 2-1-6 Cloud Heights Number Phraseology 0001 ZERO. 003 THREE HUNDRED. 018 ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED. 200 TWO ZERO THOUSAND. 1 Spoken as zero only when used with VV. NOTE- When the ceiling is less than 3,000 feet and variable, the variable limits will be reported in the remarks. 3. Announce sky conditions as indicated. (See TBL 2-1-7.) TBL 2-1-7 Sky Conditions Contraction Phraseology BKN (height) BROKEN. CLR1 CLEAR BELOW ONE TWO THOUSAND. FEW FEW CLOUDS AT (height). SCT (height) SCATTERED. SKC CLEAR. OVC (height) OVERCAST. 1 Automated weather reports. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-1-4 General TBL 2-1-8 Weather Elements QUALIFIER WEATHER PHENOMENA INTENSITY or PROXIMITY 1 DESCRIPTOR 2 PRECIPITATION 3 OBSCURATION 4 OTHER 5 - Light MI Shallow DZ Drizzle BR Mist PO Well- Developed Dust/Sand Whirls BC Patchy RA Rain FG Fog SQ Squalls Moderate (No Qualifier) DR Low Drifting SN Snow FU Smoke FC +FC Funnel Cloud, Tornado or Waterspout BL Blowing SG Snow Grains DU Dust SS Sandstorm + Heavy SH Showers IC Ice Crystals SA Sand DS Duststorm TS Thunderstorm PL Ice Pellets HZ Haze VC In the Vicinity FZ Freezing GR Hail PY Spray PR Partial GS Small Hail or Snow Pellets (_1/4”) VA Volcanic Ash UP *Unknown Precipitation * Automated stations only.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:20

4. The following are examples of broadcast phraseology of sky and ceiling conditions: (See TBL 2-1-9.) TBL 2-1-9 Sky and ceiling conditions Condition Phraseology BKN000 BKN010 BKN050 RMK FG BKN000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED, CEILING ONE THOUSAND BROKEN, FIVE THOUSAND BROKEN. FOG OBSCURING FIVE TO SEVEN EIGHTS OF THE SKY. BKN010 CEILING ONE THOUSAND BROKEN. SCT000 SCT020 OVC035 RMK FG SCT000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED, TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED, CEILING THREE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED OVERCAST. FOG OBSCURING THREE TO FOUR EIGHTS OF THE SKY. SCT020 OVC250 TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED, CEILING TWO FIVE THOUSAND OVERCAST. VV000 INDEFINITE CEILING ZERO. VV012 INDEFINITE CEILING ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-1-5 General i. Temperature and Dew Point. Announce temper- ature and dew point in degrees Celsius. Temperatures below zero are preceded with an M and are announced by prefixing the word MINUS to the values. When the temperature and dew point spread is greater than 3 degrees, broadcast only the temperature. (See TBL 2-1-10.) TBL 2-1-10 Temperature and Dew Point Value Phraseology 02/M01 TEMPERATURE TWO, DEW POINT MINUS ONE. 14/09 TEMPERATURE ONE FOUR. 36/34 TEMPERATURE THREE SIX, DEW POINT THREE FOUR. j. Altimeter Setting. Announce the four digits of the altimeter setting. (See TBL 2-1-11.) TBL 2-1-11 Altimeter Setting Phraseology A2989 ALTIMETER TWO NINER EIGHT NINER. A3025 ALTIMETER THREE ZERO TWO FIVE. k. Remarks. Announce pertinent remarks. Do not broadcast additive data or other information intended for NWS analysis or processing that does not contribute to the description of the weather occurring at the station. (See TBL 2-1-12.) TBL 2-1-12 Remarks Remarks Phraseology ACSL OVR RDG SW STANDING LENTICULAR ALTOCUMULUS OVER RIDGE SOUTHWEST. FG SCT000 FOG OBSCURING THREE TO FOUR EIGHTHS OF SKY. FU SCT012 SMOKE LAYER ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED SCATTERED. SCT020 V BKN TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED VARIABLE BROKEN. OCNL LTGCG OHD TS OHD MOV E OCCASIONAL LIGHTNING CLOUD TO GROUND OVERHEAD. THUNDERSTORM OVERHEAD MOVING EAST VIS 3/4V1 1/2 VISIBILITY VARIABLE BETWEEN THREE QUARTERS AND ONE AND ONE HALF. VIS NE 3 S 2 VISIBILITY NORTHEAST THREE, SOUTH TWO. 2-1-7. CURRENT DATA An aviation surface report is considered current for 1_hour beyond the standard time of observation (H+00) unless superseded by a special or local observation or by the next hourly report. Do not broadcast obsolete data. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-2-1 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only) Section 2. Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only) 2-2-1. GENERAL a. Transcribed weather broadcast service provides continuous aeronautical and meteorological informa- tion on L/MF and VOR facilities. b. At TWEB equipment locations controlling two or more VORs, the one used least for ground-to-air communications, preferably the nearest VOR, may be used as a TWEB outlet simultaneously with the NDB facility. Where this is accomplished, capability to manually override the broadcast shall be provided for emergency communications. 2-2-2. CONTENT User needs should dictate the content of these recordings. Required items are denoted with an asterisk (*). a. *Introduction. State the preparation time. PHRASEOLOGY- TRANSCRIBED AVIATION WEATHER BROADCAST PREPARED AT (time) ZULU. b. *Adverse Conditions. Extracted from WST, WS, WA, CWA and AWW. PHRASEOLOGY- WEATHER ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT FOR (adverse conditions) OVER (geographical area) (summary). c. Synopsis. A brief statement describing the type, location, and movement of weather systems and/or masses which might affect the route or the area. d. TWEB Route Forecasts. Broadcast from appropriate forecast data. Include the valid time of forecasts. PHRASEOLOGY- ROUTE FORECAST(S) VALID UNTIL (time) ZULU. e. Winds Aloft Forecast. Broadcast winds aloft forecast for the location nearest to the TWEB. The broadcast should include the levels from 3,000 to 12,000 feet, but shall always include at least two forecast levels above the surface. PHRASEOLOGY- WINDS ALOFT FORECAST VALID UNTIL (time) ZULU. (Location) (Altitude) (direction) AT (speed). f. Radar Reports (RAREP). Use local or pertinent RAREPs. If the facility has access to real time weather radar equipment, summarize observed data using the RAREPs to determine precipitation type, intensity, movement, and height. g. *Surface Weather Reports. Record surface reports as described in para 2-1-6, Weather Report Phraseology. 1. Broadcast local reports first, then the remainder of the reports beginning with the first station east of true north and continuing clockwise around the TWEB location. 2. Announce the location name of a surface report once. (a) Surface weather broadcast introduction: PHRASEOLOGY- AVIATION WEATHER, (4 digits of time), ZULU OBSERVATIONS. (b) Special weather reports: PHRASEOLOGY(Location name) SPECIAL REPORT (last 2 digits of time) OBSERVATION, (weather report). h. *Density Altitude. Include temperature and the statement “CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE” as part of the surface weather broadcast for any station with a field elevation of 2,000 feet MSL or above that meets the following criteria: (See TBL 2-2-1.) TBL 2-2-1 Density Altitude Field Elevation Temperature (C) 2,000-2,999 29 degrees or higher 3,000-3,999 27 degrees or higher 4,000-4,999 24 degrees or higher 5,000-5,999 21 degrees or higher 6,000-6,999 18 degrees or higher 7,000-higher 16 degrees or higher i. Pilot Weather Reports. Summarize PIREPs and, if the weather conditions meet soliciting require- ments, append a request for PIREPs. 1. Summary. PHRASEOLOGY- PILOT WEATHER REPORTS SUMMARY (text). JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-2-2 Transcribed Weather Broadcasts (TWEB) (Alaska Only) 2. *Request for PIREPs, if applicable. (See para_9-2-5, Soliciting PIREPs.) PHRASEOLOGY- PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED (location, area) FOR (cloud tops, icing, turbulence, etc.). j. *ALNOT Alert Announcement, if applicable. PHRASEOLOGY- OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ALERT, (time) ZULU (aircraft identification), (color), (type), DEPARTED (airport) VIA (route), (destination). LAST KNOWN POSITION (state last known position). THIS AIRCRAFT IS OVERDUE. ALL AIRCRAFT ARE REQUESTED TO MONITOR ONE TWO ONE POINT FIVE FOR E-L-T SIGNAL. INFORM THE NEAREST F-A-A FACILITY OF ANY INFORMATION REGARDING THIS AIRCRAFT. k. *Closing statement. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR NOTAM, MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY, OR OTHER SERVICES, CONTACT A FLIGHT SERVICE STATION. 2-2-3. TESTING TWEB EQUIPMENT When TWEB equipment is to be tested, broadcast an advisory to this effect. Care shall be exercised to ensure no obsolete information is broadcast during a testing period. 2-2-4. SERVICE MAY BE SUSPENDED TWEB service may be suspended: a. For routine maintenance only during periods when weather conditions within 100 miles of the broadcast outlet are equal to or better than a ceiling of 3,000 feet and visibility of 5 miles. b. When the equipment fails. If a malfunction occurs in the recording or control unit but the tape transport unit remains operative, continue broadcast- ing current data. Remove data as it becomes obsolete. 2-2-5. MONITORING a. At TWEB equipment locations, listen to at least one complete TWEB cycle each hour. Check for completeness, accuracy, speech rate, and proper enunciation. Correct any noted irregularities. b. If practical: 1. The control facility shall monitor the transmissions through local outlet. 2. The AFSS/FSS associated with a remote outlet shall monitor the transmissions for a sufficient period each hour to assure voice quality and clarity. c. Promptly correct or inform the TWEB facility of any irregularities. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-3-1 Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS) Section 3. Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS) 2-3-1. GENERAL a. TIBS provides a continuous telephone record- ing of meteorological and/or aeronautical informa- tion. 1. TIBS shall contain: (a) Area and/or route briefings. (b) Airspace procedures, if applicable. (c) Special announcements, if applicable. 2. TIBS should also contain, but not be limited to: (a) Surface observations (METARs). (b) Terminal forecasts (TAFs). (c) Winds/temperatures aloft forecasts. NOTE- User needs should dictate the content of these recordings. b. Each AFSS shall provide at least four route and/or area briefings. As a minimum, area briefings should encompass a 50 NM radius. Each briefing should require the pilot to access no more than two channels which shall be route and/or area specific. Pilots shall have access to NOTAM data through one of the following: 1. Area or route briefings. 2. On separate channels which are designated specifically for NOTAM. 3. By access to a briefer. c. Separate channels shall be designated for each route, area, local meteorological/aeronautical in- formation, special event, airspace procedures, etc. EXAMPLE201 Houston local area (75 NMR) 202 Houston to New Orleans 203 Houston to Brownsville 204 Houston to Midland 205 Houston to Dallas/Ft. Worth 206 Houston area surface observations 207 Houston area terminal forecasts 208 Houston to Shreveport 209-224 (Facility discretion as user needs dictate) 2-3-2. AREA/ROUTE BRIEFING PROCEDURES Service is provided 24 hours a day, but may be reduced in accordance with para 2-1-4. Recorded information shall be updated as conditions change; e.g., conditions improve from IFR to MVFR or from MVFR to VFR, or conditions decrease from VFR to MVFR or from MVFR to IFR. Area and route forecast channels shall be updated whenever material is updated. a. Introduction. State the preparation time and the route and/or the area of coverage. The service area may be configured to meet the individual facility's needs; e.g., 50 NM radius, route oriented. NOTE- For the purpose of TIBS broadcasts, an area briefing may be a geographic location not defined by a nautical mile radius, for example, NORTHWEST NEBRASKA. PHRASEOLOGY- THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT (time) LOCAL or (time) ZULU. BRIEFING SUMMARY FOR: A (number of miles) NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF (location), or (location not defined by nautical mile radius), or THE ROUTE FROM (location) TO (location). b. Adverse Conditions. Include WST, WS, WA, CWA, AWW, UUA and any other available information that may adversely affect flight in the route/area. PHRASEOLOGY- WEATHER ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT FOR (adverse conditions) OVER (geographic area) (text). c. VFR Not Recommended Statement. Include this recommendation when current or forecast conditions, surface or aloft, would make flight under visual flight rules doubtful. PHRASEOLOGY- V-F-R FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED (location) DUE TO (conditions). d. Synopsis. A brief statement describing the type, location, and movement of weather systems and/or masses which might affect the route or the area. This JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-3-2 Telephone Information Briefing Service (TIBS) for Automated Flight Service Stations (AFSS) element may be combined with adverse conditions and/or the VNR element, in any order, when it will help to more clearly describe conditions. e. Current Conditions. Include current weather conditions over the route/area and PIREPs on conditions reported aloft. NOTE- When communicating weather information on the TIBS broadcast or telephone, specialists may announce cloud heights in either group form or in hundreds or thousands of feet, such as, seventeen thousand or one seven thousand. f. Density Altitude. Include the statem ent “CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE” as part of the surface weather broadcast for any weather reporting point with a field elevation of 2,000 feet MSL or above that reaches the criteria found in TBL 2-2-1. g. En Route Forecast. Include forecast informa- tion from appropriate data; e.g., FA Synopsis, TAFs and weather advisories. h. Winds Aloft. Include winds aloft as forecast for the route/area as interpolated from forecast data for the local and/or the adjacent reporting locations for levels through 12,000 feet. The broadcast should include the levels from 3,000 to 12,000 feet, but shall always include at least two forecast levels above the surface. i. Request for PIREPs. When weather conditions within the area or along the route meet requirements for soliciting PIREPs (para 9-2-5), include a request in the recording. PHRASEOLOGY- PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED. CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE, AS APPROPRIATE. j. NOTAM information that affects the route/area may be included as part of the briefing, on a separate channel, or obtained by direct contact with a pilot weather briefer. k. Military Training Activity. Include a statement in the closing announcement to contact a briefer for information on military training activity. l. Closing Announcement. The closing announce- ment shall be appropriate for the facility equipment and the mode of operation; e.g., refer to the appropriate channel or briefer for NOTAM and military training activity information. 2-3-3. MONITORING a. Manually prepared meteorological recordings shall be monitored immediately after recording and as necessary to insure accuracy of data. Non-meteor- ological recordings shall be monitored and checked for quality and accuracy immediately after recording and once each shift. After each recording, the TIBS shall be checked for availability by calling 1-800-WX-BRIEF or a locally designated phone number. Subsequent checks may be accomplished using local monitoring. b. Automated TIBS products shall be monitored once each shift to ensure clarity and accuracy. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-4-1 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) Section 4. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) 2-4-1. GENERAL a. Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) is a continuous broadcast of inflight weather advisories including summarized AWWs, SIGMETs, convective SIGMETs, CWAs, AIRMETs, and urgent PIREPs. b. The HIWAS broadcast area is defined as that area within 150 NM of HIWAS outlets assigned to your facility. 2-4-2. PRIORITY HIWAS broadcast shall not be interrupted/delayed except for emergency situations, when an aircraft requires immediate attention, or for reasonable use of the voice override capability on specific HIWAS outlets in order to use the limited RCO to maintain en route communications. The service shall be provided 24 hours a day. a. Make the following announcement if there are no hazardous weather advisories in the HIWAS broadcast area. PHRASEOLOGY- THIS RECORDING PREPARED AT (time) ZULU. THERE ARE NO HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORIES WITHIN A ONE-FIVE-ZERO NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF THIS HIWAS OUTLET. b. The update recording shall be completed as soon as practicable, but not more than 15 minutes from time of receipt of new hazardous weather information. 2-4-3. CONTENT Record hazardous weather information occurring within the HIWAS broadcast area. The broadcast shall include the following elements: a. Statement of introduction including the appro- priate area(s) and a recording time. PHRASEOLOGY- HIWAS WITHIN A ONE-FIVE-ZERO NAUTICAL MILE RADIUS OF (geographic area) RECORDED AT (time) ZULU (text). NOTE- Border facilities shall append “in domestic U.S. airspace” to the geographical area text in the introduction statement. b. Statement of hazardous weather, including WSTs, WSs, WAs, UUAs, AWWs, and CWAs. c. Request for PIREPs, if applicable. (See para 9-2-5.) PHRASEOLOGY- PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED. d. Recommendation to contact AFSS/FSS/ FLIGHT WATCH for additional details concerning hazardous weather. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE, AS APPROPRIATE, FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS. 2-4-4. BROADCAST PROCEDURES a. Upon receipt of new hazardous weather information: 1. HIWAS facilities shall update the HIWAS broadcast. 2. Make a HIWAS update announcement once on all communications/NAVAID frequencies except on emergency, EFAS, and navigational frequencies already dedicated to continuous broadcast services. Delete reference to Flight Watch when those services are closed. PHRASEOLOGY- ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT, HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORY UPDATE FOR (geographical area) IS AVAILABLE ON HIWAS, OR CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH, OR FLIGHT SERVICE. b. In the event that a HIWAS broadcast area is out of service, make the following announcement on all communications/NAVAID frequencies except on emergency, EFAS, and navigational frequencies already dedicated to continuous broadcast services: PHRASEOLOGY- ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT, HAZARDOUS WEATHER ADVISORY UPDATE IS AVAILABLE FROM FLIGHT WATCH OR FLIGHT SERVICE. NOTE- Simultaneous announcements may cause heterodyne JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 2-4-2 Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS) problems on multiple outlets having the same frequency and announcements may have to be rebroadcast to insure compliance. 2-4-5. SUSPENSION HIWAS broadcasts shall not be suspended for routine maintenance during periods when weather advisories have been issued for the HIWAS outlet area. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-1-1 General Chapter 3. Pilot Briefing Section 1. General 3-1-1. DEFINITION Pilot weather briefings are defined as “The translation of weather observations and forecasts, including surface, upper air, radar, satellite, and pilot reports into a form directly usable by the pilot or flight supervisory personnel to formulate plans and make decisions for the safe and efficient operation of aircraft.” These briefings shall also include informa- tion on NOTAM, flow control, and other items as requested. 3-1-2. PREDUTY REQUIREMENTS Before assuming pilot briefing duties, familiarize yourself sufficiently with aeronautical and meteoro- logical conditions to effectively provide briefing service. This includes: a. General locations of weather causing systems and general weather conditions for the entire contiguous United States and/or other briefing areas, as appropriate; e.g., Alaska, Hawaii, Mexico, Canada, Puerto Rico. b. Detailed information of current and forecast weather conditions for the geographical area deemed significant by the facility air traffic manager. c. Other pertinent items; e.g., NOTAM, MTR/ MOA activity. REFERENCE- Accomplish this in accordance with FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 1-3-3 and pertinent facility directives. 3-1-3. PREFLIGHT BRIEFING DISPLAY Provide a preflight briefing display for specialist/pi- lot use. The contents and method of display shall be based on individual facility requirements; e.g., available equipment, space. Additional displays, as required, shall be provided to ensure availability of information at all inflight and preflight positions. At the discretion of facility management, provide a separate display for pilot use. All material in such displays shall be kept updated. REFERENCE- Enhance facsimile charts in accordance with FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 3-1-4. 3-1-4. WEATHER DISPLAY PRODUCTS a. The weather graphic display should include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following analysis, prognosis, and data products: 1. Weather Depiction. 2. Surface Analysis. 3. Forecast Winds Aloft. 4. Current Winds Aloft. 5. National Radar Summary. 6. 850 MB. 7. 700 MB. 8. 500 MB. 9. 300 MB. 10. 200 MB. 11. Composite Moisture Stability Chart (Lifted Index, Precipitable Water, Freezing Level-Mean Relative Humidity). 12. 12- and 24-hour low level significant weather prognosis. 13. High level significant weather prognosis. 14. 36- and 48-hour surface prognosis. NOTE- Because of presentation limitations and techniques, some interim system products may not take on the same appearance as conventional facsimile products. During the transition into a national graphic weather display system (GWDS) program, some flexibility of product display, format, and content may be authorized. b. The utility of charts is greatly enhanced by coloring and shading. Use the symbols and colors shown in subparas 3d and e, on all weather chart displays. Facsimile products used for closed circuit television (CCTV) may be highlighted to accentuate the displays. In addition, to allow for the greatest contrast between shaded areas and symbology, different colors may be required to enhance color weather graphic systems. c. Map features. (See FIG 3-1-1.) d. Precipitation and obstruction to vision. (See FIG 3-1-2.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-1-2 General FIG 3-1-1 Map Features Chart FIG 3-1-2 Precipitation and Obstruction To Vision Chart e. The facsimile products which cannot be displayed shall be retained for specialist/pilot use. f. Interpret and summarize weather radar video displays and issue pertinent information on observed/ reported weather areas. 1. Use all available radar data and PIREPs to determine intensity, tops, area of coverage, move- ment, etc. REFERENCE- Pilot/Controller Glossary, Radar Weather Echo Intensity Levels. 2. Identify data obtained from sources other than radar video display by source and time of observation. 3. To the extent possible, define area of coverage in relation to VORs or airways for the route structure being flown. Airports or geographic points may be used to assist the pilot in relating coverage to route of flight or destination. EXAMPLE“A broken line of weak to intense echoes covers an area along and three zero miles east of a line from the Crazy Woman V-O-R to the Riverton V-O-R. Average tops between two-six thousand and three-four thousand. This line is increasing in intensity. Movement has been from northwest to southeast at three zero knots. The line includes an intense echo one five miles in diameter on Victor Two Ninety-eight forty-eight miles southeast of the JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-1-3 General Worland V-O-R, tops four three thousand. There are no known echoes within three-zero nautical miles of Victor Eight-five or Victor Two Ninety-eight south at this time.” 3-1-5. FORECASTS, WARNINGS, AND ADVISORIES a. Use only weather forecasts, warnings, and advisories issued by an NWS office (including CWSUs), the U.S. military, foreign governments, or FAA owned or leased graphics systems. b. Use the information in the Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) for preduty briefings, background, and supplemental information only. The MIS is a traffic flow planning product and is not to be used as an integral part of a briefing presentation. c. The OUTLOOK section of WSTs includes meteorological discussion information. Extract pertinent forecast data concerning convective activity location, movement, and intensity for briefing purposes. Do not provide discussion type information unless requested by the pilot. d. When an NWS forecast meets amendment criteria, request assistance from the appropriate NWS office. 3-1-6. UNAVAILABILITY OF DATA Use all available means to obtain the data required to brief pilots to their destination. If a complete briefing cannot be provided due to circuit problems or missing data, inform the pilot of this fact. Brief to the extent possible. As appropriate, furnish the pilot with the telephone number of another AFSS/FSS, or advise the pilot of the time you expect the data to be available. 3-1-7. TYPE OF BRIEFING TO BE CONDUCTED Provide the pilot with the type of briefing requested; i.e., standard, abbreviated, or outlook. When it is not clear initially which type briefing is desired, provide the first one or two items requested, and then ascertain if the pilot would like a standard briefing. If a standard briefing is requested, conduct the briefing in accordance with para 3-2-1. If the pilot does not desire a standard briefing, provide either an abbreviated briefing in accordance with para 3-2-2, or an outlook briefing, in accordance with para 3-2-3. 3-1-8. RECORDING PILOT BRIEFINGS a. FSS. Use FAA Form s 7233-1, 7233-2, 7233-5, and 7230-21 for recording pilot briefings. Document the briefing by one of the following methods: 1. FAA Form 7233-2. Use a separate form each day. Two or more forms may be used simultaneously at different operating positions. Complete boxes 1 through 3 on each form. Enter appropriate data in columns 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (if pertinent), and 9. The pilot's name may be substituted for the aircraft identification if unknown. As applicable, enter OTLK (outlook briefing), AB (abbreviated briefing), and/or VNR in column 8. 2. FAA Form 7233-1. Check the “pilot briefing” block, fill in specialist initials, and time started. As applicable, also enter AB, OTLK, and/or check the VNR block. 3. FAA Forms 7233-5/7230-21. Enter PB in block 14 if a briefing is provided. As applicable, also enter AB, OTLK, and/or VNR in the same block. b. M1. Pilot briefings are logged and stored on the DD file for accountability. The required elements are: PB (DESTINATION), (ACID), REMARKS. NOTE- If current partial exists for the proposed flight, DESTINATION and ACID are optional. EXAMPLE- PB Preflight Briefing logged using current partial. PB DSM Preflight Briefing logged bypassing destination in current partial. PB ,,VNR Preflight Briefing logged using current partial, with remarks added. PB DSM,, VNR Preflight Briefing logged bypassing destination in current partial, with remarks added. PB DSM,N1,VNR Preflight Briefing logged bypassing destination and ACID in current partial, with remarks added. c. OASIS. Pilot briefings are logged using the Briefing Log dialog box and stored in a history file for retrieval. The required elements for OASIS logging acceptance for a pilot weather brief are ACID and flight rules. As applicable, enter OTLK (outlook briefing), AB (abbreviated briefing), and/or VNR in the “Remarks” text box. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-1-4 General NOTE- Data used in the briefing request and contained in the Briefing Menu (Area, Region, Route, Selected Location), Flight Plan, or Flight Workspace dialog boxes will be automatically populated into the Briefing Log dialog box. Additional data to complete the Briefing Log may be entered directly into the Briefing Log dialog box. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. d. Where recorders are used, facility management may limit entries on pilot briefing records to those required for facility use. e. Where fast-file recorders are used and the pilot states the source of a briefing on the recorder, it shall be entered in the remarks field of the flight plan. EXAMPLE- PB/DCA PB/DUATS JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-2-1 Preflight Pilot Briefing
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:37

Section 2. Preflight Pilot Briefing 3-2-1. CONDUCT OF STANDARD BRIEFING a. Brief by translating, interpreting, and summa- rizing available data for the intended flight. Do not read individual weather reports or forecasts unless, in your judgment, it is necessary to emphasize an important point or unless specifically requested to do so by the pilot. Obtain the following information if it is pertinent and not evident or already known: 1. Type of flight planned. 2. Aircraft identification or pilot's name. 3. Aircraft type. 4. Departure point. 5. Route of flight. 6. Destination. 7. Flight altitude(s). 8. ETD and ETE. Pilot briefer shall issue the following cautionary advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United States controlled airspace, unless the pilot states “I have the international cautionary advisory.” PHRASEOLOGY- CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE. b. Using all sources of weather and aeronautical information, provide the following data when it is applicable to the proposed flight. Provide items 1 through 8 in the sequence listed except as noted. 1. Adverse Conditions. Include this element when meteorological or aeronautical conditions are reported or forecast that might influence the pilot to alter the proposed flight. Emphasize conditions that are particularly significant, such as low level wind shear, thunderstorms, reported icing, frontal zones along the route of flight, airport closures, air traffic delays, etc. Weather advisories (WS, WA, WST, CWA, and AWW) shall be given by stating the type of advisory followed by the pertinent information. EXAMPLE``An AIRMET is in effect until 1400 for possible moderate turbulence below 10,000 feet over the mountainous area of southern California.” 2. VFR Flight Not Recommended (VNR). Include this statement when VFR flight is proposed and sky conditions or visibilities are present or forecast, surface or aloft, that in your judgment would make flight under visual flight rules doubtful. Describe the conditions, affected locations, and times. EXAMPLE``There are broken clouds along the entire route between niner and one one thousand feet at the present time. With the approach of a cold front, these clouds are forecast to become overcast and to lower to below seven thousand with mountains and passes becoming obscured. V-F-R flight is not recommended between Salt Lake City and Grand Junction after two two zero zero ZULU.” ``V-F-R flight is not recommended in the Seattle area until early afternoon. The current weather at Seattle is indefinite ceiling three hundred sky obscured, visibility one, mist, and little improvement is expected before one eight zero zero ZULU.” NOTE- This recommendation is advisory in nature. The decision as to whether the flight can be conducted safely rests solely with the pilot. 3. Synopsis. Provide a brief statement describ- ing the type, location, and movement of weather systems and/or air masses which might affect the proposed flight. This element may be combined with adverse conditions and/or the VNR element, in any order, when it will help to more clearly describe conditions. 4. Current Conditions. Summarize from all available sources reported weather conditions applicable to the flight. This element may be omitted if the proposed time of departure is beyond 2 hours unless the information is requested by the pilot. NOTE1. If the surface meteorological observation originates from an automated observation facility and is presented as a singular report, follow the location announcement with the phrase ``AUTOMATED.” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-2-2 Preflight Pilot Briefing 2. The briefer should provide sufficient automated surface observation information when requested by the pilot or when deemed pertinent to the briefing. 5. En Route Forecast. Summarize from ap- propriate data (Area Forecast) TAFs, prognosis charts, weather advisories, etc., forecast conditions applicable to the proposed flight. Provide the information in a logical order; i.e., climb out, en route, and descent. 6. Destination Forecast. Provide the destina- tion forecast including significant changes expected within 1 hour before and after the ETA. 7. Winds Aloft. Provide forecast winds aloft for the proposed route using degrees of the compass. Interpolate wind directions and speeds between levels and stations as necessary. Provide temperature information on request. NOTE- OASIS will interpolate wind direction and speed between levels and stations as necessary if an altitude is provided. 8. Notices to Airmen (NOTAM). (a) Provide available NOTAM (L) (Flight Plan Area), NOTAM (D), and Prohibited Areas P-40, P-49, P-56, and the Special Flight Rules Area for Washington, DC, information pertinent to the flight. (b) For M1FC and OASIS facilities, provide Flight Data Center (FDC) NOTAM which are pertinent to the proposed flight and are not already carried in the Notices to Airmen publication. NOTE- OASIS separates Temporary Flight Restriction (TFR) NOTAM from other FDC and General FDC NOTAM in the Weather and Aeronautical Briefing Window under a separate tabbed page labeled TFR. (c) For nonautomated Alaska FSS facilities, provide FDC NOTAM within 400 NM radius of your facility which are pertinent to the proposed flight and are not already carried in the Notices to Airmen publication. NOTE- If approved by the Flight Services Operations Area Office, the area may be adjusted to meet user requirements. (d) Combine this elem ent with current conditions when it would be logical and advanta- geous to do so. 9. ATC Delays. Inform the pilot of any known ATC delays and/or any flow control advisories on hand that might affect the proposed flight. 10. Request for PIREPs. Include this element when, in your judgment, a report of actual inflight conditions is beneficial or when conditions meet criteria for solicitation of PIREPs (para 9-2-5). Advise the pilot to contact Flight Watch or Flight Service to report en route conditions. 11. EFAS. When appropriate, inform pilots of the availability of Flight Watch for weather updates; e.g., thunderstorms, icing. 12. Upon request. (a) In addition to pertinent D NOTAM, provide information available to your position of operation on Special Use Airspace (SUA), SUA related airspace (i.e., Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace (ATCAA)) and military training route (MTR) activity within your flight plan area plus an additional 100 NM extension. For all SUA and MTR data requests, advise the pilot that information may be incomplete and to contact the appropriate ATC facility for additional information while in flight. NOTE1. Pertinent D NOTAM include: Restricted Areas, Refueling Tracks, Prohibited Areas P-40, P-49, P-56, and the Special Flight Rules Area for Washington, DC. 2. For air to ground positions utilize information obtained from Special Use Airspace/In-Flight Service Enhancement (SUA/ISE) and Model 1 Full Capacity/Op- erational and Supportability Implementation System (M1FC/OASIS). For all other positions utilize informa- tion obtained from M1FC/OASIS. 3. SUA and related airspace includes the following types of airspace: Alert Area, Military Operations Area (MOA), Prohibited Area, Restricted Area, Refueling Anchor, Warning Area and Air Traffic Control Assigned Airspace (ATCAA). MTR data includes the following types of airspace: IFR Training Routes (IR), VFR Training Routes (VR), Slow Training Routes (SR) and Aerial Refueling Tracks (AR). (b) Review the appropriate aeronautical publications and inform the pilot of pertinent NOTAM, special notices, and other information about Prohibited Areas P-40, P-49, P-56, and the Special Flight Rules Area for Washington, DC, when pertinent to the flight. (c) Provide approximate density altitude data. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 3-2-3 Preflight Pilot Briefing (d) Provide information regarding such items as air traffic service and rules, customs/immigration procedures, ADIZ rules, SAR, Flight Watch, etc. (e) Provide LORAN C NOTAM. REFERENCE- FAAO 7930.2, Para 5-3-7c, NOTAM (D) NAVAID. (f) Provide military NOTAM. REFERENCE- FAAO 7930.2, Para 8-3-1, Military NOTAM Availability. (g) Provide GPS Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring (RAIM) Aeronautical Informa- tion. RAIM information shall be provided 1-hour before to 1-hour after the ETA, or a time frame requested by the pilot. (h) Provide runway friction measurement NOTAMs. (i) Provide Special FDC instrument approach procedure changes. 3-2-2. CONDUCT OF ABBREVIATED BRIEFING Provide an abbreviated briefing when a pilot requests information to supplement mass disseminated data; update a previous briefing; or when the pilot requests that the briefing be limited to specific information. Pilot briefers shall issue the following cautionary advisory to a pilot planning a flight outside of United States controlled airspace, unless the pilot states “I have the international cautionary advisory”: PHRASEOLOGY- CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE. Conduct abbreviated briefings as follows: a. When a pilot desires specific information only, provide the requested information. If adverse conditions are reported or forecast, advise the pilot of this fact. Provide details on these conditions in accordance with subpara 3-2-1b1, at the pilot's request. b. When a pilot requests an update to a previous briefing, obtain from the pilot the time the briefing was received and necessary background information. To the extent possible, limit the briefing to appreciable changes in meteorological and aeronauti- cal conditions since the previous briefing. c. When a pilot requests information to supple- ment data obtained through AFSS/FSS mass dissemination media, obtain pertinent background information, the specific items required by the pilot, and provide the information in the sequence listed in subpara 3-2-1b. d. Solicit PIREPs in accordance with subpara 3-2-1b10. e. When a pilot requests to file a flight plan only, ask if he/she requires the latest information on adverse conditions along the route of flight. If he/she responds ``yes”: 1. Provide information on adverse conditions pertinent to the intended route of flight. 2. Provide details on these conditions in accordance with subpara 3-2-1b1. 3-2-3. CONDUCT OF OUTLOOK BRIEFING a. Provide an outlook briefing when the proposed departure is 6 hours or more from the time of the briefing. Conduct the briefing in accordance with subpara 3-2-1b, but limit the briefing to forecast data applicable to the proposed flight. Omit items 2, 4, and 7 through 11 unless specifically requested by the pilot or deemed pertinent by the briefer. b. When the proposed flight is scheduled to be conducted beyond the valid time of the available forecast material, provide a general outlook and then advise the pilot when complete forecast data will be available for the proposed flight. Upon request transfer the call to, or furnish the telephone number of the appropriate NWS office. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-1-1 General Chapter 4. Inflight Services Section 1. General 4-1-1. INFLIGHT SERVICES Inflight services are those provided to or affecting aircraft inflight or otherwise operating on the airport surface. This includes services to airborne aircraft, such as NAVAID monitoring and restoration, LAA, delivery of ATC clearances, advisories or requests, issuance of military flight advisory messages, EFAS, NOTAM, SAR communications searches, flight plan handling, transcribed or live broadcast, weather observations, PIREPs, and pilot briefings. NOTE- Provide inflight services in accordance with the procedures in this chapter to aircraft on a “first come, first served” basis, as circumstances permit. 4-1-2. EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE (EFAS/FLIGHT WATCH) A service specifically designed to provide, upon pilot request, timely weather information pertinent to the type of flight, intended route of flight, and altitude. NOTE- The facilities providing this service are listed in the Airport/Facility Directory (A/FD). 4-1-3. OPERATIONAL PRIORITY a. Emergency situations are those where life or property are in immediate danger. Aircraft in distress have priority over all other aircraft. b. Provide priority service to civilian air ambu- lance (LIFEGUARD), or military air evacuation (AIR EVAC, MED EVAC) flights. When requested by the pilot, provide notifications to expedite ground handling of patients, vital organs, or urgently needed medical materials. Assist the pilots of air ambulance/ evacuation aircraft to avoid areas of significant weather and turbulent conditions. NOTE- Air carrier/Air taxi usage of “Lifeguard” call sign indicates that operational priority is requested. c. Provide maximum assistance to search and rescue (SAR) aircraft performing a SAR mission. d. Provide special handling as required to expedite Flight Check and SAFI aircraft. 4-1-4. INFLIGHT WEATHER BRIEFING Upon request, provide the pilot with an inflight weather briefing, in accordance with the procedure outlined in Chapter 3, Section 2. The following cautionary advisory shall be issued to a pilot planning a flight outside of United States controlled airspace, unless the pilot states “I have the international cautionary advisory.” PHRASEOLOGY- CHECK DATA AS SOON AS PRACTICAL AFTER ENTERING FOREIGN AIRSPACE, AS OUR INTERNATIONAL DATA MAY BE INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE. 4-1-5. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS a. Inflight equipment malfunctions include partial or complete failure of equipment which may affect either safety and/or the ability of the flight to proceed. Specialists may expect reports from pilots regarding VOR, ADF, Low Frequency Navigation Receivers, impairment of air-ground communications capabili- ty, or other equipment deemed appropriate by the pilot. b. When a pilot reports a flight equipment malfunction, determine the nature and extent of any assistance desired. c. Provide maximum assistance possible consis- tent with equipment, workload, and any special handling requested. d. Relay to other specialists or facilities who will subsequently handle the aircraft all pertinent details concerning the aircraft and any special handling requested or being provided. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-1 Data Recording Section 2. Data Recording 4-2-1. TYPES OF DATA RECORDED a. M1FC/OASIS entry for: 1. Flight plans and related messages. 2. Logging pilot briefings and aircraft contacts. 3. Service A/B messages. b. AISR/manual functions strip marking. 4-2-2. METHODS OF RECORDING DATA a. In M1FC and OASIS facilities, entries are made directly into the computer. NOTE- Inflight positions may use locally approved written procedures to record data during heavy traffic periods, however, aircraft contact information should be logged in the computer system as soon as practical. b. AISR facilities use FAA Form 7230-21 or FAA Form 7233-5 to record flight progress data or inflight pilot briefs. Flight notification messages may be used as substitutes for strips. c. Use control/clearance symbols, abbreviations, location identifiers, and contractions for recording position reports, traffic clearances, and other data, where appropriate, in M1FC or OASIS entries and on flight progress strips. When recording data, you may use: 1. Plain language markings to supplement data when it will aid in understanding the recorded information. 2. Locally approved contractions and identifiers for frequently used terms and local fixes not listed in either FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions or FAAO JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers. Use only within your facility, not on data or interphone circuits. All locally approved contractions and identifiers shall be placed in facility files for record and reference purposes. 3. Plain sheets of paper to record information when the use of flight progress strips is not feasible. 4. Blank paper to record lengthy ATC clear- ances or in the case of numerous contacts with the same aircraft; e.g., orientation or emergencies. d. To prevent misinterpretation of data hand printed on flight progress strips, use the standard hand-printed characters shown in FIG 4-2-1. FIG 4-2-1 Hand-Printed_Characters_Chart 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-2 Data Recording NOTE- A slant line crossing through the numeral zero and an underline of the letter “S” on handwritten portions of flight progress strips are required only when there is reason to believe the lack of these markings could lead to a misunderstanding. A slant line through the numeral zero is required on all weather data. e. To correct or update data, draw a horizontal line through it and write the correct information adjacent to it. f. Do not erase any item. 4-2-3. IFR/VFR/DVFR FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING a. Use FAA Form 7233-1 to record flight plans in an AISR facility, and forward information on flight plan modifications, cancellations, activations, and closures to the appropriate position for handling. b. M1FC VFR/DVFR Flight Plan. The following commands are normally used in the performance of VFR/DVFR flight plan functions. 1. Flight Plan Filing. (See TBL 4-2-1.) TBL 4-2-1 Flight Plan Filing Command Result FP Displays blank domestic flight plan mask. (Fill in mask) Enter flight plan elements as required. GI Transmits flight plan. 2. Flight Plan Modification. (See TBL 4-2-2.) TBL 4-2-2 Flight Plan Modification Command Result FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID. (Modify data) Flight plan elements as required using TAB key. STPM Existing flight plan replaced by modified flight plan on proposed list. STIM Existing flight plan replaced by modified flight plan on inbound list. 3. Cancel Flight Plan. (See TBL 4-2-3.) TBL 4-2-3 Cancel Flight Plan Command Result FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID. CX Flight plan cancelled. CX (remarks) Flight plan cancelled with remarks. NOTE- A cancelled flight plan is one that has not been activated. 4. Flight Plan Activation. (See TBL 4-2-4.) TBL 4-2-4 Flight Plan Activation Command Result FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID. (Change P Time to D Time) Prepares Flight plan for transmission. GI Flight notification is transmitted. 5. Flight Plan Closure. When closing a VFR flight plan, obtain departure point and destination, if not already known. (See TBL 4-2-5.) NOTE- OASIS VFR/DVFR Flight Plan. Use the flight plan functions to record domestic VFR/DVFR flight plan filing, modification, cancellation, activation and closure data. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. TBL 4-2-5 Flight Plan Closure Command Result CL ACID Flight plan closed. CL ACID, (remarks) Flight plan closed with remarks. c. M1FC IFR Flight Plans. The following com- mands are normally used in the performance of IFR flight plan functions. 1. Flight Plan Filing. (See TBL 4-2-6.) TBL 4-2-6 Flight Plan Filing Command Result FP Displays blank domestic flight plan mask. (Fill in mask) Enter flight plan elements as required. GI Transmits flight plan with route validation. GI RO Transmits flight plan by-passing route validation. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-3 Data Recording 2. Flight Plan Modification. (See TBL 4-2-7.) TBL 4-2-7 Flight Plan Modification Command Result FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID. (Modify data) Modify flight plan elements as required using TAB key. STPM Existing flight plan replaced by modified flight plan on proposed list. 3. Cancel Flight Plan. (See TBL 4-2-8.) NOTE- OASIS IFR Flight Plan. Use the flight plan functions to record IFR flight plan filing, modification and cancellation data. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. TBL 4-2-8 Cancel Flight Plan Command Result FP ACID Displays flight plan by ACID. CX Flight plan cancelled. CX (remarks) Flight plan cancelled with remarks. 4-2-4. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS a. PIREPs are formatted for input into M1FC by the use of “Display PIREP entry format (WY)” keyword. The following commands are required to transmit PIR EPs via the PIR EP mask. (See TBL 4-2-9.) TBL 4-2-9 PIREP Entry Command Result WY Displays the PIREP entry format mask. Formulate PIREP using either the free form area of the mask, or the mask, but not both. GI(s) (1) Transmits to the AWPs. (2) Generates P alert flag at all terminals enabled for P alerts within FSDPS family. b. In an AISR facility, use FAA Form 7110-2 or material deemed appropriate. c. PIREPs are formatted for input into OASIS by using a Transmit PIREP dialog box. A properly formatted pilot report will generate an Auto Update alarm at designated workstations. 4-2-5. LOGGING AIRCRAFT CONTACTS a. M1FC. Aircraft contacts and inflight briefings are logged and stored on the DD file for accountability. The required elements are: 1. Inflight Briefing (IB). 2. Type of Flight (TOF). 3. Type of Service (TOS). 4. ACID. 5. Remarks. EXAMPLE- IB (TOF),(TOS),(ACID), REMARKS. NOTE- If current partial exists, ACID is optional. (See TBL 4-2-10.) TBL 4-2-10 Type of Flight TOF (TYPE OF FLIGHT) IC IFR AIR CARRIER IG IFR GENERAL IM IFR MILITARY IT IFR AIR TAXI VC VFR AIR CARRIER VG VFR GENERAL VM VFR MILITARY VT VFR AIR TAXI Example: “IGI” = IFR General ICAO. For DVFR, replace “V” with “D.” For ICAO, add “I” to TOF. TOS (TYPE OF SERVICE) A ACFT contact & airport advisory AB ACFT contact, airport advisory & briefing B ACFT contact & briefing BLANK ACFT contact (See TBL 4-2-11.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-2-4 Data Recording TBL 4-2-11 Contacts & Inflight Briefings CB This is used to log general information in the DD file without adding to the traffic count. Current partial is by-passed. IB DG,,N1234, “Remarks” ACFT contact, DVFR General, ACID in current partial by-passed. IB IG,,,ALSTG ACFT contact, IFR General, Remarks. IB IGI,B,N1,VNR ACFT contact, IFR General ICAO, Briefing, ACID in current partial by-passed, Remarks. IB VM,B,, “Remarks” ACFT contact, VFR Military, Briefing. IB VG,A,, “Remarks” ACFT contact, VFR General, Airport Advisory. IB ,,N1,Remarks This is used to log additional radio contacts. b. OASIS. Aircraft contacts and inflight briefings are logged and stored in the history files for accountability. NOTE- ACID and Flight Rules are required to log an inflight briefing or aircraft contact. c. In the REMARKS block, locally approved contractions and identifiers may be used for frequently used terms not listed in either FAAO JO_7340.2, Contractions or FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. d. If the inflight position is recorded, you may limit entries in the REMARKS to those necessary for your use. 4-2-6. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS (FAA FORMS 7230-21 AND 7233-5) a. When officially used to record inflight data, use flight progress strips to record: 1. Aircraft contacts. 2. ATC clearances. 3. Pilot briefings on airborne aircraft. 4. Other operationally significant items. b. Use one flight progress strip for each flight, and record all contacts with that flight on the same strip. If supplemental strips are needed for additional writing space, keep the original and supplemental strips together and consider them as one strip. 4-2-7. FLIGHT PROGRESS STRIPS AND ENTRY DATA a. Flight progress strip. (See FIG 4-2-2.) FIG 4-2-2 Flight Progress Strip b. Flight progress strip entry. (See FIG 4-2-3.) 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-5 Data Recording FIG 4-2-3 Strip Entry 1 FIG 4-2-4 Strip Entry 2 FIG 4-2-5 Flight Progress Strip Flight progress strip Item and Information. (See TBL 4-2-12.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-6 Data Recording TBL 4-2-12 Item and Information Item Information 1 ACID (To identify IFR aircraft piloted by solo USAF under-graduate pilot, the letter Z will be added to aircraft ID on the flight progress strip. Do not use the suffix in ground-to-air communications.) 2 Type of aircraft/special equipment. 3 TAS and altitude (IFR). Altitude (VFR/DVFR, if known). 4 Departure point. 5 Route of flight. 6 Destination. 7 Actual departure time, or Time VFR flight plan activated. 8 ETA at destination. 9 Estimated time of fuel exhaustion. 10 Type of flight. 11 Action time; e.g., overdue time, fuel exhaustion time, LR contact time. 12 Time of contact with pilot. 13 Information received from pilot/another facility. 14 Data issued to the aircraft. Flight progress strip abbreviation. (See TBL 4-2-13) TBL 4-2-13 Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning _ Over Flight. ↓Inbound Flight. _ Outbound Flight. I IFR. IR Island Reporting. D DVFR. LR Lake Reporting. S SVFR. V VFR. MR Mountain Reporting. SR Swamp Reporting. Flight progress strip abbreviation. (See TBL 4-2-14) TBL 4-2-14 Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning A AIRMET (WA). AA Airport Advisory. CWT Caution Wake Turbulence. DA Decided Against Flight. DD Decided to Delay Flight. DW Downwind. FP Filed Flight Plan. IC Incomplete Briefing. PB Pilot Brief. RY Runway. S SIGMET (WS) and/or Convective SIGMET (WST). VNR VFR Flight not recommended (Pilot Brief). c. Record ATC instructions and clearances completely and exactly. d. Summarize other data using approved symbols and contractions.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:23:50

e. Do not record issuance of altimeter setting unless that is the only information provided during the contact. f. When flight notification messages are used to record flight progress data, cut or tear the paper to fit the strip holder. Enter items 10 through 14 in the corresponding numbered location illustrated in FIG 4-2-4. 4-2-8. AIRCRAFT CONTACTS a. Use a flight progress strip, the aircraft proposal, or flight notification message to record information on aircraft contacts. Inflight and flight watch contacts may be logged in either M1FC or OASIS equipment, on flight progress strips, or on facility approved alternate forms. b. If the station has the aircraft's flight plan, enter FP in space 14 to show FAA Form 7233-1 is filed in the facility. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-7 Data Recording c. If there is no flight plan on file for the aircraft contacting the station, obtain and post the following: 1. ACID. 2. Type of flight. 3. Time of contact. 4. Aircraft contact record. 5. Other items which are operationally signifi- cant. d. If the inflight position is recorded, you may limit entries in the aircraft contact portion of the strip to those necessary for your use. TBL 4-2-15 Clearance Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning A Cleared to airport (point of intended landing). B Center clearance delivered. C ATC clears (when clearance relayed through non-ATC facility). CAF Cleared as filed. D Cleared to depart from the fix. F Cleared to the fix. H Cleared to hold and instructions issued. L Cleared to land. N Clearance not delivered. O Cleared to the outer marker. PD Cleared to climb/descend at pilot's discretion. Q Cleared to fly specified sectors of a NAVAID defined in terms of courses, bearings, radials, or quadrants within a designated radius. T Cleared through (for landing and takeoff through intermediate point). V Cleared over the fix. X Cleared to cross (airway, route, radial) at (point). Z Tower jurisdiction.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:03

4-2-9. CONTROL SYMBOLOGY a. Use authorized control and clearance symbols or abbreviations for recording clearances, reports, and instructions. b. The following tables contain abbreviation and control information symbols. (See TBL 4-2-15 and TBL 4-2-16.) TBL 4-2-16 Miscellaneous Abbreviation Abbreviation Meaning BC Back course approach. CT Contact approach. FA Final approach. GPS GPS approach. I Initial approach. ILS ILS approach. MA Missed approach. MLS MLS approach. NDB Nondirectional radio beacon approach. OTP VFR conditions-on-top. PA Precision approach. PT Procedure turn. RH Runway heading. RP Report immediately upon passing (fix/altitude). RX Report crossing. SA Surveillance approach. SI Straight-in approach. TA TACAN approach. TL Turn left. TR Turn right. VA Visual approach. VR VOR approach. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-8 Data Recording FIG 4-2-6 Control Information Symbols Chart 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-2-9 Data Recording FIG 4-2-7 Control Information Symbols Chart 2 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-3-1 Radio Communications
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:12

Section 3. Radio Communications 4-3-1. FREQUENCY USE a. Use radio frequencies for the specific purposes for which they are assigned. A frequency may be used for more than one function when required. Use the minimum number of frequencies to conduct communications. Request pilots file flight plans on discrete frequencies when possible. b. Monitor assigned radio frequencies continu- ously. Keep speaker volumes at a level sufficient to hear all transmissions. 4-3-2. AUTHORIZED TRANSMISSIONS a. Transmit only those messages necessary for safe and efficient use of the National Airspace System (NAS). 1. Relay operational information to an aircraft or its company, as requested, when abnorm al conditions necessitate such requests. Do not agree to handle such messages on a regular basis. 2. Relay official FAA messages as required. b. Inform an aircraft of the source of any message you relay from an airport manager, a military commander, or other appropriate authority. c. Use the words or phrases in radio communica- tions as contained in the Pilot/Controller Glossary. 4-3-3. RADIO MESSAGE FORMAT Initiate radio communications with an aircraft by using the following format: a. Initial call up. 1. State the prefix “November” when establish- ing initial communications with U.S. Registered aircraft followed by the phonetic pronunciation of the numbers/letters of the aircraft registration. 2. Identification of the calling unit. 3. The type of message to follow when this will assist the pilot. 4. The word over, if required. EXAMPLE“November Three Four Seven Seven Papa, Fort Worth Radio, over.” “November Three Four Seven Seven Papa, Fort Worth Radio, A-T-C clearance, over.” b. Replying to call up from aircraft. 1. Identification of the aircraft initiating the call up. Use the full identification in reply to aircraft with similar sounding identifications. For other aircraft, use the same identification the pilot used in initial call up; then use the correct identification after communications have been established. 2. Identification of the replying unit. 3. The word over, if required. c. The word heavy shall be used as part of the identification in communications with or about heavy jet aircraft when providing airport advisories. PHRASEOLOGY- UNITED FIFTY-EIGHT HEAVY NOTE1. Most airlines will use the word heavy following the company prefix and trip number when establishing communications or when changing frequencies. 2. When in radio-telephone communications with “Air Force One,” do not add the heavy designator to the call sign. State only the call sign “Air Force One” regardless of the type of aircraft. d. Preface a clearance or instruction intended for a specific aircraft with the identification of that aircraft. e. Emphasize appropriate digits, letters, or similar sounding words to aid in distinguishing between similar sounding aircraft identifications. Additional- ly, notify each pilot concerned when communicating with aircraft having similar sounding identifications. EXAMPLE“American Five Twenty-one and American Twenty-one, transmissions being made to each of you on this frequency.” “Advisory to Cessna One Three Two Four, transmissions to Cessna One Two Three Four also being made on this frequency.”
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:21

4-3-4. ABBREVIATED TRANSMISSION Transmissions may be abbreviated as follows: JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-3-2 Radio Communications a. Use the identification prefix and the last three digits or letters of the aircraft identification after communications have been established and type of aircraft is known. Do not abbreviate similar sounding aircraft identifications or the identification of an air carrier or other civil aircraft having an FAA authorized call sign. b. Omit the facility identification after commu- nication has been established. c. Transmit the message immediately after the callup (without waiting for the aircraft's reply) when the message is short and receipt is generally assured. d. Omit the word over, if the message obviously requires a reply. 4-3-5. ROUTINE RADIO CONTACTS Record information received from or given to the pilot. Prior to terminating the contact, provide the following information: a. Weather Advisory. When a weather advisory is in effect, such as a WA, WS, WST, CWA, or AWW, which pertains to an area within 150 miles of the aircraft's position, obtain the route and destination if not already known. Deliver the advisory if it is pertinent and the pilot indicates that it has not been received previously. b. Shifting to Flight Watch. In-flight specialists shall recommend shifting to the flight watch frequency for en route advisories when weather conditions in an area along the pilot's route of flight so dictate. An example would be a pilot flying into an area of marginal weather farther along the route. It would be advantageous for the pilot to contact the flight watch specialist to pursue an alternate course of action should the need arise. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR ADDITIONAL EN ROUTE WEATHER, CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH (frequency). NOTE- Delete all references to Flight Watch when not available. c. NOTAM. When the destination is in your station's flight plan area, inform the pilot of any pertinent NOTAM. d. Altimeter Setting. 1. If the aircraft is operating below 18,000 feet MSL, issue current altimeter setting obtained from direct reading instruments or received from weather reporting stations. Use the setting for the location nearest the position of the aircraft. 2. If the aircraft is arriving or departing a local airport served by an operating control tower, issue altimeter setting on request only. 3. Aircraft arriving or departing from a nontowered airport which has a commissioned ASOS/AWOS, with ground-to-air capability, shall be advised to monitor the ASOS/AWOS frequency for the altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY- MONITOR (airport) ASOS/AWOS FOR CURRENT ALTIMETER. NOTE- This requirement is deleted if the pilot states, on initial contact, that he/she has the automated weather.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:32

4. When the barometric pressure is greater than 31.00 inches Hg., Flight Standards will implement high barometric pressure procedures by NOTAM defining the geographic area affected. When this occurs, use the following procedures: (a) IFR aircraft. Issue the altimeter setting and advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect. Control facilities will issue specific instructions when relaying IFR clearances and control instructions through AFSS/ FSS facilities when the altimeter is above 31.00 inches Hg. (b) VFR aircraft. Issue the altimeter setting. Advise the pilot that high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect and to use an altimeter setting of 31.00 inches Hg. en route. PHRASEOLOGY- ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO. HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT. NOTE- Airports unable to accurately measure barometric pressures above 31.00 inches Hg. will report the barometric pressure as missing or in excess of 31.00 inches Hg. Flight operations to or from those airports are restricted to VFR weather conditions. REFERENCE- AIM, Chapter 7, Section 2, and FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-6-2, Hazardous Inflight Weather Advisory Service (HIWAS). e. Incorrect Cruising Altitude. If the aircraft is operating VFR at an altitude between 3,000 feet AGL to, but not including FL180, and reports at an JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-3-3 Radio Communications incorrect cruising altitude for the direction of flight, issue a VFR cruising altitude advisory. PHRASEOLOGY- V-F-R CRUISING LEVELS FOR YOUR DIRECTION OF FLIGHT ARE: (Odd/Even) ALTITUDES PLUS FIVE HUNDRED FEET. NOTE- Facilities located in those areas where VFR altitude separation is below 3,000 feet AGL or above FL 180 shall provide appropriate phraseology examples for local use. f. Altimeter Setting in Millibars. If a request for the altimeter setting in millibars is received, use the setting for the location nearest the position of the aircraft and convert to the millibar equivalent value using the millibar conversion chart. If the millibar setting is not a whole number, always round down. (See TBL 4-3-1.) TBL 4-3-1 Millibar Conversion Chart MILLIBAR CONVERSION CHART inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars inches millibars 27.50 931.3 28.00 948.2 28.50 965.1 29.00 982.1 29.50 999.0 30.00 1015.9 30.50 1032.8 31.00 1049.8 27.51 931.6 28.01 948.5 28.51 965.5 29.01 982.4 29.51 999.3 30.01 1016.3 30.51 1033.2 31.01 1050.1 27.52 931.9 28.02 948.9 28.52 965.8 29.02 982.7 29.52 999.7 30.02 1016.6 30.52 1033.5 31.02 1050.5 27.53 932.3 28.03 949.2 28.53 966.1 29.03 983.1 29.53 1000.0 30.03 1016.9 30.53 1033.9 31.03 1050.8 27.54 932.6 28.04 949.5 28.54 966.5 29.04 983.4 29.54 1000.3 30.04 1017.3 30.54 1034.2 31.04 1051.1 27.55 933.0 28.05 949.9 28.55 966.8 29.05 983.7 29.55 1000.7 30.05 1017.6 30.55 1034.5 31.05 1051.5 27.56 933.3 28.06 950.2 28.56 967.2 29.06 984.1 29.56 1001.0 30.06 1017.9 30.56 1034.9 31.06 1051.8 27.57 933.6 28.07 950.6 28.57 967.5 29.07 984.4 29.57 1001.4 30.07 1018.3 30.57 1035.2 31.07 1052.2 27.58 934.0 28.08 950.9 28.58 967.8 29.08 984.8 29.58 1001.7 30.08 1018.6 30.58 1035.6 31.08 1052.5 27.59 934.3 28.09 951.2 28.59 968.2 29.09 985.1 29.59 1002.0 30.09 1019.0 30.59 1035.9 31.09 1052.8 27.60 934.6 28.10 951.6 28.60 968.5 29.10 985.4 29.60 1002.4 30.10 1019.3 30.60 1036.2 31.10 1053.2 27.61 935.0 28.11 951.9 28.61 968.8 29.11 985.8 29.61 1002.7 30.11 1019.6 30.61 1036.6 31.11 1053.5 27.62 935.3 28.12 952.3 28.62 969.2 29.12 986.1 29.62 1003.0 30.12 1020.0 30.62 1036.9 31.12 1053.8 27.63 935.7 28.13 952.6 28.63 969.5 29.13 986.5 29.63 1003.4 30.13 1020.3 30.63 1037.3 31.13 1054.2 27.64 936.0 28.14 952.9 28.64 969.9 29.14 986.8 29.64 1003.7 30.14 1020.7 30.64 1037.6 31.14 1054.5 27.65 936.3 28.15 953.3 28.65 970.2 29.15 987.1 29.65 1004.1 30.15 1021.0 30.65 1037.9 31.15 1054.9 27.66 936.7 28.16 953.6 28.66 970.5 29.16 987.5 29.66 1004.4 30.16 1021.3 30.66 1038.3 31.16 1055.2 27.67 937.0 28.17 953.9 28.67 970.9 29.17 987.8 29.67 1004.7 30.17 1021.7 30.67 1038.6 31.17 1055.5 27.68 937.4 28.18 954.3 28.68 971.2 29.18 988.1 29.68 1005.1 30.18 1022.0 30.68 1038.9 31.18 1055.9 27.69 937.7 28.19 954.6 28.69 971.6 29.19 988.5 29.69 1005.4 30.19 1022.4 30.69 1039.3 31.19 1056.2 27.70 938.0 28.20 955.0 28.70 971.9 29.20 988.8 29.70 1005.8 30.20 1022.7 30.70 1039.6 31.20 1056.6 27.71 938.4 28.21 955.3 28.71 972.2 29.21 989.2 29.71 1006.1 30.21 1023.0 30.71 1040.0 31.21 1056.9 27.72 938.7 28.22 955.6 28.72 972.6 29.22 989.5 29.72 1006.4 30.22 1023.4 30.72 1040.3 31.22 1057.2 27.73 939.0 28.23 956.0 28.73 972.9 29.23 989.8 29.73 1006.8 30.23 1023.7 30.73 1040.6 31.23 1057.6 27.74 939.4 28.24 956.3 28.74 973.2 29.24 990.2 29.74 1007.1 30.24 1024.0 30.74 1041.0 31.24 1057.9 27.75 939.7 28.25 956.7 28.75 973.6 29.25 990.5 29.75 1007.5 30.25 1024.4 30.75 1041.3 31.25 1058.2 27.76 940.1 28.26 957.0 28.76 973.9 29.26 990.8 29.76 1007.8 30.26 1024.7 30.76 1041.6 31.26 1058.6 27.77 940.4 28.27 957.3 28.77 974.3 29.27 991.2 29.77 1008.1 30.27 1025.1 30.77 1042.0 31.27 1058.9 27.78 940.7 28.28 957.7 28.78 974.6 29.28 991.5 29.78 1008.5 30.28 1025.4 30.78 1042.3 31.28 1059.3 27.79 941.1 28.29 958.0 28.79 974.9 29.29 991.9 29.79 1008.8 30.29 1025.7 30.79 1042.7 31.29 1059.6 27.80 941.4 28.30 958.3 28.80 975.3 29.30 992.2 29.80 1009.1 30.30 1026.1 30.80 1043.0 31.30 1059.9 27.81 941.8 28.31 958.7 28.81 975.6 29.31 992.6 29.81 1009.5 30.31 1026.4 30.81 1043.3 31.31 1060.3 27.82 942.1 28.32 959.0 28.82 976.0 29.32 992.9 29.82 1009.8 30.32 1026.8 30.82 1043.7 31.32 1060.6 27.83 942.4 28.33 959.4 28.83 976.3 29.33 993.2 29.83 1010.2 30.33 1027.1 30.83 1044.0 31.33 1061.0 27.84 942.8 28.34 959.7 28.84 976.6 29.34 992.6 29.84 1010.5 30.34 1027.4 30.84 1044.4 31.34 1061.3 27.85 943.1 28.35 960.0 28.85 977.0 29.35 993.9 29.85 1010.8 30.35 1027.8 30.85 1044.7 31.35 1061.6 27.86 943.4 28.36 960.4 28.86 977.3 29.36 994.2 29.86 1011.2 30.36 1028.1 30.86 1045.0 31.36 1062.0 27.87 943.8 28.37 960.7 28.87 977.7 29.37 994.6 29.87 1011.5 30.37 1028.4 30.87 1045.4 31.37 1062.3 27.88 944.1 28.38 961.1 28.88 978.0 29.38 994.9 29.88 1011.9 30.38 1028.8 30.88 1045.7 31.38 1062.6 27.89 944.5 28.39 961.4 28.89 978.3 29.39 995.3 29.89 1012.2 30.39 1029.1 30.89 1046.1 31.39 1063.0 27.90 944.8 28.40 961.7 28.90 978.7 29.40 995.6 29.90 1012.5 30.40 1029.5 30.90 1046.4 31.40 1063.3 27.91 945.1 28.41 962.1 28.91 979.0 29.41 995.9 29.91 1012.9 30.41 1029.8 30.91 1046.7 31.41 1063.7 27.92 945.5 28.42 962.4 28.92 979.3 29.42 996.3 29.92 1013.2 30.42 1030.1 30.92 1047.1 31.42 1064.0 27.93 945.8 28.43 962.8 28.93 979.7 29.43 996.6 29.93 1013.5 30.43 1030.5 30.93 1047.4 31.43 1064.3 27.94 946.2 28.44 963.1 28.94 980.0 29.44 997.0 29.94 1013.9 30.44 1030.8 30.94 1047.7 31.44 1064.7 27.95 946.5 28.45 963.4 28.95 980.4 29.45 997.3 29.95 1014.2 30.45 1031.2 30.95 1048.1 31.45 1065.0 27.96 946.8 28.46 963.8 28.96 980.7 29.46 997.6 29.96 1014.6 30.46 1031.5 30.96 1044.4 31.46 1065.4 27.97 947.2 28.47 964.1 28.97 981.0 29.47 998.0 29.97 1014.9 30.47 1031.8 30.97 1048.8 31.47 1065.7 27.98 947.5 28.48 964.4 28.98 981.4 29.48 998.3 29.98 1015.2 30.48 1032.2 30.98 1049.1 31.48 1066.0 27.99 947.9 28.49 964.8 28.99 981.7 29.49 998.6 29.99 1015.6 30.49 1032.5 30.99 1049.4 31.49 1066.4 JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-3-4 Radio Communications
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:43

4-3-6. RADIO COMMUNICATIONS TRANSFER Transfer radio communications by specifying the following: a. The name of the facility to be contacted and the frequency. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTACT (name of facility) ON (frequency). b. In situations where an aircraft will continue to communicate with your facility, use the following: PHRASEOLOGY- CONTACT (name of service) ON (frequency). 4-3-7. ATC CLEARANCES, ADVISORIES, OR REQUESTS a. Notify ATC via interphone of a pilot's request for clearance and include the departure and destination airports and, if appropriate, departing runway and time in the request. Relay, verbatim, ATC clearances, advisories, and requests received from the control facility. Give a time check to the nearest quarter minute when relaying a clearance that includes a release or void time. NOTE- For ATC clearances, “verbatim” means exact control instructions, in the format stated in FAAO JO 7110.65, Air Traffic Control, Para 4-2-1, Clearance Items. PHRASEOLOGY- Aircraft on the ground: (Facility) RADIO, CLEARANCE REQUEST. After go-ahead from ATC, (Aircraft identification) DEPARTING (airport), RUNWAY (number if applicable) DESTINATION (fix or airport). (If applicable), CAN BE OFF AT (time). Aircraft airborne: (Facility) RADIO, CLEARANCE REQUEST. After go-ahead from ATC: (Aircraft identification), (position), (altitude), (route), AND (destination). b. Prefix all ATC clearances, advisories, or requests with the appropriate phrase “A-T-C CLEARS,” “A-T-C ADVISES,” etc. c. When issuing information, relaying clearances, or instructions, ensure acknowledgement by the pilot. d. If altitude, heading, or other items are read back by the pilot, ensure the readback is correct. If incorrect or incomplete, make corrections as appropriate. NOTE- Pilots may acknowledge clearances, instructions, or information by using “Wilco,” “Roger,” “Affirmative,” or other appropriate words or remarks. REFERENCE- Pilot/Controller Glossary. 4-3-8. DEPARTURE REPORTS a. When an IFR aircraft reports airborne or is observed airborne, transmit the aircraft identification and departure time to the control facility from which the clearance was received. PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. DEPARTURE. (Aircraft identification), (time). NOTE1. This includes known VFR departure times of aircraft which are to obtain IFR clearances when airborne. 2. The requirement for transmitting departure reports may be omitted if requested by the IFR control facility, provided the procedures are specified in a Letter of Agreement. b. When an aircraft which has filed an IFR flight plan requests a VFR departure, facilitate the request as follows: 1. If the facility/sector responsible for issuing the clearance is unable to issue a clearance, inform the pilot and suggest that the delay be taken on the ground. If the pilot insists upon taking off VFR and obtaining an IFR clearance in the air, relay the pilot's intentions and, if possible, the VFR departure time to the facility/sector holding the flight plan. 2. After obtaining approval from the facility/ sector responsible for issuing the IFR clearance, an aircraft planning IFR flight may be authorized to depart VFR. Inform the pilot of the proper frequency and, if appropriate, where or when to contact the facility responsible for issuing the clearance. 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:24:58

4-3-5 Radio Communications (a) When requesting: PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. (Aircraft identification), REQUEST V-F-R DEPARTURE. (b) When relaying to aircraft: PHRASEOLOGY- A-T-C ADVISES (aircraft identification) V-F-R DEPARTURE APPROVED. CONTACT (facility) ON (frequency) AT (location or time, if required) FOR CLEARANCE. (c) Relaying to control facility: PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. (Aircraft identification) DEPARTED V-F-R AT (time). 4-3-9. IFR FLIGHT PROGRESS REPORTS Relay to the appropriate ATC facility the aircraft identification, position, time, altitude, estimate of next reporting point, name of subsequent reporting point, and any pilot remarks or requests including amended flight plan data. PHRASEOLOGY(Facility) RADIO. PROGRESS. (Aircraft identification), (position), (altitude), (time) (name and estimate of next reporting point) (name of subsequent reporting point) (pilot's remarks). 4-3-10. ARRIVAL/MISSED APPROACH REPORTS Relay to the appropriate ATC facility, by the most expeditious means available, the time that an IFR aircraft lands, cancels, or executes a missed approach, and intentions, if known. 4-3-11. NONDELIVERY OF MESSAGES Inform ATC when a message has not been delivered within: a. Three minutes of receipt; or b. Three minutes after the specified delivery time; or c. A specified cancellation time. 4-3-12. BROADCAST (BLIND TRANSMISSION) OF MESSAGES Broadcast messages as requested by ATC. If no accompanying transmitting instructions are received, transmit the message four times: a. Once upon receipt; and b. At approximately 3-minute intervals thereaf- ter. 4-3-13. PENETRATION OF CLASS A AIRSPACE OR PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED AREA a. Penetration of Class A airspace. When a VFR aircraft's position report indicates penetration of Class A airspace: 1. Inform the pilot of the Class A airspace penetration and request intentions. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE IN CLASS A AIRSPACE. AN A-T-C CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. REQUEST YOUR INTENTIONS. 2. Inform the control facility immediately. 3. Relay ATC instructions. b. Penetration of PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED AREA. When an aircraft report indicates penetration of a prohibited/restricted area: 1. Inform the pilot. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE IN A PROHIBITED/RESTRICTED AREA. AUTHORIZATION IS REQUIRED. REQUEST YOUR INTENTIONS. 2. Inform the control facility immediately. 3. Relay ATC instructions. 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-1 Airport Advisory Services Section 4. Airport Advisory Services 4-4-1. GENERAL Airport advisory services are provided at airports without an operating control tower that have certified automated weather reporting via voice capability. a. Local Airport Advisory (LAA) is a service provided by facilities, which are located on the landing airport, have ground-to-air communication on a discrete frequency or the tower frequency when the tower is closed, automated weather reporting with voice broadcasting, and a continuous ASOS/AWOS data display, other continuous direct reading instruments, or manual observations available to the specialist. b. Remote Airport Advisory (RAA) is a remote service which may be provided by facilities, which are not located on the landing airport, but have ground-to-air communication on a discrete frequen- cy or the tower frequency when the tower is closed, automated weather reporting with voice available to the pilot at the landing airport, and a continuous ASOS/AWOS data display, other direct reading instruments, or manual observation is available to the AFSS specialist. c. Remote Airport Information Service (RAIS) is a temporary service provided by facilities, which are not located on the landing airport, but have communication capability and automated weather reporting available to the pilot at the landing airport. d. Final Guard Service is a value added service provided in conjunction with LAA/RAA only during periods of significant and fast changing weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff operations. 1. When the pilot reports “On final” or “Taking the active runway,” the specialist shall provide the current wind direction, speed, and altimeter. 2. If during the operation conditions change and in the specialist's opinion, the changing information might be useful to the pilot, the specialist shall broadcast the information in the blind. 3. Pilots will not be required or expected to acknowledge the broadcast. NOTE- FAA policy requires pilots to access the current automated weather prior to requesting any remote ATC services at nontowered airports. It is the pilot's responsibility to comply with the Federal Aviation Regulations (FARs) if landing clearance is required. e. During initial contact if the pilot reports: “I have the automated weather,” do not provide weather information unless specifically requested by the pilot or a special report is transmitted. EXAMPLE- RAIS: Pilot - “Green Bay radio, Cessna 12RG, ten northeast, landing Eau Claire, request airport information, I have the automated weather.” FSS - “Cessna 12RG, Eau Claire airport information, your traffic is a Cessna 172 entering downwind and a Convair 660 reported on final, both one minute ago. There is an airport maintenance vehicle . . ..” f. If additional pilots initiate contact a short time after LAA/RAIS/RAA was provided, determine if the new pilot(s) copied the information when it was provided. 1. If the new pilot responds in the affirmative, do not repeat the information. 2. If the new pilot acknowledges the LAA/ RAIS/RAA information then requests specific information, provide only the information requested. NOTE- The intent is to reduce frequency clutter while insuring that the pilots are aware of the situation as it changes. g. If a pilot asks for LAA/RAIS/RAA at an airport where the requested service is not available but one of the three services is available, inform the pilot about what service is available, and provide the appropriate service. PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name) LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY IS NOT AVAILABLE. REMOTE AIRPORT INFORMATION . . .. h. At airports where automated current weather is available to the pilot via ASOS/AWOS voice recording: 1. When the pilot reports, “I have the automated weather,” provide the appropriate nonweather elements. 2. At airports with commissioned ASOS/ AWOS with continuous automated voice capability, instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast and advise intentions. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-2 Airport Advisory Services PHRASEOLOGY- MONITOR (location) ASOS/AWOS (frequency). ADVISE INTENTIONS. 3. If the pilot reports the AWOS/ASOS is out of service, provide the last reported weather available. 4. If the pilot requests special VFR clearance, provide the appropriate elements and follow the procedures in Section 5. 4-4-2. LAA/RAIS/RAA ELEMENTS AND PHRASEOLOGY a. State the airport name and the words, Airport Advisory, Airport Information, or Remote Advisory. PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name), AIRPORT ADVISORY . . . or (Airport name), AIRPORT INFORMATION . . . or (Airport name), REMOTE ADVISORY . . .. b. Provide the information as appropriate, se- quencing the elements in the following manner or to best serve the current traffic situation: 1. Final Guard is a value added wind and altimeter monitoring service provided in conjunction with LAA/RAA during periods of significant and/or fast changing weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff operations. The specialist shall monitor the remoted display of the current wind and altimeter. Provide Final Guard as follows: (a) When the pilot reports “On final” or “Taking the active runway,” the specialist shall provide the current wind direction, speed, and altimeter. (b) If during the landing or takeoff operation conditions change and, in the specialist's opinion, the changing information might be useful to the pilot, the specialist shall broadcast the new wind and/or altimeter information in the blind. (c) Pilots will not be required or expected to acknowledge the broadcast. PHRASEOLOGY- N12RG, WIND NOW (Direction) AT (Speed). NOTE- FAA policy requires pilots to access the current automated weather prior to requesting any remote ATC services at nontowered airports. It is the pilot's responsibility to comply with the FARs if landing clearance is required. Final Guard is never provided with RAIS. 2. Favored or Designated Runway is a value added service offered in conjunction with LAA/ RAA. The specialist shall check the current wind data and provide the runway information as follows: (a) For takeoff and landing operations state the runway most nearly aligned into the wind. (b) Inform the pilot when the current wind direction is varying enough that the selection of the favored runway may be affected, when there is more than 10 knots between peaks and lulls, or the pilot has requested the information. (c) If there is no wind, state the runway currently in use, the runway favored by a shorter taxiway, or other local consideration. (d) When airport management has designated a runway to be used under certain wind or other conditions (and has informed the FSS in writing) issue runway information accordingly. (e) If the majority of the traffic has been using a runway other than the favored or designated runway, advise the pilot. EXAMPLE- Landing airport has runways 27 (longer) and 32 with most pilots utilizing the shorter runway, “FAVORED RUNWAY 32, WINDS VARYING BETWEEN 280 AND 340, SPEED 15 GUSTING 28.” (f) When a pilot advises he/she will use a runway other than the favored or the designated runway, inform all known concerned traffic. PHRASEOLOGY- ATTENTION ALL AIRCRAFT. (Aircraft type) DEPARTING/LANDING RUNWAY (number). (g) If a pilot requests the distance between an intersection and the runway end, furnish measured data from the local airport intersection takeoff diagram or other appropriate sources. (h) The favored or designated runway is never provided with RAIS. 3. Traffic. Factual information about observed or reported traffic, which may constitute a collision hazard. This may include positions of aircraft inflight and/or aircraft and vehicles operating on the airport. PHRASEOLOGY- TRAFFIC (Aircraft type), (position), (minutes) AGO. 4. Altimeter Setting. (a) LAA/RAA: Apply special procedures when the altimeter setting is more than JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-3 Airport Advisory Services 31.00_inches_Hg. Stations with the capability of reading altimeter settings above 31.00 inches Hg. shall issue altimeter settings. PHRASEOLOGY- ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO. HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER SETTING PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT. (b) RAIS: Do not provide the altimeter unless specifically requested. Then, provide the altimeter from the last official weather report. 5. Weather. When the pilot does not have the weather conditions, issue the last reported or known weather information as follows: (a) LAA/RAIS/RAA: (1) Wind direction and speed. (2) Altimeter. (3) Ceiling and visibility to VFR aircraft when less than basic VFR conditions exist. (4) Visibility to VFR aircraft when it is less than three miles in any quadrant. (5) Touchdown RVR/RVV for the runway in use where RVR/RVV readout equipment is located at the workstation providing the service. (6) To IFR aircraft executing an instrument approach or departure and to the appropriate control facility when visibility is less than 3 miles or when the ceiling is less than 1,000 feet or below the highest circling minimum, whichever is greater. 6. Weather advisory alert. Provide in accor- dance with subpara 4-3-5a. PHRASEOLOGY(Advisory description) IS CURRENT FOR (condition) OVER (area). 7. Density Altitude. (a) Facilities at airports with field elevations of 2,000 feet MSL or higher, transmit a density altitude advisory to departing general aviation aircraft whenever the temperature reaches the criteria contained in TBL 2-2-1. PHRASEOLOGY- CHECK DENSITY ALTITUDE (b) Omit this advisory if pilot states the computation has been done or if the specialist is aware that a density altitude computation for that aircraft was included in the preflight briefing. 8. Wake Turbulence. Issue cautionary informa- tion to any aircraft if in your judgment wake turbulence may have an adverse effect on it. PHRASEOLOGY- CAUTION WAKE TURBULENCE (traffic information). NOTE- Wake turbulence may be encountered by aircraft in flight as well as when operating on the airport movement area. Because wake turbulence is unpredictable, air traffic personnel are not responsible for anticipating its existence or effect. 9. NOTAM. NOTAMs concerning local NAVAIDs and field conditions pertinent to flight. EXAMPLE“All runways covered by packed snow 6 inches deep.” 10. Braking Action. Furnish braking action reports as received from pilots or airport management to all aircraft as follows: (a) Describe braking action using the terms fair, poor, or nil. If the pilot or airport management reports braking action in other than the foregoing terms, ask them to categorize braking action in these terms. (b) When known, include the type of aircraft or vehicle from which the report is received. EXAMPLE“Braking action poor.” “Braking action poor, reported by a Cessna Four-Oh- One.” (c) If the braking action report affects only a portion of a runway, obtain enough information from the pilot or airport management to describe braking action in terms easily understood by the pilot. EXAMPLE“Braking action poor first half of Runway Six, reported by a Gulfstream Two.” “Braking action poor Runway Two-Seven, reported by a Boeing Seven Twenty-Seven.” NOTE- Descriptive terms, such as first/last half of the runway, should normally be used rather than landmark descriptions, such as opposite the fire station, south of a taxiway. 11. Runway Friction. Provide runway friction measurement readings/values as received from airport management to aircraft as follows: (a) At airports with friction measuring devices, provide runway friction reports, as received JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-4 Airport Advisory Services from airport management, to pilots. State the runway number followed by the MU number for each of the three runway zones, the time of the report in UTC, and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem. EXAMPLE“Runway two seven, MU forty-two, forty-one, twentyeight at one zero one eight ZULU, ice.” (b) Issue the runway surface condition and/or the runway condition reading (RCR), if provided, to all USAF and ANG aircraft. Issue the RCR to other aircraft upon request. EXAMPLE“Ice on runway, R-C-R zero five, patchy.” NOTE- USAF has established RCR procedures for determining the average deceleration readings of runways under conditions of water, slush, ice, or snow. The use of RCR code is dependent upon the pilot's having a “stopping capability chart” specifically applicable to his/her aircraft. USAF offices furnish RCR information at airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft. 12. Do not approve or disapprove simulated instrument approaches. 4-4-3. CHARTS Keep charts depicting runways, local taxi routes, intersection takeoff information, airport traffic patterns, and instrument approach procedures convenient to the airport advisory position. 4-4-4. AUTHORIZED FREQUENCIES a. LAA/RAA: 1. Provide LAA/RAA on the appropriate discrete frequency at nontower locations and on the tower local control frequency at an airport with a part-time tower when that facility is not operating. 2. If a pilot calls on another frequency, issue advisories on the frequency to which the pilot is listening, in addition to the appropriate LAA/RAA frequency. 3. Encourage the pilot to guard the LAA/RAA frequency or tower local control frequency within a 10-mile radius of the airport. NOTE- In situations where the inflight position is split, advise pilot of appropriate frequency to obtain LAA/RAA/RAIS. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR FURTHER ADVISORY SERVICE AT (airport name), MONITOR (frequency) WITHIN ONE ZERO MILES. b. RAIS: 1. Provide RAIS on the existing discrete frequency located at the remote airport. 2. If a pilot calls and appears to be unaware that RAIS is available, offer the service. 3. If a pilot calls on another frequency, issue advisories on the frequency the pilot is listening, in addition to the appropriate LAA/RAA frequency. 4. If RAIS is requested when it is not offered, inform the pilot that the service is not available and follow para 4-4-5. NOTE- This service is only provided at remote airports that have an existing discrete communications capability between the airport and the flight service station serving the airport and a NOTAM D announcing the availability of the service is in effect. 4-4-5. REQUEST FOR LAA/RAIS/RAA AT AIRPORTS WHERE THE SERVICES ARE UNAVAILABLE Advise the pilot that the requested LAA/RAIS/RAA service is not available. Provide CTAF frequency and/or the ASOS/AWOS frequency, when available. When not available, issue the last known surface condition and altimeter. PHRASEOLOGY(Airport name) AIRPORT ADVISORY or AIRPORT INFORMATION or REMOTE ADVISORY NOT AVAILABLE. CONTACT (airport name) CTAF (frequency). 4-4-6. TRAFFIC CONTROL When there is no control tower in operation and a pilot appears unaware of this fact, inform him/her as follows: PHRASEOLOGY- NO CONTROL TOWER IN OPERATION. 4-4-7. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CHECKS When requested, provide observed information. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-5 Airport Advisory Services PHRASEOLOGY- LANDING GEAR APPEARS TO BE DOWN AND IN PLACE. 4-4-8. AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY Use the AFIS to provide advance non-control airport, meteorological, and pertinent NOTAM information to aircraft. NOTE- Use of the AFIS by pilots is not mandatory, but pilots who use two-way radio communication with the FSS are urged to use the service. a. Begin each new AFIS message with the airport/facility name and a phonetic alphabet letter. The phonetic alphabet letter shall also be spoken at the end of the message and be used sequentially, beginning with “Alfa, ” ending with “Zulu.” Full-time facilities shall repeat the letter without regard to the beginning of a new day. Part-time facilities shall identify the first resumed broadcast message with “Alfa.” b. The AFIS recording shall be reviewed for completeness, accuracy, speech rate, and proper enunciation before being transmitted. c. Maintain an AFIS message that reflects the most current local airport information. 1. Make a new AFIS recording when any of the following occur: (a) Upon receipt of any new official weather, regardless of any change in values. (b) When runway braking action reports are received that indicate runway braking is worse than that which was included in the current AFIS broadcast. (c) When there is a change in any other pertinent data for the airport or surrounding area, such as change in favored runway, new or canceled NOTAMs, AIRMETs, SIGMETs, CWAs, PIREPs, or other information that facilitates the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information. 2. Data may be omitted because of rapidly changing weather conditions or other circumstances when deemed necessary by the supervisor or controller-in-charge. When this occurs, the AFIS shall state the name of the appropriate facility to contact (and frequency, if different from airport CTAF) to obtain the missing data. 3. Broadcast, on the LAA frequency, the new airport AFIS phonetic alphabet identifier after each new recording. 4. After establishing two-way radio communic- ation, if the pilot does not state that he/she has the current AFIS code, the specialist shall either: (a) Use LAA procedures to issue pertinent AFIS information, or (b) Advise the pilot to return to the AFIS frequency. Specialists shall provide LAA information when the AFIS is not available. 5. At the discretion of the supervisor/control- ler-in-charge, AFIS broadcasts may be suspended within specified time periods. During these periods, the AFIS shall contain a brief statement the AFIS is suspended for the specified time and pilots should contact the FSS for LAA. PHRASEOLOGY“(Airport name) FLIGHT INFORMATION BROADCASTS ARE SUSPENDED UNTIL (time). CONTACT (facility name) RADIO ON (frequency) FOR AIRPORT INFORMATION.” 6. Part-time and seasonal facilities shall record a message with the appropriate frequency and facility contact information as well as known information regarding resumption of FSS LAA. PHRASEOLOGY“(Name of FSS) HOURS OF OPERATION ARE (time) LOCAL TIME TO (time) LOCAL TIME. THE COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY IS (frequency). PILOT CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON (frequency). FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT (name of AFSS) ON (frequency).” “(Name of FSS) IS CLOSED FOR THE WINTER SEASON. THE COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY IS (frequency). PILOT CONTROLLED LIGHTING IS AVAILABLE ON (frequency). FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT (name of AFSS) ON (frequency).” 7. In the event of an AFIS equipment failure, the supervisor/controller-in-charge shall make an entry in the Daily Record of Facility Operation, FAA Form 7230-4; notify the appropriate Technical Operations personnel; issue a NOTAM; and resume LAA. 8. Use the following format and include the following in AFIS broadcast as appropriate: 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/4-4-6 Airport Advisory Services (a) (Airport/facility name) airport informa- tion. (b) Phonetic alphabet designator. (c) Special routing procedures in effect (when appropriate for the Ketchikan (KTN) area). (d) Time of the AFIS preparation (UTC) followed by the word, “ZULU.” (e) Weather information consisting of: Wind, visibility, present weather (obstructions to visibility), sky condition, temperature, dew point, altimeter, pertinent remarks included in the official weather observation. The ceiling/sky condition, visibility, and obstructions to vision may be omitted if the ceiling is above 5,000 feet and the visibility is more than 5 miles. EXAMPLE“The weather is better than five thousand and five.” (f) Favored runway and additional local information, as required. (g) NOTAMs concerning local NAVAIDs and field conditions pertinent to flight. EXAMPLE“Notice to Airmen, Iliamna NDB out of service.” “Transcribed weather broadcast out of service.” (h) Runway breaking action or friction reports when provided. Include the time of the report and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem. PHRASEOLOGY“RUNWAY (number) MU (first value, second value, third value) AT (time), (cause).” REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 4-4-2, LAA/RAIS/RAA Elements and Phraseology. (i) Low Level Wind shear (LLWS) advisory, including those contained in the terminal forecast and in pilot reports. (Include pilot report information at least 20 minutes following the report). EXAMPLE“Low level wind shear is forecast.” (j) Unauthorized Laser Illumination Events. When a laser event is reported, include reported unauthorized laser illumination events on the AFIS broadcast for one hour following the last report. Include the time, location, altitude, color, and direction of the laser as reported by the pilot. PHRASEOLOGY“UNAUTHORIZED LASER ILLUMINATION EVENT, (UTC time), (location), (altitude), (color), (direction).” EXAMPLE“Unauthorized laser illumination event at zero one zero zero Zulu, eight-mile final runway one eight at three thousand feet, green laser from the southwest.” (k) Man-Portable Air Defense Systems (MANPADS) alert and advisory. Specify the nature and location of threat or incident, whether reported or observed and by whom, time (if known), and notification to pilots to advise ATC if they need to divert. PHRASEOLOGY“MANPADS ALERT. EXERCISE EXTREME CAUTION. MANPADS THREAT/ATTACK/POST-EVENT ACTIVITY OBSERVED/REPORTED BY (reporting agency) (location) AT (time, if known). (When transmitting to an individual aircraft) ADVISE ON INITIAL CONTACT IF YOU WANT TO DIVERT.” EXAMPLE“MANPADS alert. Exercise extreme caution. MANPADS threat reported by TSA, Anchorage area. Advise on initial contact if you want to divert.” “MANPADS alert. Exercise extreme caution. MANPADS attack observed by flight service station one-half mile northwest of airfield at one-two-five-zero Zulu. Advise on initial contact if you want to divert.” NOTE1. Upon receiving or observing an unauthorized MANPADS alert/advisory, contact the Alaska Flight Service Information Area Group through the Alaskan Region Regional Operations Center (ROC). 2. Continue broadcasting the MANPADS alert/advisory until advised by national headquarters the threat is no longer present. Coordination may be through Alaska Flight Service Information Area Group or the Alaskan Region ROC. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-1-9, Handling MANPADS Incidents. (l) Any other advisories applicable to the area covered by the FSS LAA. (m) Local frequency advisory. PHRASEOLOGY“CONTACT (facility name) RADIO ON (frequency) FOR TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.” (n) Instructions for the pilot to acknowledge receipt of the FSS AFIS message on initial contact. EXAMPLE“Dillingham airport information ALFA. One six five five 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-4-7 Airport Advisory Services Zulu. Wind one three zero at eight; visibility one five; ceiling four thousand overcast; temperature four, dew point three; altimeter two niner niner zero. Favored runway one niner. Notice to Airmen, Dillingham V-O-R out of service. Contact Dillingham Radio on one two three point six for traffic advisories. Advise on initial contact you have ALFA.” “Kotzebue information ALFA. One six five five Zulu. Wind, two one zero at five; visibility two, fog; ceiling one hundred overcast; temperature minus one two, dew point minus one four; altimeter three one zero five. Altimeter in excess of three one zero zero, high pressure altimeter setting procedures are in effect. Favored runway two six. Weather in Kotzebue surface area is below V-F-R minima - an ATC clearance is required. Contact Kotzebue Radio on one two three point six for traffic advisories and advise intentions. Notice to Airmen, Hotham NDB out of service. Transcribed Weather Broadcast out of service. Advise on initial contact you have ALFA.” 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-5-1 Special VFR Operation Section 5. Special VFR Operation 4-5-1. AUTHORIZATION a. Special VFR (SVFR) operations in weather conditions less than VFR minima are authorized: 1. For helicopters and fixed-wing aircraft at any location not prohibited by 14_CFR Part_91, Ap- pendix_D, Section_3, or when an exception to 14_CFR Part_91, Appendix_D, Section_3 has been granted and an associated letter of agreement established. REFERENCE14 CFR Part 91, Appendix D, Section 3. Controlled airspace within which special V-F-R weather minimums are not authorized. 2. Only within surface areas. 3. Only when requested by the pilot. b. When the primary airport is reporting VFR, SVFR operations may be authorized for aircraft transiting surface areas when the pilot advises the inability to maintain VFR. NOTE- Control facilities shall always retain SVFR operations authority when IFR operations are being conducted in surface areas. 4-5-2. REQUESTS FOR SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCE a. Transmit SVFR clearances only for operations within surface areas on the basis of weather conditions. If weather conditions are not reported, transmit an SVFR clearance whenever a pilot advises unable to maintain VFR and requests an SVFR clearance, provided the pilot reports having at least 1-mile flight visibility. PHRASEOLOGY- ATC CLEARS (aircraft identification) TO ENTER/OUT OF/THROUGH (name) SURFACE AREA, and if applicable, (direction) OF (name) AIRPORT (specified routing), and MAINTAIN SPECIAL V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR BELOW (altitude) (if applicable) WHILE IN SURFACE AREA. ATC CLEARS (aircraft identification) TO OPERATE WITHIN (name) SURFACE AREA. MAINTAIN SPECIAL V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR BELOW (altitude). b. Transmit clearance for local SVFR operations for a specified period (series of takeoffs and landings, etc.) upon request if the aircraft can be recalled when traffic or weather conditions require. Where warranted, letters of agreement may be established. PHRASEOLOGY- LOCAL SPECIAL V-F-R OPERATIONS IN THE IMMEDIATE VICINITY OF (name) AIRPORT ARE AUTHORIZED UNTIL (time). MAINTAIN SPECIAL V-F-R CONDITIONS AT OR BELOW (altitude). c. If an aircraft operating under visual flight rules attempts to enter, depart, or operate within surface areas contrary to the provisions of 14 CFR Section 91.157 (visual flight rules), ensure the pilot is aware of the current weather conditions. Provide the following information: 1. At airports with commissioned ASOS/ AWOS with continuous automated voice capability, instruct the pilot to monitor the automated broadcast and advise intentions. PHRASEOLOGY- MONITOR (location) ASOS/AWOS (frequency). ADVISE INTENTIONS. 2. At airports without a commissioned ASOS/ AWOS, or, if the pilot is unable to receive the ASOS/AWOS broadcast, issue the most current weather report available. Advise the pilot that the weather is below VFR minima, and request the pilot's intentions. PHRASEOLOGY(Location) WEATHER, CEILING (height), VISIBILITY (miles). (Location) SURFACE AREA IS BELOW V-F-R MINIMA. AN ATC CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED. ADVISE INTENTIONS. NOTE- Helicopters performing hover taxiing operations (nor- mally not above 10 feet) within the boundary of the airport are considered to be taxiing aircraft. d. At a pilot's request, issue an SVFR clearance, if appropriate, when an SVFR letter of agreement exists between an AFSS/FSS and the control facility. If no agreement exists, request clearance from the control facility. State the aircraft's location and route of flight. PHRASEOLOGY(Facility name) RADIO. REQUEST SPECIAL V-F-R CLEARANCE (aircraft identification) (direction) OF JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-5-2 Special VFR Operation (location) AIRPORT (specified routing) INTO/OUT OF/THROUGH THE (location) SURFACE AREA. NOTE- IFR aircraft shall normally have priority over special VFR (SVFR) aircraft. 1. If the pilot is operating outside surface area and requests SVFR clearance, issue the clearance or if unable, advise the pilot to maintain VFR outside surface area and to standby for clearance. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R OUTSIDE (location) SURFACE AREA. STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE. 2. When an aircraft requests a SVFR clearance to enter surface area during periods of SVFR activity, instruct the pilot to maintain VFR conditions outside surface area pending arrival/recall/departure of SVFR operations. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R CONDITIONS OUTSIDE OF THE (location) SURFACE AREA PENDING ARRIVAL/RECALL/DEPARTURE OF IFR/SPECIAL V-F-R AIRCRAFT. 3. If the pilot is operating inside the surface area and requests an SVFR clearance, advise the pilot to maintain VFR and standby for clearance. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R, STANDBY FOR CLEARANCE. e. Suspend SVFR operations when necessary to comply with instructions contained in subpara 4-5-4b or when requested by the control facility. PHRASEOLOGY- SPECIAL V-F-R AUTHORIZATION DISCONTINUED. RETURN TO AIRPORT OR DEPART SURFACE AREA. ADVISE INTENTIONS. After response REPORT LANDING COMPLETED/LEAVING SURFACE AREA. 4-5-3. VISIBILITY BELOW 1 MILE a. When the ground visibility is officially reported at an airport as less than 1 mile, treat requests for SVFR operations at that airport by other than helicopters as follows: NOTE14 CFR Part 91 does not prohibit helicopter Special VFR flights when visibility is less than 1 mile. 1. Inform departing aircraft that ground visibili- ty is less than 1 mile and that a clearance cannot be issued. PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). A-T-C UNABLE TO ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE. 2. Inform arriving aircraft operating outside of the surface area that ground visibility is less than 1_mile and, unless an emergency exists, a clearance cannot be issued. PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). A-T-C UNABLE TO ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS AN EMERGENCY EXISTS. 3. Inform arriving aircraft operating within the surface area that ground visibility is less than 1 mile and request the pilot's intentions. Relay the pilot's response to the control facility immediately. PHRASEOLOGY(Location) VISIBILITY (value). ADVISE INTENTIONS. b. When weather conditions are not officially reported at an airport and the pilot advises the flight visibility is less than 1 mile, treat request for SVFR operations at that airport by other than helicopters as follows: NOTE14 CFR Part 91 prescribes use of officially reported ground visibility at airports where it is provided, and landing or takeoff flight visibility where it is not, as the governing ground visibility for VFR and SVFR operations. 1. Inform departing aircraft that a clearance cannot be issued. PHRASEOLOGY- UNABLE TO ISSUE DEPARTURE CLEARANCE. 2. Inform arriving aircraft operating outside the surface area that unless an emergency exists, a clearance cannot be issued. PHRASEOLOGY- ATC UNABLE TO ISSUE ENTRY CLEARANCE UNLESS AN EMERGENCY EXISTS. 3. Request intentions of arriving aircraft operating within surface areas. Relay the pilot's response to the control facility immediately. PHRASEOLOGY- ADVISE INTENTIONS. c. Transmit a clearance to scheduled air carrier aircraft to conduct operations if ground visibility is not less than 1/2 mile. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-5-3 Special VFR Operation d. Transmit a clearance to an aircraft to fly through surface area if the pilot reports flight visibility is at least 1 statute mile. 4-5-4. PREDESIGNED SPECIAL VFR CLEARANCES Transmit predesigned SVFR clearances only during those periods authorized by the control facility. NOTE- The control facility may rescind this authorization at any time. a. Apply these procedures only to aircraft equipped with a functioning two-way radio. Refer all requests for no-radio SVFR operations to the control facility. b. Transmit clearances so that only one aircraft at a time operates in surface area unless: 1. Otherwise authorized by a letter of agreement between the control facility and the AFSS/FSS. 2. A pilot requests and all pilots agree that they will maintain visual separation while operating in surface area. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN VISUAL SEPARATION FROM (aircraft type). JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-6-1 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:32

Section 6. En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS) 4-6-1. GENERAL The purpose of EFAS, radio call “FLIGHT WATCH” (FW), is to provide en route aircraft with timely and pertinent weather data tailored to a specific altitude and route using the most current available sources of aviation meteorological information. 4-6-2. POSITION RESPONSIBILITIES Prior to assuming the duties of the flight watch position: a. Perform a thorough self-briefing by reviewing available weather data. b. When relieving a specialist on the FW position, obtain a preduty briefing from the person being relieved. c. When appropriate, obtain a briefing of current and forecast weather within the flight watch area (FWA) from the CWSU of the associated ARTCC. (See para 4-6-5.) d. Maintain currency of weather conditions and trends while assigned the FW position by reviewing new or revised meteorological issuances and by observing weather trends contained in current weather reports and PIREPs. 4-6-3. OPERATING PROCEDURES a. Tailor en route flight advisories to the phase of flight that begins after climb out and ends with descent to land. Current weather and terminal forecast at the airport of first intended landing and/or the alternate airport shall be provided on request. When conditions dictate, provide information on weather for alternate routes and/or altitudes to assist the pilot in the avoidance of hazardous flight conditions. Advise the pilot to contact the adjacent flight watch facility when adverse weather conditions along the intended route extend beyond the FWA. b. EFAS shall not be used for routine inflight services; e.g., flight plan filing, position reporting, or full route (preflight) briefings. If a request for information is received that is not within the scope of EFAS, advise the pilot of the appropriate AFSS/FSS to contact. EXAMPLE“Cessna Four Seven Five Eight Xray, Cleveland Flight Watch, contact Altoona Radio on one two two point four to file your flight plan.” c. Suggest route or destination changes to avoid areas of weather which in the judgment of the specialist constitute a threat to safe flight. d. Alert the associated CWS U or WSFO immediately of reported or observed significant weather that is not included in aviation forecasts. 4-6-4. FREQUENCIES a. Use frequency 122.0 mHz to provide EFAS to aircraft below FL 180. b. Use the assigned discrete frequency to provide EFAS to aircraft at FL 180 and above. This frequency can also be used for communications with aircraft below FL 180 when communication coverage permits. c. Aircraft operating at FL 180 or above that contact FW on frequency 122.0 mHz should be advised to change to the discrete frequency for EFAS. PHRASEOLOGY(Aircraft identification) (facility) FLIGHT WATCH, FOR SERVICE AT YOUR ALTITUDE, CONTACT FLIGHT WATCH ON (frequency). d. Avoid the simultaneous keying of two or more transmitters on the same frequency. This action can block or hinder communications. NOTE- Frequency 122.0 mHz RCF outlets are geographically located to ensure communications coverage at 5,000 feet AGL and above over the conterminous United States. High altitude discrete frequency RCF outlets are geographically located to ensure communications coverage between FL 180 and FL 450 over the EFAS facility's area of responsibility. Communications practic- es should be guided by these restrictions. 4-6-5. NWS SUPPORT TO EFAS The NWS support function for EFAS is as follows: a. The associated CWSU is designated as the primary support facility for each EFAS facility. The CWSU should be contacted at least once per shift for a general briefing of meteorological conditions JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-6-2 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS) which are impacting, or expected to impact, aviation weather within the FW/ARTCC area. NOTE- Due to assigned priorities, the CWSU meteorologist may not be able to provide indepth briefing service for up to 2_hours after the start of the first shift of the CWSU unit. (See FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 14-3-6, National Weather Service (NWS) Support, for establishment of operational support.) b. During the period when the CWSU is not available to provide consultation service, WSFOs are responsible for responding to EFAS facility requests regarding weather conditions prevailing within the WSFO area of responsibility. The EFAS specialist should contact the responsible WSFO directly for clarification of forecasts or questions concerning products originated by the WFSO. NOTE- The ARTCC/EFAS area may encompass multiple WSFO areas. c. Consult with the National Aviation Weather Advisory Unit (NAWAU), as appropriate, when further information or clarification is needed regarding SIGMET, convective SIGMET, AIRMET, and FA products. 4-6-6. PILOT WEATHER REPORTS a. Actively solicit and disseminate PIREPs in accordance with , . Additionally, PIREPs concerning winds and temperature aloft, windshear, turbulence, and icing shall be solicited and disseminated when one or more of these conditions or criteria exists. Flight Watch specialists shall solicit sufficient PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions. b. Maintain a graphic display of pertinent PIREPs within the FWA. Periodically review the display and actively solicit additional PIREPs when necessary to ensure completeness and accuracy of the informa- tion. c. Requests for special solicitation of PIREPs from other facilities or the NWS shall be honored as rapidly as operations permit. 4-6-7. GRAPHIC WEATHER DISPLAY a. Flight watch specialists shall review, (if available) as a minimum, the graphic display information (computer “view sequence,” pictorial or written) listed below prior to assuming FW duties. Review the chart, computer “view sequence,” and written data as needed during the watch to update and maintain a thorough knowledge of weather synoptic and forecast information affecting aviation opera- tions. 1. Surface Analysis. 2. Weather Depiction Analysis. 3. National Weather Radar Summary. 4. Lifted Index Analysis. 5. Freezing Level Analysis. 6. 850 mb Upper Air Analysis. 7. 700 mb Upper Air Analysis. 8. 500 mb Upper Air Analysis. 9. 300 mb Upper Air Analysis. 10. 250 mb Upper Air Analysis. 11. 200 mb Upper Air Analysis. 12. 500 mb Heights and Vorticity Analysis. 13. 500 mb Heights and Vorticity Prognosis. 14. High Level Significant Weather Prognosis. 15. 12 and 24-hour Low Level Significant Weather Prognosis. 16. 36 and 48-hour Low Level Significant Weather Prognosis. 17. Maximum Temperature 24 and 36-hour Forecast. 18. Minimum Temperature 24 and 36-hour Forecast. 19. Winds Aloft Forecast. 20. Severe Weather Outlook. b. Where hard copy charts are received and locally enhanced, conform to the standards established in para 3-1-4. c. Access local and remote weather displays as necessary to maintain current knowledge of precipitation intensity, movement, and coverage. Provide pertinent real-time weather radar informa- tion that will directly impact the aircraft's flight. NOTE- Specialist judgment should be exercised to determine if the pilot would be better served by more general information such as radar summary data when the aircraft is one hour or more from the destination airport. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 4-6-3 En Route Flight Advisory Service (EFAS) 4-6-8. INTERRUPTIONS TO SERVICE Notification of temporary outages, either equipment or operational, shall be made in accordance with FAAO 7930.2, Notices to Airmen (NOTAM). Additionally, notify adjacent FWCSs of outages where overlapping coverage may occur to provide continuous service. 4-6-9. EMERGENCIES a. Emergency situations shall be handled in accordance with Chapter 5. b. When working an aircraft in an emergency situation over a remote outlet, the normal procedure is to provide assistance on the initial contact frequency. Flight watch specialists should bear in mind that air traffic facilities based at, or near to, the remote location may be in a better position to assist the pilot. A decision to affect a frequency change should be based on the situation and circumstances involved in the emergency. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-1-1 General Chapter 5. Emergency Services Section 1. General 5-1-1. EMERGENCY DETERMINATION a. Because of the infinite variety of possible emergency situations, specific procedures cannot be prescribed. However, when you believe an emergen- cy exists or is imminent, select and pursue a course of action which appears to be most appropriate under the circumstances, and which most nearly conforms to the instructions in this manual. b. An emergency can be either a DISTRESS or URGENCY condition, as defined in the Pilot/ Controller Glossary. NOTE- A pilot who encounters a DISTRESS condition may declare an emergency by beginning the initial commu- nication with the word MAYDAY, preferably repeated three times. For an URGENCY condition, the word PAN-PAN may be used in the same manner. c. If the words MAYDAY or PAN-PAN are not used, and you are in doubt that a situation constitutes an emergency or potential emergency, handle it as though it were an emergency. d. Consider an aircraft emergency exists and inform the appropriate control facility and the DF net control (See FAAO JO 7210.3, para 6-3-3, DF Net Control Position Operation), if not the same, when: 1. An emergency is declared by any of the following: (a) The pilot. (b) Facility personnel. (c) Officials responsible for the operation of the aircraft. 2. Reports indicate that the aircraft's operating efficiency is so impaired that a forced landing may be/is necessary. 3. Reports indicate the crew has abandoned the aircraft or is about to do so. 4. Intercept or escort services are requested. 5. The need for ground rescue appears likely. 6. An Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) signal is heard or reported. REFERENCE- Subpara 5-1-2c and para 5-2-8. 5-1-2. RESPONSIBILITY a. If you are in communication with an aircraft in distress, handle the emergency and coordinate and direct the activities of assisting facilities. Transfer this responsibility to another facility only when you feel better handling of the emergency will result. b. When you receive information about an aircraft in distress, forward detailed data to the appropriate control facility in whose area the emergency exists. NOTE- Notifying the appropriate control facility about a VFR aircraft emergency allows provision of IFR separation if considered necessary. c. The ARTCC is responsible for consolidation of all pertinent ELT signal information. Notify the ARTCC of all heard or reported ELT signals. 5-1-3. OBTAINING INFORMATION Obtain enough information to handle the emergency intelligently. Base your decision as to what type of assistance is needed on information and requests received from the pilot. 14 CFR Part 91 authorizes the pilot to determine a course of action. 5-1-4. COORDINATION a. Request necessary assistance from other facilities as soon as possible, particularly if radar or DF service is available. b. Coordinate efforts to the extent possible to assist any aircraft believed overdue, lost, or in emergency status. 5-1-5. PROVIDING ASSISTANCE a. Provide maximum assistance to aircraft in distress. If the aircraft is transponder equipped and not on an IFR flight plan, request the pilot to squawk code 7700. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-1-2 General PHRASEOLOGY- REQUEST YOU SQUAWK SEVEN SEVEN ZERO ZERO. b. Enlist the service of available radar and DF facilities. 5-1-6. RECORDING INFORMATION Record all actions taken in the provision of emergency assistance. 5-1-7. SAFE ALTITUDES FOR ORIENTATIONS a. Providing a safe altitude, during an orientation, is advisory in nature. b. Safe altitude computations, once the aircraft position is known, are as follows: 1. Locate the maximum elevation figure on the appropriate VFR sectional chart. 2. To the maximum elevation figure, (a) add 1,000 feet over nonmountainous terrain, or (b) add 2,000 feet over mountainous terrain. 3. The mountainous/nonmountainous areas are found in Title 14 CFR, Part 95. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-2-1 Operations Section 2. Operations 5-2-1. INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS a. Start assistance as soon as enough information has been obtained upon which to act. Information requirements will vary, depending on the existing situation. Minimum required information for inflight emergencies is: 1. Aircraft identification, type, and transponder. 2. Nature of the emergency. 3. Pilot's desires. b. After initiating action, provide the altimeter setting and obtain the following items or any other pertinent information from the pilot or aircraft operator as necessary: 1. Aircraft altitude. 2. Fuel remaining in time. 3. Pilot reported weather. 4. Pilot capability for IFR flight. 5. Time and place of last known position. 6. Heading since last known position. 7. Airspeed. 8. Navigation equipment capability. 9. NAVAID signals received. 10. Visible landmarks. 11. Aircraft color. 12. Number of people on board. 13. Point of departure and destination. 14. Emergency equipment on board. 5-2-2. FREQUENCY CHANGES Provide assistance on the initial contact frequency. Change frequencies only when there is a valid reason. 5-2-3. AIRCRAFT ORIENTATION Orient an aircraft by the means most appropriate to the circumstances. Recognized methods include: a. Radar. b. DF. c. NAVAIDs. d. Pilotage. e. Sighting by other aircraft. 5-2-4. ALTITUDE CHANGE FOR IMPROVED RECEPTION If deemed necessary, and if weather and circum- stances permit, recommend the aircraft maintain or increase altitude to improve communications, radar, or DF reception. 5-2-5. ALERTING CONTROL FACILITY When an aircraft is considered to be in emergency status, alert the appropriate control facility and forward the following information as available: a. Facility and person calling. b. Flight plan, including color of aircraft if known. c. Time of last transmission received, by whom, and frequency used. d. Last known position, estimated present posi- tion, and maximum range of flight of the aircraft based on remaining fuel and airspeed. e. Action taken by reporting facility and proposed action. f. Number of persons on board. g. Fuel status. h. Position of other aircraft near the aircraft's route of flight when requested. i. Whether an ELT signal has been heard or reported in the vicinity of the last known position. j. Other pertinent information. 5-2-6. VFR AIRCRAFT IN WEATHER DIFFICULTY If a VFR aircraft requests assistance when it encounters or is about to encounter IFR weather conditions, request the pilot contact the appropriate control facility. Inform that facility of the situation. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-2-2 Operations If the pilot is unable to communicate with the control facility, relay information and clearances. 5-2-7. AIRCRAFT POSITION PLOTS Plot the flight path of the aircraft on a chart, including position reports, predicted positions, possible range of flight, and any other pertinent information. Solicit the assistance of other aircraft known to be operating near the aircraft in distress. Forward the information to the appropriate control facility. 5-2-8. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) SIGNALS When an ELT signal is heard or reported: a. Notify the ARTCC, who will coordinate with the Rescue Coordination Center (RCC). b. If the ELT signal report was received from an airborne aircraft, attempt to obtain the following information: 1. The aircraft altitude. 2. Where and when the signal was first heard. 3. Where and when maximum signal was heard. 4. Where and when signal faded or was lost. Solicit the assistance of other aircraft known to be operating in the signal area for the same information. Relay all information obtained to the ARTCC. c. Attempt to obtain fixes or bearings on the signal and forward any information obtained to the ARTCC. NOTE- Fix information, in relation to a VOR or a VORTAC (radial distance), facilitates accurate ELT plotting by RCC and should be provided when possible. d. In addition to the above, when the ELT signal strength indicates the transmitter may be on the airport or in the vicinity, notify the on-site technical operations services personnel for their action. e. Air traffic personnel shall not leave their required duty stations to locate an ELT signal source. f. Attempt to locate the signal source by checking all adjacent airports not already checked by other ATC facilities for the following information: 1. Can ELT signal be heard. 2. Does signal strength indicate transmitter may be on airport. 3. Can attempt be made to locate and silence transmitter. 4. Advise the results of any action taken. Forward all information obtained and action taken to the ARTCC. g. Notify the ARTCC if the signal source is located and whether the aircraft is in distress, plus any action taken or proposed for silencing the transmitter. Request person who located signal's source to attempt to obtain ELT make, model, etc., for relay to RCC via the ARTCC. h. Notify the ARTCC if the signal terminates prior to location of the source. NOTE1. The ARTCC serves as the contact point for collecting information and coordinating with the RCC on all ELT signals. 2. Operational ground testing of ELT has been authorized during the first 5 minutes of each hour. To avoid confusing the tests with an actual alarm, the testing is restricted to no more than three audio sweeps. 3. Portable hand-carried receivers assigned to air traffic facilities (where no technical operations services personnel are available) may be loaned to responsible airport personnel or local authorities to assist in locating signal source. 5-2-9. EXPLOSIVE CARGO When you receive information that an emergency landing will be made with explosive cargo aboard, inform the pilot of the safest or least congested airport areas. Relay the explosive cargo information to: a. The emergency equipment crew. b. The airport management. c. The appropriate military agencies when re- quested by the pilot. 5-2-10. EXPLOSIVE DETECTION DOG HANDLER TEAMS Take the following actions upon receipt of a pilot request for the location of the nearest explosive detection K-9 team. a. Obtain the aircraft's identification and current position and advise the person in charge of the watch of the pilot's request. b. Relay the pilot's request to the FAA Washington Operations Center, AEO-100, (202) 267-3333, and provide the aircraft identification and position. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-2-3 Operations c. AEO-100 will provide the nearest location. Have AEO-100 standby while the information is relayed to the pilot. d. If the pilot wishes to divert to the airport location provided, obtain an estimated arrival time from the pilot and advise the person in charge of the watch. e. After the aircraft destination has been deter- mined, estimate the arrival time and advise AEO-100. AEO-100 will then notify the appropriate airport authority at the diversion airport. In the event the K-9 team is not available at this airport, AEO-100 will advise the air traffic facility and provide them with the secondary location. Relay this to the pilot concerned for appropriate action. REFERENCE- FAAO 7210.3, Para 2-1-10, Explosives Detection K-9 Teams. 5-2-11. INFLIGHT EQUIPMENT MALFUNCTIONS When a pilot reports an inflight equipment malfunction, take the following action: a. Request the nature and extent of any special handling desired. NOTE14 CFR Part 91 requires the pilot in command of each aircraft operated in controlled airspace under IFR shall report as soon as practical to ATC any malfunctions of navigational, approach, or communication equipment occurring in flight. This includes the degree to which the capability of the aircraft to operate IFR in the air traffic control system is impaired and the nature and extent of any assistance desired from air traffic control. b. Provide the maximum assistance possible consistent with equipment, workload, and any special handling requested. c. Relay any special handling required or being provided to other specialists or facilities who will subsequently handle the aircraft. 5-2-12. NAVY FLEET SUPPORT MISSIONS Handle Navy Fleet Support Missions aircraft as follows: a. When you receive information concerning an emergency to a U.S. Navy Special Flight Number aircraft, inform the nearest ARTCC of all pertinent information. b. Relay the words SPECIAL FLIGHT NUM- BER followed by the number given as part of the routine IFR flight information. 5-2-13. COUNTRIES IN THE SPECIAL INTEREST FLIGHT PROGRAM Upon receipt of any flight movement data on an aircraft registered in a communist-controlled country, notify the supervisor and the appropriate ARTCC immediately. Additionally, if the aircraft is making an emergency or an unscheduled landing in the United States, notify the nearest Bureau of Customs and Border Protection office. NOTE- Communist-controlled countries include Albania, Bul- garia, Cambodia, Peoples Republic of China, Cuba, North Korea, Outer Mongolia, Romania, Former USSR countries recognized as the Russian Federation Common- wealth of Independent States, and Socialist Republic of Vietnam. 5-2-14. MINIMUM FUEL If an aircraft declares a state of “minimum fuel,” inform any facility to whom control jurisdiction is transferred of the minimum fuel problem and be alert for any occurrence which might delay the aircraft en route. NOTE- Use of the term minimum fuel indicates recognition by a pilot that the fuel supply has reached a state whereupon reaching destination, any undue delay cannot be accepted. This is not an emergency situation, but merely an advisory that indicates an emergency situation is possible should any undue delay occur. A minimum fuel advisory does not imply a need for traffic priority. Common sense and good judgment will determine the extent of assistance to be given in minimum fuel situations. If, at any time, the remaining usable fuel supply suggests the need for traffic priority to ensure a safe landing, the pilot should declare an emergency and report fuel remaining in minutes. 5-2-15. AIRCRAFT BOMB THREATS a. When information is received from any source that a bomb has been placed on, in, or near an aircraft for the purpose of damaging or destroying such aircraft, notify the supervisor or facility manager. If the threat is general in nature, handle it as a suspicious activity. When the threat is targeted against a specific aircraft and you are in contact with that aircraft, take the following actions as appropriate: JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-2-4 Operations NOTE1. Facility supervisors are expected to notify the appropriate offices, agencies, and operators/air carriers according to applicable plans, directives, FAAO JO_7210.3, Facility Operation and Administration, or military directives. 2. Suspicious activity is covered in FAAO JO 7210.3, Facility Operation and Administration. Military facilities would report a general threat through the chain of command or according to service directives. 3. A specific threat may be directed at an aircraft registry or tail number, the air carrier flight number, the name of an operator, crew member or passenger, the departure/ arrival point or times, or combinations thereof. 1. Advise the pilot of the threat. 2. Inform the pilot that technical assistance can be obtained from an FAA aviation explosives expert. NOTE- An FAA aviation explosives expert is on call at all times and may be contacted by calling the FAA Operations Center, Washington, DC, (202) 267-3333, ETN 521-0111, or DSN 851-3750. Technical advice can be relayed to assist civil or military air crews in their search for a bomb and in determining what precautionary action to take if one is found. 3. Ask if the pilot desires to climb or descend to an altitude that would equalize or reduce the outside air pressure/existing cabin air pressure differential. Obtain and relay an appropriate clearance consider- ing MEA, MOCA, MRA, and weather. NOTE- Equalizing existing cabin air pressure with outside air pressure is a key step which the pilot may wish to take to minimize the damage potential of a bomb. 4. Handle the aircraft as an emergency, and/or provide the most expeditious handling possible with respect to the safety of other aircraft, ground facilities, and personnel. NOTE- Emergency handling is discretionary and should be based on the situation. With certain types of threats, plans may call for a low-key action or response. 5. Obtain and relay clearance to a new destination, if requested. 6. When a pilot requests technical assistance or if it is apparent that such assistance is needed, do NOT suggest what actions the pilot should take concerning a bomb, but obtain the following information and notify the supervisor who will contact the FAA aviation explosives expert: NOTE- This information is needed by the FAA aviation explosives expert so that the situation can be assessed and immediate recommendations made to the pilot. The aviation explosives expert may not be familiar with all military aircraft configurations but can offer technical assistance which would be beneficial to the pilot. (a) Type, series, and model of the aircraft. (b) Precise location/description of the bomb device if known. (c) Other details which may be pertinent. NOTE- The following details may be of significance if known, but it is not intended that the pilot should disturb a suspected bomb/bomb container to ascertain the information: 1. The altitude or time set for the bomb to explode. 2. Type of detonating action (barometric, time, antihandling, remote radio transmitter). 3. Power source (battery, electrical, mechanical). 4. Type of initiator (blasting cap, flash bulb, chemical). 5. Type of explosive/incendiary charge (dynamite, black powder, chemical). b. When a bomb threat involves an aircraft on the ground and you are in contact with the suspect aircraft, take the following actions in addition to those discussed in the preceding paragraphs which may be appropriate: 1. If the aircraft is at an airport where tower control or LAA is not available, or if the pilot ignores the threat at any airport, recommend that takeoff be delayed until the pilot or aircraft operator establishes that a bomb is not aboard in accordance with 14 CFR Part 121. If the pilot insists on taking off, and in your opinion the operation will not adversely affect other traffic, issue or relay an ATC clearance. REFERENCE14 CFR Part 121.537. 2. Advise the aircraft to remain as far away from other aircraft and facilities as possible, to clear the runway, if appropriate, and to taxi to an isolated or designated search area. When it is impractical or if the pilot takes an alternative action, such as parking and offloading immediately, advise other aircraft to JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-2-5 Operations remain clear of the suspect aircraft by at least 100_yards, if able. NOTE- Passenger deplaning may be of paramount importance and must be considered before the aircraft is parked or moved away from the service areas. The decision to use ramp facilities rests with the pilot, aircraft operator, and/or airport manager. c. If you are unable to inform the suspect aircraft of a bomb threat or if you lose contact with the aircraft, advise your supervisor and relay pertinent details to other sectors or facilities as deemed necessary. d. When a pilot reports the discovery of a bomb or suspected bomb on an aircraft which is airborne or on the ground, determine the pilot's intentions and comply with his/her requests insofar as possible. Take all the actions discussed in the preceding paragraphs which may be appropriate under the existing circumstances. e. The handling of aircraft when a hijacker has or is suspected of having a bomb requires special considerations. Be responsive to the pilot's requests and notify supervisory personnel. Apply hijacking procedures and, if needed, offer assistance to the pilot according to the preceding paragraphs. 5-2-16. SECURITY CONTROL OF AIR TRAFFIC AND NAVIGATION AIDS (SCATANA) a. The SCATANA Plan outlines responsibilities, procedures, and instructions for the security control of civil and military air traffic and NAVAIDs under various emergency conditions. b. When notified of SCATANA implementation, follow the instructions of FAA Form 7610-1 and any additional instructions received from the ARTCC. 1. To ensure that SCATANA actions can be taken expeditiously, periodic SCATANA tests will be conducted in connection with NORAD exercises. Tests may be local, regional, or national in scope. 2. AFSS/FSS facilities will participate in tests except where such participation will involve the safety of aircraft. 3. During SCATANA tests, all actions will be simulated. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7610.4, Special Operations. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-3-1 Direction Finder (DF) Service Section 3. Direction Finder (DF) Service 5-3-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED When providing DF services to an aircraft in emergency status: a. Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR weather conditions, fuel remaining, altitude, and heading. b. If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather conditions, coordinate with the appropriate control facility. c. Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan. If the aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR weather conditions, advise the pilot to remain VFR. d. Alert the DF net whenever the following conditions exist: 1. The pilot is lost. 2. An emergency is declared. NOTE- It is not necessary to alert the DF net if a terminal controller visually sights the aircraft. 5-3-2. VFR DF SERVICE a. Provide DF service to VFR aircraft when either of the following conditions exist: 1. The pilot requests the service. 2. You suggest the service and the pilot concurs. b. Advise the pilot to remain VFR, and provide local altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V-F-R. (location) ALTIMETER (setting). c. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator with the magnetic compass. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE. d. Determine the weather and fuel conditions. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME? e. Advise the pilot to maintain the same heading, request type of navigational equipment, and airspeed. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED? f. While receiving the reply, determ ine the bearing. After determining the aircraft's bearing, provide DF service by informing the pilot of the following: 1. Direction of turn. 2. Magnetic heading, spoken in three digits (do not state the word “degrees.”) All headings will be provided in increments of 5 degrees. 3. Nature of service. 4. Microphone instructions. 5. Request for report when airport is in sight. PHRASEOLOGY- TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees) FOR D-F GUIDANCE TO (name of airport, fix, or location). WHEN A REQUEST FOR TRANSMISSION IS RECEIVED, PRESS YOUR MICROPHONE BUTTON FOR THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF SECONDS FOLLOWED BY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION. and if appropriate, REPORT (name) AIRPORT IN SIGHT. g. Provide pertinent information on known field conditions and latest weather information at the destination airport. h. Request the pilot to transmit for specified periods (normally 5-10 seconds), as required. The frequency of these requests will vary depending on such factors as wind, frequency congestion, and distance, but should be made at least once each minute until the pilot reports the airport in sight or the service is terminated. PHRASEOLOGY- TRANSMIT (number) SECONDS. TURN LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees), or CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-3-2 Direction Finder (DF) Service i. Inform the pilot when DF service is terminated and provide the (CTAF) frequency, if appropriate, and the local altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY- D-F ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED. COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY (frequency) ALTIMETER (setting). NOTE- Service may be terminated when airport is in sight, the desired fix or location is reached, practice steers or approaches are discontinued, etc. j. Notify DF net when service is terminated. 5-3-3. DF FIXING BY NET When the DF net is in operation, determine the aircraft's position as follows: a. Tell the pilot to transmit for 10 seconds. b. Plot the bearings obtained from two or more antenna sites. Inform the pilot of the aircraft's position, and the safe altitude for orientation in that area. NOTE- The ARTCC or AFSS/FSS designated as DF net control is responsible for evaluating and plotting bearings received from individual antenna sites.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:46

5-3-4. DF FIXING BY ONE FACILITY One DF facility can determine an aircraft's location by: a. Plotting the position from a VOR or ADF and an observed DF bearing. b. Time method. 1. Determine the aircraft's heading and DF bearing. 2. Tell the pilot to turn left or right, whichever requires the lesser amount of turn, to a heading perpendicular to the DF bearing. 3. After turn is completed, tell the pilot to transmit (normally 5-10 seconds). Observe the DF bearing. 4. One minute later, request another transmis- sion. Determine bearing and turn aircraft toward the DF site. 5. Divide the difference in bearings (steps 3 and 4) into 60. The result is the number of minutes the aircraft is from the DF site. NOTE- One station DF fixing is based on zero winds. EXAMPLE- Original bearing of 360 and aircraft heading of 200, the pilot should be advised to turn right to a heading of 270. Observe bearing, wait 1 minute, and observe bearing. If the first bearing (after completion of turn) was 337 and the second bearing was 325, a difference of 12, the aircraft is 5 minutes from the DF site. c. Distance method. 1. Use the procedures specified in steps 1 through 4 in subpara 5-3-4b. 2. Request the aircraft's true airspeed. 3. Compute the distance by dividing the bearing change (for 1 minute) into the airspeed figure. EXAMPLE140 airspeed divided by 10 (bearing change for 1 minute) = 14 miles from DF site. d. After the aircraft's position is determined, provide this information, and the safe altitude for orientation in that area.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:25:57

5-3-5. EMERGENCY DF APPROACH PROCEDURE a. Under emergency conditions where a standard instrument approach cannot be executed, provide DF guidance and instrument approach service, if available, as follows: 1. Obtain and relay ATC clearance including radio failure procedures. 2. Issue destination airport weather. 3. Provide guidance as specified in VFR DF Service, para 5-3-2, except delete the VFR requirement. To avoid large turns over the DF site, the aircraft should be guided to pass over the DF site established on the course that the pilot will maintain on the outbound leg of the approach. PHRASEOLOGY- TURN LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees) FOR D-F GUIDANCE AND APPROACH TO THE (name) AIRPORT. MAINTAIN (altitude specified by ATC). WHEN A REQUEST FOR TRANSMISSION IS RECEIVED, PRESS YOUR MICROPHONE BUTTON FOR THE SPECIFIED NUMBER OF SECONDS FOLLOWED BY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-3-3 Direction Finder (DF) Service REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT. IF NO TRANSMISSION IS RECEIVED FOR (time of interval) PROCEED V-F-R. IF UNABLE, PROCEED (routing, fix, altitude as specified by ATC). CONTACT (facility) ON (frequency). b. Inform the pilot when the aircraft is over the DF site. Advise pilot to perform landing check, and provide guidance for outbound track. PHRASEOLOGY- OVER (ABEAM) D-F SITE, PERFORM LANDING CHECK. CONTINUE HEADING (degrees) or TURN LEFT/RIGHT, HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees). c. Provide DF approach guidance in accordance with the triangle or teardrop approach procedures as specified on FAA Form 8260-10. 1. Triangle Approach Pattern. (a) Time the outbound leg and issue descent information. Normally, the outbound track should be maintained for 3 minutes, but this may be adjusted depending on airspeed and nature of the emergency. Time intervals between bearing observations should not exceed 15 seconds. PHRASEOLOGY- ON OUTBOUND LEG. DESCEND AND MAINTAIN (altitude specified on FAA Form 8260-10 for outbound course).
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:04

(b) When outbound leg is completed, issue turn instructions so that the aircraft's course is perpendicular to the final approach course. Issue further descent information if so specified on FAA Form 8260-10. Issue missed approach procedures as specified on FAA Form 8260-10. PHRASEOLOGY- ON BASE LEG. IN CASE OF MISSED APPROACH, CLIMB TO (altitude) ON COURSE (degrees) WITHIN (number) MILES. (c) At least two turns should be made onto final approach. (d) When the aircraft is on final approach, advise the pilot to start descent and provide minimum descent altitude and field elevation information. Take bearings more frequently. Time intervals between bearing observations should not exceed 5 seconds during the estimated last 30 seconds of the approach. PHRASEOLOGY- ON FINAL APPROACH, BEGIN DESCENT. MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE (altitude), FIELD ELEVATION (elevation). REPORT RUNWAY IN SIGHT. (e) If the aircraft misses the approach, inform the appropriate control facility. 2. Teardrop Approach Pattern. (a) Provide guidance to establish the aircraft on the outbound course. Issue descent information, if appropriate. Time intervals between bearing observa- tions should not exceed 15 seconds. (b) Issue direction of turn and inbound heading information. Issue missed approach proce- dures as specified on FAA Form 8260-10. (c) When procedure turn is complete, provide directional guidance and issue descent information. The time intervals between the bearing observations should not exceed 5 seconds during the estimated last 30 seconds of the approach. (d) If aircraft misses the approach, inform the appropriate control facility. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-4-1 ADF/VOR Orientation
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:12

Section 4. ADF/VOR Orientation 5-4-1. ACTIONS REQUIRED When providing ADF/VOR orientation services to an aircraft in emergency status: a. Determine if the aircraft is in VFR or IFR weather conditions, fuel remaining, altitude, and heading. b. If the aircraft is operating in IFR weather conditions, coordinate with the appropriate control facility. c. Determine if the aircraft is on a flight plan. If the aircraft is not on an IFR flight plan and is in VFR weather conditions, advise the pilot to remain VFR. 5-4-2. ADF ORIENTATION/ADF CROSSFIX When using ADF orientation and/or crossfix procedures, determine the aircraft's position as follows: a. Position Fixing. 1. Advise the pilot to remain VFR, and provide local altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V-F-R. (Location) ALTIMETER (setting). 2. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator with the magnetic compass. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE. 3. Determine the weather and the fuel condi- tions. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME? 4. Advise the pilot to maintain the sam e heading, verify the aircraft has ADF equipment, and determine the airspeed. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD, AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED? 5. Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to the NDB. Provide the NDB name, identifier, and frequency. PHRASEOLOGY- TUNE YOUR A-D-F RECEIVER TO THE (name) RADIO BEACON, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (ident). CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:20

6. After acknowledgment has been received, advise the pilot to set the ADF function switch to the ADF position and report the reading. PHRASEOLOGY- IF YOU HAVE A ROTATING COMPASS CARD (ROSE) ON YOUR A-D-F INDICATOR, MAKE CERTAIN NORTH IS AT THE TOP OF THE DIAL. TURN THE FUNCTION SWITCH TO THE A-D-F POSITION. WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES, ADVISE THE A-D-F NEEDLE READING. REFERENCE- The Instrument Flying Handbook. North may mean “north, N, zero (0) or 360.” 7. Compute the magnetic bearing. NOTE- Relative Bearing (RB) + Magnetic Heading (MH) = Magnetic Bearing (MB) If the MB exceeds 360 degrees, subtract 360 to determine MB; i.e., 480 degrees - 360 degrees = 120 degrees MB. 8. Advise the pilot of direction from the NDB. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE (direction) OF THE (name) RADIO BEACON. b. Orientation. 1. Turn the aircraft inbound to the NDB being used. Provide the direction of the turn and the heading to be flown. Advise the pilot to report when established on that heading. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR A-D-F ORIENTATION, TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees). 2. Notify the appropriate control facility. Provide all required information including the aircraft's position and heading. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-4-2 ADF/VOR Orientation 3. Verify that the aircraft is established on a line of position to the NDB. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT IS YOUR A-D-F NEEDLE READING?
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:28

4. Provide heading adjustments as needed for the aircraft to continue inbound to the NDB. (a) If the pilot indicates an ADF reading other than 3-6-0, compute the new heading and advise the aircraft. PHRASEOLOGY- TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees). (b) After pilot reports established and needle is on 3-6-0, heading adjustments are not necessary. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). c. Crossfixing. After the aircraft is established inbound to the NDB, use the following procedures: 1. Advise the pilot to tune the ADF receiver to the NDB to be used for crossfixing. Provide the NDB name, identifier, and frequency. PHRASEOLOGY- TUNE YOUR A-D-F RECEIVER TO THE (name) RADIO BEACON, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (identification). CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS. 2. After acknowledgment has been received, request ADF reading. PHRASEOLOGY- WHEN THE NEEDLE STABILIZES, ADVISE THE A-D-F NEEDLE READING. 3. Compute and plot the second line of position. NOTE- The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft's position at the time of the second ADF reading.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:35

4. Advise the pilot of the aircraft's position and the safe altitude for orientation in that area. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE (miles)(direction) OF THE (name) RADIO BEACON. THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT AREA IS (feet). 5. Request pilot's intentions and provide assistance, as requested. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS? 5-4-3. VOR ORIENTATION/VOR CROSSFIX When using VOR orientation and/or crossfix procedures, determine the aircraft's position as follows: a. Position Fixing. 1. Advise the pilot to remain VFR and provide the local altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN V-F-R AT ALL TIMES. ADVISE IF HEADING OR ALTITUDE CHANGE IS NECESSARY TO REMAIN V-F-R. (Location) ALTIMETER (setting). 2. Obtain heading and altitude. Advise the pilot to maintain straight and level flight and to align the heading indicator to agree with the magnetic compass. PHRASEOLOGY- MAINTAIN STRAIGHT AND LEVEL FLIGHT. RESET YOUR HEADING INDICATOR TO AGREE WITH YOUR MAGNETIC COMPASS. AFTER YOU HAVE DONE THIS, SAY YOUR HEADING AND ALTITUDE.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:26:46

3. Determine the weather conditions and the fuel status. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT IS THE WEATHER AT YOUR ALTITUDE AND FUEL REMAINING IN TIME. 4. Advise the pilot to maintain the sam e heading, verify the aircraft has VOR equipment, and determine the airspeed. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). WHAT TYPE OF NAVIGATIONAL EQUIPMENT DO YOU HAVE ON BOARD, AND WHAT IS YOUR AIRSPEED? 5. If the pilot calls on a simplex frequency, such as 122.2, advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the VOR you have selected. Provide the VOR name, frequency, and communication procedures. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY. TUNE YOUR V-O-R RECEIVER TO THE (name) V-O-R, FREQUENCY (frequency) IDENTIFICATION (identification). CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION. ADVISE WHEN YOU HAVE DONE THIS. NOTE- If the pilot calls on duplex (122.1), use the VOR the pilot is tuned as the initial VOR. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-4-3 ADF/VOR Orientation 6. Determine the aircraft's course selector reading. PHRASEOLOGY- ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO” INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING. 7. Advise the pilot of the aircraft's position. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE (direction) OF THE (name) V-O-R. b. Orientation. 1. Turn the aircraft inbound to the VOR being used. Provide the direction of turn and the heading to be flown. Advise the pilot to report when established on that heading. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR V-O-R ORIENTATION, TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees). 2. Notify the appropriate control facility. Provide all the required information including the aircraft's position and heading. 3. Verify that the aircraft is established on a line of position to the VOR. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT IS THE POSITION OF YOUR LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE? 4. Provide heading adjustments as needed for the aircraft to continue inbound to the VOR. (a) When the pilot indicates the left/right needle is not centered, advise the pilot to recenter needle with a “TO” indication and report the course selector reading. PHRASEOLOGY- Pilot response indicates needle not centered. ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO” INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING. (If appropriate) TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED (degrees). (b) After the aircraft is established on the inbound radial, advise the aircraft to continue on the inbound heading. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). 5. _Plot line of position. c. Crossfixing. After the aircraft is established inbound to the VOR, use the following procedures: 1. Advise the pilot to tune the receiver to the VOR you have selected for crossfixing. Provide VOR name, frequency, and lost communications proce- dures. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY. TUNE YOUR V-O-R RECEIVER TO THE (name) V-O-R, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (identification). CHECK VOLUME UP. IF COMMUNICATION IS NOT ESTABLISHED IMMEDIATELY, RETURN TO THIS FREQUENCY. 2. Using only the voice feature of the second VOR, establish positive communication with the aircraft. PHRASEOLOGY(Name) RADIO TRANSMITTING ON THE (name) V-O-R. HOW DO YOU HEAR? OVER. NOTE- Transmit only on the frequency of the VOR being used for crossfixing, if available. 3. After communication has been reestablished, advise the pilot to recenter the VOR left/right needle and advise the reading. PHRASEOLOGY- ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO” INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING. 4. If the pilot is transmitting on duplex (122.1) and the cross fix VOR has no voice capability provide the following instructions. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE TRANSMITTING THIS FREQUENCY. TUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE (name) VOR, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (ident). CHECK VOLUME UP AND IDENTIFY THE STATION. ROTATE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR SLOWLY UNTIL THE LEFT/RIGHT NEEDLE CENTERS WITH A “TO” INDICATION. ADVISE YOUR COURSE SELECTOR READING (PAUSE). RETUNE YOUR VOR RECEIVER TO THE (name) VOR, FREQUENCY (frequency), IDENTIFICATION (identification). SAY YOUR AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION AND THE (name) VOR COURSE SELECTOR READING. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 5-4-4 ADF/VOR Orientation 5. Advise the pilot to continue the inbound heading. PHRASEOLOGY- CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). 6. Plot the new line of position from the second VOR, advise the pilot of the aircraft's position, and the safe altitude for orientation in that area. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE (miles) (direction) OF THE (name) V-O-R. THE SAFE ALTITUDE FOR ORIENTATIONS IN THAT AREA IS (feet). NOTE- The intersection of the two lines of position is the aircraft's position at the time of the second VOR reading. 7. Request the pilot's intentions. PHRASEOLOGY- WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS? 5-4-4. GUIDANCE TO AIRPORT After establishing the aircraft's position and if the pilot requests guidance to the airport: a. Plot the course to the airport. b. Provide the course guidance information to the pilot. 1. Advise the pilot of the direction of the turn and the heading to the airport. PHRASEOLOGY- FOR A HEADING TO THE (name) AIRPORT, TURN LEFT/RIGHT HEADING (degrees). REPORT ESTABLISHED HEADING (degrees). 2. After the pilot reports established on the heading to the airport, advise the pilot of the position in relation to the airport. PHRASEOLOGY- YOU ARE (miles) (direction) OF THE (name) AIRPORT. CONTINUE HEADING (degrees). 3. Continue to provide assistance in the form of pilotage and airport information as necessary. PHRASEOLOGY- DO YOU SEE ANY PROMINENT LANDMARKS? ARE YOU FAMILIAR WITH THE (name) AIRPORT? (Name) AIRPORT FIELD ELEVATION (feet). IT HAS (number and surface type) RUNWAYS. THE RUNWAY/S RUN (direction). THE AIRPORT IS LOCATED (direction/distance) FROM (landmark visible to the aircraft). 4. Advise the pilot to report the landing airport in sight. PHRASEOLOGY- REPORT AIRPORT IN SIGHT. 5. Determine when the pilot no longer needs assistance. PHRASEOLOGY- DO YOU REQUIRE FURTHER ASSISTANCE? 6. When the pilot indicates assistance is no longer required, terminate the service. Provide the CTAF frequency, if appropriate, and the local altimeter setting. PHRASEOLOGY(VOR/ADF) ORIENTATION SERVICE TERMINATED. COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY (frequency). ALTIMETER (setting). NOTE- CTAF is defined as a UNICOM, Multicom, AFSS/FSS, or ATCT frequency. 7. Notify appropriate control facility of the aircraft's position, termination of services, and the pilot's intentions. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-1-1 General Chapter 6. Flight Data Section 1. General 6-1-1. COMMUNICATIONS SERVICE Most flight movement data exchanged outside of the facility is processed by automated systems such as the National Airspace Data Interchange Network (NADIN). It is important to adhere to strict format and procedures during normal operations as well as system interruption periods. a. Circuit interruption notifications should be as follows: 1. AFSS. (a) M1FC. Notify their FSDPS and ap- propriate telco servicing company of all outages. (b) OASIS. Notify NADIN or WMSCR, (as appropriate), the Harris Help Desk, and appropriate telco servicing company of all outages. NOTE- The FSDPS notifies NADIN for Service B outages or AWP for Service A outages, as well as the ARTCC Systems Engineer (SE). 2. FSS. Notify their guard facility, the AISR Customer Service Center, and NADIN. b. All outage reports should refer to the correct circuit and/or equipment identification numbers. Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers provided by AISR or the telco authority. NOTE- OASIS facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers provided by Harris or the telco servicing company. c. AISR and NADIN telephone numbers are as follows: 1. NADIN/ATLANTA (KATLYTYX) (770) 210-7675. 2. NADIN/SALT LAKE CITY (KSLCYTYX) (801) 320-2172. 3. AISR HELPDESK 866-466-1336. d. OASIS telephone numbers are as follows: 1. WMSCR/ATLANTA 770-210-7931. 2. WMSCR/SALT LAKE CITY 801-320-2045. 3. HARRIS HELPDESK 877-373-0110. 6-1-2. FLIGHT PLANS The filing of VFR flight plans is recommended. Brief pilots, as appropriate, on the following: a. Identify the tie-in station for the departure point, and advise the pilot to report departure time directly to that facility. b. When a departure report is unlikely because of inadequate communications capability, advise the pilot that the flight plan will be activated immediately, using the proposed departure time as the actual departure time. Include “ASMD DEP” in remarks. The pilot is responsible for cancelling or extending the flight plan if the flight is cancelled or delayed. c. Determine the flight plan area in which the destination is located. Request the pilot close the flight plan with the tie-in station. Provide the pilot the tie-in station's phone number, upon request. d. Recommend that a separate flight plan be filed for each leg of a VFR flight. e. Request the pilot inform an AFSS/FSS whenever the filed time en route changes more than 30_minutes. f. On return flights from remote areas, such as a fishing site, establish a mutually acceptable date/time with the pilot for alerting search and rescue. g. On a single flight to be conducted under both IFR/VFR flight rules, confirm whether the VFR portion is by flight plan and, if so, with whom the pilot will close. File two separate flight plans. h. If a pilot indicates the flight will penetrate Class_A airspace, advise the pilot of the Class_A requirements. i. When a pilot files to an airport served by a part-time FSS and the ETA is during the period the facility is closed, ask the pilot to close with the JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-1-2 General associated AFSS/FSS, identified in FAAO JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers and the Airport/Fa- cility Directory. j. Upon request, inform pilots filing IFR flight plans of the appropriate and most effective means of obtaining IFR departure clearances. k. When a pilot files a DVFR flight plan, advise the pilot to activate with Flight Service. Also advise the pilot that a discrete beacon code will be assigned upon activation. NOTE1. A discrete beacon code may be assigned when the flight plan is filed, as necessary. If the pilot wants to file a DVFR flight plan that departs outside the facility's flight plan area, provide the applicable toll-free number for the departure FSS. 2. Discrete beacon codes are assigned to facilities in accordance with FAAO 7110.66, National Beacon Code Allocation Plan. 6-1-3. FLIGHT PLAN DATA Handle flight plan data as follows: a. AISR. 1. Record flight plan data received from an operations office on FAA Form 7233-1 or a flight progress strip. The operations office must obtain complete information on the flight, but need forward to the FAA only those items necessary for control or VFR flight plan purposes. 2. Accept military flight plan proposals, cancellations, and closures from any source including collect telephone calls. 3. Pass the FAA Form 7233-1 to the appropriate operating position for delivery of the flight notification message. b. M1FC/OASIS. 1. Record flight plan data on domestic or ICAO flight plan mask or dialog box as appropriate. Flight plan data received from an operations office may be limited to only those items necessary for control or VFR flight plan purposes, provided the operations office obtains complete information on the flight. 2. Accept military flight plan proposals, cancellations, and closures from any source, including collect telephone calls. 3. Transmit flight notification messages as follows: (a) M1FC. From a flight plan mask in order for M1FC to place the message in the aircraft data file and provide automatic log and tally. (b) OASIS. From a flight plan dialog box in order for OASIS to place the message in the history file and provide automatic log and tally. NOTE- Part-time operations offices must provide complete information in the event it is needed for SAR purposes. 6-1-4. PART-TIME FSS CLOSURE ACTION Part-time facilities shall forward the following information to the designated guard AFSS/FSS. a. Inbound flights - all information. b. Outbound flights - VFR and IFR flight plan data when proposed departure time and/or ETA is within the period from 1 hour prior to closing until 1_hour after opening. c. All other pertinent information; e.g., NOTAM, pending outages. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-2-1 Flight Plan Proposals Section 2. Flight Plan Proposals 6-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN RECORDING Record flight plans on FAA Form 7233-1, M1FC Domestic Flight Plan Mask, or in the OASIS Domestic Flight Plan dialog box. Completion of all blocks or fields is not required in every case, and all items filed are not always transmitted. Use authorized abbreviations where possible. Complete as follows: NOTE- OASIS. For detailed instructions on the Domestic Flight Plan dialog box, refer to the WINGS online help or the WINGS System Users Guide. a. Item 1. Type of flight plan. 1. FAA Form 7233-1. Check the appropriate box. 2. M1FC- FR: field. (a) V - civilian VFR flight plans including DVFR. (b) MV - military VFR flight plans. (c) PV - VFR flight plans departing from outside the facility's flight plan area. (d) DV - Do not use. See para 6-6-3a. (e) I - civil IFR flight plans or military IFR flight plans that do not require transmission of a flight notification message. (f) MI - military IFR flight plans that require a flight notification message. (g) PI - IFR flight plans departing from outside the facility's flight plan area that require a flight notification message. NOTE1. M1FC. PI for transborder flights that require an ADCUS (Mexico) or CANPASS/GATE (Canada/US) flight notification message. PI messages are addressed to the departure tie-in station. They are in addition to the I_message transmitted to the departure ARTCC. Remarks to be transmitted by the departure station as part of the flight notification message must be included in the PI message and preceded by a $ sign. 2. OASIS. IFR transborder flights that require an ADCUS (Mexico) flight notification message will be automatically addressed and transmitted to the departure ARTCC and the departure tie-in station if ADCUS is entered in remarks. To send an IFR Canadian flight plan departing from outside the facility's flight plan area that requires a flight notification message, enter the following in remarks: $CANPASS %ADCUS. OASIS uses the ADCUS to automatically address and transmit the flight plan to the departure tie-in station but the only remark transmitted is CANPASS. This is in addition to the message transmitted to the departure ARTCC. (h) SC - Stereo flight plans for civil aircraft. (i) SM_-_Stereo flight plans for military aircraft. 3. OASIS - Select type of flight plan from the Flight Rules (FR) drop down list: (a) VFR - civilian VFR flight plans, including DVFR. (b) IFR (c) DVFR - Do not use. See para 6-6-3a. (d) MIL VFR (e) MIL IFR (f) STEREO CVL (g) STEREO MIL (h) MIL IFR STOPOVER (i) MIL VFR STOPOVER (j) DVFR STOPOVER - Do not use. b. Item 2. Aircraft Identification (M1FC- AI: field. OASIS - Aircraft ID text box). Enter as follows, but do not exceed seven alphanumeric characters: 1. Civil Aircraft Including Air Carrier: Aircraft letter/digit registration including the letter T prefix for air taxi aircraft, the letter L for LIFEGUARD aircraft, or the three-letter aircraft company designator specified in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contrac- tions followed by the trip or the flight number. EXAMPLE- N12345 TN5552Q AAL192 LN751B NOTE- The letter L shall not be entered in Item 2 of the flight plan for air carrier or air taxi LIFEGUARD aircraft. Include 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-2-2 Flight Plan Proposals the word LIFEGUARD in the remarks section of the flight plan. 2. U.S. Military Aircraft. Use the military abbreviation followed by the last five digits of the aircraft's number. For certain tactical mission aircraft, enter the assigned three-to-six letter code word followed by a one-to-four digit number. (See TBL 6-2-1.) TBL 6-2-1 Military Abbreviation Military Service A USAF C Coast Guard E Air Evacuation G Air/Army National Guard L LOGAIR (USAF contract) R Army RCH REACH (USAF Air Mobility Command) S Special Air Mission VM Marine Corps VV Navy 3. Canadian Military Aircraft. The abbrevi- ations shall be followed by a number group not to exceed four digits. (See TBL 6-2-2.) TBL 6-2-2 Canadian Military Abbreviation Military Service CFC Canadian Forces CTG Canadian Coast Guard c. Item 3. Aircraft Type (M1FC- AT: field. OASIS_- Aircraft Type text box). Insert the name or abbreviation (two-to-four alphanumeric characters) of the manufacturer's or military designation. For homebuilt/experimental aircraft, use HXA, HXB, or HXC in accordance with the FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. Spell out aircraft type in Remarks. NOTE- OASIS. OASIS validates all aircraft types in accordance with FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. Nonstandard contractions will be rejected. 1. Prefix to Aircraft Type (one-to-two alphanu- meric characters). For IFR operations, if the aircraft's weight class is heavy, indicate this with the prefix “H”. If a formation flight is planned, enter the number and type of aircraft; e.g., 2H/B52. 2. Suffix to Aircraft Type (one alpha character). Indicate for IFR operations the aircraft's radar transponder, DME, or RNAV (includes LORAN) capability by adding the appropriate symbol preceded by a slant (/). (See TBL 6-2-3.) TBL 6-2-3 Suffix to Aircraft Type Suffix Aircraft Equipment Suffixes DME /A Transponder with Mode C. /B Transponder with no Mode C. /D No transponder. NO DME /T Transponder with no Mode C. /U Transponder with Mode C. /X No transponder. TACAN ONLY /M No transponder. /N Transponder with no Mode C. /P Transponder with Mode C. AREA NAVIGATION (RNAV) /C LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS, transponder with no Mode C. /I LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS, transponder with Mode C. /Y LORAN, VOR/DME, or INS with no trans- ponder. ADVANCED RNAV With Transponder and Mode C (If an aircraft is unable to operate with a transponder and/or Mode C, it will re- vert to the appropriate code listed above under Area Navigation.) /E Flight Management System (FMS) with DME/DME and IRU position updating. /F FMS with DME/DME position updating. /G Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), including GPS or WAAS, with en route and terminal capability. /R Required Navigational Performance. The aircraft meets the RNP type prescribed for the route segment(s), route(s) and/or area concerned. Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM). Prior to conducting RVSM opera- tions within the U.S., the operator must ob- tain authorization from the FAA or from the responsible authority, as appropriate. /J /E with RVSM JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-2-3 Flight Plan Proposals Suffix to Aircraft Type (continued) /K /F with RVSM /L /G with RVSM. /Q /R with RVSM. /W RVSM. NOTE- The /E and /F suffixes will only be used by aircraft operating to and from airports within the U.S., unless authorized by the controlling authority. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-3-7 and TBL 2-3-7, Aircraft Equipment Suffix. d. Item 4. True Airspeed (TAS Knots) (M1FC- TS: field. OASIS_- Airspeed text box). Enter two-to-four digits for TAS in knots; M followed by three digits for Mach number; or SC for “speed classified.” e. Item 5. Departure Point. 1. M1FC- DD: field. Enter two-to-twelve alphanumeric and slant characters for name or identifier of the departure airport or point over which the flight plan is activated. NOTE- Names may be used when there is no identifier available and they do not exceed 12 characters with no spaces. Unless a geographic point is converted to latitude/longi- tude or fix-radial-distance (FRD), the M1FC computer will not be able to provide weather/NOTAM information and the route override function must be used to transmit or modify the flight plan. 2. OASIS - Departure text box. Enter the departure point as follows: 2-5 alphanumeric character LOCID, 8-11 character fix-radial-distance or 9-12_character latitude/longitude. f. Item 6. Departure Time. 1. M1FC- TM: field. Enter departure time in UTC. Prefix this time with a P in the TM: field for proposals or a D for departures. If the departure time is assumed, indicate this in the Remarks field. 2. OASIS - ETD text box. Enter the proposed or actual time of departure as fol- lows: {(DD)HHMM : DD = 01-31, HH = 00-23, MM = 00-59}. NOTE- OASIS does not use prefixes (i.e., “P” or “D”) to determine a proposed or actual time of departure. This determination is made based on which button is used for filing. g. Item 7. Cruising Altitude (M1FC- AE: field. OASIS - Enroute Altitude text box). Proposed altitude or flight level using two-to-seven charac- ters; e.g., 80 or 080, OTP, OTP/125, VFR, ABV/060. h. Item 8. Route of Flight (M1FC- RT: field. OASIS_- Route text box.). Enter identifiers for airways or jet routes to clearly indicate the proposed flight path. For direct flight, use names or identifiers of navigation aids, Navigation Reference System (NRS) waypoints, and geographical points or coordinates. If more than one airway or jet route is to be flown, clearly indicate the transition points. NOTE1. On some direct flights beyond the departure center's airspace, it may be necessary to include a fix in the adjacent center's airspace or latitude/longitude coordi- nates, as appropriate, to facilitate computer acceptance. Local procedures should be applied to these special situations. 2. NRS waypoints consist of five alphanumeric charac- ters, which include the ICAO Flight Information Region (FIR) identifier, followed by the letter corresponding to the FIR subset (ARTCC area for the contiguous U.S.), the latitude increment in single digit or group form, and the longitude increment. EXAMPLE“KD34U” i. Item 9. Destination. 1. M1FC- AD: field. Enter two-to-twelve alphanumeric and/or slant characters for name or identifier of the destination airport or point over which the flight plan is to be cancelled. 2. OASIS_- Destination text box. Enter the destination airport or point over which the flight plan is to be cancelled as follows: 2-5 alphanumeric character LOCID, 8-11 character fix-radial-distance or 9-12 character latitude/longitude. j. Item 10. Estimated Time Enroute (M1FC- TE: field. OASIS - Time Enroute text box). Enter in hours and minutes the total elapsed time between departure and destination; e.g., 0430 or 4+30. For IFR proposals, ETE must be in four-digit format; i.e., 0215. NOTE- OASIS facilities, enter the four digit enroute time in hours and minutes; hhmm: hh=00-99, mm=00-59. k. Item 11. Remarks (M1FC- RM: field. OASIS_- Remarks text box). Information necessary for ATC or to assist search and rescue operations, plus any other JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-2-4 Flight Plan Proposals data appropriate to the flight; e.g., the abbreviations FAA or DOT. Enter names of experimental or homebuilt aircraft (Veri-EZ, Long-EZ, Mustang, Delta Dart). For RM: field only - Use 1-80 characters beginning with *, #, $, or %. (See TBL 6-2-4.) TBL 6-2-4 * transmit remarks to all centers. # transmit remarks to departure centers only. $ transmit remarks only to those addresses in the CP field of the flight notification mes- sage. % for remarks not to be transmitted. NOTE1. OASIS automatically inserts the appropriate symbol according to the flight plan type (i.e., $-VFR, * -IFR) 2. Civil aircraft with authorized company identification are required to file the full authorized radio call in remarks. l. Item 12. Fuel on Board (M1FC- FB: field. OASIS - Fuel Capacity text box). Enter in hours and minutes; e.g., 0330 or 3+30. NOTE- OASIS facilities, enter the fuel capacity; hhmm: hh=00-99, mm=00-59. m. Item 13. Alternate Airport/s. 1. (M1FC- AA: field). Enter the location identifier if specified by the pilot. For AA: field only. Use three-to-seven alphanumeric characters. For two alternate airports, enter identifiers consecutively; e.g., BJCFNL. 2. OASIS_- Alternate Airport text box. Enter the location identifier of a single alternate airport in 3-4 alphanumeric characters. Additional alternate airports may be entered in the Remarks text box as nontransmitted information. n. Item 14. Pilot's Name, Telephone Number, Aircraft's Home Base (M1FC- PD: field. OASIS - Pilot Data text box). Self-explanatory. For military pilots, obtain the name and telephone of BASOPS. NOTE- Pilot's name not required if BASOPS' name is provided. o. Item 15. Number Aboard (M1FC- NB: field. OASIS_- Number On Board text box). Self-explana- tory. p. Item 16. Color of Aircraft. (M1FC- CR: field. OASIS_- Aircraft Color text box). Use authorized contractions when available. (See TBL 6-2-5.) TBL 6-2-5 Code and Color Code Color Code Color A Amber B Blue BE Beige BK Black BR Brown G Green GD Gold GY Gray M Maroon O Orange P Purple PK Pink R Red S Silver T Tan TQ Turquoise V Violet W White Y Yellow NOTE1. For ICAO flight plans, see Appendix A. 2. Local procedures may be developed for use on the reverse side of FAA Form 7233-1. 6-2-2. OUTBOUNDS DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA Accept flight plans regardless of departure point. Forward VFR flight plan proposals for aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility's flight plan area to the tie-in FSS/AFSS for the departure point in the following format: a. Type of Flight. b. Aircraft Identification. c. Aircraft Type. d. Departure Point. e. Destination. f. Proposed Departure Time/ETE. g. Remarks. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KDAYYFYX DTG KLOUYFYX VFR N1234 BE9L DAY LOU P1330/0130 M1FC FRV AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DDSM TM1800 AE:65 RTSM..OMA..LNK ADNK TE:0300 RMFP KIKKYFYX JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-2-5 Flight Plan Proposals FB:0330 AA: PD:JOE PILOT HBSM NB: CR:R/W TL: OP: CP:KFODYFYX TA:2100 NOTE1. M1FC will autoaddress the CP field, automatically extract the required items from the flight plan mask and transmit a flight proposal to the departure tie-in AFSS/FSS. M1FC will automatically fill in the originator of the flight plan in the RM field when the flight plan is transmitted. 2. For civil flight movement messages with remarks, precede the remarks with a dollar symbol ($). 3. OASIS will autoaddress the Closure Points field, automatically extract the required items from the flight plan, insert the originator of the flight plan into the Remarks field, and transmit a flight proposal to the departure tie-in AFSS/FSS at a time determined by the facility parameter. 6-2-3. ENTRY OF MILITARY IFR MULTI- LEG STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN a. Complete all FP fields down through time en route or remarks for the first leg. Use MI in the flight rules field. This will hold the flight plan on the proposed list for flight notification. b. All subsequent legs shall be preceded by a slant and recorded in the route field after the first leg: DESTINATION, ETE, AIRSPEED, P-TIME, ALTI- TUDE, ROUTE, and remarks for each leg. c. After all legs have been recorded properly, the FP should autoaddress the ARTCC of the first leg departure point in the OP: field and all destination BASOPS stations in the CP: field. GI will send the first leg to the appropriate ARTCC and place the flight plan on the proposed list. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ TM1700 AE:280 RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15 450 P1800 270 OFF..FOE AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS $VT012115 FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS HBBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP:ZCG CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX TA:1730 d. To send the second leg of the flight plan to the appropriate ARTCC, the original flight plan needs to be altered. 1. Display the flight plan (FPC). 2. Change the MI to I. It is not necessary to hold this leg for flight notification. 3. Make the necessary changes to indicate the next leg of the flight plan. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:I AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DD:OFF TM1800 AE:270 RT:OFF..FOE AD:FOE TE:0015 RM:*REMARKS FB: AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS HB.DBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP:ZCP CP: TA:1815 NOTE- If there is an additional leg, it must be taken from the original flight plan. e. After all legs have been sent to their appropriate ARTCC, construct a flight notification message. 1. Retrieve the original flight plan from the proposal list. 2. Edit each leg preceded by a slant to indicate the destination, ETE and pertinent remarks. 3. Delete all other information and restore to the proposal list (STPM) and await activation. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ TM1700 AE:280 RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15 AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS $VTO12115 FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS HBBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP:ZCG CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX TA: NOTE- OASIS. Transmit only the applicable inbound and outbound flight notification information to intermediate tie-in facilities. Remarks common to all flight segments shall be entered in the Remarks text box for transmission. These remarks shall include: departure point, all stops and destination. EXAMPLE- DEPD TCM LNDG EDW DMA JAX ADW 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/6-2-6 Flight Plan Proposals NOTE- OASIS. Detailed instructions for the processing of Military IFR Multi-Leg Stopover Flight Plans are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. 6-2-4. ENTRY OF MILITARY VFR STOPOVER FLIGHT PLAN a. File a military VFR stopover flight plan in the same format as a military IFR stopover. b. After the flight plan is filed on the proposal list, display the flight plan (FP ACID). Use the CX keyword to cancel the flight plan. The complete flight plan is then on file for search and rescue. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:MV AI:G2034 AT:UH1/U TS:90 DD:FOD TM1800 AE:055 RT:FOD..DSM..OFF/MLC 3+10 90 P2100 045 OFF..MLC/SZL 2+10 90 P0100 055 MLC..SZL AD:OFF TE:0200 RMVT010600 FB:0400 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS HBBQ NB:1 CR:O/D TL: OP: CP:KOFFYXYX KMLCYFYX KSZLYXYX TA:2000 c. After the flight plan is cancelled, use the FPC keyword to display the flight plan on the screen. Change the RT field to show only the destination, ETE, and any pertinent remarks for all remaining legs. File the revised version onto the proposal list to await activation. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:MV AI:G2034 AT:UH1/U TS:90 DD:FOD TM1800 AE:055 RT:FOD..DSM..OFF/MLC 3+10/SZL 2+10 AD:OFF TE:0200 RMVT010600 FB:0400 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS HB:DBQ NB:1 CR:OD TL: OP: CP:KOFFYXYX KMLCYFYX KSZLYXYX TA:2000 NOTE- OASIS. Transmit only the applicable inbound and outbound flight notification information to intermediate tie-in facilities. Remarks common to all flight segments shall be entered in the Remarks text box for transmission. These remarks shall include: departure point, all stops and destination. EXAMPLE- DEPD TCM LNDG EDW DMA JAX ADW NOTE- OASIS. Detailed instructions for the processing of Military VFR Stopover Flight Plans are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-1 IFR Flight Plan Handling Section 3. IFR Flight Plan Handling 6-3-1. DOMESTIC IFR FLIGHT PLANS a. IFR flight plans should consist of items 1 through 15 of FAA Form 7233-1. Items 1 through 11 shall be transmitted to the ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal. Items 12 through 15 shall be retained in the FSS and be available upon request. NOTE- Part-time FSSs shall forward items 1 through 15 in accordance with para 6-1-4. b. M1FC. IFR flight plans should consist of the following fields: 1. FR Type of Flight. 2. AI Aircraft Identification. 3. AT Number and Type of Aircraft. 4. TS True Airspeed or Mach Number. 5. DD Departure Point. 6. TM Departure Time. 7. AE Requested Altitude. 8. RT Route of Flight. 9. AD Destination. 10. TE Time En Route. 11. RM Remarks. 12. FB Fuel on Board. 13. AA Alternate Destination. 14. PD Pilot Data. 15. NB Number of Persons on Board. 16. CR Color of Aircraft. 17. OP ARTCC Address. 18. CP Addresses/Closure Point. 19. TA Estimated Time of Arrival. NOTE- OASIS. IFR flight plans should consist of the same fields as shown for M1FC. Flight plan items are entered into labeled text boxes in the Flight Plan dialog box. c. M1FC. Items 1 through 11 shall be transmitted to the ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal. Items 12 through 19 shall be retained by the FSDPS and be available upon request. NOTE- OASIS. Items 1 through 11 shall be transmitted to the ARTCC as part of the IFR flight plan proposal. Items 12 through 19 will be retained in a history file and be available upon request.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:02

6-3-2. NOTIFYING ARTCC Transmit flight plans and flight plan amendments to the ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is proposed to begin. AISR facilities use FAAO JO_7350.8, Location Identifiers, or the appropriate aeronautical charts to determine the ARTCC to which each transmission shall be made. Transmit flight plans (if necessary) and flight plan amendments via interphone to the flight data position (error referral position) or departure sector when the aircraft's proposed departure time is less than 15 minutes from transmittal time. Advise the ARTCC's departure sector or error referral position, via interphone, when a message is received indicating ineligibility or a response is not received via data terminal within 10_minutes. Transmit flight plans as follows: a. When multiple (two or more) flight plans are received from the same aircraft, or for flight plans which propose alternating VFR and IFR, stopover, or terminal area delay, the station receiving the flight plans transmits separate flight plans to the appropriate ARTCCs for each IFR portion or segment. b. Transmit flight plans specifying special use airspace delays (MOAs, Warning Areas, Restricted Areas, ATC Assigned Airspace) as in subpara 6-3-2a except when letters of agreement specify otherwise. c. Aerial refueling delays, or any other en route delays not covered in subparas 6-3-2a or b and not involving a change of altitude stratum, do not require separate messages. Delay information shall be filed within the route of flight. If a change of altitude stratum is indicated, transmit separate messages as in subparas 6-3-2a or b. d. When a composite, stopover, or terminal area delay flight plan is revised: 1. Before departure, transmit the information to the original addressees plus any new addressees. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-2 IFR Flight Plan Handling 2. After departure, transmit the information to all new addresses who are affected by the change. e. AISR. When a flight is to depart after 0500 hours local time on the day following the filing of the flight plan, do not transmit the flight plan to the ARTCC until after 0000 hours local time. NOTE- In the event of a time zone difference between the station and the associated ARTCC, use the ARTCC's local time in determining transmission time. f. Address all IFR flight plan messages to the ARTCC serving the point of departure and all concerned oceanic and nonconterminous ATS units, except FAA ATCTs. NOTE- The ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is proposed to begin will forward the proposed tower en route flight plan data to the appropriate departure terminal facility. g. For flights inbound to the conterminous U.S. from Alaska or Hawaii, address only the first conterminous U.S. ARTCC; e.g., for a proposed flight from Sitka to Houston, address PAZAZQZX, CZVRZQZX, and KZSEZQZX. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 2-2-2, Forwarding Information. 6-3-3. IFR FLIGHT PLAN CONTROL MESSAGES (Pacific: Pacific Supplement.) Transmit all proposed IFR flight plan messages to the ARTCC within whose control area IFR flight is proposed to begin. a. Communications Functions. Flight plan data messages shall be addressed to the computer only. All other types of messages for ARTCC attention shall be addressed to the Flight Data position only. Acknowledgements for all numbered messages will be received from the computer or the Flight Data position indicating receipt by the ARTCC, but not necessarily computer acceptance. (See TBL 6-3-1.) b. Format. 1. Adhere to a fixed order of data. Do not exceed the stated maximum number of characters or elements allowed for each field in messages addressed to an ARTCC computer. Flight plans filed containing more than the stated character maximums should be sent using the ARTCC flight data address. 2. AISR. One space character must be entered at the end of each data field. The following clarifications are presented: (a) The first data field of a message need not be preceded by a space. TBL 6-3-1 ARTCC ID & Computer Flight Data ARTCC ID Computer Flight Data Albuquerque ZAB KZABZQZX KZABZRZX Atlanta ZTL KZTLZQZX KZTLZRZX Boston ZBW KZBWZQZX KZBWZRZX Chicago ZAU KZAUZQZX KZAUZRZX Cleveland ZOB KZOBZQZX KZOBZRZX Denver ZDV KZDVZQZX KZDVZRZX Fort Worth ZFW KZFWZQZX KZFWZRZX Houston ZHU KZHUZQZX KZHUZRZX Indianapolis ZID KZIDZQZX KZIDZRZX Jacksonville ZJX KZJXZQZX KZJXZRZX Kansas City ZKC KZKCZQZX KZKCZRZX Los Angeles ZLA KZLAZQZX KZLAZRZX Memphis ZME KZMEZQZX KZMEZRZX Miami ZMA KZMAZQZX KZMAZRZX Minneapolis ZMP KZMPZQZX KZMPZRZX New York ZNY KZNYZQZX KZNYZRZX Oakland ZOA KZ0AZQZX KZOAZRZX Salt Lake ZLC KZLCZQZX KZLCZRZX Seattle ZSE KZSEZQZX KZSEZRZX Washington ZDC KZDCZQZX KZDCZRZX (b) The last data field of a message need not be followed by a space. 3. Each field of data is composed of one or more elements. Discrete elements of information within a field are separated by delimiters, generally slashes (oblique strokes) or periods. 4. Messages addressed using an ARTCC flight data address (KZRZX) are not processed by the HOST computer. Response and/or interpretation of these messages are dependent on flight data personnel action. The prime consideration of these types of messages, shall be the readability of the transmitted data. The second, third, and fourth character of the address shall be the same as the ARTCC flight data address. 5. All domestic flight data processing comput- ers have the capability to return acknowledgments to the source and, depending on local adaption, return error messages and accept amendments. Notify the JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-3 IFR Flight Plan Handling appropriate ARTCC Data Systems Specialist or Primary A position when it is suspected that a flight plan has been erroneously rejected by the computer. 6. IFR flight plans specifying stopovers or terminal area delays require separate messages be sent to the appropriate ARTCCs for each segment. Unless otherwise covered by a letter of agreement, treat flight plans proposing special use airspace delays in the same manner. Separate messages are also required for any other en route delays if a change of altitude stratum is proposed at the delay point. See subpara 6-3-3c14(h)(1) for delays not involving a change of altitude stratum. 7. Some fields contain the necessary functions to operate the computer data terminal adapters and are designated by alpha characters. Do not separate these fields with spaces. c. For EAS FDP acceptance, the complete message contents, the order of data, the number of characters allowed within any data field or element, and any associated operational procedures or restrictions are as follows (as used here, field refers to EAS FDP field and/xx refers to M1FC field): NOTE- OASIS. Detailed operating instructions for processing IFR Flight Plans are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. 1. Start of Message Code (Field A). No entry requirement for AISR equipment. (New Line Key) 2. Pream ble Line (Field B). Consists of originator, priority, and addressee(s). 3. Originator Line (Field C). Consists of a six-digit date-time group and the eight-character originator identifier. 4. End of Line Function (Field E). Same as subpara 6-3-3c1. 5. Source Identification (Field 00). Nine or ten characters required followed by a space character in the following order: (a) The three-character address of the originating AFSS/FSS or the three-character identifier of the originating airline office. (b) Four characters (digits) to indicate the time (in UTC) the flight plan was composed by the originator. (c) Three characters (digits) representing the number of the message; e.g., 021. It is recommended that numbering systems be restarted with 001 at the beginning of each day (0000Z). NOTE- There are no spaces between characters in subparas 6-3-3c5(a), (b), and (c). 6. Message Type (Field 01). The letters FP followed by a space character. 7. Aircraft Identification (Field 02/AI. Con- sists of two-to-seven characters followed by a space character. The first character of the identification must be a letter. (a) Phrases such as Flynet, Snow Time, etc., which do not identify specific aircraft, but are supplemental data defining a special mission or function, shall be contained in remarks (Field 11/RM. (b) For foreign aircraft identifications with a numeric as the first character, insert an X as the first character and explain in the remarks section. 8. Aircraft Data (Field 03/AT. Consists of two-to-nine characters followed by a space character. Aircraft data within the field may vary from one-to-three elements consisting of: (a) Number of aircraft (when more than one) and/or the heavy aircraft indicator. For heavy aircraft the indicator is “H/”. This element contains a maximum of two characters followed by a slash. EXAMPLE2/F15 3H/B52 10/F18 (b) Type of Aircraft. This elem ent is mandatory and contains two-to-four characters consisting of the authorized aircraft designator as contained in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. Enter military designators of aircraft, omitting prefixes and suffixes pertaining to aircraft mission or model. (c) Equipment Suffix. This elem ent is optional and consists of a slash (/) followed by one letter which is one of the approved designators identifying transponder and/or navigation gear. 9. Airspeed (Field 05/TS. Consists of two-tofour characters followed by a space character. This field shall indicate the filed true airspeed in knots or Mach number. 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-4 IFR Flight Plan Handling EXAMPLE350 M075 10. Departure Point or Coordination Fix (Field 06/DD. Consists of two-to-twelve characters followed by a space character. This field contains the departure point or fix at which an aircraft will pick up IFR. It must be a fix, not an airway. For proposed departures, it must match the first element in the route of flight; and for IFR pickups, it must match either the first element in the route of flight or the third element if the ./. or VFR is used as the second element. 11. Proposed Departure Time (Field 07/TM. Consists of five or seven characters followed by a space character. This field contains the letter P followed by a four or six digit time group in UTC. 12. Requested Altitude (Field 09/AE. Con- sists of two-to-seven characters followed by a space character. Altitudes or flight levels, as appropriate, shall be expressed in hundreds of feet, but without leading zeros. The letters OTP shall be entered in this field to indicate a requested altitude of VFR conditions-on-top. Blocked altitudes are indicated by entering the lower altitude of the requested block, the letter B, and the higher altitude of the block; e.g., 80B100, 240B270, with no intervening spaces. 13. End of Line (New Line Key) (Field E). The first occurrence of Field E shall always follow Field 09/AE: of the message. Any time a subsequent end of line becomes necessary, if used within Field 10/RT:, it must be preceded by the appropriate element separator (not a space). If used within Field 11/RM:, Field E may be entered at any point within the remarks sequence. 14. Route of Flight (Field 10/RT). The route of flight consists of departure point or pickup point (PUP), the route of flight, and normally a destination followed by a space character. (a) Field 10/RT: is a fixed sequence field and must begin with a fix; e.g., fix, airway, fix, airway, etc. The last element may be a fix or one of the route elements VFR, DVFR, or XXX (incomplete route indicator). An element is separated from another element by a period character. (b) When consecutive fix elements or route elements are filed, the fixed sequence format is maintained by inserting two period characters between the filed Field 10/RT: elements; e.g., fix..fix or airway..airway. (c) When a pilot files an airway..airway com- bination, obtain the point of transition and insert it in the transmitted flight plan; e.g., SGF.J105..J24. STL.J24. The foregoing does not apply if the first encountered fix happens to be the next filed junction point within the route. NOTE- OASIS. Airway..airway combinations in the route of flight require a defined junction (either five-character alphanumeric, LOCID, or pre-defined fix-radial-dis- tance.) (d) The slash character (/) is used to file a latitude/longitude fix or in describing an ETE. (e) The maximum number of filed field elements for computer-addressed flight plans is 40. Double period insertions do not count against the 40-element limitation. Transmit flight plans filed exceeding the route element limitation to the ARTCC, not its computer. (f) Fix Descriptions. A fix must be filed in one of the following ways: (1) Fix Name. Domestic, Canadian, and International identifiers of two-to-five alphanumer- ic characters. (2) Fix Radial Distance (FRD). Consists of eight-to-eleven alphanumeric characters in the following sequence: Two-to-five characters identi- fying a navigational aid, three characters of azimuth expressed in degrees magnetic, and three characters of distance expressed in nautical miles from the navigational aid. Zeros preceding a significant character shall be entered before the azimuth and distance components as required to assure the transmission of three characters for each. (3) Latitude/Longitude. Consists of nineto-twelve characters entered as follows: The latitude shall appear as the first component as four numbers (trailing zeros required) with an optional letter N or S appended. If the optional letter is omitted, north is understood. Latitude shall be separated from longitude with a slash (/) elem ent separator. Longitude shall appear as the second component as four or five digits (trailing zeros required, leading zero optional) with an optional letter W or E appended. If the optional letter is omitted, west is understood. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-5 IFR Flight Plan Handling (4) Navigation Reference System (NRS) Waypoints. NRS waypoints consist of five alphanu- meric characters, which include the ICAO Flight Information Region (FIR) identifier, followed by the letter corresponding to the FIR subset (ARTCC area for the contiguous U.S.), the latitude increment in single digit or group form , and the longitude increment. EXAMPLE“KD34U” (g) Route Descriptions. A route must be filed in one of the following ways: (1) Airway. The official airway designator must be filed. (2) Coded Routes. Coded routes are a shorthand method of describing a route segment or segments which may have an altitude profile described, an adapted airspeed within the route, reentry or loop routes as an option, or a time delay at a fix within the route as an option. Some of the principal uses of coded routes are as follows: [a] Instrument Departures (DP). DP, if used, must be filed by the computer code designator as the second element of Field 10/RT and followed by the transition or exit fix. Standard Terminal Arrivals (STAR). STAR, if used, must be filed by the computer code designator as the next to last element of Field 10/RT: and be immediately preceded by the entry or transition fix. [c] Published Radials. Published radials (e.g., within a preferred route) are considered airways. Do not file unpublished radials. EXAMPLE.JFK053..DPK017 .RBV020 [d] Military Routes. Certain military routes (e.g., Military Training Routes (MTR) and Air Refueling Tracks/Anchors), are considered coded routes. The route designator must be preceded and followed by the entry and exit fixes in terms of fix/radial/distance (FRD), and reentry information may be suffixed to certain military coded routes as follows: [1] The entry and exit fix must be associated with a fix on the route, and the entry fix must be prior to the exit fix on the route. EXAMPLE- TNP355025..IR252 PKE107012 [2] Routes having reentries for a single Strategic Training Range (STR) site shall contain the entry of alternate entry fix in terms of FRD, the route designator followed immediately by a plus sign (+), either the letter R (1st STR site) or S (2nd STR site), and a digit indicating the number of reentries. EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2 (FRD) (FRD) IR240+S3 (FRD) [3] Routes having reentries for two STR sites shall contain the entry/alternate fix in terms of FRD, the route designator followed immediately by a plus sign (+), the letter R, and a digit indicating the number of reentries on the first STR site, immediately followed by second plus sign (+), the letter S, and a digit indicating the number of reentries on the second STR site. EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2+S3 (FRD) [4] STR routes must be entered and exited at the respective primary fix. Alternate STR routes must be entered/exited at the alternate entry/ exit fix. The routes must be identified by an individual name. EXAMPLE(FRD) IR240+R2 (FRD) (Primary) (FRD) IR240A+R2 (FRD) (Alternate) [e] North American Routes (NAR). NAR routes are numerically coded over existing airways and route systems from and to specific coastal fixes serving the North Atlantic. EXAMPLE.NA9 .NA50 [f] Stereo Routes. A stereo route must specify a prestored stereo tag. An FP message may be entered with a stereo tag as the only Field 10/RT: entry, which causes the Field 10/RT: data stored for the stereo tag to be substituted for the stereo tag and processed as the filed Field 10/RT: Additionally, the filed departure point (Field 06/DD must agree with the stored departure point. [g] Incomplete Route Indicator (XXX). When XXX, the incomplete route indicator, appears in Field 10/RT, the element preceding the XXX element must be a fix. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-6 IFR Flight Plan Handling [h] Visual Flight Rules (VFR) or De- fense Visual Flight Rules (DVFR) element. When VFR or DVFR is the second element of Field 10/RT:, the filed fix following VFR or DVFR must be internal to the ARTCC's area to whom the flight plan was initially submitted. When VFR or DVFR is other than the second element in Field 10/RT:, the element preceding the VFR or DVFR must be a filed fix. (h) Fix Suffix. (1) En Route Delay Suffix consists of an element separator (/), followed by the letter D, followed by the hours and minutes separated by a plus sign (+). Must be appended to a fix. EXAMPLE.STL/D1+30 .PKE107012/D2+05 Use of this suffix is limited to the following cases: [a] Aerial Refueling Tracks and An- chors. The suffix is appended to the entry fix. EXAMPLE.ICT248055/D0+30.AR330 En route delays not involving a change of altitude stratum and not involving a stopover, terminal area delay, or special use airspace delay unless specifically covered by a letter of agreement with the receiving ARTCC. (2) Estimated Time En Route (ETE) Suffix. Consists of an element separator (/) and four digits appended to the destination. Leading zeros are required, and the time en route is expressed in hours and minutes. EXAMPLE.STL/0105 (i) A period is not required after the last element of Field 10/RT:. If remarks (Field 11/RM are present, a space is required after the last element of Field 10/RM:. If remarks are not present, no space is required and Field F (End of Message) should be the next entry. 15. Remarks (Field 11/RM. Consists of the appropriate remarks code character and the remarks. Remarks are considered mandatory or optional and should be limited to those pertinent to air traffic control. Spaces are permitted within the remarks field to separate words or contractions. (a) Mandatory Remarks. These remarks shall be transmitted in Field 11/RM: whenever a pilot files the information on the flight plan. A mandatory remark is required whenever there is a modification to the flight plan by the specialist. (1) If it is necessary to make modifications to the filed route of flight for the purpose of achieving computer acceptance of the input due, for example, to correct a fix or an airway identification, “FRC,” meaning “Full Route Clearance Necessary,” or “FRC/(fix),” will be added to the remarks, “FRC” or “F RC/(fix)” must always be the first item of intra-center remarks. When “FRC” or “FRC/(fix)” appears on a flight progress strip, the controller issuing the ATC clearance to the aircraft shall issue a full route clearance to the specified fix, or if no fix is specified, for the entire route. “FRC” or “FRC/(fix)” shall always be first in Remarks (Field 11/RM:). NOTE- INPUT OPERATORS ARE LIMITED TO MAKING ONLY THOSE CHANGES REQUIRED FOR COMPUTER ACCEPTANCE. Modifications, such as those to conform with traffic flows and preferred/recommended routings, shall only be made by the pilot or his/her operations office or the controller responsible for initiating the clearance to the aircraft. (2) When a pilot files an FAA-assigned three-letter company designator, the authorized radiotelephony call sign must be included in the remarks field. (b) Optional Remarks. These remarks shall be transmitted when pertinent to air traffic control and can revert to mandatory status for some military flight plans. (1) In the case of applicable military flights, NOPAR shall be the first item in Remarks (Field 11/RM:). (2) Remarks for military flight plans filing an IR route must contain the IR route designator, entry time prefaced by the letter E, exit time prefaced by the letter X, and MARSA when applicable. Remarks for flight plans filing a terminal area delay must contain the airport identifier at which the delay will occur, followed by the letter D, followed by the duration of the delay in hours plus minutes, followed by the destination airport. These should be the initial item s in the rem arks field, unless subpara 6-3-3c15(a)(1) or (2) applies, and should be in order of occurrence. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-7 IFR Flight Plan Handling 16. End of Message Function (Field F). Consists of enter function. d. Additional Messages. The following messages are eligible for input to ARTCC computers via Service B, in addition to the Flight Plan (FP) message: 1. Remove Strips (RS). The purpose of the RS message input is to advise the computer that data on a particular flight is no longer valid and in effect cancels the flight plan and removes it from computer storage. (a) Eligibility. RS messages may be entered only for flight plans which: (1) Are proposed flights. (2) Have been previously entered by the same source entering the RS message. (3) The flight plan is inactive; e.g., a departure strip must not yet have been printed. Otherwise, the following rejection message is returned: “REJECT--NOT YOUR CONTROL.” (b) Format. Fields 01 (Message type) and 02/AI: (Aircraft Identification) are required. EXAMPLE- RS TWA138 2. Amendment Message (AM). The purpose of the AM message is to change data previously stored in the host computer. (a) Eligibility. Same as for the Remove Strip (RS) message (above). (b) Format. AM messages sent to the host computer must follow a specific format. First, the field to be amended must be identified, then the amended information given. The host computer recognizes the following fields by either number or name: (See para 6-3-2.) TBL 6-3-2 Field Number and Name Field Field Number Field Name Aircraft Identification 02 AID Aircraft Type 03 TYP Speed 05 SPD Departure/Coordination Pt. 06 FIX Proposed Time 07 TIM Altitude 09 RAL Route of Flight 10 RTE Remarks 11 RMK (c) Restrictions. 3. If Field 02/AI: is to be amended, no other field may be amended in the same message. If Field 02/AI: and other fields are to be amended, send an RS message and reenter the entire corrected flight plan. If an attempt is made to amend Field 02/AI: within a multiple amendment message or to amend Field 02 to M, the following rejection message is returned: “REJECT--INVALID AMENDMENT.” NOTE- Alternate procedure is to send two amendments - the first amends field 2; the second amends the other field or fields. 4. Field 07/TM: Amendments. An attempt to amend Field 07/TM: to anything other than a P-time is not allowed. If such an amendment is attempted, the following error message is returned: “COFIE INVALID TIME PREFIX.” 5. Amendment to Fields 06/DD:, 07/TM:, and 10/RT: Where Fields 06/DD:, 07/TM:, and 10/RT: are amended with a single AM message, the following rules apply: (a) The amended Field 06/DD: replaces the previously stored coordination fix (Field 06/DD:). (b) The amended Field 07/TM:, with ap- propriate letter prefix, replaces the previously stored coordination time (Field 07/TM:). (c) The amended route data (Field 10/RT:) may completely replace the previously filed Field 10/RT: or may be merged with the filed Field 10/RT:. (d) If the last element of the amended route data is followed by a destination indicator (e), this last element becomes the new destination fix. (e) When amended route data is merged with filed data, it replaces all data between the departure point and the first nonamended element remaining in the field. The last element of the amended data must match the first element of the remaining nonamended data, otherwise the following rejection message is returned: “REJECT--(last element) CANNOT MERGE.” 6. Amendment to Field 10/RT: Only. Except as permitted above, a Field 10/RT: amendment must be the only field amended; no other field may be amended with the same message. Otherwise, the following is returned: “REJECT--INVALID AMENDMENT.” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-3-8 IFR Flight Plan Handling EXAMPLE- Mes- sage Type Aircraft Identifica- tion Field to be Re- vised New Field Data Field to be Re- vised New Field Data AM TWA179 07 P0800 08 350 AM UAL466 07 0300 AM AAL4355 10 ORD.J60 .DEN 7. Correction Message (CM). When the host computer detects an error in a flight plan, an error message is generated to the sender when the sender is within the departure ARTCC's adapted boundaries. NOTE- These procedures do not apply to OASIS facilities. (a) Eligibility. CM messages may be entered only for the period for which the departure ARTCC's program is adapted, normally 5 minutes. After that time, the flight plan in error drops out to the ARTCC Primary A position for reentry. The sender has primary responsibility for corrective action. NOTE- Error messages are generated only on messages from sending stations within the adaptation parameters of the departure ARTCC and for only that portion of the route within that ARTCC's adapted boundaries. Other flight plans in error are referred to a Primary A position. (b) Format. Responses to error messages shall be transmitted in the form of a CM message within the time parameters adapted for your ARTCC. ARTCC-Generated Error Message: EXAMPLE- Sending Facility MSG Type MSG NR Field in Error Data in Error Reason DCA Error 123 08 9A FORMAT CM Format: Field 00 MSG Type Correct Data DCA 1820123 CM 090 (c) When a CM message in response to an error message results in any change to a pilot-filed Field 06/DD: (Departure Point) or Field 10/RT: (Route of Flight) once the flight plan has been accepted, an AM message shall be sent to add a field 11/RM: intra-ARTCC remark. In remarks, insert “FRC PILOT FILED (original data).” (d) Should a “NOT YOUR CONTROL” response be received, do not retransmit the flight plan or the AM. Confirm ARTCC receipt of the flight plan or AM (FRC/REMARKS) via interphone with the Primary A position. (See TBL 6-3-3.) TBL 6-3-3 Computer Flight Data Input COMPUTER FLIGHT DATA INPUT CHART Field Element Example Requirements A Start of Message (SOM code) New Line Key Required for SOM recognition. B Preamble Line FF KZFWZQZ X Provides priority, and addressee. C Originator DTG KMLCYFY X Required for ending the message header. D End of Line (New Line Key) EOL. E End of Message (Enter Function) End of Message. 6-3-4. COORDINATE RNAV ROUTES a. When accepting flight plans containing coor- dinate RNAV routes, ensure that the route of flight after the departure fix is defined by latitude/longitude coordinates and a fix identifier. b. The arrival fix must be identified by both the latitude/longitude coordinates and the fix identifier. EXAMPLE- (1) (2) (3) (4) (4) (5) MIA SRQ 3407/10615 3407/11546 TNP LAX 1. Departure airport. 2. Departure fix. 3. Intermediate fixes defined by latitude/longi- tude coordinates. 4. Arrival fix for the destination airport in terms of both the latitude/longitude coordinates and the fix identifier. 5. Destination airport. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-1 Flight Plan Handling Section 4. Flight Plan Handling 6-4-1. FLIGHT PLAN ACTIVATION a. AISR. Handle departure reports as a routine radio contact in accordance with para 4-3-5, Routine Radio Contacts. If a departure report has not been received within 1 hour of the proposed departure time and specific arrangements have not been made to activate the flight plan, cancel and file the proposed flight plan. b. AFSS. Handle departure reports as a routine radio contact in accordance with para 4-3-5. 1. M1FC. If a departure report has not been received or the pilot has not amended the P time, a VFR flight plan will remain on the proposed list until 2_hours past the proposed time. At this time it is automatically removed from the list and entered on the Aircraft Data File (DD). 2. OASIS. If a departure report has not been received or the pilot has not amended the ETD, a VFR flight plan will remain on the Proposed List for a predetermined facility parameter time interval. After this time it is automatically removed from the Proposed List and entered into a history file. c. The AFSS Aircraft Data File (DD) is used for statistical and historical purposes. Movement messages, pilot briefs, and aircraft contacts are placed on the list automatically and are retained for the number of hours specified in the Aircraft Drop Interval (ADDI) parameter. NOTE- OASIS. The OASIS history files are used for statistical and historical purposes. Movement messages, pilot briefings and aircraft contacts are recorded in these files automatically and are retained for 15 days.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:13

d. When a pilot reports a departure time that is more than 2 hours prior to the current clock time, request an updated ETE based on the aircraft's present position. M1FC/OASIS facilities amend the ETE in the existing flight plan, and activate the flight plan using the current time as the time of departure (M1FC/OASIS will automatically calculate the updated ETA) and inform the pilot of any changes. 6-4-2. DEPARTURE REPORT MESSAGE When a pilot activates a flight plan with other than the tie-in station for the departure point, transmit a numbered message to the departure tie-in station. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KRNOYFYX DTG KHONYFYX HON001 RNO N98765 D1645 WMC ALW M1FC ORIGIN:MMV PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:RNO TEXT:N98765 D1645 WMC ALW NOTE1. M1FC. Origin may be left blank as M1FC will insert the origin station's address. 2. OASIS. This function is performed using the General Facility Message function and the origin may be left blank, as OASIS will insert the originating station's address. 6-4-3. ACKNOWLEDGING NUMBERED MESSAGES Acknowledge a numbered message as soon as practicable after receipt. Prefix the acknowledgement with the letter R followed by a space and then the 3-digit message number. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KMMVYFYX DTG KRNOYFYX R 001
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:23

6-4-4. FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGE a. When a departure report is received, or the pilot requests an assumed departure, transmit a flight notification message to the destination tie-in (FSS or BASOPS) as specified in FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. Telephone or interphone, when available, may be used for flights of 30 minutes or less. The flight notification message shall contain the following information: 1. Type of flight plan (VFR or IFR). 2. Aircraft identification. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-2 Flight Plan Handling 3. Aircraft type. 4. Departure point. 5. Destination. 6. ETA (If more than 24 hours, may use DTG). 7. Rem arks, preceded by a $ sign (as appropriate). EXAMPLE- AISR FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N2346F AC11/U PVU BOI 1348 $ASMD DEP M1FC FR:V AI:N2346F AT:AC11/U TS:130 DDVU TM1203 AE:85 RTVU..SLC..TWF..BOI AD:BOI TE:0145 RMASMD DEP FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1348 NOTE1. M1FC will automatically extract the required items from the flight plan mask and transmit the flight notification message when a departure time is placed in the TM: field and the GI keyword is entered. 2. OASIS will automatically extract the required items from the Flight Plan, format and transmit the flight notification message when the flight plan is activated. b. When the proposed flight plan is received from another AFSS/FSS, BASOPS, or DUAT vendor, and the departure station has only partial flight plan data, add a remark indicating the Service B address of the station holding the complete flight plan. NOTE1. M1FC will automatically add this to the RM: field of the flight plan mask when it receives the proposal from another facility. 2. OASIS will automatically add this to the Remarks text box of the flight plan dialog box when it receives the proposal from another facility. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N12345 C182/U PVU BOI 1958 $FP KIADXCLX M1FC FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU TM1813 AE:85 RTVU..BOI AD:BOI TE:0145 RMFP KIADXCLX FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP: KBOIYFYX TA:1958
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:34

c. If the pilot elects to close the flight plan with a station other than the AFSS/FSS designated as the tie-in facility by FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers, send the flight notification message with remarks to both stations; e.g., FIRIV PNM. The designated tie-in AFSS/FSS shall assume both destination and search and rescue responsibility. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KGFKYFYX KPNMYFYX DTG KDCAYFYX VFR N2346F AC11 FDK PMB 1303 $FIRIV PNM M1FC FR:V AI:N2346F AT:C172 TS:110 DD:FOD TM1800 AE:095 RT:FOD..OMA AD:OMA TE:0050 RMFIRIV FOD FB:0200 AA: PD:JOE PILOT NB:2 CR:R/W OP: CP:KOLUYFYX KFODYFYX TA:1850 NOTE- M1FC/OASIS will autoaddress to the tie-in AFSS/FSS. Because the pilot elected to FIRIV with FOD, the message must also be manually addressed to FOD. d. The station with which the pilot elects to close the flight plan shall forward a numbered closure message to the designated tie-in AFSS/FSS. e. On civil flight plans, if the pilot advises of stopover points, show these in remarks. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N12345 C182/U PVU BOI 1958 $LNDG TWF M1FC FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU TM1813 AE:85 RTVU..SLC..TWF..BOI AD:BOI TE:0145 RMLNDG TWF FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1958 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-3 Flight Plan Handling
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:42

f. On military flight plans, in remarks use coded data pertinent to services, passengers, or cargo. In the absence of remarks, enter the letter N (meaning none) in the remarks field. REFERENCE- DOD Flight Information Publication, General Planning Document. 1. M1FC. (a) Flight notification messages with remarks activate a flag upon receipt in the M1FC computers at selected terminals. (b) When landing at a civil airport, if there are no remarks with the flight notification message, it is placed directly on the I list with no flag alert for notification purposes. (c) When landing at a military airport, all flight notification messages generate an “N” flag. 2. OASIS. (a) Flight notification messages with remarks generate an Inbound alarm at designated worksta- tions. (b) When landing at a civil airport, if there are no remarks with the flight notification message, it is placed on the Inbound List with no alarms for notification purposes. (c) When landing at a military airport, all flight notification messages generate an Inbound alarm. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KRCAYXYX DTG KRIUYFYX IFR DECAL01 T43/R SMF RCA 0135 $AP3NP3S M1FC FR:MI AIECAL1 AT:T43/R TS:400 DD:SMF TM2205 AE:330 RT:SMF..FMG..SLC..DEN..RCA AD:RCA TE:0330 RMAP3NP3 S FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP:ZCO CP:KRCAYXYX TA:0135 AISR FF KBOIYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR R54321 2/UH1/U SLC BOI 1943 $N M1FC FR:MV AI:R54321 AT:2/UH1/U TS:100 DD:SLC TM1813 AE:45 RT:SLC..TWF..BOI AD:BOI TE:0130 RMN FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KBOIYFYX TA:1943
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:48

g. Address military stopover flight notification messages to and obtain acknowledgements from the destination tie-in AFSS/FSS or BASOPS serving all destinations. 1. For the first leg, transmit the item s in subparas 6-4-4a and 6-4-4f. 2. For each subsequent leg, transmit the destination, ETE, and remarks applicable to that leg only, prior to (/). AISR facilities: enter remarks, applicable to the entire flight, after the final leg. M1FC facilities: remarks pertaining to the entire mission should be in the RM: field. OASIS facilities: remarks pertaining to a particular leg of a flight plan are entered in the Route text box of the original flight plan and are transmitted with the associated leg in the flight notification message. Remarks pertaining to the entire flight are entered in the Remarks text box of the original flight plan and are transmitted to all addressees.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:27:56

3. Separate stopover legs by inserting a slant (/) at the end of each leg except the last. Begin each leg on a new line. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KANDYFYX KGNVYFYX KMIAYFYX DTG KDCAYFYX IFR VV12345 P3 ADW CHS 1300/ NIP 01+30 A5 BALL DP10 AP5 S/ MIA 02+30 NO DE-ICING EQUIPMENT M1FC FR:MI AI:BAT21 AT:F16/R TS:450 DDBQ TM1700 AE:280 RTBQ..TNU..OFF/FOE 0+15/MLC 0+45 AD:OFF TE:0030 RM:*REMARKS FB:0230 AA: PD:ON FILE BASOPS NB:1 CR:OD OP:ZCG CP:KOFFYXYX KFOEYXYX KMLCYFYX TA:1730 NOTE1. M1FC will autoaddress the CP: field, automatically extract the required items from the flight plan mask, and transmit a flight notification message to the destination BASOPS. MV is used in the FR field when sending a military VFR flight notification. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-4 Flight Plan Handling 2. OASIS will autoaddress, automatically extract the required items from the flight plan dialog box, and transmit a flight notification message to all required facilities.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:08

4. For composite flights, specify type flight plan as the first item of each leg. 5. When en route delays are involved, include delay time in ETE. h. Apply military flight plan procedures to all civil aircraft landing at military bases. NOTE- It is the civil pilot's responsibility to obtain permission (from military authorities) to land at a military base. i. Apply civil flight plan procedure to civil aircraft departing military bases and en route to civil airports. j. When a pilot reports a departure time that is more than 2 hours prior to the current clock time, request an updated ETE based on the aircraft's present position. M1FC facilities amend the ETE in the existing flight plan, and activate the flight plan using the current time as the time of departure (M1FC will automatically calculate the updated ETA) and inform the pilot of any changes. 6-4-5. SUSPENDING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES a. Suspense the flight notification message or proposal message until acknowledgment is received from the addressee, then file in the completed file. b. If an acknowledgment is not received within the following time period, use the telephone or interphone to assure delivery. 1. Thirty minutes after departure if ETE is between 30 minutes and 2 hours. 2. One hour before ETA if ETE is 2 hours or more. 3. Thirty minutes after departure if RONVIP information is contained in remarks of a military flight notification.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:17

c. When an acknowledgment for a message is required and has not been received in accordance with the procedure described above, M1FC and OASIS facilities retransmit the complete message to the addressee. AISR facilities transmit the signal QSLQ and the complete aircraft identification to the addressee. d. M1FC. Messages awaiting acknowledgment are suspended on the Suspense List (S). It contains a list of all numbered Service B messages (except those numbered messages sent internally to other facilities in the same FSDPS family) and those messages transmitted from the flight plan mask not acknowl- edged by all the addressees. 1. The message identification is the aircraft identification for flight notifications and/or the message number for all other message types. 2. Acknowledgments received via NADIN shall be automatically processed if they are in the proper format. 3. Improperly formatted acknowledgments will be directed to the Service B edit queue (B flag). 4. The S list will display the aircraft identifica- tion and message numbers in chronological order of transmission times (first transmitted being at the top) and the addressees for each message with an asterisk appearing next to those that have not acknowledged. 5. If a transmission has not been acknowledged by all addressees within 30 minutes, an asterisk will automatically appear immediately preceding the message identification in the S list and an S flag is automatically displayed on the terminals enabled for Edit and Review Service B Communications (ERS) function.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:23

6. When an S flag is displayed, use the ERS keyword to display the S list in the edit mode. Use the RT keyword to retransmit the message to addressees who have not acknowledged the message. EXAMPLE- M1FC RT N12345 (ACID as it appears on the S list) RT 003 (MSG Number as it appears on the S list) 7. When an acknowledgm ent message is received from any other source, such as interphone/ telephone or facility guarding for the addressee, the specialist shall display the Edit and Review Suspense List (ERS) and use the AK keyword to acknowledge the message. EXAMPLE- M1FC AK DECAL01,KRCAYXYX e. OASIS. Messages awaiting acknowledgment are suspended on the Suspense List. It contains a list of all numbered Service B messages and those messages transmitted from the flight plan dialog box not acknowledged by all the addressees. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-5 Flight Plan Handling 1. The message identification is the aircraft identification for flight notifications and/or the message number for all other message types. 2. Acknowledgments received via NADIN shall be automatically processed if they are in the proper format. 3. Improperly formatted acknowledgments will be directed to the Facility Message List for editing and will generate an alarm at designated worksta- tions. 4. The Suspense List will display the aircraft identification and message numbers in chronological order of transmission times (first transmitted being at the top) and the addressees for each message with an hourglass symbol appearing next to those that have not acknowledged.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:30

5. If a transmission has not been acknowledged by all addressees within 30 minutes, the message is considered overdue (red icon) and will generate a Suspense alarm at designated workstations. 6. Upon receipt of a Suspense alarm, retransmit the message to addressees who have not acknowl- edged the message by selecting (highlighting) the addressee(s) and clicking the ReTransmit button. 7. When an acknowledgm ent message is received from any other source, such as interphone/ telephone or facility guarding for the addressee, the specialist shall manually acknowledge the message by selecting (highlighting) the addressee and clicking the Ack button. 6-4-6. ACKNOWLEDGING FLIGHT NOTIFICATION MESSAGES Acknowledge a flight notification message or proposal as soon as practical after receipt. Prefix the acknowledgment with the letter R followed by a space and then the full aircraft identification. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KRCAYXYX DTG KRIUYFYX R DECAL01 NOTE- M1FC and OASIS will automatically acknowledge flight notification messages which are received in or have been edited into the correct format.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:37

6-4-7. ACTION BY ADDRESSEES In addition to acknowledging receipt of the flight notification message, addressees shall take the following actions: a. Military IFR flights. 1. Notify BASOPS, if applicable, of the inbound flight. 2. Upon request, deliver flight plan amend- ments to the ARTCC. 3. File the flight notification message in the DD file or with the daily traffic. 4. Forward the actual departure time to the destination BASOPS or the tie-in AFSS/FSS for the next destination. b. Military VFR flights. 1. Notify BASOPS, if applicable, of the inbound flight. 2. Suspense the message, awaiting closure/can- cellation/departure and assume destination station responsibility. 3. Forward the departure time to the destination BASOPS or the tie-in AFSS/FSS, and assume departure station responsibility. 4. M1FC. All flight notification messages are suspended on the Inbound List (I list). An entry on the I list will remain there until the flight plan is closed. Thirty minutes after the ETA (default value), if the flight plan has not been closed, it will automatically be placed in the Inbound Overdue Queue (I flag). NOTE- To display a flight plan on the I list, enter the keyword FP (ACID). To place a flight plan on the I list, use the keyword STI, use STIM to amend a flight plan.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:42

5. OASIS. All flight notification messages are suspended on the Inbound List. An entry on the list will remain there until the flight plan is closed. Thirty minutes after the ETA (default value), if the flight plan has not been closed, it is considered overdue (red icon) and will generate an Inbound alarm at designated workstations. NOTE- To display a flight plan on the Inbound List, select (highlight) the flight plan and click the Retrieve Flight Plan button. To place a flight plan on the Inbound List, click the Add Flight Plan button and enter information in the appropriate text boxes. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-6 Flight Plan Handling c. If no information is received (e.g., departure time, revised ETA) indicating that the flight is still active prior to the void time, note this on the flight notification message and file.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:28:52

6-4-8. MAJOR FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES FROM EN ROUTE AIRCRAFT a. Change of Destination. 1. When a civil aircraft on a VFR flight plan or a military aircraft on any flight plan changes destination, obtain, as a minimum, the following information: (a) Type of flight plan. (b) Aircraft identification. (c) Aircraft type. (d) Departure point. (e) Old destination. (f) Present position. (g) Altitude and route. (h) New destination. (i) Estimated time en route. NOTE1. M1FC. If the flight plan mask is used to transmit the flight notification in lieu of the TB mask, the flight notification goes on the suspense list, acknowledgments are processed automatically, and flight plan and acknowledgments are placed in the DD file. 2. OASIS. If the Flight Plan dialog box is used to transmit the flight notification in lieu of the General Facility Message, the flight notification goes on the Suspense List, acknowledgments are processed automatically, and flight plan and acknowledgments are placed in the history file. 2. Transmit a revised flight notification mes- sage to the departure station, original, and new destination tie-in stations containing the type of flight, aircraft identification, aircraft type, departure point, new destination, new ETA, and in Remarks, aircraft position and time, the words ORIG DESTN followed by the identifier of the original destination. EXAMPLE- VFR Change of Destination: AISR FF KBOIYFYX KSEAYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX VFR N98789 C182/U PVU GEG 2230 $0VR SLC 1900 ORIG DESTN BOI M1FC FR:V AI:N9878 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU TM1900 AE:105 RT:SLC..TWF..MLD..LWS..GEG AD:GEG TE:0330 RMOVR SLC 1900 ORIG DESTN BOI FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KBOIYFYX KSEAYFYX TA:2230 IFR Change of Destination: AISR FF KRCAYXYX KTIKYXYX KRIUYFYX DTG KCDCYFYX IFR DECAL01 T43/R SMF TIK 0230 $AP3NP3S OVR SLC 2330 ORIG DESTN RCA M1FC FR:MI AIECAL1 AT:T43/R TS:400 DD:SMF TM2330 AE:310 RT:SMF..SLC..GJT..AMA..OKC AD:TIK TE:0300 RMNP3 S OVR SLC 2330 ORIG DESTN RCA FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KRCAYXYX KTIKYXYX KRIUYFYX TA:0230 NOTE1. M1FC. On VFR flight plans, M1FC will transmit and file the flight plan with the TS: and AE: fields blank. On IFR flight plans, these fields must be completed. If the TS: and AE: are unknown, 2 or 3 zeros may be used instead. 2. OASIS. If the Flight Plan dialog box is used to transmit VFR flight plans, OASIS will transmit and file the flight plan with the airspeed and en route altitude text boxes blank. For military IFR change of destination, use the General Facility Message to transmit changes to the closure points.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:09

b. Change from IFR to VFR. When a civil aircraft changes from an IFR to a VFR flight plan, obtain all flight plan information and then transmit a flight notification message to the destination tie-in station. Include the type of flight plan, aircraft identification and type, departure point, destination, ETA, and pertinent remarks. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KABQYFYX DTG KOAKYFYX VFR N87690 C182/U SFO ELP 2100 $CNLD IFR OVER BFL JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-7 Flight Plan Handling M1FC FR:V AI:N8769 AT:C182/U TS:130 DDVU TM1940 AE:105 RT:SLC..TWF..MLD..LWS..GEG AD:GEG TE:0330 RMCNLD IFR OVR TWF FB: AA: PD: NB: CR: OP: CP:KSEAYFYX TA:2310 NOTE- Obtaining the name of the original flight plan source may provide additional information if the aircraft becomes overdue. c. Military Change from IFR to VFR or VFR to IFR. When a military aircraft changes from IFR to VFR, or VFR to IFR, or requests that other significant information be forwarded, transmit this information to the destination station. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KTIKYXYX DTG KDENYFYX DECAL01 CHGD TO VFR RON M1FC ORIGINEN PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:KTIKYXYX TEXTECAL01 CHGD TO VFR RON 6-4-9. CHANGE IN ETA When an aircraft wants to change its estimated time en route (ETE), facilities shall secure a new estimated time of arrival (ETA) and forward the information to the destination tie-in station as a numbered message. The destination tie-in station shall acknowledge and, thereafter, use the new ETA as the standard for any necessary follow-up action; e.g., QALQ message. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KSEAYFYX DTG KBOIYFYX BOI001 SEA N34567 E2140 M1FC ORIGIN:BOI PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:SEA TEXT:N34567 E2140 NOTE1. M1FC. M1FC will automatically acknowledge the message, change the ETA on the flight plan and inbound list, and store the message in the DD file without specialist intervention. 2. OASIS. OASIS will automatically acknowledge the message, update the ETA on the Inbound List, store the message in the history file, and notify the specialist that a Changed ETA message was received which matched an active flight plan. 6-4-10. FLIGHT PLAN CLOSURE Do not transmit arrival reports except under unusual circumstances or in the following cases: a. Transmit to any facility requested by the pilot, arrival or any other information involving FAA or Canadian MOT aircraft. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KDCAYFYX DTG KHHRYFYX HHR002 DCA N2 A0839 (Remarks, as appropriate) M1FC ORIGIN:HHR PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDRCA TEXT:N2 A0839 (Remarks as appropriate) b. For U.S. military aircraft, transmit arrival reports to the departure station only when: 1. Requested by BASOPS. 2. Special military flights arrive. c. When a pilot closes a flight plan with a station that has not received a flight notification message, obtain as a minimum, the departure point, the flight planned destination point, and the station with which the flight plan was filed. 1. If the station receiving the closure is the tie-in station for the planned destination, transmit an arrival message to the departure station with the remark FPNO and the departure point and destination identifiers. The departure station shall relay the arrival information to the station holding the flight notification message in the active file. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KDCAYFYX DTG KMIVYFYX MIV001 DCA N8567 A1745 FPNO PHF NMK M1FC JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-4-8 Flight Plan Handling ORIGIN:MIV PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDRCA TEXT:N8576 A1745 FPNO PHF NMK 2. If the station receiving the closure message is not the destination tie-in station, transmit a closure message to the destination tie-in station, including the aircraft identification, the closure time, the departure point, and destination. Remarks are optional. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KHUFYFYX DTG KDAYYFYX DAY003 N11ND C1217 LOU IND LNDD CMH M1FC ORIGINAY PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:HUF TEXT:N11ND C1217 LOU IND LNDD CMH NOTE1. M1FC. Closure and arrival messages do not process automatically; manual intervention is required. 2. OASIS. OASIS automatically processes correctly formatted closure and arrival messages. OASIS will automatically remove the flight plan from the Inbound List, store the message in the history file, and notify the specialist that a Closed flight plan message was received which matched an active flight plan. 6-4-11. MILITARY FLIGHTS TO/FROM U.S. a. To U.S. If REQ ARR is in remarks, suspend the flight plan until arrival information is received from BASOPS and forward to the departure location. b. From U.S. If requested by BASOPS, include REQ ARR in remarks section of ICAO flight plan. Terminate suspense action only after receipt of an arrival message and delivery to BASOPS. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-5-1 Military Operations Section 5. Military Operations 6-5-1. MILITARY TRAINING ACTIVITY a. Military Training Routes (MTR). 1. Unless otherwise covered in a letter of agreement, the tie-in AFSS/FSS/ARTCC/BASOPS for an MTR-scheduling activity shall transmit an unnumbered NADIN message. Use the assigned group code KAWP YFYX and for Alaska, use KFSSYFAK KAWPYFYX. Transmit as a single message whenever possible. EXAMPLE- AISR FF ADDRESSES DTG KDCAYFYX IR104 1400-1440 60 AND BELOW IR104 021530-021625 60 AND BELOW M1FC ORIGIN:FOD PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR: ADDRESSES TEXT: IR505 1400-1600 60 AND BELOW 2. Multiple activities should be combined chronologically by use time(s) and transmitted (not more than 24 hours in advance) as a single message using only the format shown in the example below. EXAMPLE- AISR FF ADDRESSES DTG KDCAYFYX VR066 1330-1440 100 AND BELOW IR104 1400-1440 60 AND BELOW IR104 1545-1630 50 AND BELOW VR066 1600-1655 30 AND BELOW M1FC ORIGN:FOD PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR: ADDRESSES TEXT: IR505 1440-1640 60 AND BELOW IR507 1700-1800 60 AND BELOW NOTE- Slow-speed, low-altitude training routes are not to be transmitted, briefed on, or posted. The contraction VLAR is not an approved contraction. b. Military Operations Area (MOA). 1. Transmit MOA messages only when the use times are other than what has already been published or otherwise covered in a letter of agreement. The controlling agency (usually an ARTCC) shall transmit an unnumbered NADIN message. Use the assigned group code KAWPYFYX and for Alaska, use KFSSYFAK KAWPYFYX. Use only approved MOA names as depicted in FAAO 7400.8 (DO NOT USE ABBREVIATIONS). EXAMPLE- AISR FF ADDRESSES DTG KZKCZRZX BISON MOA 1345-1550 ALT 025B180 2. Activity schedules should be combined and listed chronologically by use time(s) and transmitted (not more than 24 hours in advance) as a single NADIN message using only the format shown in the following example: EXAMPLE- AISR FF ADDRESSES DTG KZKCZRZX BISON MOA 1345-1550 ALT 025B180 BISON MOA 1600-1645 ALT 060B180 HILLTOP MOA 1600-1715 ALT 100B180 HOWARD MOA 1600-0200 ALT 090B180 REDHILLS MOA 1700-1800 ALT 080B100 c. A VR operation may be filed as a composite flight, IFR-VFR-IFR. Unless the BASOPS has the capability to do so, the tie-in AFSS/FSS shall transmit the IFR proposals in separate messages to the appropriate ARTCCs in accordance with paras 6-3-1, 6-3-2, 6-3-3, and 6-3-4. d. Information received from either the AFSS/ FSS/ARTCC/military scheduling activity or control- ling agency that modifies an MTR and MOA schedule shall be transmitted by an unnumbered message via Service B as defined in subparas 6-5-1a and b. e. Special Use Airspace (SUA). 1. M1FC. Properly formatted IRs, VRs, and MOAs are automatically placed on the list and the 0_queue. Messages are deleted from the list by automatic cancellation. The list is displayed by use of the following keywords: VM MO (ALL MOAs), or VM (MOA NAME) MO, IR, VM (STATE IDENT; i.e., VA) MO or VM IR, VM VR (ALL IRs or VRs), or VM 1756 VR (route specific). The route must be JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-5-2 Military Operations a four-digit character. Three-digit routes must be preceded by a zero. 2. OASIS. Properly formatted IRs, VRs and MOAs are automatically stored and are displayed using the Briefing functions. Messages are deleted by automatic cancellation. NOTE- The above procedures do not preclude a specialist from exercising his/her own judgment in providing further assistance when there is the slightest doubt about the adequacy of data being furnished to alert a pilot to the existence of an MTR or MOA. 6-5-2. AERIAL REFUELING TRACKS Upon notification from the ARTCC or a scheduling facility that a published refueling track will be activated and all or part of the activity will take place outside of restricted/warning areas or Class A airspace, the tie-in AFSS/FSS shall issue a NOTAM for the aerial refueling track. 6-5-3. SPECIAL MILITARY FLIGHTS a. Advise the ARTCC of flight notification messages, progress reports, changes en route, and related messages concerning Presidential or Vice Presidential flights. b. Alaska. In addition to the above, give advance notice to all RCCs along the route of flight. Telephone SARCC (907) 752-0227 or (907) 752-0128. Initiate communications search proce- dures if arrival is not received within 15 minutes after ETA and immediately notify ANRCC (Alaskan NORAD Region Control Center). 6-5-4. MILITARY FOREIGN FLIGHTS Generally, all military foreign flights are required to clear through specified military bases. Pilots normally will not file flight plans directly with an AFSS/FSS unless BASOPS is not available. BASOPS with no Service B access will forward an ICAO-type flight plan message via their tie-in AFSS/FSS for relay through the AFTN. BASOPS should specify all addressees, both ATC and operational, in accordance with ICAO standards and military regulations. 6-5-5. USAF/USN UNDERGRADUATE PILOTS To identify aircraft piloted by solo USAF/USN undergraduate student pilots (who may occasionally request revised clearances because they normally are restricted to flight in VFR conditions), the aircraft identification in the flight plan shall include the letter Z as a suffix. Do not use this suffix in ground-to-air communication. NOTE- USAF solo students who have passed an instrument certification check may penetrate cloud layers in climb or descent only. Requests for revised clearances to avoid clouds in level flight can still be expected. This does not change the requirement to use the letter Z as a suffix to the aircraft identification. 6-5-6. MESSAGE HANDLING Accept and forward messages from any military authority that concern aircraft movement, national defense, safety of flight, or emergencies. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Flight Advisory Messages. 1. The tie-in AFSS/FSS originating the adviso- ry or receiving it from the originating BASOPS shall determine the AFSS/FSS nearest the aircraft's estimated position for VFR flights, or the appropriate ARTCC for IFR flights. Transmit a numbered message only to the facility identified. Include in the text, FLT ADVY, aircraft identification and type, and route of flight in that order. The last item shall be the identifier of the originating BASOPS or AFSS/FSS. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KZIDZRZX DTG KCOUYFYX COU005 ZID FLT ADVY A12345 T38 GVW J80 DAY DAY WX BLO LNDG MIN. SUG PROCD CVG. ADZ INTENTIONS DLVR 1625 GVW BASOPS M1FC ORIGIN:COU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR: KZIDZRZX TEXT: A12345 FLT ADVY T38 GVW J80 DAY DAY WX BLO LNDG MIN. SUG PROCD CVG. ADZ INTENTIONS DLVR 1625 GVW BASOPS 2. Inform the originator if unable to deliver the flight advisory within 15 minutes. File the message. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-5-3 Military Operations b. Electronic Counter Measure (ECM) Alerts. Transmit a numbered message via Service B to tie-in stations serving the addressees. If acknowledgements are not received within 1 hour, deliver via telephone. c. REACH and SAM Flight Messages. Forward to the airlift command post specified by the pilot if message contains request PASS TO AMC ACP. d. UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECT (UFO)/ UNEXPLAINED PHENOMENA REPORTS. 1. Persons observing UFOs/Unexplained Phe- nomena should contact an UFO/Unexplained Phenomena Reporting Data Collection Center, such as the National Institute for Discovery Science (NIDS), the National UFO Reporting Center, etc. 2. If concern is expressed that life or property might be endangered, also refer the individual to the local police department. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-6-1 IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans Section 6. IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans 6-6-1. AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT INFORMATION SERVICES (AMIS) WITHIN AN ADIZ-IFR In addition to the normal handling of aircraft operating in accordance with IFR, ADIZ penetration information or position reports on IFR operations outside of controlled airspace shall be forwarded immediately to the appropriate ARTCC. 6-6-2. AMIS WITHIN AN ADIZ-DVFR For security control of air traffic, specific information contained in flight plans filed by a pilot operating or proposing to operate in accordance with DVFR within an ADIZ shall be forwarded to NORAD. NOTE- Other offices, military and civil, as well as pilots, may file DVFR flight plans with an AFSS/FSS for forwarding to NORAD. 6-6-3. FORWARDING DVFR INFORMATION Except for Alaska, forward DVFR flight plan information to NORAD via the Service B NORAD address or by telephone as follows: NOTE1. The following NORAD addresses are group addresses that include all appropriate NORAD sectors and law enforcement: KZAMZQZX - the contiguous 48 states and San Juan. PHIRAOCZ - Hawaii. 2. NORAD will not send an acknowledgement and must be manually acknowledged from the suspense list by the specialist. (NORAD Headquarters assumes responsibility for receipt.) a. VFR. 1. M1FC - DVFR flight plans shall be entered into the M1FC Flight Plan mask with “V” in the FR: field for processing purposes. The applicable NORAD address must be manually entered into the CP: field. If “NORIV,” delete AFSS closure point address. 2. OASIS - DVFR flight plans shall be entered into the OASIS Flight Plan dialog box with “VFR” selected in the Flight Rules (FR) drop-down list box for processing purposes. The applicable NORAD address must be manually entered into the Closure Points text box. If “NORIV,” delete AFSS closure point address. b. Aircraft call sign. c. Number and type of aircraft. d. Altitude (within ADIZ). e. True airspeed. f. Time of departure. 1. When the flight plan information is provided before the aircraft's departure, enter as a proposal. Depart the flight plan immediately upon receipt of the actual departure time. 2. If arrangements cannot be made to obtain the actual departure time, forward the estimated time of departure (ETD). g. Point of departure. h. ETA. i. Destination. j. Remarks. 1. DVFR discrete transponder code. 2. True airspeed. 3. Estimated point of penetration of the ADIZ (latitude/longitude or fix-radial-distance). 4. Estimated time of penetration of the ADIZ. 5. If no arrival report (NORIV) will be filed with an appropriate aeronautical facility, include the abbreviation NORIV. Do not pass “NORIV” to NORAD. For Service B transmissions, precede “NORIV” remark with the percent (%) symbol. EXAMPLE1210 135 3442/9345 1446 NOTE- On a proposed flight plan, a single “X” may replace the DVFR discrete transponder code, true airspeed, estimated point of penetration of ADIZ, or the estimated time of penetration. EXAMPLE- Missing true airspeed: 1210 X 3442/9345 1446 Missing estimated point of ADIZ penetration and time JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-6-2 IFR/DVFR ADIZ Flight Plans with NORIV: 1210 135 XX %NORIV 6-6-4. STOPOVER DVFR FLIGHT PLANS Accept stopover DVFR flight plans filed on those aircraft planning one or more landings (within an ADIZ) en route to the destination, provided the information in para 6-6-3 is furnished for each segment of flight. Remind the pilot that 14 CFR Part_99 requires departure times to be made good and that a written record should be retained of these times at each departure point. 6-6-5. ADDRESSING DVFR FLIGHT PLAN MESSAGES Forward DVFR flight plan information (Reference para 6-6-3) as follows: a. Contiguous U.S. ADIZ. Forward DVFR flight plan information to NORAD. b. Alaskan ADIZ. Alaska ADIZ procedures are contained in a Letter of Agreement with the affected facility. c. Hawaiian ADIZ. Forward all DVFR flight plan information to NORAD. 1. M1FC - Enter “V” in the FR: field of the Flight Plan mask. 2. OASIS - Select “VFR” in the Flight Rules drop-down list of the Flight Plan dialog box. d. Canada. Routing DVFR flight plan messages to Canada. Compose DVFR messages pertaining to aircraft operating on a DVFR flight into Canada using the same procedure as for DVFR messages in the contiguous 48 states, except add “DVFR” in remarks. In addition, address and route to the appropriate transborder tie-in station. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-7-1 Law Enforcement Messages Section 7. Law Enforcement Messages 6-7-1. LAW ENFORCEMENT ALERT MESSAGES (LEAM) The El Paso Intelligence Center (EPIC ) is an organization composed of 14 Federal agencies, including the FAA. The principal mission of EPIC is to facilitate the exchange of information and tactical intelligence on illicit narcotic trafficking and to support, through the intelligence process, Federal investigations concerning violation of Federal statutes as they apply to narcotics, aliens, currency, and weapons. EPIC issues two types of Law Enforcement Alert Messages (LEAM) that pertain to aircraft: Aircraft Lookout Alerts and Stolen Aircraft Alerts. Upon receipt of a LEAM from EPIC, take the following actions: a. Aircraft Lookout Alerts. 1. Keep active for 7 days, unless otherwise specified, or until cancellation is received. 2. Do not disseminate Suspect Aircraft Look- outs outside of official government facilities. As this data is inherently sensitive, unauthorized disclosure of information could compromise an investigation, endanger lives, and could result in crim inal prosecution or administrative action against the offender. REFERENCE- FAAO 1600.29, Para 7c(7), Stolen Aircraft Alert Procedure. NOTE- Paragraph 6-7-1a applies only to FSS and AFSS facilities in Alaska. AFSS facilities operating under contract of a Service Provider are not considered official government facilities and therefore will not receive Aircraft Lookout Alerts. b. Stolen Aircraft Alerts. Stolen Aircraft Alerts request recipients to watch for and report on the location and movement of an aircraft which has been reported stolen. 1. M1FC. (a) Keep active until included in a stolen aircraft summary or until cancelled. (b) Upon receipt, check local records for any aircraft contact, beginning with the date the aircraft was reported stolen. AFSSs shall notify their Flight Service Data Processing System (FSDPS) personnel to run the ENFORCE program as soon as practicable. (c) Relay any information available to the office listed on the alert. 2. OASIS. When OASIS receives a correctly formatted stolen aircraft alert, it processes it as follows: Checks the database for the past 15 days for a match. If no match is found, the LEAM is added to the Law Enforcement (LE) List with a green icon and no alarm. If a match is found, a Law Enforcement alarm is generated at designated workstations and the LEAM is placed on the LE List with a red icon. c. Stolen Aircraft Summaries. 1. Stolen Aircraft Summaries should be used to displace and consolidate all the individual stolen aircraft alerts received in the interim. 2. Monthly summaries are sent as soon as possible after the end of the month. They include aircraft registration numbers, aircraft type, and the date/time stolen and/or recovered. 3. Biannual summaries are sent in January and July. They list only those aircraft stolen in the past 2_years. d. All LEAM. 1. Distribute the Stolen Aircraft Alerts and Summaries, at the discretion of the Air Traffic Manager, to all parties, fixed base operators, airport managers, etc. REFERENCE- FAAO 1600.29, Para 7c(6), Stolen Aircraft Alert Procedure. 2. Check local records for the previous 24 hours. 3. Notify EPIC via Service B message (KDEAYYYX) or by telephone (1-888-873-3742 [USE EPIC], 1-915-760-2227 for the Air Watch Desk or 1-915-760-2200 for the General Watch Desk) of any contact within the past 24 hours. Also, notify your Regional duty officer for relay to the cognizant Transportation Security Administration Aviation Command Center. 4. Subsequent aircraft transactions shall be monitored and require the same notification as defined in subpara 6-7-1d3. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-7-2 Law Enforcement Messages 5. Take no action regarding the aircraft, crew, or passengers other than normal air traffic job related functions. 6. Cease all actions upon receipt of a cancellation or a summary if the latter does not include this aircraft's registration number. 6-7-2. INITIATING LEAMs Any inquiries from airport managers, aircraft owners, or law enforcement entities to initiate an alert message shall be directed to EPIC. EPIC is interfaced with the National Crime Information Center, which gives them access to any stolen aircraft report entered by law enforcement agencies. FAA facilities shall not volunteer to relay this inform ation to EPIC . Assistance shall be limited to providing EPIC phone number(s) as specified in subpara 6-7-1d3 or advising the inquiring party to go through normal law enforcement channels. 6-7-3. FSDPS RESPONSIBILITIES The FSDPS shall: a. As a minimum, execute the ENFORCE program every 8 hours. In addition, run the ENFORCE program when requested. b. Not accept requests to search for individual aircraft from other than an FAA facility or office. c. Immediately notify the requesting facility or office when the program recognizes any aircraft registration number in the history file that matches one in the LEAM. Negative replies are required. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 6-8-1 Nonemergency Parachute Jumping Section 8. Nonemergency Parachute Jumping 6-8-1. COORDINATION All pertinent information received from pilots prior to and during parachute jumping activity shall be forwarded to other affected ATC facilities. 6-8-2. PREJUMP RADIO COMMUNICATIONS a. When a prejump radio call required by 14 CFR Section 105.14 is received, contact the ARTCC sector or terminal facility in whose airspace the jump begins. If the controller has pertinent traffic, advise the jump aircraft to contact the control facility on the appropriate frequency for traffic information. b. If the aircraft is unable to contact the control facility direct, obtain traffic information and relay it to the aircraft. EXAMPLE“Cessna Four Zero Yankee, A-T-C advises traffic is a Cessna Four Twenty-One passing the Sputs intersection eastbound on Victor One Fifty-Seven at seven thousand.” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-1 Messages and Formats Chapter 7. International Operations Section 1. Messages and Formats 7-1-1. GENERAL a. Title 14 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) and the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) require flight plans for all civil aircraft operation between the United States and foreign locations. Bureau of Customs and Border Protection requirements, international flight plan information, and Air Defense Identification Zone (ADIZ) penetration requirements are listed in other publications; e.g., the FAA International Flight Information Manual (IFIM), the Bureau of Customs and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers, the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM), 14 CFR Part 91, and 14 CFR Part 99. Designated airports of first landing are listed in the IFIM and the Airport/Facility Directory (A/FD). b. This chapter provides guidance to AIFSS, AFSS, FSS, and ARTCC facilities that transmit international flight movement messages. It incorpo- rates relevant information from ICAO and 14 CFR docum ents. All personnel required to handle international messages shall be familiar with ICAO documents containing instructions for preparing and transmitting communications for the AFTN circuits. These documents should be retained at FAA facilities which handle international messages. FAA personnel shall not act as agents for any aircraft operating or dispatching company. NOTE- International telecommunications instructions are found in International Standards and Recommended Practices, ICAO Annex 10 - Aeronautical Telecommunications, Volume II, and Document 7946, Manual of Teletypewriter Operating Practices. DOC 4444-RAC 501, Rule of the Air and Air Traffic Services, lists various ATS movement messages. Location indicators are contained in ICAO Document 7910, and Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies Aeronautical Authorities and Services are contained in ICAO DOC 8585. FAA policies concerning acceptance of messages for international transmission are contained in 14 CFR Part 189. c. AFSSs and FSSs that transmit only occasional international messages or are unable to determine the correct addressing for all air traffic units concerned may refer the pilot to the proper gateway facility or address the message to the proper gateway facility for handling. The gateway stations and their areas of responsibilities are as follows: 1. New York AIFSS (ISP): Bermuda, Canada, North Atlantic, Europe, and Africa. 2. Miami AIFSS (MIA): Caribbean, South America, and Central America. 3. Kenai AIFSS (ENA): Alaska. 4. Oakland AIFSS (OAK): Pacific. d. To ensure that the gateway facility understands your request, include T (transmit) instructions in the first line of text. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KMIAYFYX DTG KICTYFYX MIA T ALL INTL ADDRESSEES (Text) M1 ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE.FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:KMIAYFYX TEXT:MIA T ALL INTL ADDRESSEES (TEXT) 7-1-2. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE (ATS) MESSAGES ATS as used in this section, as opposed to the meaning of the term within the FAA, is a generic term meaning and including: flight information, alerting, air traffic advisory, and air traffic control (ATC) services. 7-1-3. CATEGORIES OF MESSAGES The following ATS messages, with their normal priority indicators, are authorized for transmission by any means; i.e. , AFTN, NADIN, interphone, computer-to-computer, or via the aeronautical mobile service, as applicable. a. Emergency Messages. 1. Distress messages and distress traffic, including alerting (ALR) messages relating to distress (DETRESFA) phase-SS. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-2 Messages and Formats 2. Urgency messages, including alerting mes- sages relating to an alert (ALERFA) phase or to an uncertainty (INCERFA) phase-SS. 3. Other messages concerning known or suspected emergencies which do not fall under subparas 7-1-3a1 and 2 and radio communications failure (RCF) messages-FF or higher as required. b. Movement and Control Messages. 1. Flight plan (FPL)-FF. 2. Amendment and coordination messages. (a) Departure (DEP)-FF. (b) Delay (DLA)-GG. (c) Arrival (ARR)-GG. (d) Boundary estimate (EST)-FF.* (e) Modification (CHG)-FF.* (f) Coordination (CDN)-FF.* (g) Acceptance (ACP)-FF.* 3. Cancellation (CNL)-GG.* 4. Clearances, flow control (SPL, CHG, CDN)-FF or DD.* 5. Transfer of control (TCX)-FF.* 6. Requests (RQS)-FF.* 7. Position reports (AIREP)-FF.* c. Flight Information Messages. 1. Traffic information-FF.* 2. Meteorological information (MET)-FF or GG. 3. Operation of aeronautical facilities and essential airport information (NOTAM)-GG. * Normally exchanged between ATC units via voice circuits. d. Technical Messages. Four categories of these messages are specified for use on computer-to-com- puter circuits only. They will not be sent on AFTN or NADIN circuits. 7-1-4. SERVICE MESSAGES a. NADIN will immediately generate a service message to an originator when incorrect code or routing indicators are detected. EXAMPLE- FF KZKCZQZX 031840 KSLCYTYX SVC. ZKC121 QTA RPT FF KZKCZQZX 031840 KSLCYTYX SVC. ZKC122 QTA MSR b. Assign the appropriate priority indicator to international service messages. When service messages refer to messages previously transmitted, assign the same priority prefix. Identify a service message by inserting SVC as the first item of the text. EXAMPLE- FF TJSJYFYX DTG KSEAYFYX SVC. RUMES 231015 (Text) 7-1-5. TRANSMISSION VIA NADIN International messages are generally introduced on NADIN for relay to AFTN circuits. a. M1FC facilities use the ICAO flight plan mask or TB mask. Addressee(s): Not to exceed 69 characters or seven addressees, each addressee separated by a space. b. AISR facilities handle international messages on NADIN for relay to AFTN as follows: 1. Start of message. New Line Key. 2. Preamble (priority, space, addressee(s). (a) Priority. Two-character precedence field. (b) Addressee(s). Not to exceed 69 characters or seven addressees, each addressee separated by a space. (c) End of Line (EOL) new line key. (d) End of Text (EOT) (enter function). c. OASIS facilities use the ICAO Flight Plan dialog box or General Facility Message. A maximum of 16_addressees can be entered. 7-1-6. TRANSMISSION OF ATS MESSAGES a. Air traffic service messages are interchanged in the international air traffic control system in the following modes: JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-3 Messages and Formats 1. The preferred step-by-step mode wherein each ACC/ARTCC sends forward the full current (updated) flight plan information as the flight progresses. 2. The simultaneous mode wherein information extracted from the filed flight plan (FPL) is sent simultaneously to all ATS units along the route of flight. In this mode, only amendments to the FPL, plus necessary control information, are forwarded from center to center as the flight progresses. b. Prepare and transmit ATS messages as set forth in this Order. Address these messages as follows: 1. Include an eight-character addressee indica- tor for each addressee. For M1FC and AIS R facilities, there can be no more than one line (69_characters including separating spaces) of addressees. When more than the allowable number of addressees are required, two or more transmissions of the message (each with no more than the allowable number of addresses) must be made. For OASIS facilities, a maximum of 16 addressees can be entered. The eight-letter combination addressee indicators are composed as follows: (a) The four-letter ICAO location indicator; e.g., MPTO. Use only those listed in ICAO DOC 7910 (Location Indicators). Some ICAO eight-char- acter addressees for Mexico and Canada are listed in FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. (b) A four-letter designator for the facility type/office, or if no designator has been assigned, affix YXYX for military, ZZZX for aircraft in flight, or YYYX for all other cases; e.g., MTPPYYYX. (See Note.) REFERENCE- ICAO DOC 8585, Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies, Aeronautical Authorities and Services. NOTE- The most frequently used and authorized designators are: YAYX Government Civil Aviation Authority (FAA Regional Office or Headquarters). YCYX Rescue Coordination Center (RCC). YDYX Authority Supervising the Aerodrome. YFYX Aeronautical Fixed Station (AFSS/FSS/IFSS/ IATSC). YMYX Meteorological Office (NWS). YNYX International NOTAM Office (NOF). YTYX Telecommunications Authority. YWYX Military Flight Operational Control Center (ACP) YXYX Military Organization (BASOPS). YYYX Organization not allocated a two-letter designator. ZOZX Oceanic Air Traffic Control Center. ZPZX Air Traffic Service Reporting Office. ZQZX Computer Facility at ACC/ARTCC. ZRZX ACC/ARTCC. (Center in charge of a FIR/UIR when the message is relevant to a VFR flight (AMIS)). ZTZX Aerodrome Control Tower. ZZZX Aircraft in flight. (c) A one-letter designator will appear following an air carrier designator to indicate the department or division of the organization addressed. 2. Filing time. A six-digit date/time group indicating the time the message is filed with the AIFSS/AFSS/FSS for transmission. c. Originator Indicator. Consists of an eight-letter sequence similar to an address indicator, identifying the place of origin and the organization originating the message. d. Supplementary Address and Origin Informa- tion. When the four-letter designators YXYX, ZZZX, or YYYX are used, identify the aircraft operator or organization at the beginning of the text preceding the start-of-ATS data symbol ( - - ), in the same order as in the addressee(s) and/or originator indicator(s). Where there is more than one such insertion, the last should be followed by the word “stop.” Where there are one or more insertions in respect to addressee indicators plus an insertion in respect to the originator indicator, the word FROM is to appear before that relating to the originator. e. When addressing flight plan messages or related amendments and flight plan cancellation messages to centers, use one of the four-letter designators as follows: 1. If message is relevant to IFR and: (a) The ARTCC is computer-equipped (U.S. ARTCCs), use ZQZX. (b) The center is not computer-equipped, use ZRZX. (c) R elevant to oceanic operations, use ZOZX. NOTE- Some centers may request specific addressing different from above. ZTZX and ZPZX are used internationally, but are not used in internal U.S. application. 2. If message is VFR (AMIS), use ZRZX. 3. If SVC or administrative, use ZRZX. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-4 Messages and Formats 7-1-7. ORIGINATING MESSAGES a. Messages for ATS purposes may be originated with ATS units by aircraft in flight, or, through local arrangem ents, a pilot, the operator, or their designated representative. b. Accept air-filed flight plans or changes in destination information from aircraft inbound from foreign locations and, if requested by the pilot, enter Customs notification service. c. Do not accept round-robin flight plans to international locations, other than Canada. NOTE1. Only accept VFR round-robin flight plans to Canada if the filer of the flight plan is in possession of a valid numbered letter of authorization and adheres to the provisions contained therein. 2. Individual requests for the temporary authorization letter should be directed to the appropriate service area office. 3. The temporary authorization letter mandates the pilot, or responsible party, to provide the AFSS/FSS with a name, telephone number and authorization number for inclusion in the remarks section of the flight plan. 4. AFSS/FSS shall log a double (2) count for the round-robin flight plan. d. Do not accept assumed departure flight plans when the destination is in a foreign country other than Canada. e. Aircraft movement, control, and flight informa- tion messages for purposes other than ATS, such as operational control, shall be originated by the pilot, the operator, or their designated representative. 7-1-8. ADDRESSING MESSAGES a. Addressing the flight plan is determined by the point of departure, the destination, and the FIR boundaries to be penetrated during the course of the flight. b. Address IFR FPL messages to the ARTCC serving the airport of departure and to all ATS units (including oceanic) providing air traffic control service or concerned with flight along part or the whole of the route to be flown except FAA ATCTs and other conterminous U.S. ARTCCs. NOTE- Within the North Atlantic (NAT) Region, FPLs on turbojet aircraft transiting the control areas of Gander Oceanic, New York Oceanic, Reykjavik, Santa Maria Oceanic, Shanwick Oceanic and Sondrestrom (south of 70 degrees) within 90 nautical miles of the control area boundary, shall be addressed to the adjacent ACC to provide lateral separation. For all other aircraft, a 120 nautical mile proximity limit shall apply. c. Transmit all IFR FPLs to ARTCCs not less than 1 hour prior to the proposed departure time. Do not hold FPLs until after departure time and transmit as a combined FPL and DEP. Separate FPL and DEP messages must be transmitted. NOTE- ICAO flight plans do not require an acknowledgment to the transmitting facility. d. Address aircraft movement messages only to those ATS units responsible for the provision of relevant service, except when requested by the operator concerned, these messages, when transmitted via the AFTN, may also be routed, as specified by the operator or a representative to: 1. One addressee at the point of intended landing or point of departure. 2. Not more than two operational control units concerned. e. The ARTCC serving the departure airport shall transmit the DEP message on IFR aircraft to all known recipients of the FPL message. Flights between conterminous U.S. and Canada (excluding Gander Oceanic), Alaska, Hawaii and Puerto Rico do not require DEP messages. Discontinuance of DEP messages affecting the route of flight can only be accomplished by ICAO Regional Air Navigation Agreement. 7-1-9. FLIGHT PLAN FORMS AND INSTRUCTIONS a. Use the International Flight Plan, FAA Form 7233-4 (see Appendix A), ICAO Model Flight Plan Form displayed in DOC 4444, M1FC ICAO Flight Plan Mask, or OASIS ICAO Flight Plan dialog box and apply the procedures set forth in this section for flight: NOTE- Exceptions apply for flights to Canada and Mexico, see Section 4 and Section 5, for procedures. 1. Originating within conterminous U.S. and Canada and destined nonstop to points beyond those areas. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-5 Messages and Formats 2. Originating within or transiting Pacific Flight Information Regions (FIR) and destined to or from FIRs beyond the Pacific Region including the North American (NAM) Region. NOTE1. The NAM Region encompasses the conterminous U.S., Alaska, and Canada to the North Pole. 2. FAA Form 7233-1, or Military Form DD-175, and domestic procedures are used for flights in the conterminous U.S., Canada, and the Honolulu, Alaskan, and San Juan domestic control areas. 3. AISR facilities record on the flight plan form the time that a flight plan is filed. This time will constitute evidence of the pilot's intention to comply with Customs, Immigration, and Public Health requirements and will be made available upon request from these authorities. 7-1-10. ICAO ATS MESSAGE FORMAT The following are examples of ICAO message types most likely to appear on AFTN/NADIN circuits. The number above the data corresponds to the field type numbers on the flight plan form (FAA Form 7233-4) and on the chart of Standard ATS Messages and Their Composition, Appendix A. a. Departure Message (DEP). ARTCCs are the designated ATS unit responsible for originating and transmitting DEP messages on all IFR aircraft departing airports within their center boundaries. IFR flight plans must be transmitted to ARTCCs at least 1 hour before departure. This allows ARTCCs to determine recipients of DEP message when domestic portions are transmitted to ARTCCs in M1 format. Do not hold FPLs and combine with DEP into a single message. b. Delay Message (DLA). Transmitted when departure of an aircraft, for which an FPL message has been transmitted, is postponed or delayed more than 30 minutes after the estimated time of departure contained in the FPL. c. Alerting Message (ALR). Relating to an overdue situation on an aircraft. d. Supplementary Flight Plan (SPL) information shall be sent to ATS units requesting the information (RQS).
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:23

e. Arrival Message (ARR). Sent only on Canadian MOT, U.S. DOT, or FAA aircraft or upon request. f. Current Flight Plan (CPL) Message. Originated by and transmitted in a step-by-step mode between successive ACCs and between the last ACC to the control at the airport of intended landing. CPLs contain only information relevant to that portion of the route of flight which extends from the point of entry into the next control area or FIR to the airport of intended landing. g. Acceptance (ACP) Message. Transmitted when the data contained in a CPL message are found to be acceptable to the receiving ACC. h. Flight Plan Cancellation (CNL) Message. Transmitted when a current (CPL) or filed flight plan (FPL) message was transmitted and the flight is canceled. 7-1-11. FLIGHT PLAN CHANGES AND CANCELLATIONS a. Assume departure station duties when a flight plan change is received from an aircraft en route to a foreign location. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-8, Major Flight Plan Changes from En Route Aircraft, and FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-9, Change in ETA. b. An AFSS/FSS receiving a VFR flight plan cancellation report from aircraft en route to a foreign location shall transmit a cancellation message to the appropriate foreign tie-in facility. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 6-4-10, Flight Plan Closure. 7-1-12. AIR MOBILE SERVICE (AMS) a. Air Mobile Service (AMS) is an international air/ground communications network. It provides service to en route aircraft primarily in support of ATC and company operations, and collects meteoro- logical data for dissemination. Although in the U.S. this service is provided via contract (ARINC), FAA flight service facilities may be required to relay information on a case-by-case basis. b. The AMS network is composed of individual units geographically limited to areas where effective coordination and cooperation between ground stations are possible. c. For any individual route segment, the AMS communication requirements will normally be met by two or more network stations serving the flights on that route segment. In general, these primary stations JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-6 Messages and Formats serve the ACC serving the FIRs and the points of takeoff and landing. In some cases, additional suitably located stations are required to complete the communications coverage. d. Each of these stations may be required at some stage of the flight to exchange communications with the aircraft, and when not so engaged, to intercept, as required, communications exchanged between the aircraft and any one of the other stations. e. Stations providing regular network service to aircraft operation along route segments in an ACC's FIR are termed regular stations. Other network stations will only be required to assist communica- tions for that FIR in the event of communications failure. f. When communications permit, aircraft should transmit their messages to the primary station of the network from which they can most readily be delivered to their ultimate destination. In particular, aircraft reports required by ATC should be transmitted to the network station serving the ATC center in whose area the aircraft is flying. Conversely, messages to aircraft in flight should be transmitted direct to the aircraft by the network station serving the location of the originator. g. Messages passed from aircraft to a network station should be intercepted and acknowledged by other stations which serve locations where the information is also required. Such intercepts provide instantaneous delivery of information and eliminates the transmission of messages over the AFTN. Networks may not be used for transmission of aircraft reports except under the intercept principle. Acknowledgm ents of intercept shall be made immediately after the acknowledgment of receipt by the station to which the message was passed. In the absence of acknowledgment of intercept within 1_minute, the station accepting the message from the aircraft shall forward the message via the AFTN to the ultimate destination. h. In areas or on routes where radio operations, lengths of flights, or distance between stations require additional measures to ensure continuity of communications throughout the route segment, the stations shall share the responsibility of primary guard whereby each station will provide the primary guard for that portion of the flight during which the messages from the aircraft can be handled most effectively by that station. i. During its tenure of primary guard, each station will: 1. Be responsible for designating primary and secondary frequencies for communications with aircraft. 2. Receive all position reports and handle other messages from and to the aircraft essential to the safe conduct of the flight. 3. Be responsible for the action required in case of failure of communication. j. Transfer of primary guard from one primary station to the next will normally take place at the time of traversing FIR or control area boundaries. When communications conditions so demand, a station may be required to retain primary guard beyond geographical boundaries or release its guard before the aircraft reaches a boundary. 7-1-13. AIREPs (POSITION REPORTS) a. AIREPs are messages from an aircraft to a ground station. AIREPs are normally comprised of the aircraft's position, time, flight level, ETA over its next reporting point, destination ETA, fuel remain- ing, and meteorological information. When record- ing an AIREP on data terminals or written copy, the following procedures shall be used. 1. Each line shall begin at the left margin. 2. A new line shall be used for each transmission. 3. If communications allow, each report shall contain the following items in the order shown: (a) Message type ARP. (b) Call sign of the calling station (aircraft). (c) Text of the message. (d) Call sign of the station called or receiving station followed by the appropriate abbreviation to indicate received, readback, or no reply heard. (e) Call sign of station(s) acknowledging intercept followed by appropriate abbreviation to indicate received. (f) Designation of frequency used. EXAMPLE*2866QM 8903VO 13300YH JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-7 Messages and Formats 2932QI *5631TY 11384XM 2998QL 6532UA 13294YF 5628TO 10048WH 17904ZC *For Alaskan domestic use only. (g) Time in UTC of the communication. 4. Missing parts of the message text shall be indicated by the letter M. EXAMPLE- ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F330 MMTM 2128 ETA XMMMX 2248 FUEL 0324 KNEW RB MMMX R TO2103 b. AIREPs may be filed from any aircraft inflight within World Meteorological Organization (WMO) areas of responsibility in conformity with ICAO requirem ents for position, operational, or meteorological reporting in AIREP format. AIREP information shall be disseminated to ATC, company, and meteorological offices as required. AIREPs consist of three sections comprised of 12 items. AIREPs may be filed in one, two, or three sections as follows: 1. Section 1, Routine report. A position report (PSNRP) comprising the Message Type Designator -ARP and the following items: (a) Item 1, Aircraft identification. (b) Item 2, Position. Record position in latitude (degrees as two numerics, or degrees and minutes as four numerics, followed without a space by N or S) and longitude (degrees as three numerics, or degrees and minutes as five numerics, followed without a space by E or W) or as a significant point identified by a coded designator (two-to-five characters) or as a significant point followed by a magnetic bearing (three numerics) and a distance in nautical miles (three numerics) from the point, such as 4620N07805W, 4620N078W, 46N078W, LN, MAY or DUB180040. Precede significant point by ABM (abeam), if applicable. (c) Item 3, Time. Record time in hours and minutes UTC (four numerics). The time recorded must be the actual time of the aircraft at the position and not the time of origination or transmission of the report. (d) Item 4, Flight level or altitude. Record flight level as F followed by three numerics when on standard pressure altimeter setting, such as F370. Record altitude in meters followed by M, or in feet followed by FT, when on QNH. Record ASC (level) when climbing, or DES (level) when descending to a new level after passing the significant point. (e) Item 5, Next position and time over. Record the next reporting point and the estimated time over such reporting point, or record the estimated position that will be reached 1 hour later, according to the position reporting procedures in effect. Use the data conventions specified in subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position, for position. Record time in minutes past the hour (two numerics) or in hours and minutes UTC (four numerics) when necessary. EXAMPLE- PSNRP portion of AIREP prepared by De Ridder and addressed to Canadian Pacific Airlines (CPC) in Toronto and Mexico City: AISR FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT 122105 KDRIYFYX ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 KNEW RB MMMM R TO2103] M1 ORIGIN:KDRIYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT TEXT:ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 KNEW RB MMMM R TO2103 NOTE- OASIS facilities shall transmit AIREPs using the Transmit General Facility Message dialog box. 2. Section 2. When reported by the pilot: (a) Item 6, Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA). Record ETA by the four-letter location indicator of the airport of first intended landing, or if no location indicator exists, the name of the airport followed by the estimated time of arrival at this aerodrome in hours and minutes UTC (four numerics). JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-8 Messages and Formats (b) Item 7, Endurance. Record fuel in hours and minutes (four numerics). 3. Section 3. A full AIR EP comprising a PSNRP, company inform ation, and en route meteorological information. (a) Item 8, Air temperature. Record PS (plus) or MS (minus), no space, followed by the temperature in degrees centigrade corrected for instrument error and airspeed, such as MS05. (b) Item 9, Spot wind or mean wind and position. Spot wind is used whenever practical and normally refers to the position given in subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position. When a spot wind is given for any other location, record its position. Whenever it is not practical to record spot wind, record the mean wind between two fixes, followed by the word “mean,” and the position of the midpoint between the two fixes. Record wind direction in degrees true (three numerics) and wind speed in knots (two or three numerics), separated by an oblique stroke, such as 345/55. Record the direction of variable winds of a given strength as VRB, such as VRB/10. Record light and variable winds or calm as LV. If wind position is required, record latitude and longitude to the nearest whole degree, using the data convention specified in Item 2, such as 22N180W. EXAMPLE- AIREP comprised of PSNRP and aircraft operator information. AISR FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT 122105 KDRIYFYX ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 MMMX 2248 FUEL 0324 KNEW RB MMMX R TO2103 M1 ORIGIN:KDRIYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT TEXT:ARP CPC583 KBRO 2100 F370 MMTM28 MMMX 2248 FUEL 0324 KNEW RB MMMX R TO2103 (c) Item 10, Turbulence (TURB). Record severe turbulence as TURB SEV and moderate turbulence as TURB MOD. If turbulence is experienced in cloud, add INC (in cloud). If in subsonic flight, report severe turbulence as soon as possible after occurrence. This requires AIREP SPECIAL. Record and report moderate turbulence only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to reaching position in subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position. If in transonic or supersonic flight, report severe or moderate turbulence as soon as possible after occurrence. This requires AIREP SPECIAL. (d) Item 11, Icing. Record severe icing as ICE SEV, moderate icing as ICE MOD. Report severe icing as soon as possible after occurrence. This requires AIREP SPECIAL. Record and report moderate icing only if encountered within last 10 minutes prior to reaching position in subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position. (e) Item 12, Supplementary Information. Record data which in the opinion of the pilot-incommand are of aeronautical interest. (1) Present Weather. Rain (RA), Snow (SN), Freezing rain (FZRA), Funnel cloud (FA) (waterspout or tornado), Thunderstorm (TS) on or near flight path, Front (FRONT). (2) Clouds. If heights of cloud bases and/or tops can be accurately ascertained, amount of clouds scattered (SCT) if clear intervals predominate, broken (BKN) if cloud masses predominate, or continuous (CNS) type of clouds only if cumulonim- bus (CB), and an indication of the bases (BASE) and/or the tops (TOP) together with the respective height indication F (number) or (number) or (number) M/ or (number) FT. (3) Turbulence and Icing. Moderate turbu- lence (TURB MOD) if in subsonic flight, or moderate aircraft icing (ICE MOD) observed prior to the last 10_minutes. (4) D-Value. Reading or radio altimeter minus reading of pressure altimeter set to 1013.2 mb and corrected for calibration and position error; record differences as PS (plus) or MS (minus), no space, followed by the number of meters or feet. EXAMPLE- Full AIREP: AISR FF CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT KMIAYMYX 162215 TJSJYFYX ARP CPC583 2709N05415W 2212 F330 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-1-9 Messages and Formats 23N056W 59 0035 FUEL 0324 M534 310/60 MEAN 2543N05532W TURB MOD ICE MOD SCT CB TOP F280 TJSJ RB TO2214 M1 ORIGIN:TJSJYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:CYYZCPCX MMMXXMZT KMIAYMYX TEXT:ARP CPC583 2709N05415W 2212 F330 23N056W 59 0035 FUEL 0324 M534 310/60 MEAN 2543N05532W TURB MOD ICE MOD SCT CB TOP F280 TJSJ RB TO2214 NOTE- Transmit to the WMO office serving the FIR where the report is made. (5) Operationally Significant Weather Ra- dar Echoes (echo or echo line). True bearing of center of echo or line and distance from aircraft in nautical miles; if appropriate, indicate weather intensifying or weakening and whether no gaps, some gaps, or frequent gaps are observed. (6) Significant differences between condi- tions encountered and those forecast for the flight, such as forecast thunderstorms not observed or freezing rain not forecast. (7) If the position of the phenomenon re- ported is not the same as the position given under subpara 7-1-13b1(b) Item 2, Position, report it after the phenomenon. 7-1-14. AIREP SPECIALS (ARS) a. Turbulence. TURB SEV encountered while in subsonic flight is reported as soon as possible after occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL. TURB MOD is reported only if encountered within 10_minutes prior to reaching reporting position. If in transonic or supersonic flight, TURB MOD and SEV is reported as soon as possible and requires AIREP SPECIAL. b. Icing. ICE SEV is reported as soon as possible after occurrence and requires AIREP SPECIAL. ICE MOD is reported only if encountered within last 10_minutes prior to reaching reporting position. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KMIAYMYX 211538 TJSJYFYX ARS PAA101 5045N02015W 1536 F310 ASC F350 51N030W 21 FUEL 0900 ICE SEV M1 ORIGIN:TJSJYFYX PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:KMIAYMYX TEXT: ARS PAA101 5045N02015W 1536 F310 ASC F350 51N030W 21 FUEL 0900 ICE SEV 7-1-15. ARTCC RELAY OF VFR MESSAGES ARTCC AISR operators shall relay all international VFR flight movement messages to the adjacent AIFSS/AFSS/FSS unless that facility is also an addressee. NOTE- If an overseas unit erroneously routes a VFR movement message to an ARTCC, the automatic NADIN switch will not divert it to an AIFSS, AFSS or FSS. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-2-1 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements Section 2. Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements 7-2-1. FLIGHT PLAN/CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS Specific flight plan, Customs, and other requirements of individual countries are listed in the FAA International Flight Information Manual, IFIM. 7-2-2. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT: CUSTOMS REQUIREMENTS a. All private aircraft entering U.S. airspace from a foreign port must provide at least 1 hour advance notice to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection at the point of first intended landing. Private aircraft arriving from the following location shall furnish a notice of intended arrival to Customs at the nearest designated airport to point of crossing for the first landing in the U.S. 1. Via the U.S./Mexican border or the Pacific Coast from a foreign place in the Western Hemisphere south of 33 degrees north latitude. 2. From the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic Coasts from a place in the Western Hemisphere south of 30_degrees north latitude from any place in Mexico. 3. From the U.S. Virgin Islands. 4. From Puerto Rico, which if from Puerto Rico, are conducting VFR flight. b. This notice must be given at least 1 hour before crossing the U.S. coastline or border. The advance notice of arrival shall include the following: 1. Aircraft registration number. 2. Name of aircraft commander. 3. Number of U.S. citizen passengers. 4. Number of alien passengers. 5. Place of last departure. 6. Estimated time and location of crossing U.S. border/coastline. 7. Estimated time of arrival. 8. Nam e of intended U.S. airport of first landing. c. This notice may be furnished directly to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by telephone, radio, or other means, or may be furnished through the FAA to the Customs and Border Protection. REFERENCE- U.S. Customs and Border Protection Guide for Private Flyers. d. When Customs flight notification service is requested, as indicated by inclusion of ADCUS in remarks, deliver the complete message to the associated Customs and Border Protection office as soon as practical. Relay additional or amended information to the Customs and Border Protection in order to properly comply with requirements; e.g., when actual arrival time varies from ETA by more than 15 minutes. 1. Provide the service only for those airports where availability is advertised in the AFD on flight notification messages. Pilots are responsible for making their own Customs arrangements for other airports. 2. Notify only the Customs and Border Protection office which, in turn, is responsible for notifying other inspection agencies concerned. e. Prefiled Customs notification requests for flights returning to the U.S. shall be delivered to the Customs and Border Protection office not earlier than 23 hours in advance. f. When an airborne aircraft identifies an airport of first intended landing that is not one of the designated airports, advise the pilot that this airport is not a designated airport of first landing. PHRASEOLOGY- BE ADVISED THAT YOUR DESTINATION IS NOT A CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING AIRPORT. WHAT ARE YOUR INTENTIONS? NOTE- If a pilot insists on landing at a nondesignated airport, pass this information to nearest Customs and Border Protection office. g. When a flight notification message containing ADCUS in remarks identifies a nondesignated airport of first intended landing, notify the message JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-2-2 Customs Notification and ADIZ Requirements originator to advise the pilot that the filed destination is not a designated airport. PHRASEOLOGY- ADVISE (aircraft identification) THAT THE FILED DESTINATION IS NOT A CUSTOMS AND BORDER PROTECTION DESIGNATED FIRST LANDING AIRPORT. NOTE- The FAA role in this program is advisory only. Any appearance of action of enforcing compliance shall be avoided. Any questions should be directed to the U.S._Customs and Border Protection. h. AISR Facilities. Record the time of receipt of Customs requests. This time will constitute evidence of the pilot's intention to comply with Customs and Border Protection, Immigration, and Public Health requirements and will be made available upon request from these authorities. 7-2-3. INBOUND PRIVATE AIRCRAFT: ADIZ REQUIREMENTS a. Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, no person may operate an aircraft into, within, or across an ADIZ unless that person has filed a flight plan with an appropriate aeronautical facility. b. Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, no person may operate an aircraft into, within, or across an ADIZ unless that aircraft is equipped with a coded radar beacon transponder and automatic pressure altitude reporting equipment having altitude report- ing capability that automatically replies to interroga- tions by transmitting pressure altitude information in 100-foot increments. NOTE- This paragraph does not apply to the operation of an aircraft which was not originally certificated with an engine-driven electrical system and which has not subsequently been certified with such a system installed; e.g., a balloon or glider. c. Pilots of aircraft entering the United States through an ADIZ are required to comply with the provisions of 14 CFR Sections 99.17 and 99.19. d. Forward information on DVFR aircraft in- bound to the U.S. to NORAD via Service B or by telephone. Forward the following information: 1. Aircraft call sign. 2. Number and type of aircraft. 3. Altitude (within ADIZ). 4. True airspeed. 5. Time of departure. 6. Point of departure. 7. Destination. 8. ETA. 9. Remarks: DVFR discrete transponder code; estimated point of penetration of ADIZ (latitude/lon- gitude or fix-radial-distance); estimated time of penetration of ADIZ. NOTE1. See para 6-6-3 for M1FC and OASIS transmission information. 2. Further information on ADIZ requirements is contained in 14_CFR_Part_99. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-3-1 Alerting Service
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:33

Section 3. Alerting Service 7-3-1. GENERAL a. Alerting service shall be provided: 1. For all aircraft provided with air traffic control service. 2. Insofar as practical, to all other aircraft having filed a flight plan or otherwise known to an air traffic service. 3. To any aircraft known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference. b. Additional information related to ICAO Search and Rescue procedures can be found in ICAO ANNEX 11, Chapter 5, Alerting Service. c. Apply domestic SAR procedures for the U.S. portion of the flight. 7-3-2. ALERTING PHASES a. Air traffic services units shall notify rescue coordination centers immediately when an aircraft is considered to be in a state of emergency in accordance with the following: 1. Uncertainty phase when: (a) No communication has been received from an aircraft within a period of 30 minutes after the time a communication should have been received, or from the time an unsuccessful attempt to establish communication with such aircraft was first made, whichever is the earlier. (b) An aircraft fails to arrive within 30_min- utes of the estimated time of arrival last notified to or estimated by air traffic services units, whichever is later, except when no doubt exists as to the safety of the aircraft and its occupants.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:29:49

2. Alert phase when: (a) Following the uncertainty phase, subse- quent attempts to establish communication with the aircraft or inquiries to other relevant sources have failed to reveal any news of the aircraft. (b) An aircraft has been cleared to land and fails to land within five minutes of the estimated time of landing and communication has not been reestablished with the aircraft. (c) Information has been received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired, but not to the extent that a forced landing is likely. (d) An aircraft is known or believed to be the subject of unlawful interference. 3. Distress phase when: (a) Following the alert phase further unsuc- cessful attempts to establish communication with the aircraft and more widespread unsuccessful inquiries point to the probability that the aircraft is in distress. (b) The fuel on board is considered to be exhausted or thought to be insufficient to enable the aircraft to reach safety. (c) Information is received which indicates that the operating efficiency of the aircraft has been impaired to the extent that a forced landing is likely. (d) Information is received and it is reason- ably certain that the aircraft is about to make or has made a forced landing. b. In addition to the initial notification, the rescue coordination center shall, without delay, be furnished with: 1. Any useful additional information, especially on the development of the state of emergency through subsequent phases. 2. Information that the emergency situation no longer exists. 7-3-3. ALERTING MESSAGE CONTENTS a. The notification shall contain as much of the following information as is available in the order listed: NOTE- For supplemental flight plan information transmit an RQS Message. This information is used in the transmission of the INCERFA. EXAMPLE- AISR FF SVZMZRZX 231247 KMIAYFYX (RQS-N1234-SVMI-KMIA M1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-3-2 Alerting Service ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:SVZMZRZX TEXTRQS-N1234-SVMI-KMIA 1. INCERFA, ALERFA, DETRESFA, as ap- propriate to the phase of the emergency. 2. Agency and person calling. 3. Nature of the emergency. 4. Significant information from the flight plan. 5. Unit which made last contact, time, and frequency used. 6. Last position report and how determined. 7. Color and distinctive marks of aircraft. 8. Any action taken by reporting office. 9. Other pertinent remark. EXAMPLE- AISR (INCERFA) SS MMMXYAYX DTG KSANYFYX (ALR-INCERFA/KSAN/OVERDUE -N1234S-VG -C172 -KRNO2000 -MMLP0130 -REQ ACK OR ARR ACFT OVERDUE YOUR STN) M1 (INCERFA) ORIGIN:SAN PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N ADDR:MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-INCERFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE YOUR STATION -N1234S-VG -C172-SD/C -KSAN2000 -N0160A105-DCT TIJ DCT -MMLP2130 RMK/REQ ACK OR ARR) AISR (ALERFA) SS MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-ALERFA/KSAN/OVERDUE) (text remains same except for remarks information). M1 (ALERFA) ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-ALERFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE (text remains same except for remarks information). AISR (DETRESFA) SS MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-DETRESFA/KSAN/OVERDUE (text remains same except for remarks information). M1 (DETRESFA) ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-DETRESFA/KSANYFYX/OVERDUE (text remains same except for remarks information). NOTE- OASIS facilities shall transmit alerting messages using the Transmit General Facility Message dialog box. b. The cancellation of action initiated by the rescue coordination center is the responsibility of that center. EXAMPLE- AISR (CANCELLATION) SS MMMXYAYX 020618 KMIAYFYX (ALR-ALERFA/KMIAYFYX/CNL N1234 LOCATED) M1 (CANCELLATION) ORIGIN:_PRECEDENCE:SS_TIME: ACK:YADDR:MMMXYAYX TEXTALR-ALERFA/KMIAYFYX/CNL N1234 LOCATED NOTE- Transmit cancellation messages for INCERFA and DETRESFA using same format as above. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-4-1 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) Section 4. Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) 7-4-1. GENERAL Except as indicated in this section, handle transborder Canadian movem ent and control messages as described in Sections 1, 2, and 3. Do not pass ADCUS messages to NAV CANADA, as they no longer alert Canadian Customs to inbound flights. CANPASS authorizations are the obligation of the pilot, at the number in subpara 7-4-3a. 7-4-2. INBOUNDS FROM CANADA a. M1 will automatically acknowledge and suspense a VFR flight notification message if received in the proper format. Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection. File IFR messages after delivery. b. AISR facilities acknowledge receipt of flight notification messages as soon as practical by transmitting the letter R followed by the full aircraft identification; e.g., R N711VR. Suspense VFR flight notification messages until arrival or closure information is received. File IFR messages after delivery. 7-4-3. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA a. When Customs notification service is requested advise the pilot to contact Canada's Private Aircraft Program for Customs (CANPASS) at 888-226-7277 and include CANPASS in the remarks section of the flight plan. If the pilot has contacted CANPASS, place CANPASS in the remarks section of the flight plan. Process outbound flight plans in accordance with Chapter 6 and subparas 7-4-3d and e. b. Accept Customs notification requests from inflight aircraft for relay via flight notification message only for airports of entry where Customs flight notification service is provided and when proposed ETA is during Customs service hours. NAV CANADA no longer passes ADCUS messages to Canadian Customs. c. Upon notification of departure of VFR flights, transmit a flight notification message directly to the destination Canadian relay facility. Include CANPASS in the remarks. NOTE1. M1 will format and address a flight notification message to a Canadian destination airport if the proposed flight plan was filed in accordance with subparas 7-4-3d and 7-4-3e. 2. AISR facilities address messages to the destination relay facility listed in FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. AISR facilities transmit flight notification messages for VFR flights in accordance with para 6-4-4, Flight Notification Messages. Flight notification mes- sages included the type of flight plan as the first item of the notification message. CANPASS is required in the remarks, as appropriate. 3. OASIS facilities shall enter CANPASS in the Remarks text box of the Flight Plan dialog box. OASIS will automatically format and transmit a flight notification message to the tie-in destination facility. EXAMPLE- AISR FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1735 CANPASS d. IFR Flight Plans 1. CANPASS Flight Plans. (a) M1FC. Insert an ampersand and the letter C (&C) as the first two entries in the OP field of the FP mask and use the four-letter Canadian location identifier for the destination airport in the AD: field. EXAMPLE- M1- AIRFILED FR:I AI:N1234 AT:C421/R TS:280 DDSM TM1800 AE:200 RTSM..CYYZ AD:CYYZ TE:0300 RMCANPASS FB:0400 AA: PD:JOE PILOT HBSM NB:2 CR:R/W TL: OP: CP: TA:2100 EXAMPLE- M1 - CANPASS FR:I AI:N1234 AT:C421/R TS:280 DDSM TM1800 AE:200 RTSM..CYYZ JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-4-2 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) AD:CYYZ TE:0300 RMCANPASS FB:0400 AA: PD:JOE PILOT HBSM NB:2 CR:R/W TL: OP:&C CP:CZYZZFZX TA:2100 (b) OASIS. Enter $CANPASS %ADCUS in the Remarks text box of a Canadian IFR flight plan. NOTE- The ADCUS remark is not transmitted but triggers the autoaddressing in OASIS. 2. Send a flight notification message on airfile IFR aircraft that has requested Customs notification. Place CANPASS (if prior notification) in the remarks section of the flight notification message. If the pilot files a flight plan, but gives no indication that CANPASS procedures have been implemented, or prefers to leave the notification off of the flight plan, leave the remarks section blank and allow the NAV CANADA specialists to handle the situation upon arrival. e. VFR Flight Plans. 1. M1FC. ADCUS (if airfiled) and CANPASS: Insert an ampersand and the letter C (&C) in the OP: field and use the four-letter Canadian location identifier for the destination airport in the AD: field. EXAMPLE- M1- AIRFILED FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DD:BUF TM1800 AE:045 RT:BUF..CYYZ AD:CYYZ TE:0030 RMCANPASS 2 FB:0330 AA: PD:JOE PILOT HBSM NB:2 CR:5/W TL: OP:&C CP:CZYZZFZX TA:1830 M1-CANPASS FR:V AI:N1234 AT:C150 TS:90 DD:BUF TM1800 AE:045 RT:BUF..CYYZ AD:CYYZ TE:0030 RMCANPASS FB:0330 AA: PD:JOE PILOT HBSM NB:2 CR:5/W TL: OP:&C CP:CZYZZFZX TA:1830 2. OASIS. Enter CANPASS in the Remarks text box. OASIS will automatically format and transmit a flight notification message to the tie-in destination facility. f. Refer to the Canada and North Atlantic IFR and VFR supplements to determine Customs hours of service, availability of Customs flight notification service (CANPASS), and the relay facility for infrequently used Airports of Entry not listed in FAAO JO 7350.8 Location Identifiers. g. Suspense VFR message until acknowledgment is received. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 8-5-2, Canadian Transborder. 1. If an acknowledgment is not received within 30 minutes after departure, M1 facilities retransmit the message. AISR facilities transmit the contraction REQ ACP (request acceptance) and the complete aircraft identification. EXAMPLE- AISR FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX REQ ACP N711VR 2. If acknowledgment is not received within 1_hour after departure, use interphone or telephone to deliver. In any event, assure delivery prior to ETA. 3. Refer to Section B of the Canada and North Atlantic IFR Supplements for Canadian FSS and ACC telephone numbers. h. When correcting or revising a message, retransmit the complete message preceded by the contraction CHG (change). EXAMPLE- AISR FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS M1 ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:CZYZZFZX TEXT CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS AISR FF CZYZZFZX DTG KBUFYFYX CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS M1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-4-3 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) ORIGIN: PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:CZYZZFZX TEXT: CHG VFR N711VR C182 BUF YYZ 1845 CANPASS NOTE- OASIS facilities use the Transmit General Facility Message dialog box when transmitting change messages. i. Do not transmit IFR flight notification messages except for military aircraft or Customs notification purposes. NOTE- Canada will not acknowledge receipt of these messages. j. When available, use interphone or telephone for flights of 30 minutes or less. 7-4-4. OUTBOUNDS TO CANADA DEPARTING FROM OUTSIDE FLIGHT PLAN AREA Accept flight plans regardless of departure point. We no longer forward ADCUS to CANADA; the current terminology is CANPASS (See para 7-4-1 and subpara 7-4-3a). a. Forward VFR flight plan information for aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility's flight plan area to the tie-in AFSS/FSS for the departure point in the following format: 1. Aircraft identification. 2. Aircraft type. 3. Departure point. 4. Destination. 5. Proposed departure time/ETE. 6. Remarks. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KBUFYFYX DTG KCLEYFYX N711VR C182 BUF YYZ P1630/0030 CANPASS NOTE- OASIS facilities use the Flight Plan dialog box. OASIS will automatically format and transmit the proposal to the departure tie-in facility. b. Forward IFR flight plan information for aircraft proposing to depart from outside the facility's flight plan area in accordance with Para 6-3-1, Domestic IFR Flight Plans. If Customs flight notification service (ADCUS) is requested, advise the pilot to contact CANPASS at 888-226-7277; include CANPASS information as an intrafacility remark, and transmit the proposal message to both the ARTCC and the tie-in AFSS/FSS as follows: 1. M1 and OASIS facilities use procedures depicted in subpara 6-2-1a2(g) and Notes. 2. Enter the ARTCC computer address last. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KAOOYFYX KZOBZQZX DTG KDCAYFYX DCA2010001 FP N1234P P28R/A 150 PIT P0200 150 PIT..CIP..DKK..BUF..YYZ/0130 CANPASS c. Identify the tie-in AFSS/FSS, and advise the pilot to report departure time directly to that facility. NOTE- While the report may be relayed through another facility, it is the pilot's responsibility to notify the tie-in AFSS/FSS of the departure time. d. Upon receipt of the departure report, the tie-in AFSS/FSS is responsible for delivery of the flight notification message to Canada. 1. M1 facilities, enter the departure time in the TM: field of the proposed flight plan. Add &C to the OP: field. M1 will automatically transmit the flight notification message. 2. AISR facilities, transmit a flight notification message in accordance with para 6-4-4. NOTE- AISR facilities, if a departure report has not been received within 1 hour of the proposed departure time, cancel and file the proposed flight plan. 3. OASIS facilities, enter the departure time in the ETD text box of the Flight Plan dialog box. OASIS will automatically transmit the flight notification message. e. Acknowledgment from the departure point tie-in AFSS/FSS is required for both VFR and IFR proposals. 7-4-5. IFR FLIGHT PLANS DEPARTING CANADIAN AIRPORTS a. Accept IFR flight plans departing from Canadian airports and destined to the U.S. Transmit a proposal message in ARTCC HOST computer format to the associated Canadian ACC. Address messages to the ACC listed in FAAO JO 7350.8 Location Identifiers. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-4-4 Canadian Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) NOTE- FSSs and AFSSs in Alaska will still accept Canada to Canada IFR flight plans. b. Canada does not acknowledge for proposal messages. Do not expect or request acknowledgment. 7-4-6. SEARCH AND RESCUE MESSAGES Provide Search and Rescue, for flights inbound from Canada, in accordance with Chapter 8. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 7-5-1 Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) Section 5. Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) 7-5-1. GENERAL Except as outlined in this section, handle transborder Mexican movem ent and control messages as described in Sections 1, 2, and 3. Transborder flight plans to Mexico with oceanic routing require the ICAO flight plan while the domestic flight plan may be used for flights with route over land. 7-5-2. INBOUNDS FROM MEXICO a. Flight notification messages. 1. M1FC/OASIS. When received in the proper form at, VFR flight notification messages are automatically acknowledged and suspended. Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS messages to Customs and Border Protection. Store IFR ADCUS messages in the M1 DD file or OASIS History file, as appropriate. 2. AISR. Acknowledge receipt of a flight notification message as soon as practical by transmitting the letter R followed by the full ACID; e.g., R N7llVR. Deliver VFR and IFR ADCUS messages to Customs and Border Protection. Suspense VFR flight notification messages until arrival or closure information is received. File IFR messages. b. Search and Rescue. Provide search and rescue service in accordance with standard format/time increments listed in Section 3, Alerting Service, and Chapter 8, Search and Rescue (SAR) Procedures for VFR Aircraft. The departure station in Mexico is responsible for initiating SAR action until an acknowledgment of the flight notification message is received. 7-5-3. OUTBOUNDS TO MEXICO a. When customs notification service is requested for an airport-of-entry, include ADCUS, the number of persons on board, and the pilot's name in the remarks section of the flight plan. NOTE- Mexican customs regulations require that only interna- tional airports-of-entry may be used for first landing. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. 1. If the pilot still intends to land at a destination other than an airport-of-entry, advise the pilot that the flight plan will not be used for Customs or search and rescue service in Mexico. 2. Transmit the flight notification message to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office, not the destination tie-in station. NOTE- If the correct addressee cannot be determined, transmit to the nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office. b. When a pilot files an IFR flight plan and Customs notification service is requested for an airport-of-entry, include ADCUS and the informa- tion listed in subpara 7-5-3a. Transmit to the appropriate ARTCC. NOTE- Mexico requires notification of an inbound aircraft before its arrival. The inclusion of ADCUS in the remarks section of an IFR flight plan or flight notification message satisfies this requirement. c. VFR Flight Plans. 1. Upon notification of departure of VFR flights, transmit a flight notification message. When Customs notification service is requested for an airport-of-entry include ADCUS and the informa- tion listed in subpara 7-5-3a. Address messages to the ICAO addressee for the appropriate destination location. 2. If a VFR flight plan is filed with a destination other than an airport-of-entry, transmit the flight notification message to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office, not the destination tie-in station. If the correct addressee cannot be determined, transmit to the nearest border Regional Flight Dispatch Office. NOTE- Facilities with interphone/telephone capability may relay flight notification messages by this method. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. 3. M1FC. For automatic addressing and formatting, use V in the flight rules of the domestic flight plan mask. For automatic addressing, use &M in the OP: field. Use the four-letter (ICAO) location identifier for the destination airport. Manually JO 7110.10T 2/14/7-5-2 Mexican Movement and Control Messages (Transborder Flights Only) address the message to the designated Regional Flight Dispatch Office. EXAMPLE- M1FC FR:V AI:N1234S AT:C182/A TS:120 DD:SAT TM1200 AE:65 RT:SJT..DRT..MMCU AD:MMCU TE:0400 RMADCUS 4 ZUCHERMANN FB:0800 AA: PD: A. ZUCHERMANN HB:SAT NB:4 CR:R/B TL: OP:&M CP:MMCUXMXO TA:1600 M1FC will automatically address the CP: field if the 4-letter ICAO address is used in the AD: field, &M is used in the OP: field and the destination is an airport-of-entry. Only the tie-in facility will be addressed. 4. AIS R. Address messages to the ICAO addressee for the appropriate destination location. Transmit the following information: (a) Type of flight. (b) Aircraft identification. (c) Aircraft type. (d) Departure point. (e) Destination. (f) ETA. (g) Remarks. EXAMPLE- AISR FF MMCUXMXO DTG KSJTYFYX VFR N1234S C182 SJT MMCU 1400 $ADCUS 4ZUCHERMANN 5. OASIS . For automatic addressing and formatting, select VFR in the Flight Rules text box of the Flight Plan dialog box, and enter ADCUS in Remarks. d. If acknowledgment is not received within 30_minutes after departure, transmit a “request acceptance” message to the destination station tie-in addressee and to the Regional Flight Dispatch Office. Manually address the message to the designated Regional Flight Dispatch Office. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7350.8, Location Identifiers. EXAMPLE- AISR FF MMCUXMXO MMMYXMXO REQ ACP N1234S M1FC ORIGIN:SJT PRECEDENCE:FF TIME:1130 ACK:Y ADDR:MMCUXMXO MMMYXMXO REQ ACP N1234S NOTE- OASIS facilities, use the Transmit General Facility Message dialog box to transmit “request acceptance” messages. e. The Regional Flight Dispatch Office involved will then normally send an acknowledgment to the departure station and assume responsibility for the flight notification message. f. If acknowledgment/acceptance is not received within 1 hour of the departure, use interphone/tele- phone or other available means to deliver the message to the appropriate Regional Flight Dispatch Office. g. Do not accept round-robin flight plans to Mexico. 7-5-4. MEXICAN REGIONAL FLIGHT DISPATCH OFFICE TELEPHONE NUMBERS (See Table 7-5-1.) TBL 7-5-1 Dispatch Office Phone Numbers Mexican Regional Flight Dispatch Office Telephone Numbers REGION IDENTIFIER TELEPHONE NUMBER CENTRO (CENTRAL) MMMX 01152 5 762-7062 01152 5 784-40-99 ext. 153 01152 5 762-58-77 ext. 153 NORESTE (NORTHEAST) MMMY 01152 83 454-020 ext. 141 NOROESTE (NORTHWEST) MMMZ 01152 67 23-114 01152 67 22-075 ext. 140 OCCIDENTE (WEST) MMGL 01152 36 890-121 ext. 32 and 167 SURESTE (SOUTHEAST) MMMD 01152 99 231-186 ext. 149 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-1-1 General Chapter 8. Search and Rescue (SAR) Procedures for VFR Aircraft Section 1. General 8-1-1. RESPONSIBILITY FOR SAR ACTION a. The departure station is responsible for SAR action until receipt of the destination station's acknowledgment for the flight notification message. This responsibility is then transferred to the destination station. b. The National SAR Plan assigns search and rescue responsibilities as follows: 1. To the military agencies for conducting physical search and rescue operations. 2. To the FAA for: (a) Providing emergency service to aircraft in distress. (b) Assuring that SAR procedures will be initiated if an aircraft becomes overdue or unreported. This is accomplished through the ATC system for IFR aircraft and the flight plan program and/or reports of overdue aircraft received at air traffic facilities for VFR aircraft. (c) Attempting to locate overdue or unre- ported aircraft by INREQ and ALNOT communica- tions search. (d) Cooperating in the physical search by making all possible facilities available for use of the searching agencies. c. Flight service stations serve as the central point for collecting and disseminating information on overdue or missing aircraft which are not on an IFR flight plan. d. ARTCCs serve as the central points for collecting information, coordinating with SAR, and conducting a communications search by distributing any necessary ALNOTs concerning: 1. Overdue or missing IFR aircraft. 2. Aircraft in an emergency situation occurring in their respective areas. 3. Aircraft on a combined VFR/IFR or an airfiled IFR flight plan, and 30 minutes have passed since the pilot requested IFR clearance, and neither communications nor radar contact can be established. 4. Overdue or missing aircraft which have been authorized to operate in accordance with a SVFR clearance. e. The ARTCC serves as the contact point for collecting information and coordinating with the RCC on all ELT signals. 8-1-2. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT ON FLIGHT PLAN Consider an aircraft on a VFR or DVFR flight plan overdue when it fails to arrive 30 minutes after its ETA and communications or location cannot be established. 8-1-3. OVERDUE AIRCRAFT NOT ON FLIGHT PLAN Consider an aircraft not on a flight plan as overdue at the actual time a reliable source reports it to be at least 1 hour late at destination. Based on this overdue time, apply the same procedures and action times as for aircraft on a flight plan. When such a report is received, verify (if possible) that the aircraft actually departed and that the request is for a missing aircraft rather than a person. Refer missing person reports to the appropriate authorities. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 8-2-1, Initial Action/QALQ; Para 8-3-1, INREQ; Para 8-4-1, ALNOT. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-2-1 Overdue Aircraft Action Section 2. Overdue Aircraft Action 8-2-1. INITIAL ACTION/QALQ a. As soon as a VFR/DVFR aircraft (military or civil) becomes overdue, the destination station (including intermediate destination tie-in station for military aircraft) shall attempt to locate the aircraft by checking the destination airport and all adjacent airports that could accommodate the aircraft. Also, check appropriate ATCT facilities and ARTCC sectors through the area manager. If this communica- tions search does not locate the aircraft, transmit a QALQ to the departure location tie-in AFSS/FSS and when appropriate the DUAT vendor or AFSS/FSS where the flight plan information is on file. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KICTYFYX DTG KHONYFYX QALQ N12345 M1FC ORIGIN:ICT PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:MKL TEXTALQ Nl2345 NOTE1. OASIS facilities, use the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box to transmit the QALQ. 2. If it is determined by the flight service specialist that the local field search cannot be completed before the INREQ transmission time, the QALQ shall be transmitted in time to receive the information for the INREQ message. The local field search shall continue without reference to time until completed. b. Use of long distance telephone in carrying out SAR responsibilities is authorized when appropriate. c. In the case of a U.S. registered aircraft, or any aircraft known to be piloted by or transporting U.S. citizens and en route within a foreign country or between two foreign countries, if the overdue report is received either from someone directly concerned or from aviation authorities of a foreign country, notify the Washington Communications Control Center immediately via Service B message addressed to RWA. d. Alaska. In addition to subparas 8-2-1a and c, address QALQ, INREQ, or ALNOT messages and replies to PANCYAYX and PAEDYCYX. NOTE- RCCs other than Elmendorf AFB (PAEDYCYX) are not on Service B and must be notified by telephone.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:03

e. Upon receipt of a QALQ message from the destination station concerning a flight for which a proposed flight plan was transmitted, the station which transmitted the proposal shall immediately transmit a message to the destination station containing all information not previously sent. After a local airport check, no further search action is required of the station which transmitted the proposal and no further messages will be received by this facility unless the search area extends into its flight plan area. f. M1FC. Properly formatted QALQs, INREQs, ALNOTs, and INCERFAs are automatically placed on the Search and Rescue (SAR) list. Messages are manually deleted from the SAR list using the keyword DM. g. OASIS. Properly formatted QALQs, INREQs, ALNOTs, INCERFAs, ALERFAs and DETRESFAs are automatically placed on the Search and Rescue list and annotated as SAR. A SAR alarm is generated at designated workstations. Messages are deleted from the SAR List by selecting (highlighting) the message to be deleted, expanding the entry and clicking the Delete Entry button. 8-2-2. ACTION BY DEPARTURE STATION ON RECEIPT OF QALQ Upon receipt of the QALQ inquiry, the departure station shall check locally for any information about the aircraft, and take the following action: a. If the aircraft is located, notify the destination station. The destination station will close the file on the aircraft. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KCOUYFYX DTG KHHRYFYX QALQ N12345 C1255 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-2-2 Overdue Aircraft Action M1FC ORIGIN:COU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:MKL TEXTALQ Nl2345 C1255 b. If unable to obtain additional information transmit a message to the destination station containing all information not previously sent. Include any verbal or written remarks made by the pilot which may be pertinent to the search. The data transmitted may be obtained from the flight plan information or any other pertinent information located in the DD file. This information can be transmitted using the SV 1, TB, and RV 1 format. Before transmitting, the message will require the correct header to be added to ensure the QALQ reply message is placed on the SAR list. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KLOUYFYX DTG KJBRYFYX QALQ N12345 C150/X 110 PBF D1235 85 LIT PAH 0130/0400 CLARENCE NEWBERN 601 E 12TH MKC 555-123-4567 2 POB WHITE/RED M1FC ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDRIE TEXTALQ N12345 FR:V AT:C182/T TS:120 DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE ..ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE: 0400 RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PD: MIKE T. BROWN DQY 704-555-1212 NB:2 CR:W/R/B OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845 A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM RMKS:AVFP A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM RMKS:VNR NOTE- OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. 8-2-3. CANCELLATION OF THE QALQ If the aircraft is located by the destination station after the QALQ is sent, transmit a cancellation message addressed to all recipients of the QALQ. EXAMPLE- AISR FF KSTLYFYX DTG KHONYFYX QALQ N12345 CNLD M1FC ORIGIN:JBR PRECEDENCE:FF TIME: ACK:N ADDR:FOD TEXTALQ Nl2345 CNLD NOTE- OASIS facilities, transmit the QALQ cancellation using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-3-1 Information Requests (INREQs) Section 3. Information Requests (INREQs) 8-3-1. INREQ If the reply to the QALQ is negative or the aircraft has not been located within 30 minutes after it becomes overdue: a. The destination station shall transmit a numbered INREQ message to the departure station, flight watch control stations with communication outlets along the route, and other AFSS/FSSs and ARTCCs along the route. In addition, address RCC and DUAT vendors using the collective address KSARYCYX. 1. If the departure airport, route of flight, destination airport or alternate airports are within 50_miles of the Great Lakes, include Cleveland AFSS as an addressee. They will relay to Cleveland RCC. 2. Hawaiian stations shall give preliminary notification to Honolulu SARCC as follows: (a) Hilo by long distance telephone. (b) Honolulu AFSS shall use local telephone. (c) Secondary means for Hilo shall be Service B to Honolulu AFSS and then by telephone between Honolulu AFSS and the SARCC. b. Include all information in the INREQ message that will assist in search activities. NOTE- The National Search and Rescue Plan is outlined in the AIM, para 6-2-7. EXAMPLE1. AISR DD (appropriate eight-character identifiers and KSARYCYX) DTG KJBRYFYX JBR001 (appropriate three-character identifiers) INREQ N12345 BE36/R 150 PAH D1235 85 PAH LIT FEXHA 1635 DALE CARNINE 601 E. 12TH ST. MKC 555-765-4321 2 POB BROWN/WHITE (any other information available) M1FC ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCED TIME:ACK:Y ADDRAppropriate three-character identifiers and KSARYCYX TEXT:INREQ N12345 FR:V AT:C152/T TS:100 DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE.. ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE:0400 RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PDAVE JOHNSON DQY 704-555-1212 NB:1 CR:W/R/B OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845 A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM RMKS:AVFP A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM RMKS:VNR 2. AISR DD (appropriate eight-character identifiers and KSARYCYX) DTG KJBRYFYX JBR001 (appropriate three-character identifiers) INREQ N12345 BE36/R 150 PAH LIT DALE CARNINE 601 E. 12TH ST MKC WIFE REPORTS ETA 1230 M1FC ORIGIN:OLU PRECEDENCED TIME:ACK:Y ADDRappropriate three-character identifiers and KSARYCYX) TEXT:INREQ N12345 BE36/R GRI LBF DALE CARNINE 601 E. 12TH ST MKC WIFE REPORTS ETA 1230 NOTE- OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. c. RCC does not have transmit capability. Acknowledgement is not required for messages to RCC. 8-3-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF INREQ Stations receiving an INREQ shall take the following action: a. Seek information about the aircraft by checking facility records and all flight plan area airports along the proposed route of flight that could accommodate the aircraft. Notify appropriate ATCT facilities. Reply to the INREQ with a numbered message within 1 hour. If unable to complete the search within 1 hour, forward a status report followed by a final report when the search is complete. If the reply contains JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-3-2 Information Requests (INREQs) pertinent information such as aircraft location or position report, transmit to the destination station. EXAMPLE- AISR DD KLANYFYX DTG KHONYFYX HON001 LAN INREQ N1234A NO SVCS PROVIDED. FPA SRCH INCOMP AISR DD KLANYFYX DTG KHONYFYX HON002 KLANYFYX INREQ N1234A NEG INFO M1FC ORIGINAN PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:HON TEXT:INREQ Nl234A NO SVCS PROVIDED. FPA SRCH INCOMP ORIGINAN PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y ADDR:HON TEXT:INREQ N1234A NEG INFO NOTE- Upon receipt of INREQs and ALNOTs, ATCTs and ARTCCs are required to check facility records, report findings to AFSS/FSS that alerted them within 1 hour, and retain in an active status until canceled. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 10-3-4, ALNOT. b. The destination station shall retransmit the information, as necessary, to all original addressees. c. Cleveland AFSS. When addressed, shall notify Cleveland U.S. Coast Guard RCC. d. Hawaiian stations, notify Honolulu SARCC by telephone. e. Facilities served by the expanded 800 system that have any portion of their incoming calls and/or Service B diverted to another facility shall notify that facility of the INREQ. The facility receiving diverted calls or Service B traffic shall check their records and advise of any information or contact with the aircraft. 8-3-3. CANCELLATION OF INREQ The INREQ originator shall transmit a numbered cancellation message containing the location of the aircraft to all INREQ addressees when the aircraft is located. Notify associated ATCT facilities. EXAMPLE- AISR DD (appropriate eight-character identifiers including KSARYCYX) DTG KLOUYFYX LOU001 (appropriate three-character identifiers) INREQ N1234A CNLD LCTD BWG M1FC ORIGIN:FOD PRECEDENCED TIME: ACK:Y ADDRappropriate three-character identifiers and KSARYCYX)TEXT:INREQ Nl234A CNLD LCTD DSM NOTE- OASIS facilities, transmit the INREQ cancellation using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-4-1 Alert Notices (ALNOTs) Section 4. Alert Notices (ALNOTs) 8-4-1. ALNOT If the replies to the INREQ are negative, or if the aircraft is not located within 1 hour after transmission of the INREQ, whichever occurs first, the destination station shall transmit an ALNOT. a. Address ALNOT messages to your Regional Operations Center and those facilities within the search area. In addition, address the DUAT vendors and RCC using the collective address KSARYCYX. The search area is normally that area extending 50_miles on either side of the proposed route of flight from the last reported position to the destination. The search area may be expanded to the maximum range of the aircraft at the request of the RCC or by the destination station. If the departure airport, route of flight, destination airport, or alternate airports are within 50 miles of the Great Lakes, include Cleveland AFSS as an addressee. They will relay to the Cleveland RCC. b. Alaska. Address to PANCYGYX, PANCY- AYX, and KSARYCYX. (Only AFSSs/FSSs in the ALNOT search area are required to acknowledge.) c. Include all information in the ALNOT message that will assist in search activities (same as INREQ plus any additional information received). EXAMPLE- AISR SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes as identified in subpara 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX) DTG KRDUYFYX ALNOT N12345 BE36/R 150 RDU D1840 75 RDU EWN FEXHA 2140 CLARENCE E. NEWBERN 601 E 12TH MKC 555-123-4567 2 POB BROWN/TAN (any other information available) M1FC ORIGIN:RDU PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N ADDRappropriate ARTCC circuit code as identified in subpara 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX TEXT:ALNOT N12345 FR:V AT:C172/T TS:100 DD:EQY TM291445 AE:035 RT:EQY..CAE.. ALD..CRG..DAB..ORL..ISM AD:ISM TE:0400 RMREFUEL CRG FB:0430 AA: PD:JOHN M. BROWN DQY 704-555-1212 NB:3 CR:W/R/B OP: CP:KPIEYFYX TA:291845 A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:50 EQY ISM RMKS:AVFP A/C ID TIME DEP DESTN INFLT BRFG: N12345 14:00 EQY ISM RMKS:VNR NOTE- OASIS facilities, retrieve data from the history files using the SAR Search dialog box, format the message and transmit using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. d. Ten minutes after issuance of the ALNOT, call Tyndall AFB to ensure delivery of the ALNOT and to answer any inquiries. (Alaska: Call Fort Richardson, 11th RCC at (907) 428-7230, 800-420-7230, or DSN 317-384-6726.) NOTE- RCC (Tyndall AFB) phone numbers are: 800-851-3051 or 850-283-5955. Defense Switching Network 523-5955. 8-4-2. ACTION UPON RECEIPT OF ALNOT Upon receipt of an ALNOT, each station whose flight plan area extends into the ALNOT search area shall: a. Immediately conduct a communications search of those flight plan area airports which fall within the ALNOT search area that could accommodate the aircraft and which were not checked during the INREQ search. Notify the appropriate ATCT facilities. Request the appropriate law enforcement agency to check airports which cannot be contacted otherwise. Stations that have any portion of their incoming calls and/or Service B diverted to another facility shall notify that facility of the ALNOT. The facility receiving diverted traffic shall check their records and advise of any information or contact with the aircraft. b. Within 1 hour after receipt of the ALNOT, notify the originator of the results or status of the communications search. If the reply contains pertinent information, such as aircraft location or position report, transmit to the destination station. The destination station shall retransmit the informa- tion, as necessary, to all original addresses. EXAMPLE- AISR JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-4-2 Alert Notices (ALNOTs) SS KFODYFYX DTG KANBYFYX ALNOT N12345 FLD CK INCOMP AISR SS KFODYFYX DTG KANBYFYX ALNOT N12345 ACFT LCTD OG DHN M1FC ORIGIN:GFK PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N ADDR:COU TEXT:ALNOT N12345 FLD CK COMPL NEG INFO ORIGIN:GFK PRECEDENCE:SS TIME: ACK:N ADDR:COU TEXT:ALNOT N12345 ACFT LCTD OG DIK c. Stations within the ALNOT search area shall record the ALNOT. (See Para 2-2-2j, Phraseology.) d. Request search assistance from aircraft travers- ing the search area. 8-4-3. REPORTING ALNOT STATUS TO RCC If the extended communications search fails to locate the aircraft or if 1 hour has elapsed since ALNOT transmission, whichever occurs first, the destination station shall call the RCC and, if appropriate, the Cleveland AFSS, which notifies the Cleveland RCC. Provide all pertinent available information about the overdue aircraft not already provided in the ALNOT to include: a. Agency and the person calling. b. Details of the flight plan. If the aircraft was not on a flight plan, include all the facts about the source of the report. c. Time the last radio transmission was received, by whom, and the frequency used. d. Last position report. e. Whether an ELT signal was heard or reported along the route of flight. f. Action taken and the proposed action by the reporting station. g. Upon request, furnish positions of other aircraft known to be along or near the route of flight of the missing aircraft. 8-4-4. CANCELLATION OF ALNOT The ALNOT remains current until the aircraft is located or the search is suspended by the RCC. The ALNOT originator shall then transmit a cancellation message with the location of the aircraft, if appropriate, addressed to all recipients of the ALNOT. Each facility shall notify all previously alerted facilities and agencies of the cancellation. EXAMPLE- AISR SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes as identified in subpara 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX) DTG KEWNYFYX ALNOT N12345 CNLD ACFT LCTD JAX AISR SS (appropriate ARTCC circuit codes as identified in para 10-1-4c, other addresses as identified in subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX) DTG KEWNYFYX ALNOT N1513B CNLD SEARCH SUSPENDED M1FC ORIGIN:OLU PRECEDENCE:SS TIME:ACK:N ADDRappropriate ARTCC circuit codes as identified in subpara 10-1-4c, other addressees as identified in subpara 8-4-1a and KSARYCYX) TEXT:ALNOT Nl5l3B CNLD ACFT LCTD MCK NOTE- OASIS facilities, transmit the ALNOT cancellation using the Transmit Search and Rescue dialog box. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 8-5-1 Other SAR Actions Section 5. Other SAR Actions 8-5-1. CONTACT WITH AIRCRAFT CROSSING HAZARDOUS AREA When Lake, Island, Mountain, or Swamp Reporting Service programs have been established and a pilot requests the service, establish radio contact every 10_minutes (or at designated position checkpoints) with the aircraft while it is crossing the hazardous area. If contact with the aircraft is lost for more than 15_minutes, alert Search and Rescue. NOTE- Hazardous Area Reporting Service and chart depictions are published in the AIM, para 4-1-20. 8-5-2. CANADIAN TRANSBORDER a. Assume responsibility for initiating SAR action on transborder aircraft upon acknowledgment for the inbound flight notification message. b. When SAR action is initiated, the destination and departure facilities are responsible for all communications search actions within their respec- tive countries and for alerting their respective RCC. c. Canadian communications search procedures and action times are similar to U.S. procedures. They will address all SAR messages to the U.S. departure AFSS/FSS, which is then responsible for initiating SAR action for the U.S. portion of the route of flight. d. For inbounds from Canada, apply standard U.S. SAR procedures contained in this chapter for the U.S. portion of the route. Include the Canadian departure facility as an addressee on all SAR messages since that facility is responsible for initiating SAR action for the Canadian portion of the route of flight. e. Upon receipt of a Canadian QALQ, the departure AFSS/FSS shall take the following actions: 1. Check locally for any information about the aircraft. 2. If unable to obtain additional information, or within 15 minutes after receipt of the QALQ, transmit a message to the destination facility containing all flight plan information not previously sent. f. Upon receipt of a Canadian INREQ, the departure AFSS/FSS shall transmit an INREQ for the U.S. portion of the route of flight and reply to Canada within 1 hour in accordance with standard INREQ procedures. g. Upon receipt of a Canadian ALNOT, the departure AFSS/FSS shall transmit an ALNOT for the U.S. portion of the route and reply to Canada within 1 hour in accordance with standard ALNOT procedures. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-1-1 General Chapter 9. FAA Weather Services Section 1. General 9-1-1. PURPOSE Surface meteorological observations are filed at scheduled and unscheduled intervals with stations having sending capability to WMSC for dissemina- tion on the Service A domestic aviation weather system. These reports are aviation routine weather reports (METAR) and aviation selected special weather (SPECI). All reports will include a report type and the six-digit time of the observation. Computer sorting and validation requires exact adherence to format and procedure at all times. 9-1-2. SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION TIMES a. METAR REPORTS. Prepare and code METAR reports for transmission between H+55 and H+00. 1. M1FC entry, use TA mask and specify H in the time field. 2. AISR entry, use /T procedures between H+46 and H+54. Use /D procedure between H+55 and H+00. 3. OASIS entry, use the Transmit Weather Observation dialog box. If the Hold box is checked, OASIS will hold the METAR report(s) until the listed METAR Transmit Time parameter. b. SPECI AND DELAYED OR CORRECTED REPORTS. Transmit SPECI, delayed or corrected reports as soon as possible after H+00. 1. M1FC entry, use TA mask and leave the time field blank. 2. AISR entry, use /D procedure. 3. OASIS entry, use the Transmit Weather Observation dialog box, leaving the Hold box unchecked. 9-1-3. DISTRIBUTION Most meteorological and NOTAM data exchanged outside of the facility is dependent on the Weather Message Switching Center Replacement (WMSCR). It is important to adhere to strict form at and procedures during normal operations, as well as during system interruption periods. a. Circuit interruption. Notify your tie-in facility, the AISR Customer Service Center, WMSCR and, if appropriate, the GS-200 Host facility of all outages. The M1FC AFSS facility should notify their FSDPS, AWP, and the appropriate telco servicing company. The OASIS AFSS facility should notify WMSCR and/or NADIN and the appropriate telco servicing company. b. All outage reports should refer to the correct circuit and/or equipment identification numbers. Facilities should obtain and record ticket numbers provided by AISR or the telco authority. c. AISR and WMSCR telephone numbers are as follows: 1. AISR HELPDESK 866-466-1336. 2. WMSCR (KNKAWMSC): Atlanta 770-210-7931. Salt Lake City 801-320-2045. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-1 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) Section 2. Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) 9-2-1. GENERAL Pilot Weather Reports (PIR EPs) are filed at unscheduled times with stations having sending capability to WMSCR for dissemination on the Service A domestic aviation weather system. These reports shall be entered into the system as individual reports, not appended to a surface observation. Entry shall only be between H+00 and H+55. 9-2-2. PREPARATION FOR TRANSMISSION a. M1FC entry, use WY mask. (See para 4-2-4.) b. AISR entry, use /D procedures. c. OASIS entry, use the Transmit PIREP dialog box. 9-2-3. RESPONSIBILITY AFSS/FSS specialists shall actively solicit PIREPs in conjunction with preflight and inflight communi- cations with pilots and assure timely dissemination of the PIREP information. Each facility should make special efforts to obtain PIREPs on departure and arrival weather conditions at airports within their flight plan area. 9-2-4. PIREP DISPLAY Maintain a PIREP display to conform with the particular requirements of your facility. If it is posted for internal use only, symbology may be used at the facility's discretion. If it is displayed as a pilot self-briefing aid, the use of contractions, such as OVC, shall be applicable. 9-2-5. SOLICITING PIREPs a. Solicit PIREPs for the affected area(s) when one or more of the following weather conditions exist, are reported, or forecast to occur: 1. Ceilings at or below 5,000 feet. 2. Visibility reported on the surface or aloft is 5_miles or less. 3. Thunderstorms and related phenomenon. 4. Turbulence of moderate degree or greater. 5. Icing of light degree or greater. 6. Wind shear. 7. Volcanic ash clouds are reported or forecast. NOTE- Pilots may forward PIREPs regarding volcanic activity using the format described in the Volcanic Activity Reporting Form (VAR) as depicted in the Aeronautical Information Manual, Appendix 2. b. Also, solicit PIREPs regardless of weather conditions when: 1. An NWS or ATC facility indicates a need because of a specific weather or flight assistance situation. 2. Necessary to determine flying conditions pertinent to natural hazards (mountain passes, ridges, peaks) between the weather reporting stations. 3. The station is designated as responsible for PIREPs in an offshore coastal area. c. Flight watch specialists shall solicit sufficient PIREPs to remain aware of flight conditions. d. To solicit PIREPs within a specific area, broadcast a request on NAVAIDs, transcribed broadcast facilities, or a selected communications frequency. PHRASEOLOGY- PILOT WEATHER REPORTS ARE REQUESTED (location/area). CONTACT (name) RADIO/FLIGHT WATCH ON (frequency) TO REPORT THESE CONDITIONS. 9-2-6. RECORDING OF PIREP DATA Record PIREP data directly into M1FC or OASIS, or on FAA Form 7110-2, or on other material deemed appropriate; e.g., 5'' x 8'' plain paper. 9-2-7. DATA TO BE INCLUDED IN PIREPs Include the following reports of flight conditions, as appropriate: a. Height and coverage of cloud bases, tops, and layers. b. Flight visibility. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-2 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) c. Restrictions to visibility and weather occurring at altitude. d. Air temperature and changes to temperature with altitude or range. e. Direction and speed of wind aloft. f. Extent and intensity of turbulence. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 9-2-8. g. Extent, type, and intensity of icing. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, Para 9-2-9. h. Weather conditions and cloud cover through mountain passes and over ridges and peaks. i. Location, extent, and movement of thunder- storms and/or tornadic activity. j. Excessive winds aloft, LLWS , and other phenomena bearing on safety and efficiency of flight. 9-2-8. REPORTING TURBULENCE IN PIREPs a. Turbulence reports should include location, altitude, or range of altitudes, and aircraft type, and should include whether in clouds or clear air. The degree of turbulence, intensity, and duration (occasional, intermittent, and continuous) is deter- mined by the pilot. It is essential that the report is obtained and dissem inated when possible in conformance with the U.S. Standard Turbulence Criteria Table as follows: 1. Light. Loose objects in aircraft remain at rest. 2. Moderate. Unsecured objects are dislodged. Occupants feel definite strains against seat belts and shoulder straps. 3. Severe. Occupants thrown violently against seat belts. Momentary loss of aircraft control. Unsecured objects tossed about. 4. Extreme. Aircraft is tossed violently about, impossible to control. May cause structural damage. b. Report CAT or CHOP if used by the pilot to describe the type of turbulence. 9-2-9. REPORTING ICING CONDITIONS IN PIREPs a. Icing reports shall include location, altitude or range of altitudes, type aircraft, air temperature, intensity, and type of icing. b. Icing types. 1. Rime. Rough, milky, opaque ice formed by the instantaneous freezing of small super-cooled water droplets. 2. Clear. A glossy, clear or translucent ice formed by the relatively slow freezing of large super-cooled water droplets. 3. Mixed. A combination of rime and clear. c. Icing intensity. 1. Trace. Ice becomes perceptible. Rate of accumulation slightly greater than sublimation. Deicing/anti-icing equipment is not utilized unless encountered for an extended period of time (over 1_hour). 2. Light. The rate of accumulation may create a problem if flight is prolonged in this environment (over 1 hour). Occasional use of deicing/anti-icing equipment removes/prevents accumulation. It does not present a problem if deicing/anti-icing is used. 3. Moderate. The rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous, and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment or diversion is necessary. 4. Severe. The rate of accumulation is such that deicing/anti-icing equipment fails to reduce or control the hazard. Immediate diversion is necessary. 9-2-10. MEANS USED TO SOLICIT PIREPs Inform pilots of a need for PIREPs. The following methods may be used to collect PIREPs: a. During preflight weather briefings. b. On post-flight contacts. c. During regular air-ground contacts. d. Broadcast a request on NAVAID frequencies. e. Append a request on HIWAS, TIBS, VOR- TWEB, or TWEB broadcasts. f. Request PIREPs from air carrier and military operations offices, military pilot-to-forecaster units, and local aircraft operators. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-3 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) g. Solicit from other air traffic facilities. 9-2-11. PIREP CLASSIFICATION Categorize PIREPs as follows: a. URGENT. The following weather phenomena shall be classified as an URGENT (UUA) PIREP: 1. Tornadoes, funnel clouds, or waterspouts. 2. Severe or extreme turbulence (including clear air turbulence). 3. Severe icing. 4. Hail. 5. Low level wind shear. Classify LLWS PIR EPs as UUA if the pilot reports air speed fluctuations of 10 knots or more. Classify reports of LLWS with air speed fluctuations less than 10 knots as routine. If air speed fluctuation is not reported, classify PIREP as UUA. NOTE- LLWS defined as windshear within 2,000 feet of the surface. 6. Volcanic ash clouds. 7. Any other weather phenomena reported which are considered by the specialist as being hazardous, or potentially hazardous, to flight operations. b. ROUTINE. Classify as ROUTINE (UA) all PIREPs received except those listed above. 9-2-12. PIREP HANDLING Upon receipt of a PIREP, accomplish the following: a. Urgent. 1. Deliver to the ARTCC Weather Coordinator as soon as possible. 2. Deliver to the associated WSO as soon as possible. 3. Enter on Service A at the first opportunity. 4. Use in weather briefings, as appropriate. b. Routine. 1. Transmit on Service A as soon as practical. 2. Broadcast in accordance with established procedures in Chapter 2. 3. Use in weather briefings, as appropriate. 9-2-13. OFFSHORE COASTAL ROUTES When your station has been given responsibility for collecting offshore coastal route PIREPs: a. Include the coastal water area when soliciting PIREPs. At least one PIREP is required hourly regardless of weather conditions. b. Pacific. Hawaiian Island station areas coincide with the Honolulu ARTCC sectors and the entire Hawaiian area is designated as offshore areas for PIREP purposes. NOTE- The Flight Services Operations Area Office assigns PIREP responsibility for an offshore coastal area, route, or route segment to a specific station. The area assigned will be within the same ARTCC area as the station, and the station shall have adequate air-ground communications coverage over its assigned offshore area. 9-2-14. PIREP PREPARATION To assure proper dissemination of PIREPs to all system users, the encoding procedures listed below shall be followed: a. Identify each element by a Text Element Indicator (TEI). b. Ensure each report includes TEIs for message type, location, time, altitude/flight level, type aircraft, and at least one other to describe the reported phenomena. c. Precede each TEI, except message type, with a space and a solidus (/). d. Follow each TEI, except altitude/flight level, with a space. e. Insert zeros in reported values when the number of digits in the report is less than the number required by the format. f. Use only authorized aircraft designators and contractions. g. In the location TEI, include any three-letter identifier to describe locations or routes. h. Omit entries of TEIs, except as listed in subpara_9-2-14b, for which no data was reported. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-4 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) 9-2-15. PIREP FORMAT Using TEIs as described below, prepare PIREPs for system entry in the following format: NOTE- OASIS. If using the “Folded” Transmit PIREP dialog box, each TEI must be specified and can be entered in any order. OASIS will automatically format the message before transmission. a. UUA or UA. Message type - Urgent or Routine PIREP. b. /OV. 1. Location in reference to a VHF NAVAID or an airport, using the three or four letter identifier. If appropriate, encode the identifier, then three digits to define a radial and three digits to define the distance in nautical miles. EXAMPLE/OV KJFK /OV KJFK107080 /OV KFMG233016/RM RNO 10SW
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:18

2. Route segment. Two or more fixes, as in subparas 9-2-15b1 and b2 examples, to describe a route. EXAMPLE/OV KSTL-KMKC /OV KSTL090030-KMKC045015 c. /TM. Time that the reported phenomenon occurred or was encountered. Report time in four digits UTC. EXAMPLE/TM 1315 d. /FL. Altitude/flight level. Enter the altitude in hundreds of feet (MSL) where the phenomenon was first encountered. If not known, enter UNKN. If the aircraft was climbing or descending, enter the appropriate contraction (DURC or DURD) in the remarks/RM TEI. If the condition was encountered within a layer, enter the altitude range within the appropriate TEI describing the condition. EXAMPLE/FL093 /FL310 /FLUNKN /RM DURC e. /TP. Type aircraft. Enter aircraft type. If not known, enter UNKN. Icing and turbulence reports shall always include the type aircraft. EXAMPLE/TP AEST /TP B74A /TP P28R /TP UNKN f. /SK. Sky condition. Report height of cloud bases, tops, and cloud coverage as follows: 1. Enter the height of the base of a layer of clouds in hundreds of feet (MSL). Enter the top of a layer in hundreds of feet (MSL) preceded by the word “-TOP.” If reported as clear above the highest cloud layer, enter a space and “SKC” following the reported level. EXAMPLE/SK OVC100-TOP110/ SKC /SK OVC015-TOP035/OVC230 /SK OVC-TOP085 2. Use authorized contractions for cloud cover. EXAMPLE- BKN FEW OVC SCT SKC 3. Cloud cover amount ranges will be entered with a hyphen and no spaces separating the amounts; i.e., BKN-OVC. EXAMPLE/SK SCT-BKN050-TOP100 /SK BKN-OVCUNKN-TOP060/BKN120-TOP150/ SKC 4. Unknown heights are indicated by the contraction UNKN. EXAMPLE/SK OVC065-TOPUNKN 5. If a pilot indicates he/she is in the clouds, enter IMC in the remarks. EXAMPLE/SK OVC065-TOPUNKN /RM IMC 6. When more than one layer is reported, separate layers by a solidus (/). g. /WX. Flight visibility and flight weather. Report weather conditions encountered by the pilot as follows: 1. Flight visibility, if reported, will be the first entry in the /WX field. Enter as FV followed by a two-digit visibility value rounded down, if neces- sary, to the nearest whole statute mile and append “S M” (FV03SM). If visibility is reported as unrestricted, enter FV99SM. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-5 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) 2. Enter flight weather types using one or more of the standard surface weather reporting symbols contained in TBL 9-2-1. TBL 9-2-1 Weather Type and Symbols Type METAR Code Drifting / Blowing Snow . . . . . . . . . DRSN/BLSN Drifting Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRDU Drifting Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DRSA Drizzle/Freezing Drizzle . . . . . . . . . DZ/FZDZ Dust / Blowing Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . DU/BLDU Duststorm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DS Fog (vis < 5/8SM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FG Freezing Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZFG Freezing Rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FZRA Funnel Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FC Hail (aprx 1/4” dia or more) . . . . . . GR Hail Shower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SHGR Haze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HZ Ice Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IC Ice Pellets/ Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . PL/SHPL Mist (vis 5/8SM or more) . . . . . . . . BR Patchy Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BCFG Patchy Fog on part of Arpt . . . . . . . PRFG Rain / Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RA/SHRA Sand / Blowing Sand . . . . . . . . . . . . SA/BLSA Sandstorms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS Shallow Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MIFG Sml Hail/Snow Pellet Showers . . . . SHGS Sml Hail/Snow Pellets . . . . . . . . . . . GS Smoke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FU Snow Grains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SG Snow / Showers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SN/SHSN Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PY Squalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SQ Thunderstorm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TS Tornado/Waterspout . . . . . . . . . . . . . +FC Unknown Precipitation . . . . . . . . . . UP Volcanic Ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VA Well developed Dust/Sand Whirls . . PO 3. Intensity of precipitation (- for light, no qualifier for moderate, and + for heavy) shall be indicated with precipitation types, except ice crystals and hail, including those associated with a thunderstorm and those of a showery nature. 4. Intensity of obscurations shall be ascribed as moderate or + heavy for dust and sand storms only. No intensity for blowing dust, blowing sand, or blowing snow. EXAMPLE/WX FV01SM +DS000-TOP083/ SKC /RM DURC 5. When more than one form of precipitation is combined in the report, the dominant type shall be reported first. EXAMPLE/WX FV00SM +TSRAGR /WX FV02SM BRHZ000-TOP083 6. When FC is entered in /WX, FUNNEL CLOUD is spelled out on /RM. When +FC is entered in /WX, TORNADO or WATERSPOUT is spelled out in the /RM TEI. EXAMPLE/WX FC /RM FUNNEL CLOUD /WX +FC /RM TORNADO or WATERSPOUT 7. When the size of hail is stated, enter in 1/4” increments in remarks /RM TEI. 8. The proximity qualifier VC (Vicinity) is only used with TS, FG, FC, +FC, SH, PO, BLDU, BLSA, and BLSN. EXAMPLE/WX FV02SM BLDU000-TOP083 VC W 9. When more than one type of weather is reported enter in the following order: 1) TORNADO, WATERSPOUT, OR FUNNEL CLOUD; 2) Thun- derstorm with or without associated precipitation; 3)_Weather phenomena in order of decreasing predominance. No more than three groups in a single PIREP. 10. Weather layers shall be entered with the base and/or top of the layer when reported. Use the same format as in the /SK TEI. EXAMPLE/WX FU002-TOP030 h. /TA. Air Temperature. Report outside air temperature using two digits in degrees Celsius. Prefix negative temperatures with an M; e.g., /TA 08 or /TA M08. i. /WV. Wind direction and speed. Encode using three digits to indicate wind direction (magnetic) and two or three digits to indicate reported wind speed. When the reported speed is less than 10 Kts use a leading zero. The wind group will always have “KT” appended. EXAMPLE/WV 28080KT /WV 28008KT /WV 280105KT JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-6 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) j. /TB. Turbulence. Report intensity, type, and altitude as follows: 1. Intensity. Enter duration if reported by the pilot (intermittent, occasional continuous) and intensity using contractions LGT, MOD, SEV, or EXTRM. Separate a range or variation of intensity with a hyphen; e.g., MOD-SEV. If turbulence was forecasted, but not encountered, enter NEG. 2. Type. Enter CAT or CHOP if reported by the pilot. 3. Altitude. Report altitude only if it differs from value reported in /FL. When a layer of turbulence is reported, separate height values with a hyphen. If lower or upper limits are not defined, use BLO or ABV. EXAMPLE/TB LGT 040 /TB MOD-SEV BLO 080 /TB MOD-SEV CAT 350 /TB NEG 120-180 /TB MOD CHOP 220/NEG 230-280 /TB MOD CAT ABV 290
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:28

k. IC. Icing. Report intensity, type and altitude of icing as follows: 1. Intensity. Enter intensity first using contrac- tions TRACE, LGT, MOD, or SEV. Separate reports of a range or variation of intensity with a hyphen. If icing was forecast but not encountered, enter NEG. 2. Type. Enter the reported icing type as RIME, CLR, or MX. 3. Altitude. Enter the reported icing/altitude only if different from the value reported in the /FL TEI. Use a hyphen to separate reported layers of icing. Use ABV or BLO when a layer is not defined. EXAMPLE/IC LGT-MOD MX 085 /IC LGT RIME /IC MOD RIME BLO 095 /IC SEV CLR 035-062
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:36

4. When icing is reported always report temperature in the /TA TEI. l. /RM. Rem arks. Use this TEI to report a phenomenon which is considered important but does not fit in any of the other TEIs. This includes, but is not limited to, low level wind shear (LLWS) reports, thunderstorm lines, coverage and movement, size of hail (1/4'' increments), lightning, clouds observed but not encountered, geographical or local descrip- tion of where the phenom enon occurred, and contrails. Report hazardous weather first. Describe LLWS to the extent possible. 1. Wind Shear. +/- 10 Kts or more fluctuations in wind speed, within 2,000 Ft of the surface, require an Urgent (UUA) pilot report. When Low Level Wind Shear is entered in a pilot report enter LLWS as the first remark in the /RM TEI. LLWS may be reported as -, +, or +/- depending on how it effects the aircraft. If the location is different than the /OV or /FL fields, include the location in the remarks. EXAMPLE/RM LLWS +/-15 KT SFC-008 DURC RY22 JFK
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:44

2. FUNNEL_CLOUD,_TORNADO,_and WATERSPOUT are entered with the direction of movement if reported. EXAMPLE/RM TORNADO E MOV E 3. Thunderstorm. Enter coverage (ISOL, FEW, SCT, NMRS) and description (LN,BKN LN,SLD LN) if reported. Follow with “TS,” the location and movement, and the type of lightning if reported. EXAMPLE/RM NMRS TS S MOV E GR1/2 4. Lightning. Enter frequency (OCNL, FRQ, CONS), followed by type (LTGIC , LTGCC, LTGCG, LTGCA, or combinations), if reported. EXAMPLE/RM OCNL LTGICCG 5. Electric_DischargeEnter_DISCHARGE fol- lowed by the altitude. EXAMPLE/RM DISCHARGE 120 6. Clouds. Use remarks when clouds can be seen but were not encountered and reported in /SK. EXAMPLE/RM CB E MOV N /RM OVC BLO
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:30:55

7. Plain Language. If specific phraseology is not adequate, use plain language to describe the phenomena or local geographic locations. Include remarks that do not fit in other TEIs like DURC, DURD, RCA, TOP, TOC, or CONTRAILS. EXAMPLE/RM BUMPY VERY ROUGH RIDE /RM CONTRAILS /UA/OV BIS270030/TM 1445/FL060/TP CVLT/TB LGT /RM Donner Summit Pass JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-2-7 Pilot Weather Report (UA/UUA) 8. Volcanic Eruption. Volcanic Ash alone is an Urgent PIREP. A report of volcanic activity shall include as much information as possible. Include name of the mountain, ash cloud and movement, height of the top and bottom of the ash, etc. If received from other than a pilot, enter Aircraft “UNKN,” Flight Level “UNKN,” and /RM UNOFFICIAL. EXAMPLE- UUA/OV ANC240075/TM 2110/FL370/TP DC10/WX VA/RM VOLCANIC ERUPTION 2008Z MT AUGUSTINE ASH 40S MOV SSE
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:02

9. The “SKYSPOTTER” program is a result of a recommendation from the Safer Skies FAA/ INDUSTRY Joint Safety Analysis and Implementa- tion Teams. The term “SKYSPOTTER” indicates that a pilot has received specialized training in observing and reporting inflight weather phenome- non, pilot weather reports, or PIREPs. (a) When the FSS Air Traffic Control Specialist receives a PIREP from a pilot identifying themselves as a “SKYSPOTTER” aircraft, the additional comment “/AWC” shall be added at the end of the remarks section of the PIREP. EXAMPLE- PIREP TEXT/RM REMARKS/AWC 9-2-16. PIREP ENCODING PIREPs shall be coded to ensure the PIREP is stored and subsequently distributed with the surface observation location nearest the condition being reported. If more than one SA location is appropriate, select the location that provides the greatest distribution and/or prominence, such as a major hub airport.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:08

9-2-17. PIREP ORDER Prepare PIREPs by routes from the reported location to an adjacent location, if possible. Start a multiple PIREP transmission with the most northerly route and progress clockwise. Place each PIREP on a separate line. EXAMPLE- UA/OV MRB045030/TM 1645/FL060 /TP UNKN /SK OVC055 UA/OV MRB-DCA/TM 1630/FL090/TP AEST /RM BTWN LYRS 090 UA/OV MRB-EKN/TM 1640/FL060/TP P28R /SK BKN-OVC020-TOP040/RM RDGS OBSCD JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-3-1 Radar Weather Report (SD/ROB)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:14

Section 3. Radar Weather Report (SD/ROB) 9-3-1. GENERAL a. Individual radar weather reports, identified as SD/ROB, are collected by the National Meteorologi- cal Center (NMC) Suitland, Maryland. These reports are entered by Weather Service Offices on the Radar Report and Warning Coordination (RAWARC) circuits. NMC also collects radar report bulletins from military reporting locations and Canada. b. When normal entry is not possible, SD/ROB reports can be entered on Service A circuits upon request by NWS RAWARC entry stations. 9-3-2. SCHEDULE Radar weather reports are transmitted on Service A by WMSC at H+56 to H+00 each hour. These reports are not scheduled transmissions but are given priority handling during this 4-minute time frame. 9-3-3. DISTRIBUTION a. Radar weather reports are sent to WMSCR by NMC each hour for distribution. These reports are received on an unscheduled basis and can be expected to appear during any unscheduled distribution period. b. Each individual WMSCR circuit receives a unique collection based upon their requirements. Circuit distribution lists are filed at circuit control facilities. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-4-1 Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecast (FD)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:22

Section 4. Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecast (FD) 9-4-1. GENERAL Winds and Temperature Aloft Forecasts (FD) are computer-prepared and issued by the NMC at Suitland, Maryland. The forecasts are valid 6_(FD1/8), 12_(FD2/9), and 24_(FD3/10) hours after the observation date/times of 0000Z and 1200Z upon which they are based. An unscheduled amendment to an FD may be prepared and issued by a WSFO. 9-4-2. LEVELS FORECAST Dependent upon station elevation, FD1/2/3 wind forecasts are issued for the following levels: 3, 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 34, and 39 thousand foot levels. The first level for which a wind forecast is issued is 1,500_feet or more above the station elevation. Temperature is forecast for all wind levels, except the 3,000 foot level, that are 2,500_feet or more above the station. The minus signs are deleted preceding the temperatures at the 30, 34, and 39_thousand foot levels. FD8/9/10 are for the 45,000 and 53,000_foot levels. They are not normally disseminated on Service_A, but are available on request/reply. 9-4-3. SCHEDULES TBL 9-4-1 Winds/Temperature Aloft Forecast Schedules Type Base Data Time Valid for For use (period) FD1/8 0000Z 0600Z 0500-0900Z FD2/9 0000Z 1200Z 0900-1800Z FD3/10 0000Z 0000Z 1800-0500Z FD1/8 1200Z 1800Z 1700-2100Z FD2/9 1200Z 0000Z 2100-0600Z FD3/10 1200Z 1200Z 0600-1700Z 9-4-4. DISTRIBUTION All FDs are transmitted to the WMSC by NMC. Distribution by the WMSC is accomplished in accordance with established program requirements. Amended FD data prepared and entered by a WSFO is distributed to the same users as the original product prepared by NMC. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-5-1 Aviation Terminal Forecast (TAF)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:30

Section 5. Aviation Terminal Forecast (TAF) 9-5-1. GENERAL Twenty-four hour Terminal Forecasts (TAFs) for selected U.S. terminals are prepared by NWS forecast offices and forwarded to the WMSCR for distribution. Similar forecasts for the U.S. Military, Canada, and Mexico are sent to WMSC from the NMC and Air Weather Service (AWS ) for distribution. 9-5-2. TERMINAL FORECAST SCHEDULES TAFs are prepared four times a day and are issued at 2330, 0530, 1130, and 1730 UTC. 9-5-3. DISTRIBUTION Distribution of TAFs is made by WMSCR in accordance with a predetermined list for each circuit based upon intracircuit coordinated requirements. WMSCR Identifier Index of Individual Aviation Weather Reports. (Use RQ Procedures.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-6-1 Aviation Area Forecast (FA)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:43

Section 6. Aviation Area Forecast (FA) 9-6-1. GENERAL a. Aviation Area Forecasts (FA) are available through the WMSC and provide an overview of weather conditions which could impact aviation operations. FAs are issued by the National Aviation Weather Advisory Unit (NAWAU) in Kansas City, Missouri, for the conterminous U.S. land and coastal waters by areas (Pacific Coast, Rocky Mountain, North-Central U.S., South-Central U.S., Northeast U.S., Southeast U.S.). The areas are delineated along state boundaries and are specified in the NWS Operations Manual, Chapter D-20. The FAs for Alaska and Hawaii are issued by the WSFOs located in Anchorage, Fairbanks, and Juneau, Alaska, and Honolulu, Hawaii. The geographical areas of coverage for the appropriate WSFOs are specified in Chapter D-20 of the NWS Operations Manual. (Canadian and Mexican FAs are also available through the WMSC.) b. FAs consist of two sections with each section being transmitted with a unique communications header. This allows each section to be replaced when needed instead of amending or correcting the affected FA, to provide a current and complete area forecast. Inflight advisories (including WSTs) amend the FA; however, when necessary, the appropriate section of the FA will be replaced by the issuing NWS office. The two FA sections and their communications headers are as follows (iii denotes the FA location identifier; e.g., ANC, CHI, etc.): 1. iiiS-Synopsis. 2. iiiI-Icing and Freezing Level. 3. iiiT-Turbulence. 4. iiiC-Significant Clouds and Weather. 9-6-2. AVIATION AREA FORECAST (FA) SCHEDULE a. FAs are prepared three times a day in the contiguous 48 States and Alaska, and four times a day in Hawaii. All scheduled transmission times are in UTC and listed by daylight/standard times. The times in the contiguous U.S. are in TBL 9-6-1. TBL 9-6-1 Area Forecast Schedule Time Zones Areas Issuance Times Central CHI/DFW 0130/0230 0930/1030 1830/1930 Eastern BOS/MIA 0030/0130 0830/0930 1730/1830 Mountain SLC 0230/0330 1030/1130 1930/2030 Pacific SFO 0230/0330 1030/1130 1930/2030 b. The Alaska and Pacific NWS Regional Headquarters have authority to schedule FAs to meet user requirements. These are issued at the following times. (See TBL 9-6-2.) TBL 9-6-2 Alaska/Pacific Area Forecast Schedule Issuance ANC and FAI JNU HNL 1st 0640Z 0640Z 0340Z 2nd 1440Z 1340Z 0940Z 3rd 2240Z 2240Z 1540Z 4th 2140Z c. The Gulf FA is prepared twice daily. The issuance times in UTC or Z depend on whether LDT/LST is in effect and are as follows: 1. 1st issuance 1040/1140. 2. 2nd issuance 1740/1840. 9-6-3. DISTRIBUTION Distribution of FAs is made by WMSC in accordance with a predetermined list for each circuit based upon intracircuit coordinated requirements. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-7-1 Severe Weather Forecasts Section 7. Severe Weather Forecasts 9-7-1. GENERAL Severe Weather Forecasts, Bulletins, Status Reports, and Alerts are filed at irregular intervals by the NWS Storm Prediction Center (SPC) in Norm an, Oklahoma, and transmitted to WMSC for distribu- tion. The alert (SPC AWW) is a preliminary announcement of a forthcoming severe weather watch and includes all information required for aviation purposes. Stations may obtain the Severe Weather Watch (SPC WW) from WMSC if desired. The WW number is included in the text of the AWW. 9-7-2. DISTRIBUTION Upon receipt of SPC AWW alert, the WMSC will immediately interrupt the active task on selected Service A circuits and transmit the report. Severe weather status reports (WW-A) are never urgent. These are relayed unscheduled. 9-7-3. SEVERE WEATHER OUTLOOK NARRATIVE (AC) In addition to Severe Weather Forecast, the Storm Prediction Center will frequently file for transmis- sion a Severe Weather Outlook Narrative, which will contain a brief evaluation of present and expected surface and upper air criteria conducive to severe local storms. These are assigned report type “AC.” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-8-1 Flight Advisories (SIGMET/WS-AIRMET/WA-Convective SIGMET/WST) Section 8. Flight Advisories (SIGMET/WS-AIRMET/WA-Convective SIGMET/WST) 9-8-1. GENERAL Flight Advisories are issued by the NAWAU in Kansas City, Missouri, for the conterminous U.S. and the appropriate WSFO in Alaska and Hawaii to provide notice of potentially hazardous weather conditions by amending or supplementing portions of the valid FA. The report type designator WS for SIGMETs, WST for Convective SIGMETs, and WA for AIRMETs is used to effect selective distribution. The text of the message identifies which advisory is being transmitted. WSs are identified with letters N (NOVEMBER) through Y (YANKEE) with the exception of S (SIERRA) and T (TANGO). WAs are identified with the letters S (SIERRA), T (TANGO) and Z (ZULU). The latest message for each system is kept in the computer's active storage file by the WMSC: WA for 360 minutes, WS for 240 minutes, and WST for 45 minutes. NOTE- Honolulu issues international SIGMETs available as WSPA1 PHNL and WSPA2 PHNL, which are retained by WMSC for 360 minutes. 9-8-2. DISTRIBUTION SIGMETs, both WST/WS, are distributed unsched- uled to all Service A circuits. AIRMET data is distributed as a scheduled product at 0145Z and every 6 hours thereafter, and any updates or amendments issued between scheduled periods will be a complete replacement for the previously issued AIRMET. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-9-1 Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB) Section 9. Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB) 9-9-1. GENERAL The Transcribed Weather Broadcast (TWEB) and synopsis for selected routes are prepared by NWS FOs and forwarded to the WMSC for distribution. All times are in UTC and listed by daylight/standard times. (See TBL 9-9-1.) TBL 9-9-1 Transcribed Weather Broadcast/Synopsis Issuance Times Time Zones daylight standard daylight standard daylight standard Central 0130/0230 0930/1030 1830/1930 Eastern 0030/0130 0830/0930 1730/1830 Mountain 0230/0330 1030/1130 1930/2030 Pacific 0330/0430 1130/1230 2030/2130 a. The morning and mid-day TWEB and synopsis will be valid for 12 hours. The evening TWEB and synopsis will be valid 18 hours with no outlook. b. Eastern and Central TWEBs shall not be entered prior to H+20 for hours 10, 17, and 22 UTC. Mountain and Pacific TWEBs shall not be entered prior to H+20 for hours 11, 18, and 23 UTC. 9-9-2. CROSS-COUNTRY ROUTES WMSC's storage contains a selection of combined individual route segments that defines cross-country routes. These routes are defined in AC 00-45. Section 4 defines the route segment and lists the number for each cross-country route. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-10-1 Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) Section 10. Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) 9-10-1. GENERAL A Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) is an unscheduled planning forecast. It is an air traffic oriented forecast intended for ARTCC, Air Traffic Control System Command Center Weather Unit (DCCWU), Air Traffic Control System Command Center (ATCSCC), and hub terminal air traffic facility specialists responsible for making flow control and flow control-related decisions. It enables these specialists to include the impact of expected, specified local and/or national weather conditions in making these decisions. 9-10-2. CRITERIA a. The MIS describes adverse weather conditions which are expected to begin generally within 4-to-12 hours after the statement's issuance. It can also describe conditions existing when the CWSU begins daily operations if the existing conditions will continue for at least 3 hours, or it can describe conditions existing at the time a briefing is issued. As a minimum, an MIS will be issued when: 1. Any of the following conditions occur or are forecast to occur: (a) Conditions meeting Convective SIGMET criteria. (See the Weather Service Operations Manual (WSOM), Chapter D-22.) (b) Moderate or greater icing. (c) Moderate or greater turbulence. (d) Heavy precipitation. (e) Freezing precipitation. (f) Conditions at, or approaching, low IFR. (See WSOM, Chapter D-21.) (g) Surface winds, including gusts of 30 knots or greater. (h) Low level wind shear (within 2,000 feet of the surface). (i) Volcanic ash, dust storms, or sandstorms. 2. The above conditions will, in the forecaster's judgment, impact the flow of air traffic within the ARTCC area of responsibility. 3. The forecast lead time (the time between the issuance of an MIS and the onset of the phenomenon), in the forecaster's judgment, is sufficient to make the issuance of a CWA premature or unnecessary. b. The MIS will describe the location of the phenomenon using ARTCC relevant points of reference, such as VORs, and will include the height, extent, intensity, and movement of the phenomenon. MISs will be numbered sequentially, beginning at midnight local time each day. Forecasters should be aware that the MIS is disseminated and stored as a replaceable product. This means that each MIS issuance must contain all of the pertinent and known details of the conditions meeting MIS issuance criteria including the continuing conditions de- scribed in previously issued MISs. c. The format of the MIS communications header is: (ARTCC designator) MIS (issuance number) VALID (issuance date/time-valid until date/time in UTC)/..FOR ATC PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY.._/(text). EXAMPLE- ZJX MIS 02 VALID 111345-120100 ..FOR ATC PLANNING PURPOSES ONLY.. SCT TSTMS WITH HVY PCPN ALG N/S RTES S OF ILM AND E OF SAV/OMN LN DVLPG BY 16Z MAX TOPS 350/400. ELSW ZJX AREA TSTMS WITH HVY PCPN FRMG IN SHRT LNS OR CLUSTERS AFT 17Z WITH FEW RCHG EXTRM. CELLS MOVG GENLY SEWD 10 KTS CONT THRU 00Z CONDS LWRG OCNLY TO LIFR IN HVY PCPN AFT 17Z. NOTE- The format of the MIS communications header must be followed exactly if the product is to be distributed through AISR. 9-10-3. DISTRIBUTION The MIS will be distributed to ARTCC area supervisors and traffic management coordinators and will be entered through FAA AIS R and other communications media to make it available for dissemination to other FAA and NWS facilities, including adjacent CWSUs and locally designated hub terminal facilities. Distribution may be made directly by the CWSU meteorologist or through the weather coordinator position. When a MIS is issued JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-10-2 Meteorological Impact Statement (MIS) concurrently with a briefing, the MIS will be distributed through those media to facilities mentioned above which do not receive an alphanumeric version of the briefing's contents. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-11-1 Center Weather Advisory (CWA) Section 11. Center Weather Advisory (CWA) 9-11-1. GENERAL A Center Weather Advisory (CWA) is an unsched- uled weather advisory. It is issued for the guidance of ARTCC personnel, designated FAA facilities, Air Traffic Control System Command Center Weather Unit (DCCWU) meteorologists, and air crews inflight to anticipate or avoid adverse weather conditions in terminal and en route environments. 9-11-2. CRITERIA a. The CWA is not a flight planning document. By nature of its short lead time, it reflects weather conditions in existence at the time of issuance or conditions beginning within the next 2 hours. If conditions are expected to persist beyond the time of the valid period and/or if conditions extend beyond the ARTCC area, statements to this effect should be included in the text. The CWSU will issue a CWA: 1. When necessary as a supplement to an existing WS (including WSTs), to an existing WA, or to an existing FA section. The issuance of a CWA under these circumstances should be limited to occasions when, in the judgment of the CWSU meteorologist, real time information adequately supports the issuance of a redefining statement update or advanced amendment. Such real time information regarding the phenomenon covered by a NAWAU product may be pilot reports, radar satellite, or information from other sources. The purpose of the CWA, under these circumstances, is to improve or to update the definition of the phenomenon in terms of relevance to users in the ARTCC area regarding the phenomenon's location, movement, extent, and intensity. A CWA, for example, describing an IFR WAs area of low IFR (LIFR) conditions in terms of ARTCC reference points would be a valid redefinition of the location and intensity relevant to the ARTCC's area and would meet documented requirements. 2. When an inflight advisory has not yet been issued, but the observed or expected weather conditions meet WS or WA criteria based on current pilot reports and reinforced by other sources of information concerning existing meteorological conditions. In this situation, the CWS U meteorologist should call the appropriate forecaster at the NAWAU or appropriate Alaska WSFO. If the CWSU forecaster determines that it is necessary to issue a CWA to allow lead time while the WS/WA is being prepared, the CWA will be issued, and the CWA should indicate that a WS/WA will be issued shortly. 3. The CWSU meteorologist may issue a CWA when observed, or developing weather conditions do not meet WS (including WST) or WA criteria but current pilot reports or other weather information sources indicate that an existing, or anticipated, meteorological phenomena will adversely affect the safe flow of air traffic within the ARTCC area of responsibility. In this situation, the data available must be sufficient, in the judgment of the CWSU meteorologist, to support both the issuance of such an advisory and, if necessary, its continuation. b. The CWA will describe the location of the phenomenon using ARTCC relevant points of reference, such as VORs, and will include the height, extent, intensity, and movement of the phenomenon. Each CWA will have a phenomenon number (1 through 6) immediately following the ARTCC identifier in the CWA message heading. A separate phenomenon number will be assigned to each meteorologically distinct condition or group of conditions, such as jetstream clear air turbulence or LIFR/icing conditions northwest of a low pressure center. The use of phenomenon numbers make it possible to store and disseminate up to six unrelated CWA conditions with each condition capable of being updated. Forecasters should be aware that the CWA is stored and disseminated as a replaceable product. This means that each subsequent CWA issuance must contain all the pertinent and known details of the conditions meeting CWA issuance criteria, including the continuing conditions de- scribed in the previously issued CWAs. CWAs will also be numbered sequentially, beginning at midnight local time each day. The sequential CWA issuance number will be followed by the related two-digit, alphanumeric designator for inflight advisories in effect if applicable. The CWA communications heading will also contain the CWA date/time of issuance in UTC and the “valid until” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 9-11-2 Center Weather Advisory (CWA) date/time in UTC. The difference between these two times will not exceed 2 hours. c. The format of the CWA communications header is: (ARTCC designator)(phenomenon number) CWA (date/time issued in UTC)/(ARTCC designator) CWA (issuance number) VALID UNTIL (date/time in UTC)/(FROM) (affected area)/(text). EXAMPLE- ZOB1 CWA 032141 ZOB CWA 101 VALID UNTIL 032300 FROM 10S DET TO 40N DJB TO 40E SBN TO 80SE MKG LN SEV TSTMS WITH EXTRM PCPN MOVG FROM 2525 3/4 INCH HAIL RPRTD LAST 5 MINS 20 SW YIP. TSTMS WITH HVY TO EXTRM PCPN CONTG DTW AREA BYD 2300 ZKC1 CWA 121528 ZKC CWA 102 VALID UNTIL 121728 STL DIAM 30 NM. NMRS RPTS OF MOD TO SEV ICG 080/090.. LGT OR NEG ICG RPTD 040/120 RMNDR OF ZKC AREA AND NE OF AREA. NOTE- The format of the CWA communications header must be followed exactly if the product is to be distributed through the AISR. 9-11-3. DISTRIBUTION The CWA will be distributed to ARTCC area supervisors and traffic management coordinators and will be entered through FAA AIS R and other communications media to make it available for dissemination to other FAA and NWS facilities. Distribution may be made directly by the CWSU meteorologist or through the weather coordinator position. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 10-1-1 General Chapter 10. Data Communication Systems Section 1. General 10-1-1. TYPES OF DATA ACCEPTABLE ON FAA DATA COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS a. Distress messages. b. Messages concerning safety to human life. c. Flight movement/control/safety messages. d. Aviation meteorological observations/fore- casts/warnings. e. Administrative messages which pertain to FAA personnel, facilities, or property. f. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) data. 10-1-2. PRIORITY MESSAGES (See TBL 10-1-1.) TBL 10-1-1 Priority Messages Priority Message Types Action Required SS Involves safety of life or property. Restricted to emergency situations. Transmit immediately to all addressees and deliver to all internal/external offices you are responsible for. DD Priority operational and circuit control data. Same as above. FF on local agreements Flight movement and control data relating safe/efficient operation of aircraft. Also for administrative data of a directive nature. Transmit immediately, make internal/external delivery during next available administrative work day if office is closed. Delivery may be required to duty officer, dependent. GG Meteorological, NOTAM and routine administrative data. Transmit immediately, make internal/external delivery by 10:30AM of the next business day. 10-1-3. GENERAL NOTICES a. GENOTs are transmitted by Washington Headquarters Message Center (RWA/KRWAYAYX) via NADIN. b. RENOTs are transmitted through NADIN by the ROC. c. All administrative centers (headquarters/re- gional/aeronautical offices) are staffed 24 hours per day. The FAA Technical Center is only staffed from 0600-2200 local, from Monday through Friday. Messages sent to them will be acknowledged/dis- seminated as appropriate during those hours. d. Administrative messages should be restricted to 20 lines of text and 69 characters per line. Messages exceeding this length shall be sent in individual parts. Facilities who miss a RENOT or GENOT should attempt to obtain it from adjacent facilities, then the ROC. ROC will relay requests to RWA for retransmisssion of GENOTs. NOTE- OASIS. OASIS will automatically break down long General Facility Messages (exceeding 20 lines) into parts before they are transmitted. e. Facilities receiving administrative messages shall not acknowledge unless the message is numbered. Message originators desiring an acknowl- edgement shall add a number line as the first line of text. EXAMPLE- DCA002 CLE DAY (TEXT) 10-1-4. GROUP CODES a. NADIN has established group codes to allow message originators to input a single address, which will result in dissemination to a selected number of facilities. b. System-wide group codes have been estab- lished for the primary use of RWA/KRWAYAYX and the ATC System Command Center (KCFCZDZX). These codes are KDOMYFYX and KDOMYYYX respectively. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 10-1-2 General c. A group code has also been established for each regional office and ARTCC primarily for the issuance of RENOTs and all ARTCC instructions. They are as follows for Regional Offices in TBL 10-1-2 and ARTCCs in TBL 10-1-3. TBL 10-1-2 Region Group Code Region ID Region ID Alaska PANCYGYX Northwest Mountain XST Central XKC Southern XTL Eastern XNY Southwest XFE Great Lakes XGC Western- Pacific XLA New England XBW TBL 10-1-3 ARTCC Group Code ARTCC ID ARTCC ID Albuquerque XXI Kansas City XXS Atlanta XXN Los Angeles XXF Boston XXU Memphis XXM Chicago XXC Miami XXL Cleveland XXD Minneapolis XXE Denver XXO New York XXR Ft. Worth XXJ Oakland XXG Houston XXH Salt Lake City XXP Indianapolis XXA Seattle XXT Jacksonville XXK Washington XXQ NOTE- All of the group codes can be converted to a full eight-character address by placing a K in front of and YFYX following the three characters listed in TBL 10-1-2 and TBL 10-1-3. OASIS facilities must use the full eight-character address when using group codes. d. Several other group codes exist for addressing selected groups of ATC facilities. To support MTR data transmission specifically, additional two-letter codes were developed to include all AFSS/FSS facilities within particular states or areas. Those states with only one AFSS/FSS, or those with all M1FC facilities, are not included in these codes. All M1FC facilities are served by the address KAWPY- FYX. The two-letter identifiers are as follows in TBL 10-1-4: TBL 10-1-4 Two-letter identifiers AK AR CA KY NC PA TN WA WV e. In addition, the following seven-group codes were established that include multiple states: KFSSYFCE (CENTRAL AREA) AR-IN-IL-KY-MO-TN KFSSYFEA (EAST COAST AREA) MD-NC-NJ-VA-WV KFSSYFNE (NORTHEAST AREA) CT-ME-VT KFSSYFNP (NORTHERN PLAINS AREA) ID-MT-ND-NE-SD-WY KFSSYFSE (SOUTHEAST AREA) AL-FL-GA KFSSYFWC (WEST COAST AREA) AZ-CA-NV-OR f. M1FC contains a group code for Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA). All VFR flight plans are automatically transmitted to the destination and DEA at the time of activation. NOTE- All filed flight plans, as well as all logged inflight, preflight, flight watch and contact briefings, are transmitted to the Air and Marine Operations Center (AMOC) using the address KRIVYYYX. These transmis- sions are transparent to the OASIS facility. g. The group code KSARYCYX has been established to assist in the processing of INREQs and ALNOTs. 10-1-5. MESSAGE FORMATS a. Personnel should adhere to the transmit formats defined for systems in use; i.e., M1FC, AISR. Failure to comply can result in the message being rejected by either NADIN or WMSC. This may result in nondelivery to the intended recipients. b. Full keyboard punctuation is allowed on all messages destined for internal FAA, DOD, NWS dissemination. For international dissemination, punctuation should be limited to those characters identified in pertinent ICAO documents. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 10-1-3 General c. Contractions and abbreviations should be used to shorten data transmissions to the extent possible. In no case should one be used that is not documented in FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions. For international communications, be aware that the foreign corres- pondent may not understand all FAA contractions and may not have a full command of the English language. Care should be exercised in international communications to avoid slang phrases and non-ICAO approved abbreviations. d. RQ/WQ. This message is used when requesting an individual report(s). It consists of the keywords /RQ for AISR or VM for M1FC for individual requests from the global and local data base; /WQ for AISR or NS RQ for M1FC for individual reports from WMSC. To avoid circuit congestion, requests for this type of data may not exceed one line. The following kinds of data may be requested using these keywords: SA, NTM, FD1, FD2, FD3, SW, SD, and FT. The reply to the request for an SA will include the basic METAR and any subsequent Specials (SPECI), amendment, or correction. It will also include all current NOTAM and PIREPs (UA/UUA) for that weather location. A request for SP will return only the METAR and any SPECIs for that hour. The response to NOTAM requests will include all current NOTAM for the NOTAM file specified, while requests for an FD or FT will include the current forecast and the latest amendments issued. NOTE1. OASIS facilities, use the WMSCR Transmit Request dialog box for retrieval of WMSCR data. Requests can be made for individual weather reports by selecting REPORT as the RR Type. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. Designated workstations, normally restricted to OS/CIC, must be enabled in order to use this function. 2. This procedure is adequate to facilitate reviewing weather trends; but for briefing purposes, the SA request should be used to ensure all en route and/or terminal NOTAM data pertinent to the flight is available. EXAMPLE(This example is a request for the latest hourly observation and terminal forecast for JFK from WMSC.) AISR /WQ JFK SA JFK FT M1FC NS RQ JFK SA JFK FT EXAMPLE(To obtain headers when requesting FD data, the input message should contain the word DATA when requesting U.S. FDs and FCST when requesting Canadian FDs.) AISR /RQ DATA FD1 SFO FD1 FCST FD1 YYZ FD1 M1FC NS RQ DATA FD1 SFO FD1 FCST FD1 YYZ FD1 e. WC. This message is used for requesting information, such as that contained in the SACA20 KWB C, which is available at the WMSC in collective form only. Only five collectives shall be called for in a request. NOTE- OASIS facilities, use the WMSCR Transmit Request dialog box for retrieval of WMSCR data. Requests can be made for WMO products by selecting WMO as the RR Type. Detailed instructions are contained in the WINGS online help and the WINGS System Users Guide. Designated workstations, normally restricted to OS/CIC, must be enabled in order to use this function. EXAMPLE- AISR /WC SACA20 KWBC f. RC. This message is used to retrieve a collective from the local data base. Non-AISR facilities use it for retrieving data listed in subpara 10-1-5e. Limit requests to one at a time. NOTE- OASIS does not support this function. EXAMPLE- M1FC NS RC SACA20 KWBC g. RL/WL. The RL function has been set aside for the use of the AWP in M1FC. The AWP is the only facility able to use the RL keyword in M1FC. The WL function should be coordinated with WMSC prior to use by a AISR facility. This message is used in requesting a group of reports, forecasts, or a mixture of these to meet specific requirements. In this type of message, inform ation is requested by specifying a single predetermined list. Only one list may be requested in each message. The lists are intended to provide groupings of individual reports, such as the observations and/or forecasts for all locations in a metropolitan area or along an airway. 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 10-1-4 General NOTE- OASIS does not support this function. 10-1-6. WMSCR NEGATIVE RESPONSE MESSAGES a. WMSCR automatically generates a negative response to request/reply inputs for which it cannot deliver. 1. NO REPORT AVBL. This response means the current data has not been received by WMSCR. 2. NOT IN SYSTEM. This response means WMSCR does not receive and store the requested data. 3. INVALID FORMAT. This response means the computer cannot process the request because of an input error. b. WMSCR will generate only one negative response message to an RQ transmission that requests multiple reports and only when none of the data requested can be delivered. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 11-1-1 General Chapter 11. Airport Lighting and Visibility Aids Section 1. General 11-1-1. AIRPORT LIGHTING a. General Lighting. Operate airport lighting in accordance with associated tables except: 1. As requested by the pilot. 2. As required by facility directives or letters of agreement to meet local conditions or requirements. 3. As specialist deems necessary if not contrary to pilot's request or local directives. b. Emergency Lighting. When it appears that an em ergency has or will occur, provide for the operation of all appropriate airport lighting aids in accordance with local procedures and/or as required. 11-1-2. OBSTRUCTION LIGHTS If controls are provided, operate the lights between sunset and sunrise. 11-1-3. ROTATING BEACON If controls are provided, turn on the rotating beacon: a. Between sunset and sunrise. b. Between sunrise and sunset when the reported ceiling or visibility is below basic VFR minima. 11-1-4. APPROACH LIGHTS Operate approach lights: a. Between sunset and sunrise when one of the following conditions exists: 1. They serve the landing runway. 2. They serve a runway to which an approach is being made but aircraft will land on another runway. b. Between sunrise and sunset when the ceiling is less than 1,000_feet or the prevailing visibility is 5_miles or less and approaches are being made to: 1. A landing runway served by the lights. 2. A runway served by the lights but aircraft are landing on another runway. NOTE- In the interest of energy conservation, the approach lighting system should be turned off when not needed for aircraft operations.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:31:57

11-1-5. ALS INTENSITY SETTINGS Operate intensity controls in accordance with the values depicted. (See TBL 11-1-1.) TBL 11-1-1 ALS Intensity Setting Step Visibility (Applicable to runway served by lights) Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile.* When requested. 4 1 to but not including 3 miles. When requested. 3 3 to but not including 5 miles. Less than 1 mile.* 2 5 to but not including 7 miles. 1 to 3 miles inclusive. 1 When requested. Greater than 3 miles. * and/or 6,000 feet or less of RVR on the runway served by the ALS and RVR. Note.- Daylight steps 2 and 3 provide recommended settings applicable to conditions in ALS Intensity Settings. 11-1-6. SEQUENCED FLASHING LIGHTS Operate sequenced flashing lights when the visibility is less than 3 miles and instrument approaches are being made to the runway served by the associated ALS. NOTE- SFLs are a component of the ALS and cannot be operated when the ALS is off. 11-1-7. RUNWAY EDGE LIGHTS Operate the runway edge light system(s) serving the runway(s) in use as follows: a. Between sunset and sunrise. 1. For departures when an aircraft calls for airport advisory or requests the lights be turned on until the aircraft reports departing the airport area or 15 minutes after the last contact with the aircraft. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 11-1-2 General 2. For arrivals when an aircraft calls for airport advisory or when the associated approach control advises that an aircraft is on approach until the aircraft reports/is observed clear of the runway or 15_minutes after last radio contact or arrival time. b. Between sunrise and sunset, turn the lights on when the surface visibility is less than 2_miles as described in subparas 11-1-7a1 and a2. c. The specialist considers it necessary, or it is requested by a pilot and no other known aircraft will be adversely affected. d. Do not turn on the runway edge lights when a NOTAM closing the runway is in effect. e. Alaska. The runway lights should remain on from the end of civil twilight to the beginning of civil twilight. If the runway lights are operated part-time in this period, broadcast a warning over the airport advisory frequency 2_minutes before turning the lights off. 11-1-8. CHANGING LIGHTED RUNWAYS a. To switch lights: 1. Advise all known aircraft that the lights are to be changed, specifying the runway to be lighted. 2. Turn on the lights for the new runway 30_seconds before turning off the other runway lights, equipment permitting. b. When a pilot requests that other than the favored runway be lighted and two runways cannot be lighted simultaneously, comply with the request if you have no knowledge of the lighted runway being in use. Advise all known aircraft. 11-1-9. SIMULTANEOUS APPROACH AND RUNWAY EDGE LIGHT OPERATION Turn on the runway edge lights for the runway in use whenever the associated approach lights are on. If multiple runway light selection is not possible, you may leave the approach lights on and switch the runway lights to another runway to accommodate another aircraft. 11-1-10. MALSR ODALS Operate MALSR/ODALS that have separate on-off and intensity setting controls in accordance with TBL 11-1-2 and TBL 11-1-3. NOTE- Application concerns use for takeoffs/landings/ap- proaches and does not preclude turning lights on for use of unaffected portions of a runway for taxiing aircraft, surface vehicles, maintenance, repair, etc. TBL 11-1-2 Two-Step MALS/One-Step RAIL Setting Visibility Day Night MALS HI-RAIL ON Less than 3 miles. Less than 3 miles.* MALS LOW When requested. 3 miles or more. *At locations providing part-time flight service, the MALSR shall be set to low intensity during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned. TBL 11-1-3 Three-Step MALS/Three-Step RAIL Setting Visibility Day Night 3 Less than 2 miles. Less than 1 mile. 2 2 to 5 miles inclusive. 1 to but not including 3 miles.* 1 When requested. 3 miles or more. *At locations providing part-time flight service, the air-to-ground radio link shall be activated during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned. If there is no radio air-to-ground control, the MALSR shall be set on intensity step #2 during the hours of darkness when the station is unmanned. (Reference- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 10-6-4, Approach Light Systems.) 11-1-11. HIRL ASSOCIATED WITH MALSR Operate HIRL that controls the associated MALSR in accordance with the intensity setting in TBL 11-1-4. TBL 11-1-4 HIRL Associated with MALSR Step Visibility Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile. When requested. 4 1 to but not including 2 miles. Less than 1 mile. 3 2 to but not including 3 miles. 1 to but not including 3 miles. 2 When requested. 3 to 5 miles inclusive. 1 When requested. More than 5 miles. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 11-1-3 General NOTE- When switching from a given brightness step setting to a lower setting, rotation of the brightness control to a point below the intended step setting and then back to the appropriate step setting will ensure that the MALSR will operate at the appropriate brightness. 11-1-12. MEDIUM INTENSITY RUNWAY LIGHTS Operate MIRL or MIRL which control the associated MALSR in accordance with the TBL 11-1-5. TBL 11-1-5 HIRL Intensity Setting Step Visibility Day Night 3 Less than 2 miles. Less than 1 mile. 2 2 to 3 miles. 1 to 3 miles. 1 When requested. More than 3 miles. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, para 11-1-11 Note. 11-1-13. HIGH INTENSITY RUNWAY, RUNWAY CENTERLINE, AND TOUCHDOWN ZONE LIGHTS Operate high intensity runway and associated runway centerline and touch-down zone lights in accordance with TBL 11-1-6. TBL 11-1-6 HIRL, RCLS, TDZL Intensity Setting Step Visibility Day Night 5 Less than 1 mile.* When requested. 4 1 to but not including 2 miles. Less than 1 mile. 3 2 to but not including 3 miles. 1 to but not including 3 miles. 2 When requested. 3 to 5 miles inclusive. 1 When requested. More than 5 miles. * and/or appropriate RVR/RVV equivalent. 11-1-14. HIRL CHANGES AFFECTING RVR Keep the appropriate approach controller or PAR controller informed, in advance if possible, of HIRL changes that affect RVR. 11-1-15. HIGH SPEED TURNOFF LIGHTS Operate high speed turnoff lights whenever the associated runway lights are used for arriving aircraft. Leave them on until the aircraft has either entered a taxiway or passed the last light. 11-1-16. RUNWAY END IDENTIFIER LIGHTS When separate on-off controls are provided, operate runway end identifier lights when the associated runway lights are lighted. Turn the REIL off after: a. An arriving aircraft has landed. b. A departing aircraft has left the traffic pattern area. c. It is determined that the lights are of no further use to the pilot. 11-1-17. TAXIWAY LIGHTS Operate taxiway lights serving the taxiways, or portions thereof, in use between sunset and sunrise before an aircraft taxies onto the taxiway (normally at the time taxi information is issued) and until it taxies off it. 11-1-18. VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATORS (VASIs) The VASI system with remote on-off switching shall be operated when it serves the runway in use and where intensities are controlled in accordance with TBL 11-1-7 and TBL 11-1-8. TBL 11-1-7 VASI Intensity Setting, Two-Step System Step Period: Condition High Day: Sunrise to sunset. Low Night: Sunset to sunrise. TBL 11-1-8 VASI Intensity Setting, Three-Step System Step Period: Condition High Day: Sunrise to sunset. Medium Twilight: From sunset to 30 minutes after sunset and from 30 minutes before sunrise to sunrise, and during twilight in Alaska. Note.- During a 1 year period, twilight may vary 26 to 43 minutes between 25 and 49 degrees N latitude. Low Night: From 30 minutes after sunset to 30 minutes before sunrise. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 11-1-4 General NOTE1. During a 1-year period, twilight may vary 26 to 43 minutes between 25 and 49 degrees N latitude. 2. The basic FAA standard for VASI systems permits independent operation by means of photoelectric device. This system has no on-off control feature and is intended for continuous operation. Other VASI systems in use include those that are operated remotely from the control tower. These systems may consist of either a photoelectric intensity control with only an on-off switch, a two-step intensity system, or a three-step intensity system. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 10-6-5, Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI) Systems. 11-1-19. VISIBILITY AIDS - GENERAL a. Where RVR/RVV equipment is operational, irrespective of subsequent operation or nonoperation of navigational or visual aids for the application of RVR/RVV as a takeoff or landing minima, furnish the values for the runway in use in accordance with para 11-1-20, RVR/RVV. b. Issue current touchdown RVR/RVV for the runway(s) in use: 1. When prevailing visibility is 1 mile or less regardless of the value indicated. 2. When RVR/RVV indicates a reportable value regardless of the prevailing visibility. NOTE- Reportable values are: RVR 6,000 feet or less; RVV 1-1/2 miles or less. 3. When it is determined from a reliable source that the indicated RVR value differs by more than 400 feet from the actual conditions within the area of the transmissometer, the RVR data is not acceptable and shall not be reported. NOTE- A reliable source is considered to be a certified weather observer, air traffic controller, or pilot. 4. When the observer has reliable reports, or has otherwise determined that the instrument values are not representative of the associated runway, the data shall not be used. 11-1-20. RVR/RVV a. Provide RVR/RVV information by stating the runway, the abbreviations RVR/RVV, and the indicated value. When issued along with other weather elements, transmit these values in the normal sequence used for weather reporting. b. When there is a requirem ent to issue an RVR/RVV value and a visibility condition greater or less than the reportable values of the equipment is indicated, state the condition as MORE than or LESS than the appropriate minimum or maximum readable value. c. When a readout indicates a rapidly varying visibility condition (1,000 feet or more for RVR; one or more reportable values for RVV), report the current value followed by the range of visibility variance. 11-1-21. OPERATION OF LANDING DIRECTION INDICATOR Align the landing direction indicator with the favored or designated runway. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 12-1-1 General Chapter 12. Interphone Communications Section 1. General 12-1-1. PURPOSE a. The procedures and phraseologies contained in this chapter apply to interfacility and intrafacility telephone communications conducted from any position of operation. b. Interphone use is restricted to authorized official business only. c. Monitor interphones continuously. At facilities without ringers keep speaker volume at a level sufficient to hear all transmissions. In the event of interphone failure, use authorized back-up proce- dures; i.e., commercial telephone, aircraft radio relay. d. Use the words or phrases in interphone communications as contained in the Pilot/Controller Glossary. 12-1-2. INTERPHONE TRANSMISSION PRIORITIES Give priority to interphone transmissions as follows: a. First priority. Emergency messages including essential information on aircraft accidents or suspected accidents. After actual emergency has passed, give a lower priority to messages relating to an accident. b. Second priority. Clearance and control instruc- tions. c. Third priority. Movement and control messages using the following order of precedence when possible: 1. Progress reports. 2. Departure or arrival reports. 3. Flight plans. d. Fourth priority. Movement messages on VFR aircraft. e. Fifth priority. General messages; e.g., outages. 12-1-3. PRIORITY INTERRUPTION The words “break for emergency” or “break for control” may be used to interrupt lower priority messages when it is necessary to transmit an emergency or control message. 12-1-4. MESSAGE INITIATION Initiate interphone messages as follows: a. Assure line is not in use. PHRASEOLOGY- LINE CLEAR? b. If line is not in use, establish contact with the desired facility and/or position. EXAMPLE- Manual signaling: FSS-(Signals center manually). Center- “Anchorage Center” or “Sector D-5.” FSS- “Kenai radio. Kenai progress Apache One Two Three.” Center- “Go ahead” FSS- “Over Kenai...etc.” “L-H” Center- “Roger Apache One Two Three.” “C-M” Voice signaling: FSS- “Seattle Center, McMinnville Radio, Clear- ance Request.“ Center “Seattle Center, Go Ahead.” FSS- “Request Clearance, Army ......etc.” c. When initiating calls on interphone voice lines, identify the line on which the call is being made. EXAMPLE- FSS - “Indianapolis Center, Dayton Radio on the 82 line, departure.” d. When calling or replying on an interphone line which connects only two facilities, you may omit the facility's name. EXAMPLE“Radio, inbound estimate.” e. FSS/AFSS. 1. Inflight position. State the name of the FSS followed by the word RADIO and position, if appropriate. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 12-1-2 General EXAMPLE“Fairbanks Radio.” 2. Flight Watch position. State the name of the associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH. EXAMPLE“Indianapolis Flight Watch.” NOTE- During transition to EFAS consolidation, nonconsoli- dated facilities will state the name of the parent AFSS/FSS facility followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH. 12-1-5. MESSAGE TERMINATION Terminate interphone messages with your operating initials. EXAMPLE“V-N.” JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 13-1-1 General Chapter 13. NAVAID Monitoring Section 1. General 13-1-1. PURPOSE Facility responsibility for monitoring of NAVAIDs is assigned by the Flight Services Operations Area Office. Because NAVAIDs and their monitoring equipment are continuously changing, use the procedures contained in this chapter as they apply. 13-1-2. DUTIES At facilities assigned responsibility for monitoring NAVAIDs, check status as part of watch checklist. 13-1-3. MALFUNCTIONS Take the following action when an air traffic system component malfunctions: a. Try to restore the aid to normal operation, unless Technical Operations Services requests otherwise. b. If able to restore it, record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4. c. If unable to restore it, discontinue its use and: 1. Notify the appropriate IFR control facility/ sector. 2. Notify the appropriate AFSS/FSS as neces- sary. 3. Notify maintenance personnel as required. 4. Take appropriate NOTAM actions. REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 3-5-1, NAVAID Monitoring and FAAO 7930.2 Para 4-2-3, NOTAM for NAVAID in Different FSS Flight Plan Area. 5. Record on FAA Form 7230-4. d. If a monitor indicates a NAVAID malfunction, but aircraft or maintenance personnel report the NAVAID is operating normally, take actions and make notifications in accordance with subpara 13-1-3c. 13-1-4. AIRCRAFT REPORTED MALFUNCTIONS a. Aircraft reported NAVAID malfunctions are subject to varying circumstances. When an aircraft reports a ground-based NAVAID malfunction, take the following action: 1. Request a report from a second aircraft. 2. If the second aircraft reports normal operations, continue use and, if able, inform the first aircraft. Record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4. 3. If the second aircraft confirms the malfunc- tion or, in the absence of a second aircraft report, take NAVAID restoral action. 4. If normal operation is reported after restoral action is taken, continue use, record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4, and notify appropriate mainte- nance personnel. 5. If continued malfunction is reported after restoral action is taken, request advice from maintenance personnel on whether the NAVAID should be shut down. In the absence of a second aircraft report, advise maintenance personnel of the time of the initial aircraft report and the estimated time a second aircraft report could be obtained. b. When an aircraft reports a GPS/GNSS anomaly: 1. Request the following information: (a) Aircraft call sign and type aircraft. (b) Date and time of the occurrence. (c) Location of anomaly. (d) Altitude. 2. Record the incident on FAA Form 7230-4. 3. Forward this information to the local Traffic Management Unit (TMU) and local Maintenance Control Center (MCC) personnel. c. When an aircraft reports a WAAS anomaly, request the following information and/or take the following actions: 1. Determine if the pilot has lost all WAAS service. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 13-1-2 General EXAMPLE“Are you receiving any WAAS service?” 2. If the pilot reports receipt of any WAAS service, acknowledge the report and continue normal operations. 3. If the pilot reports loss of all WAAS service, report as a GPS anomaly using procedures in paragraph 13-1-4b. 13-1-5. ADJUSTMENTS TO NAVAIDs Notify the appropriate air traffic control facility before any adjustment (including a transmitter change) to a VOR, TACAN, or DME transmitter is made which might cause a momentary interruption or an abnormal indication on aircraft instruments. 13-1-6. NAVAID FLIGHT CHECK Provide maximum assistance to aircraft engaged in flight inspection of NAVAIDs. Unless otherwise agreed to, maintain direct contact with the pilot and provide information regarding known traffic in the area and request the pilot's intentions. NOTE1. Many flight inspections are accomplished using automatic recording equipment. An uninterrupted flight is necessary for successful completion of the mission. The workload for the limited number of aircraft engaged in these activities requires strict adherence to a schedule. 2. Flight inspection operations which require special participation of ground personnel, specific communica- tions, or radar operation capabilities are considered to require special handling. These flights are coordinated with appropriate facilities before departure. 13-1-7. MONITORING OF NAVAIDs BY TECHNICAL OPERATIONS SERVICES PERSONNEL Maintenance personnel may assume monitor of any navigational aid provided they coordinate with the responsible air traffic monitor facility. Record the time on FAA Form 7230-4 that maintenance personnel assume monitor responsibility for each NAVAID and the time they return monitor responsibility to the facility. NOTE- When maintenance personnel silence the monitoring systems of any NAVAID, they will assume responsibility for the monitoring function. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-1 General Chapter 14. Phraseology Section 1. General 14-1-1. PURPOSE This chapter prescribes standardized procedures and phraseologies to be used by flight service personnel when communicating weather and aeronautical information in broadcast, radiotelephone, and interphone communications. Where position or procedure-specific phraseology is required, refer- ence is to be made to the relevant chapter of this order. 14-1-2. PHRASEOLOGY The annotation PHRASEOLOGY denotes the prescribed words and/or phrases to be used in communications. NOTE- Specialists may, after first using the prescribed phraseology for a specific procedure, rephrase the message to ensure the content is understood. Good judgment shall be exercised when using nonstandard phraseology. 14-1-3. WORDS AND PHRASES Use the words or phrases in broadcast, radiotele- phone, and interphone communications as contained in the Pilot/Controller Glossary. 14-1-4. ANNOUNCING MISSING ITEMS With the exception of RVR, announce the word “missing” when any item or component of a weather report is not reported, or in place of unreadable or obviously incorrect items or portions of weather reports. When appropriate, instead of speaking the name of several locations with missing reports, announce: “Other scheduled reports missing.” NOTE- On occasion, a parameter from an automated observation may be reported as missing in the body of the report but is available as a manually reported parameter in the remarks section. When the report is spoken, include the manually reported element in its proper sequence within the report. 14-1-5. ICAO PHONETICS Use the ICAO pronunciation of numbers and, as necessary, individual letters for clarity. The ICAO radiotelephony alphabet and pronunciation guide are contained in TBL 14-1-1. TBL 14-1-1 ICAO Pronunciation Character Word Pronunciation 0 Zero ZEE-RO 1 One WUN 2 Two TOO 3 Three TREE 4 Four FOW-ER 5 Five FIFE 6 Six SIX 7 Seven SEV-EN 8 Eight AIT 9 Nine NIN-ER A Alfa AL-FAH B Bravo BRAH-VOH C Charlie CHAR-LEE D Delta DELL-TAH E Echo ECK-OH F Foxtrot FOKS-TROT G Golf GOLF H Hotel HOH-TELL I India IN-DEE-AH J Juliett JEW-LEE-ETT K Kilo KEY-LOH L Lima LEE-MAH M Mike MIKE N November NO-VEM-BER O Oscar OSS-CAR P Papa PAH-PAH Q Quebec KEH-BECK R Romeo ROW-ME-OH S Sierra SEE-AIR-AH T Tango TANG-GO U Uniform YOU-NEE-FORM V Victor VIK-TAH W Whiskey WISS-KEY X X-ray ECKS-RAY Y Yankee YANG-KEY Z Zulu ZOO-LOO NOTE- Syllables to be emphasized in pronunciation are in bold face. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-2 General 14-1-6. RELAY OF ATC COMMUNICATIONS Prefix a clearance, information, or a request for information which will be relayed from a control facility to an aircraft with the appropriate phrase “A-T-C clears,” “A-T-C advises,” or “A-T-C requests.” 14-1-7. EXPEDITIOUS COMPLIANCE a. Use the word “immediately” only when expeditious compliance is required to avoid an imminent situation. b. Use the word “expedite” only when prompt compliance is required to avoid the development of an imminent situation. c. In either case, and if time permits, include the reason for this action. 14-1-8. WEATHER PHRASEOLOGY Use the following phraseology and procedures for stating surface weather observations and for information similarly encoded in other aviation weather products and forecasts. a. Location. 1. Announce the geographic name (not the identifier) once for communications. EXAMPLE“Paducah.” 2. When the location name is duplicated within 500 miles, follow the location name with the state name. EXAMPLE“Columbus, Ohio.” 3. When weather reports originate at more than one airport at the same geographical location, identify the airport. EXAMPLE“Anchorage, Anchorage Merrill.” “Chicago O'Hare.” 4. Where it is considered necessary and is requested by the military base commander, broadcast military observations by stating the location, the name of the airport if different, and the controlling military branch. EXAMPLE“Andrews Air Force Base.” “Elmendorf, Elmendorf Air Force Base.” “Fort Riley, Marshall Army Air Field.” “Norfolk Naval Air Station.” b. If AUTO appears after the date/time element, follow location announcement with the phrase AUTOMATED. PHRASEOLOGY(Location) AUTOMATED. c. If a special report is the most recent observation available, follow the location with the words SPECIAL REPORT, (last two digits of the time) OBSERVATION. Use data from the record report to fill in the item s not included in the special observation, such as temperature and dew point. d. If the weather data is not available, state the location and the word MISSING. e. Wind Direction and Speed. Announce surface wind direction and speed by stating the word WIND followed by the separate digits of the wind direction to the nearest 10 degrees and the separate digits of the speed. A “G” between two wind speed values is announced as GUSTS. State local wind as it appears in the report. Announce the variability of wind at the end of the wind group. (See TBL 14-1-2.) TBL 14-1-2 Wind Direction and Speed Wind Phraseology 00000KT WIND CALM. 26012KT WIND TWO SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO. 29012KT 260V320 WIND TWO NINER ZERO AT ONE TWO WIND VARIABLE BETWEEN TWO SIX ZERO AND THREE TWO ZERO. 30008KT WIND THREE ZERO ZERO AT EIGHT. 36012G20KT WIND THREE SIX ZERO AT ONE TWO GUSTS TWO ZERO. VRB04KT WIND VARIABLE AT FOUR. f. Visibility. 1. State the word VISIBILITY followed by the visibility values in miles and/or fractions of miles, except announce values indicated by the figure 0 as ZERO. Announce the separate digits of whole numbers as applicable. (See TBL 14-1-3.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-3 General TBL 14-1-3 Visibility Contraction Phraseology 0SM Visibility zero. 1 /16SM Visibility one sixteenth. 1 /8SM Visibility one eighth. M1 /4 SM Visibility less than one quarter. 3 /4SM Visibility three quarters. 11 /2SM Visibility one and one-half. 8SM Visibility eight. 25SM Visibility two five. NOTE- When visibility is less than 3 miles and variable, this information is reported in the remarks. 2. When stating AUTOB visibility values, announce the visibility in accordance with the reportable categories depicted in TBL 14-1-4 and TBL_14-1-5. TBL 14-1-4 Visibility Reading Reading Visibility Values 0 less than 15 /16 1 1 - 1 7 /8 2 2 - 2 7 /8 3 3 - 3 1 /2 4 3 1 /2 - 4 1 /2 5 4 1 /2 - 5 1 /2 6 5 1 /2 - 6 1 /2 7 6 1 /2 - 7 1 /2 8 above 7 1 /2 TBL 14-1-5 Visibility Reading Reading Phraseology BV0 “Visibility less than fifteen sixteenths.” BV3 “Visibility three to three and one-half.” BV8 “Visibility more than seven and one-half.” 3. If an AUTOB visibility report consisting of three values is encountered, it is decoded as depicted below. EXAMPLE“BV786” 6 = minimum visibility during past 10 minutes. 7 = present visibility. 8 = maximum visibility during past 10 minutes. g. RVR/RVV. 1. Provide RVR/RVV information by stating the runway, “visual range” or “visibility value,” as appropriate, and the indicated value. The abbreviations “R-V-R” or “R-V-V” may be spoken in lieu of “visual range” or “visibility value.” When the indicated values are separated by a V, preface the values with the words VARIABLE BETWEEN, followed by the first value, the word AND, then the second value. (See TBL 14-1-6.) TBL 14-1-6 RVR/RVV RVR/RVV Phraseology R36VV11/2 “Runway three six, R-V-V one and one-half.” R05LVV1V2 “Runway five left, R-V-V variable between one and two.” R18/2000V3000FT “Runway one eight, R-V-R variable between two thousand and three thousand. Or Runway one eight visual range variable between two thousand and three thousand.” R26R/2400FT “Runway two six right visual range two thousand four hundred.”
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:09

2. When there is a requirement to issue an RVR or RVV value and a visibility condition greater or less than the reportable values of the equipment is indicated, state the condition as MORE THAN or LESS THAN the appropriate minimum or maximum readable value. (See TBL 14-1-7.) TBL 14-1-7 RVR/RVV RVR/RVV Phraseology R16/M0600FT ``Runway one six runway visual range less than six hundred. Or Runway one six R-V-R less than six hundred.'' R36L/M0600V2500FT ``Runway three six left, R-V-R variable between less than six hundred and two thousand five hundred. Or Runway three six left visual range variable between less than six hundred and two thousand five hundred.'' R36/P6000FT ``Runway three six R-V-R more than six thousand. Or Runway three six visual range more than six thousand.'' JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-4 General h. Weather ElementsTBL 14-1-8 depicts sample phraseology for weather element contractions. Intensity refers to precipitation, not descriptors. Proximity is spoken after the phenomenon to which it refers. Descriptors are spoken ahead of weather phenomenon with the exception of ``showers'' which is spoken after the precipitation. TBL 14-1-9 contains a complete list of weather elements and appropriate phraseology. i. Ceiling and Sky Coverage. 1. State sky coverage in the same order as reported on the weather observation. Announce ceiling as follows: (See TBL 14-1-10.) TBL 14-1-8 Examples of Combining Intensity, Descriptors and Weather Phenomenon. Contractions Phraseology BLSN BLOWING SNOW -FZRAPL LIGHT FREEZING RAIN, ICE PELLETS FZRA FREEZING RAIN FZDZ FREEZING DRIZZLE MIFG SHALLOW FOG -SHRA LIGHT RAIN SHOWERS SHRA RAIN SHOWERS SHSN SNOW SHOWERS TSRA THUNDERSTORM, RAIN +TSRA THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY RAIN (SHOWERS)1 +TSRAGR THUNDERSTORM, HEAVY RAIN, HAIL VCSH SHOWERS IN THE VICINITY 1 Since thunderstorms imply showery precipitation, ``showers'' may be used to describe precipitation that accompany thunderstorms. TBL 14-1-9 Weather Elements INTENSITY or PROXIMITY 1 DESCRIPTOR 2 PRECIPITATION 3 OBSCURATION 4 OTHER 5 - Light MI Shallow DZ Drizzle BR Mist PO Well- Developed Dust/Sand Whirls BC Patchy RA Rain FG Fog SQ Squalls Moderate (No Qualifier) DR Low Drifting SN Snow FU Smoke FC +FC Funnel Cloud, Tornado or Waterspout BL Blowing SG Snow Grains DU Dust SS Sandstorm + Heavy SH Showers IC Ice Crystals SA Sand DS Duststorm TS Thunderstorm PL Ice Pellets HZ Haze VC In the Vicinity FZ Freezing GR Hail PY Spray PR Partial GS Small Hail or Snow Pellets (_1/4”) VA Volcanic Ash UP *Unknown Precipitation * Automated stations only. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-5 General TBL 14-1-10 Ceiling and Sky Coverage Designator Phraseology BKN0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED BKN000  CEILING LESS THAN FIVE ZERO BROKEN FEW0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED FEW000  FEW CLOUDS AT LESS THAN FIVE ZERO (lowest layer aloft) BKN/OVC (precede with) CEILING SCT0001 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED SCT000  LESS THAN FIVE ZERO SCATTERED VV INDEFINITE CEILING 1 Surface-based obscurations. Requires remarks, i.e. RMK FG SCT000, FU BKN000, etc.  No remark means the layer is aloft. 2. State cloud heights in tens, hundreds and/or thousands of feet. (See TBL 14-1-11.) TBL 14-1-11 Cloud Heights Number Phraseology 0001 ZERO 003 THREE HUNDRED 018 ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED 200 TWO ZERO THOUSAND 1 Spoken as zero only when used with VV. NOTE1. When the ceiling is less than 3,000 feet and variable, the variable limits will be reported in the remarks. 2. When communicating weather information on the TIBS broadcast or telephone, specialist may announce cloud heights in either group form or in hundreds or thousands of feet, such as seventeen thousand or one seven thousand.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:19

3. Announce sky conditions as indicated below. (See TBL 14-1-12.) TBL 14-1-12 Sky Conditions Contraction Phraseology BKN (height) BROKEN CLR1 CLEAR BELOW ONE TWO THOUSAND FEW FEW CLOUDS AT (height) OVC (height) OVERCAST SCT (height) SCATTERED SKC CLEAR 1 Automated weather reports. 4. The following are examples of broadcast phraseology of sky and ceiling conditions: (See TBL 14-1-13.) TBL 14-1-13 Sky and Ceiling Conditions Condition Phraseology BKN000 BKN010 BKN050 RMK FG BKN000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED, CEILING ONE THOUSAND BROKEN, FIVE THOUSAND BROKEN. FOG OBSCURING FIVE TO SEVEN EIGHTS OF THE SKY. BKN010 CEILING ONE THOUSAND BROKEN. SCT000 SCT020 OVC035 RMK FG SCT000 SKY PARTIALLY OBSCURED, TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED, CEILING THREE THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED OVERCAST. FOG OBSCURING THREE TO FOUR EIGHTS OF THE SKY. SCT020 OVC250 TWO THOUSAND SCATTERED, CEILING TWO FIVE THOUSAND OVERCAST. VV000 INDEFINITE CEILING ZERO. VV012 INDEFINITE CEILING ONE THOUSAND TWO HUNDRED.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:33

j. Announce surface temperature and dew point by stating the words TEMPERATURE or DEWPOINT, as appropriate, followed by the temperature in degrees Celsius. Temperatures below zero are announced by prefixing the word MINUS before the values. (See TBL 14-1-14.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/14-1-6 General TBL 14-1-14 Temperature/Dewpoint Reading Phraseology 02/M01 ``Temperature two, dew point minus one.'' 04/02 ``Temperature four, dew point two.'' 18/13 ``Temperature one eight, dew point one three.'' k. Altimeter Setting. 1. State the word ALTIMETER followed by the four digits of the altimeter setting. (See TBL_14-1-15.) TBL 14-1-15 Altimeter Setting Altimeter Setting Phraseology A2989 ``Altimeter two niner eight niner.'' A3001 ``Altimeter three zero zero one.'' A3025 ``Altimeter three zero two five.''
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:39

2. Identify the source of all altimeter settings when issued, if not given as part of an identified surface observation. Provide the time of the report if more than one hour old. PHRASEOLOGY(airport name) (time of report if more than one hour old) ALTIMETER (setting). 3. If a request for the altimeter setting in MILLIBARS is received, announce the separate digits of the millibar equivalent value, using the millibar conversion chart, followed by the word MILLIBARS. If the millibar setting is not a whole number, always round down. (See TBL 14-1-16.) REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7110.10, subpara 4-3-5f. TBL 14-1-16 Millibar Conversion Millibar Conver- sion Phraseology 956.3 ``Altimeter niner five six millibars.'' 1002.0 ``Altimeter one zero zero two millibars.'' 1058.9 ``Altimeter one zero five eight millibars.''
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:32:48

4. When altimeter is in excess of 31.00: (a) Advise all aircraft. PHRASEOLOGY``ALTIMETER IN EXCESS OF THREE ONE ZERO ZERO. HIGH PRESSURE ALTIMETER PROCEDURES ARE IN EFFECT.'' (b) Advise VFR aircraft to set altimeter to 31.00 en route. PHRASEOLOGY``RECOMMEND YOU SET ALTIMETER THREE ONE ZERO ZERO EN ROUTE.'' 14-1-9. WEATHER REMARKS Announce pertinent remarks from surface weather observations in accordance with FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions, and as shown in the following tables. Do not state additive data or other information intended for NWS analysis or processing that does not contribute to the description of the conditions occurring at the station. a. SKY AND CEILING. (See TBL 14-1-17.) TBL 14-1-17 Sky and Ceiling Contraction Phraseology CIG 005V010 ``Ceiling variable between five hundred and one thousand.'' CIG 020 RY11 ``Ceiling two thousand at runway one one.'' CB N MOV E ``Cumulonimbus north moving east.'' CBMAM DSNT S ``Cumulonimbus mammatus distant south.'' CLDS TPG MT SW ``Clouds topping mountain southwest.'' CONTRAILS N FL420 ``Condensation trails north at flight level four two zero.'' FRQ LTCIC VC ``Frequent lightning in cloud in the vicinity.'' LWR CLDS NE ``Lower clouds northeast.'' OCNL LTGICCG NW ``Occasional lightning in cloud and cloud to ground northwest.'' RDGS OBSCD W-N ``Ridges obscured west through north.'' b. Obscuring Phenomena. (See TBL 14-1-18.) 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-7 General TBL 14-1-18 Obscuring Phenomena Contraction Phraseology BLSN SCT000 ``Blowing snow obscuring three to four-eights of the sky.'' DU BKN000 ``Dust obscuring five to seven-eights of the sky.'' FG FU FEW000 ``Fog and smoke obscuring one to two-eights of the sky.'' FU SCT020 ``Smoke layer two thousand scattered.'' SN BKN000 ``Snow obscuring five to seven-eights of the sky.''
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:03

c. Visibility. (See TBL 14-1-19.) TBL 14-1-19 Visibility Contraction Phraseology SFC VIS 1/2 ``Surface visibility one-half.'' SFC VIS 15 TWRINC ``Surface visibility one five, tower in clouds.'' TWR VIS 3/4 ``Tower visibility three-quarters.'' VIS S 1 W 1/4 ``Visibility south one, west one-quarter.'' VIS 1V3 ``Visibility variable between one and three.'' d. Weather and obstruction to visibility. (See TBL 14-1-20.) TBL 14-1-20 Weather and Obstruction Contraction Phraseology BCFG S ``Patchy fog south.'' DUST DEVILS NW ``Dust devils northwest.'' FG DSIPTG ``Fog dissipating.'' FU DRFTG OVR FLD ``Smoke drifting over field.'' FUOCTY ``Smoke over city.'' GR 2 ``Hailstones two inches in diameter.'' INTMT -RA ``Intermittent light rain.'' OCNL LTG DSNT NW ``Occasional lightning distant northwest.'' OCNL SHRA ``Occasional moderate rain showers.'' -RA OCNLY +RA ``Light rain occasionally heavy.'' RAB30 ``Rain began at three zero.'' SNB15E40 ``Snow began at one five, ended at four zero.'' SNINCR 5/10 ``Snow increase five inches during past hour, ten inches on the ground.'' TS OHD MOV E ``Thunderstorm overhead, moving east.'' FRQ LTGCG TS W MOV E ``Frequent lightning cloud to ground, thunderstorm west moving east.'' UNCONFIRMED TORNADO 15W OKC MOV NE 2015 ``Unconfirmed tornado one five west of Oklahoma City, moving northeast sighted at two zero one five zulu.'' WET SN ``Wet snow.'' e. Wind. (See TBL 14-1-21.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-8 General TBL 14-1-21 Wind Contraction Phraseology PK WND 33048/22 ``Peak wind three three zero at four eight occurred at two two past the hour.'' WSHFT 30 ``Wind shifted at three zero.'' f. Pressure. (See TBL 14-1-22.) TBL 14-1-22 Pressure Contraction Phraseology PRESFR ``Pressure falling rapidly.'' PRESRR ``Pressure rising rapidly.'' g. Freezing Level Data. (See TBL 14-1-23.) TBL 14-1-23 Freezing Level Data Contraction Explanation RADAT 87045 Relative humidity 87 percent, only crossing of zero degrees Celsius isotherm was four thousand five hundred M-S-L. RADAT 87L024105 Relative humidity 87 percent at the lowest crossing of zero degrees Celsius. Two crossings occurred at two thousand four hundred and one zero thousand five hundred M-S-L. RADAT MISG The sounding terminated below the first crossing of the zero degree Celsius isotherm. Temperatures were all above freezing. RADAT ZERO The entire sounding was below zero degrees Celsius. h. Icing Data. (See TBL 14-1-24.) TBL 14-1-24 Icing Data Contraction Explanation RAICG 12 MSL Icing at one thousand two hundred M-S-L. RAICG 24 MSL SNW Icing at two thousand four hundred M-S-L in snow. i. Maintenance Data. (See TBL 14-1-25.) TBL 14-1-25 Maintenance Data RVR/RVV Phraseology PNO ``Precipitation amount not available.'' RVRNO ``R-V-R (or runway visual range) information not available.'' TSNO ``Thunderstorm/lightning information not available.'' VISNO ``Visibility sensor information not available.'' 14-1-10. WEATHER ADVISORIES a. When announcing weather advisories, include the complete advisory description including the product name and alphanumeric identification. Specify Eastern, Central, or Western section as applicable when stating WSTs. PHRASEOLOGY- AIRMET ALERT WEATHER WATCH, ONE ZERO SEVEN FOR SEVERE THUNDERSTORMS CONVECTIVE SIGMET TWO SEVEN EASTERN HOUSTON CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY ONE, ISSUANCE TWO SIGMET WHISKEY THREE
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:13

b. Do not read the OUTLOOK section of WSTs when stating the advisory. Data contained in the OUTLOOK concerning convective activity location, movement, and intensity may be extracted for compilation in forecast summarizations. EXAMPLE``Convective SIGMET one seven Eastern-from five zero south of St. Petersburg to three zero south of Columbus, line of thunderstorms three five miles wide moving east at one five knots. Maximum tops four seven thousand.'' c. VNR. When VFR flight is proposed and sky conditions or visibilities are present or forecast, surface based or aloft that, in your judgment, would make visual flight doubtful, include one of the following statements: PHRASEOLOGY- V-F-R FLIGHT NOT RECOMMENDED (location if applicable) DUE TO (conditions). or V-F-R NOT RECOMMENDED. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-9 General 14-1-11. RADAR Use the following phraseology and procedures for communicating radar products: a. RAREPs. 1. Location. Announce the geographic name (not the identifier) once for communications and twice for broadcasts. EXAMPLE“Lake Charles radar report.” “Memphis, Memphis radar report.” NOTE- Special weather radar reports are not issued. 2. When broadcasting reports, announce the last two digits of the observation time followed by the word OBSERVATION. EXAMPLE``Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City radar report, three five observation.'' 3. State the type of echo pattern or configuration as follows: (See TBL 14-1-26.) TBL 14-1-26 Echo Pattern Contraction Meaning AREA Area CELL Single cell FINE LN Fine line LN Line LYR Layer SPRL BAND AREA Spiral band area
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:24

4. State the coverage of echoes in tenths. EXAMPLE``Eight tenths.'' 5. State the type in accordance with TBL_14-1-27, intensity in accordance with TBL_14-1-28, and intensity trend of the weather in accordance with TBL_14-1-29. TBL 14-1-27 Type Symbol Meaning A Hail PL Ice pellets L Drizzle R Rain RW Rain showers S Snow SW Snow showers T Thunderstorm ZL Freezing drizzle ZR Freezing rain Note: Symbols used in RAREPs have not been changed to METAR symbology. TBL 14-1-28 Intensity Symbol Intensity - Light (none) Moderate + Heavy ++ Heavy X Extreme XX Extreme U Unknown TBL 14-1-29 Intensity Trend Symbol Trend - Decreasing + Increasing NC No change NEW New echo Note: No intensity or trend is assigned for nonliquid precipitation. 6. Describe the area covered by stating the azimuth and range of the points defining the echo pattern. (See TBL 14-1-30.) TBL 14-1-30 Echo Pattern Coded Phraseology 86/40 160/60 262/115 ``FROM FOUR ZERO EAST TO SIX ZERO SOUTHEAST TO ONE ONE FIVE WEST OF (radar site location).'' 7. State the dimensions of the echo pattern in nautical miles using separate digits. The symbol W means WIDE, and D indicates DIAMETER. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-10 General 8. State the pattern movement referencing the direction to which the echoes are moving and the speed using separate digits. The patterns are decoded L for LINE, C for CELL, and A for AREA. (See TBL_14-1-31.) TBL 14-1-31 Direction of Movement Coded Phraseology C3640 ``CELLS MOVING SOUTH AT FOUR ZERO.'' L2325 ``LINE MOVING NORTHEAST AT TWO FIVE.'' 9. State the height of the tops in hundreds and/or thousands of feet, and their location by azimuth and distance where indicated. (See TBL_14-1-32.) TBL 14-1-32 Heights-Tops Coded Phraseology MT350 AT 270/20 ``MAX TOP THREE FIVE THOUSAND, TWO ZERO MILES WEST OF (radar site location).'' 10. State any remarks after decoding from contractions. 11. Do not announce the letters and numbers comprising the digital radar codes at the end of the radar reports. 12. Do not announce those portions of RAREPs containing information on the location of a hurricane eye. These reports begin with the identifying words eye or center. 13. Following is an example of a RAREP as it appears and as it is broadcast. EXAMPLE- OKC 1935 LN 8TRW++/+ 86/40 164/60 199/115 15W L2425 MT 570 159/65 AUTO ^MO1 NO2 ON3 PM34 QM3 RL2 SL9 “Oklahoma City, Oklahoma City, radar report. Three five observation. A line of eight-tenths coverage thunder- storms with heavy rainshowers increasing in intensity extending from four zero east to six zero south southeast to one one five south southwest of Oklahoma City. One five miles wide. Line moving northeast at two five. Max top five seven thousand, six five southeast of Oklahoma City.” NOTE- All weather radar reports are automated with a scheduled issuance time of H+35. Do not state the word “automated.” b. Radar displays. When stating precipitation intensity from a radar display (such as NEXRAD), use the following four categories as appropriate: 1. Light: (Equates to radar return levels of less than 30 dBZ.) 2. Moderate: (Equates to radar return levels of 30 to 40 dBZ.) 3. Heavy: (Equates to radar return levels of greater than 40 to 50 dBZ.) 4. Extreme: (Equates to radar return levels of greater than 50 dBZ.) 14-1-12. WINDS AND TEMPERATURES ALOFT FORECAST (FD) When announcing the FD use the following phraseology and procedures: a. State the altitude, then announce wind direction and speed by the separate digits of the wind direction to the 10-degree multiple, the word AT, and the separate digits of the speed. b. When the forecast speed is less than 5 knots, the coded group is 9900 and read, LIGHT AND VARIABLE. c. Encoded wind speed 100 to 199 knots have 50 added to the direction code and 100 subtracted from the speed. d. If wind speed is forecast at 200 knots or greater, the wind group is coded as 199 knots; i.e., 7799 is decoded 270 degrees at 199 knots or greater. e. A six-digit group includes forecast tempera- ture. Provide temperatures on request only, stating the word TEMPERATURE followed by the word MINUS, as appropriate, and the separate digits. (See TBL_14-1-33.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-11 General TBL 14-1-33 Altitude Coded Phraseology 2707 ``(altitude), two seven zero at seven.'' 7799 ``(altitude), two seven zero at one niner niner or greater.'' 850552 ``(altitude), three five zero at one zero five, temperature minus five two.'' 9900+00 ``(altitude), light and variable, temperature zero.'' 14-1-13. NUMBER USAGE State numbers as follows: a. Serial numbers. The separate digits. (See TBL_14-1-34.) TBL 14-1-34 Serial Numbers Number Phraseology 11,495 ``One one four niner five.'' 20,069 ``Two zero zero six niner.'' b. Altitudes or flight levels. 1. Altitudes. The separate digits of the thousands plus the hundreds. (See TBL_14-1-35.) TBL 14-1-35 Altitudes Altitude Phraseology 5,000 ``Five thousand.'' 10,000 ``One zero thousand.'' 11,500 ``One one thousand five hundred.'' 2. Altitudes may be restated in group form for added clarity if the specialist chooses. (See TBL_14-1-36.) TBL 14-1-36 Altitudes - continued Altitude Phraseology 10,000 ``Ten thousand.'' 11,500 ``Eleven thousand five hundred.'' 3. Flight levels. The words flight level followed by the separate digits of the flight level. (See TBL_14-1-37.) TBL 14-1-37 Flight Levels Flight Level Phraseology 180 ``Flight level one eight zero.'' 270 ``Flight level two seven zero.'' 4. MDA/DH Altitudes. The words minimum descent altitude or decision height followed by separate digits of the MDA/DH altitude. (See TBL_14-1-38.) TBL 14-1-38 MDA/DH Altitude Altitude Phraseology 486 ``Decision height, four eight six.'' 1,320 ``Minimum descent altitude, one three two zero.'' c. Time. 1. General time information. The four separate digits of the hour and minutes in term s of Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). (See TBL_14-1-39.) TBL 14-1-39 Coordinated Universal Time Time Phraseology 0115 (UTC) ``Zero one one five.'' 1315 (UTC) ``One three one five.'' 2. Upon request. The four separate digits of the hours and minutes in terms of UTC followed by the local time equivalent; or the local time equivalent only. Local time may be based on the 24-hour clock system. (See TBL_14-1-40.) TBL 14-1-40 Coordinated Universal Time Time Phraseology 2:30 p.m. _or ``Two thirty P-M. local.'' 2230 (UTC), 2:30 p.m _or ``Two two three zero, two thirty P-M. local.'' 2230 (UTC), 1430 PST ``Two two three zero, one four three zero Pacific or local.'' 3. Time check. The word ``time'' followed by the four separate digits of the hour and minutes, and nearest quarter minute. Fractions of a quarter minute less than 8 seconds are stated as the preceding quarter minute; fractions of a quarter minute of 8 seconds or more are stated as the succeeding quarter minute. (See TBL_14-1-41.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-12 General TBL 14-1-41 Time Check Time Phraseology 1415:06 ``Time, one four one five.'' 1415:10 ``Time, one four one five and one-quarter.'' 4. Abbreviated time. The separate digits of the minutes only. (See TBL_14-1-42.) TBL 14-1-42 Abbreviated Time Time Phraseology 1415 ``One five.'' 1420 ``Two zero.'' NOTE- Change to the next minute is made at the minute plus 30_seconds. d. Field elevation. The words field elevation followed by the separate digits of the elevation. (See TBL_14-1-43.) TBL 14-1-43 Field Elevation Elevation Phraseology 17 feet ``Field elevation, one seven.'' 187 feet ``Field elevation, one eight seven.'' 2,817 feet ``Field elevation, two eight one seven.'' e. The number 0, is stated as zero except where it appears in group form. EXAMPLE``Field elevation One Six Zero.'' ``Cessna Two One Six Zero Seven.'' ``Boeing Seven - Oh - Seven.'' f. Heading. The word heading followed by the three separate digits of the number of degrees, but omit the word degrees. Use heading 360 degrees to indicate a north heading. (See TBL_14-1-44.) TBL 14-1-44 Heading/Degrees Heading Phraseology 5 degrees ``Heading, zero zero five.'' 30 degrees ``Heading, zero three zero.'' 360 degrees ``Heading, three six zero.'' g. Radar beacon codes. The word squawk followed by the separate digits of the four-digit code. (See TBL_14-1-45.) TBL 14-1-45 Radar Beacon Code Phraseology 1000 ``Squawk one zero zero zero.'' 2100 ``Squawk two one zero zero.'' h. Runways. The word runway followed by the separate digits of the runway designation. For a parallel runway, state the word left, right, or center if the letter L, R, or C is included in the designation. (See TBL_14-1-46.) TBL 14-1-46 Runway Designation Designation Phraseology 03 ``Runway three.'' 8L ``Runway eight left.'' 27R ``Runway two seven right.'' i. Frequencies. 1. The separate digits of the frequency, inserting the word point where the decimal occurs. When the frequency is in the L/MF or HF band, include the word kilohertz. (See TBL_14-1-47.) TBL 14-1-47 Frequencies Frequency Phraseology 302 kHz ``Three zero two kilohertz.'' 5631 kHz ``Five six three one kilohertz.'' 126.55 MHz ``One two six point five five.'' 135.275 MHz ``One three five point two seven.'' 2. Issue MLS/TACAN frequencies by stating the word CHANNEL followed by the assigned two-or three-digit channel number. EXAMPLE``M-L-S channel five three zero.'' ``TACAN channel niner seven.'' j. Speeds. 1. The separate digits of the speed followed by the word knots. (See TBL_14-1-48.) TBL 14-1-48 Speed Speed Phraseology 95 ``Niner five knots.'' 185 ``One eight five knots.'' 250 ``Two five zero knots.'' 2. For Mach speeds, the word Mach, followed by the separate digits of the Mach number inserting the word point where the decimal occurs. (See TBL_14-1-49.) JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-13 General TBL 14-1-49 Speed Mach Number Phraseology 0.64 ``Mach point six four.'' 0.7 ``Mach point seven.'' 1.5 ``Mach one point five.'' k. Miles. The separate digits of the mileage followed by the word mile(s). (See TBL_14-1-50.) TBL 14-1-50 Miles Miles Phraseology 30 ``Three zero miles.'' 14-1-14. FACILITY IDENTIFICATION Identify facilities as follows: a. Airport traffic control towers: State the name of the facility followed by the word tower. Where military and civil airports are located in the same general area and have similar names, state the name of the military service followed by the name of the military facility and the word tower. EXAMPLE``Barksdale Tower.'' ``Columbus Tower.'' ``Navy Jacksonville Tower.'' b. Function within a terminal facility. State the name of the facility followed by the name of the function. EXAMPLE``Boston Departure.'' ``LaGuardia Clearance Delivery.'' ``O'Hare Ground.'' c. Approach control facilities, including TRA- CONs, RAPCONs, RATCFs, and ARACs. State the name of the facility followed by the word approach. Where military and civil facilities are located in the same general area and have similar names, state the name of the military service followed by the name of the military facility and the word approach. EXAMPLE``Denver Approach.'' ``Griffiss Approach.'' ``Navy Jacksonville Approach.'' d. Air route traffic control centers. State the name of the facility followed by the word center. e. When calling or replying on an interphone line which connects only two facilities, you may omit the facility's name. EXAMPLE``Flight Data.'' ``Inflight, clearance request.'' f. FAA Automated Flight Service Stations/Flight Service Stations. 1. Inflight position. State the name of the AFSS/FSS followed by the word radio, and position if appropriate. EXAMPLE``Fairbanks Radio.'' ``Fort Dodge Radio, Inflight 2.'' 2. Flight Watch position. State the name of the associated ARTCC followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH. EXAMPLE``Indianapolis Flight Watch.'' NOTE- During transition to EFAS consolidation, nonconsoli- dated facilities will state the name of the parent AFSS facility followed by the words FLIGHT WATCH. 3. When calling or replying on interphone lines connecting more than one facility, state the name of the AFSS/FSS followed by the word radio. EXAMPLE``San Angelo Radio.'' 4. When answering public access telephone lines, state the geographical name of the AFSS/FSS and the words Flight Service. EXAMPLE``Burlington Flight Service.'' ``Miami Flight Service.'' g. Radar facilities having ASR or PAR but not providing approach control service. State the name of the facility followed by the letters G-C-A. EXAMPLE``Chanute G-C-A.'' ``Corpus Christi G-C-A.'' ``Davison G-C-A.'' 14-1-15. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION a. Civil. State the aircraft type, the model, the manufacturer's name, or the prefix November followed by the numbers/letters of the aircraft registration. JO 7110.10T 2/14/14-1-14 General EXAMPLE``Bonanza One Two Three Four Tango.'' ``Douglas Three Zero Five Romeo.'' ``Jet Commander One Four Two Four.'' ``November One Two Three Four Golf.'' NOTE- The prefix November denotes a U.S. aircraft registry. 1. Air carrier and other civil aircraft having FAA authorized call signs. State the call sign, in accordance with FAAO JO 7340.2, Contractions, followed by the flight number in group form. EXAMPLE``American Five Twenty-One.'' ``Commuter Six Eleven.'' ``General Motors Thirty-Fifteen.'' ``Eastern Ten Zero Four.'' ``Delta One Hundred.'' 2. If aircraft identification becomes a problem, the call sign shall be restated after the flight number of the aircraft involved. EXAMPLE``American Five Twenty-One American.'' ``Commuter Six Eleven Commuter.'' ``General Motors Thirty-Seven General Motors.'' REFERENCE- FAAO JO 7210.3, Para 2-1-2, Facility Standard Operation Procedures Directive. 3. Air taxi and commercial operators not having FAA authorized call signs. State the prefix TANGO on initial contact, if used by the pilot, followed by the registration number. The prefix may be dropped in subsequent communications. EXAMPLE- On initial contact. ``Tango Mooney Five Five Five Two Quebec.'' or ``Tango November Five Five Five Two Quebec.'' On subsequent contacts. ``Mooney Five Two Quebec.'' or ``November Five Two Quebec.'' b. Lifeguard aircraft. 1. Air carrier/taxi/ambulance. State the prefix, LIFEGUARD, if used by the pilot, followed by the call sign and flight number in group form. EXAMPLE``LIFEGUARD Delta Fifty-One.'' NOTE- Usage of LIFEGUARD call sign indicates that operational priority is requested. 2. Civilian airborne ambulance. State the word LIFEGUARD, followed by the numbers/letters of the registration number. EXAMPLE``LIFEGUARD Two Six Four Six X-Ray.'' c. U.S. Military. State one of the following: 1. The service name followed by the word copter, when appropriate, and a maximum of the last five digits of the serial number. EXAMPLE``Air Guard Copter Two Six Three.'' ``Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six.'' ``Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven.'' ``Navy Five Six Seven One Three.'' 2. If aircraft identification becomes a problem when the above procedures are used, the call sign shall be restated after the flight number of the aircraft involved. EXAMPLE``Army Copter Three Two One Seven Six Army Copter.'' ``Coast Guard Six One Three Two Seven Coast Guard.'' 3. Special military operations. State one of the following followed by a maximum of the last five digits of the serial number: (a) Air evacuation flights. AIR EVAC, MARINE AIR EVAC, or NAVY AIR EVAC. EXAMPLE``AIR EVAC One Seven Six Five Two.'' (b) Rescue flights. (Service name) RESCUE. EXAMPLE``Air Force RESCUE Six One Five Seven Niner.'' (c) Air Mobility Command. REACH. EXAMPLE``REACH Seven Eight Five Six Two.'' (d) Special Air Mission. U-S-SAM. EXAMPLE``U-S-SAM Niner One Five Six Two.'' (e) USAF Contract Aircraft. LOGAIR. EXAMPLE``LOGAIR Seven Five Eight Two Six.'' 4. Military tactical and training. (a) U.S. Air Force, Air National Guard, Military District of Washington priority aircraft, and 3/15/07 7110.65R CHG 2 JO 7110.10T CHG 1 7/31/08 JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-15 General USAF civil disturbance aircraft. Pronounceable words of three, four, five, or six letters followed by a four-, three-, two-, or one-digit number. EXAMPLE``Okey One Five Seven.'' ``Pokey Four.'' ``Slug Two Zero.'' NOTE- When the Z suffix described in para 6-5-5, USAF/USN Undergraduate Pilots, para, is added to identify aircraft piloted by USAF undergraduate pilots, the call sign will be limited to a combination of six characters. Do not use this suffix, however, in ground-to-air communication. (b) Navy or Marine fleet and training command aircraft. The service name and two letters or a digit and a letter (use letter phonetic equivalents) followed by two or three digits. EXAMPLE``Marine Four Charlie Two Three Six.'' ``Navy Golf Alpha Two One.'' (c) NORAD interceptors. An assigned double-letter two-digit flight number. EXAMPLE``Alpha Kilo One Five.'' (d) Navy Fleet Support Missions. When handling Navy Fleet Support Mission aircraft, use the words Special Flight Number followed by the number as given by the pilot. d. Foreign registry. State one of the following: 1. Civil. State the aircraft type, manufacturer's nam e, or country of origin followed by the letters/numbers of the aircraft registration, or state the letters or digits of the aircraft registration or call sign. EXAMPLE``Stationair F-L-R-B.'' ``C-F-L-R-B.'' ``Canadian Foxtrot Lima Romeo Bravo.'' NOTE- Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically. 2. Air carrier. The abbreviated name of the operating company followed by: (a) The letters or digits of the registration or call sign. EXAMPLE``Air France F-L-R-L-G.'' NOTE- Letters may be spoken individually or phonetically in accordance with the format used by the pilot. (b) The flight number in group form, or separate digits may be used if that is the format used by the pilot. EXAMPLE``Scandinavian Six Eight.'' ``Scandinavian Sixty-Eight.'' 3. Military, except Canada. (a) State the name of the country and the military service followed by the separate digits or letters of the registration or call sign. (b) Canadian Forces aircraft shall be identi- fied by the word CANFORCE followed by the separate digits of the serial number. (c) The Canadian Coast Guard shall be identified as Canadian Coast Guard followed by the separate digits of the serial number. EXAMPLE``Brazilian Air Force Five Three Two Seven Six.'' ``Canforce Five Six Two Seven.'' e. Presidential aircraft and Presidential family aircraft. 1. When the President is aboard a military aircraft, state the name of the military service followed by the word one. EXAMPLE``Air Force One.'' ``Army One.'' ``Marine One.'' 2. When the President is aboard a civil aircraft, state the words Executive One. 3. When a member of the President's family is aboard any aircraft, if the U.S. Secret Service or the White House Staff determines it is necessary, state the words Executive One Foxtrot. f. Vice Presidential aircraft. 1. When the Vice President is aboard a military aircraft, state the name of the military service followed by the word two. EXAMPLE``Air Force Two.'' ``Army Two.'' ``Marine Two.'' 2. When the Vice President is aboard a civil aircraft, state the words Executive Two. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-16 General 3. When a member of the Vice President's family is aboard any aircraft, if the U.S. Secret Service or the White House Staff determines it is necessary, state the words Executive Two Foxtrot. g. DOT and FAA flights. The following alpha- numeric identifiers radio call signs are for use in air/ground communications when the Secretary of Transportation, Deputy Secretary of Transportation, FAA Administrator, or FAA Deputy Administrator have a requirement to identify themselves: 1. Department of Transportation. (a) Secretary: (1) Identifier - DOT-1. (2) Call Sign - Transport-1. (b) Deputy Secretary: (1) Identifier - DOT-2. (2) Call Sign - Transport-2 2. Federal Aviation Administration. (a) Administrator: (1) Identifier - FAA-1. (2) Call Sign - Safe Air-1. (b) Deputy Administrator: (1) Identifier - FAA-2 (2) Call Sign - Safe Air-2. PHRASEOLOGY- GRAND FORKS RADIO, TRANSPORT TWO, (message). MIAMI RADIO, SAFE AIR ONE, (message). h. Other special flights. 1. Department of Energy flights. State the letters R-A-C (use phonetic alphabet equivalents) followed by the last four separate digits of the aircraft registration number. EXAMPLE``Romeo Alfa Charlie One Six Five Three.'' 2. Semiautomatic Flight Inspections. State the code name SAFI followed by the separate digits of the grid number as filed. EXAMPLE``SAFI Five Two Seven.'' 3. Flight Inspection of Navigational Aids. State the call sign Flight Check followed by the digits of the registration number. EXAMPLE``FLIGHT CHECK Three Niner Six Five Four.'' 4. USAF aircraft engaged in aerial sampling missions. State the call sign SAMP followed by the last three digits of the serial number. EXAMPLE``SAMP Three One Six.'' 5. United States governmental Departments or Agencies, with a demonstrated and approved need, have been granted special domestic/ICAO telepho- nies (call signs). These items are contained in FAA Order 7110.67, Special Aircraft Operations By Law Enforcement/Military or Governmental Organiza- tion. i. Use a pilot's name in identification of an aircraft only in special or emergency situations. 14-1-16. AIRCRAFT TYPES Describe aircraft as follows: a. Military. 1. Military designator with number spoken in group form; or 2. Service and type; or 3. Type only if no confusion or misidentifica- tion is likely. EXAMPLE``Air Force Bomber.'' ``B-One.'' ``Bomber.'' ``F-Fifteen.'' ``Fighter.''``Navy Fighter.'' b. Air Carrier. 1. Manufacturer's name or model. 2. Add the company name or other identifying features when confusion or misunderstanding is likely. EXAMPLE``American M-D Eighty.'' ``American Seven-Zero-Seven.'' ``Boeing Seven-Oh-Seven.'' ``L-Ten-Eleven.'' ``Lockheed Ten Eleven.'' ``United Seven Thirty-Seven.'' c. General Aviation and Air Taxi. 1. Manufacturer's model, name, or designator. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-17 General 2. Add color when considered advantageous. EXAMPLE``Airliner.'' ``Blue and White King Air.'' ``Cessna Four-Oh-One.'' ``Cessna Three Ten.'' ``Green Apache.'' ``P-A Twenty-Two.'' ``Tri-Pacer.'' 14-1-17. AIRCRAFT EQUIPMENT CODES When communicating this information (aircraft equipment suffixes) state the aircraft type, the word slant, and the appropriate phonetic letter equivalent of the suffix. EXAMPLE``Boeing Seven-Oh-Seven slant Romeo.'' ``D-C Six slant Tango.'' ``F-Eight-E slant Papa.'' ``F-Four-C slant November.'' 14-1-18. AIRWAYS AND ROUTES Describe airways, routes, or jet routes as follows: a. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN airways or jet routes. State the word Victor or the letter J followed by the number of the airway or route in group form. For RNAV routes, add the word romeo. EXAMPLE``J Eight Thirty Romeo.'' ``J Five Thirty-Three.'' ``Offset one zero miles right of J Eight Thirty Romeo.'' ``Victor Seven Ten Romeo.'' ``Victor Twelve.'' b. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN alternate airways. State the word Victor followed by the number of the airway in group form and the alternate direction. EXAMPLE``Victor Twelve South.'' c. L/MF airways. State the color of the airway followed by the number in group form. EXAMPLE``Blue Eighty-One.'' d. North American Route. State the words North American Route followed by the number of the route in group form. EXAMPLE``North American Route Fifty.'' e. MTRs. State the letters followed by the number of the route in group form. EXAMPLE``I-R Five Thirty-One.'' 14-1-19. NAVAID TERMS a. Announce NAVAIDs as follows in TBL 14-1-51: TBL 14-1-51 NAVAID Terms Contraction Phraseology DME D-M-E ILS I-L-S LOM Outer compass locator MLS M-L-S NDB Nondirectional Radio beacon TACAN TACK-AN VOR V-O-R VORTAC VOR- (as in vortex) TACK b. Describe radials, arcs, courses, bearings, and quadrants of NAVAIDs as follows: 1. VOR/VORTAC/TACAN/MLS NAVAIDs. State the name of the NAVAID followed by the separate digits of the radial/azimuth (omitting the word degrees) and the word radial/azimuth. EXAMPLE``Appleton zero five zero radial.'' ``Lindburg Runway Two Seven MLS two six zero azimuth.'' 2. Arcs about VOR-DME/VORTAC/TACAN/ MLS NAVAIDs. State the distance in miles from the NAVAID followed by the words ``mile arc,'' the direction from the NAVAID in terms of the eight principal points of the compass, the word of, and the name of the NAVAID. EXAMPLE``Two zero mile arc southwest of O'Hare Runway Two Seven Left M-L-S.'' 3. Quadrant within a radius of NAVAID. State direction from NAVAID in terms of the quadrant, such as NE, SE, SW, NW, followed by the distance in miles from the NAVAID. EXAMPLE``Cleared to fly northeast quadrant of Philipsburg VORTAC within four zero mile radius.'' JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 14-1-18 General REFERENCE- Pilot/Controller Glossary, QUADRANT. 4. Nondirectional beacons. State the course to or the bearing from the radio beacon, omitting the word degree, followed by the words course to or bearing from, the name of the radio beacon, and the words radio beacon. EXAMPLE``Three four zero bearing from Randolph Radio Beacon.'' 14-1-20. NAVAID FIXES Describe fixes determ ined by reference to a radial/localizer/azimuth and distance from a VOR- DME/VORTAC/TACAN/ILS-DME or MLS as follows: a. When a fix is not named, state the name of the NAVAID followed by a specified radial/localizer/azi- muth, and state the distance in miles followed by the phrase mile fix. EXAMPLE``Appleton zero five zero radial three seven mile fix.'' ``Reno localizer back course four mile fix.'' ``Hobby Runway One Two M-L-S zero niner zero azimuth one two mile fix.'' b. When a fix is named, state the name of the fix followed by the phrase D-M-E fix or waypoint, as appropriate. EXAMPLE``Shaum D-M-E Fix.'' ``Shaum Waypoint.'' c. Use specific terms to describe a fix. Do not use expressions such as passing Victor Twelve or passing J Eleven. 14-1-21. RUNWAY CONDITIONS a. State factual information as reported by airport management concerning the condition of the runway surface and describing the accumulation of precipita- tion. Furnish quality of braking action as received from pilots or airport management to all aircraft as follows: 1. Describe the quality of braking action using the terms good, fair, poor, or nil. If the pilot or airport management reports braking action in other than the foregoing terms, ask them to categorize braking action in these terms. 2. Include the type of aircraft or vehicle (if known) from which the report is received. EXAMPLE``All runways covered by packed snow six inches deep.'' ``Braking action poor reported by an F Twenty-Seven.'' 3. If the braking action report affects only a portion of a runway, obtain enough information from the pilot or airport management to describe braking action in terms easily understood by the pilot. EXAMPLE``Braking action poor first half of runway, reported by a Gulfstream Two.'' ``Braking action poor beyond the intersection of Runway Two Seven, reported by a Boeing Seven Twenty-Seven.'' NOTE- Descriptive terms, such as first/last half of the runway, should normally be used rather than landmark descriptions; e.g., opposite the fire station, south of a taxiway. b. State runway friction measurement readings/ values as received from airport management to aircraft as follows: 1. At airports with friction measuring devices, provide runway friction reports, as received from airport management, to pilots on request. State the runway number followed by the MU number for each of the three runway zones, the time of the report in UTC, and a word describing the cause of the runway friction problem. EXAMPLE``Runway Two Seven, MU forty-two, forty-one, twentyeight at one zero one eight ZULU, ice.'' 2. Issue the runway surface condition and/or the runway condition reading (RCR), if provided, to all USAF and ANG aircraft. Issue the RCR to other aircraft upon request. EXAMPLE``Ice on runway, R-C-R Zero Five, patchy.'' NOTE- USAF has established RCR procedures for determining the average deceleration readings of runways under conditions of water, slush, ice, or snow. The use of RCR code is dependent upon a pilot's having a ``stopping capability chart'' specifically applicable to his/her aircraft. USAF offices furnish RCR information at airports serving USAF and ANG aircraft. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--1 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:33

Appendix A. ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 1. ICAO Model Flight Plan Form. 2. Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form. 3. Instructions for the Transmission of a Filed Flight Plan (FPL) Message. 4. Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary Flight Plan (SPL) Message. 5. Example of Completed Flight Plan Form. 6. ICAO Model Flight Plan, Reverse Side. 7. ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form. 8. Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--2 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 1. ICAO Model Flight Plan Form FF PRIORITY PRIORITY ADDRESSEE(S) FILING TIME TIME FPL A C D N PILOT-IN-COMMAND REMARKS AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS DINGHIES NUMBER CAPACITY COVER S P D M J J L F U U V E P / / R/ / / E V LIGHT UHF VHF ELBA FLOURES UHF VHF EMERGENCY RADIO PERSONS ON BOARD SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES) RENSE 18 OTHER INFORMATION 19 ENDURANCE HR. MIN. 16. DESTINATION AERODROME TOTAL EET HR. MIN. ALTN AERODROME 2ND, ALTN AERODROME SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE(S) AND/ OR ORIGINATOR 9. NUMBER 7. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 3 MESSAGE TYPE OF AIRCRAFT 13 DEPARTURE AEODROME 15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL TIME ROUTE ORIGINATOR 8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT 10 EQUIPMENT WAKE TURBULENCE CAT. / / / / FILED BY / COLOUR POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT C of Transportation Department Aviation Administration Federal Flight Plan International BY ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--3 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:45

2. Instructions for the Completion of the Flight Plan Form 2.1 General Adhere closelyto the prescribed formats and manner of specifying data. Commence inserting data in the first space provided. Where excess space is available leave unused spaces blank. Insertall clock times in 4 figures UTC. Insertall estimated elapsed times in 4 figures (hours and minutes). Shaded area preceding Item 3- to be completed by ATS and COM services, unless the responsibility for originating flight plan messages has been delegated. Note.-- The term “aerodrome” where used in the flight plan is intended to cover also sites other than aerodromes which may be used by certain types of aircraft, e.g., helicopters or balloons. 2.2 Instruction for insertion of ATS data Complete Items 7 to 18 as indicated hereunder. Complete also Item 19as indicated hereunder, when so required by the appropriate ATS authority or when otherwise deemed necessary. Note.-- Item numbers on the form are not consecutive, as they correspond to Field Type numbers in ATS messages. ITEM 7: AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION (MAXIMUM 7 CHARACTERS) INSERT one of the following aircraft identifications, not exceeding 7 characters: a. The registration marking of the aircraft (e.g., EIAKO, 4XBCD, N2567GA), when: 1. In radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist of this identification alone (e.g. OOTEK), or preceded by the ICAO telephony designator for the aircraft operating agency (e.g. SABENA OOTEK); 2. The aircraft is not equipped with radio; OR b. The ICAO designator for the aircraft operating agency followed by the flight identification number (e.g., KLM511, NGA213, JTR25) when in radiotelephony the call sign to be used by the aircraft will consist of the ICAO telephony designator for the operating agency followed by the flight identification (e.g. KLM511, NIGERIA213, HERBIE25). Note.-- Provisions for the use of radiotelephony call signs are contained in Annex 10, Volume II, Chapter 5. ICAO designators and telephony designators for aircraft operating agencies are contained in Doc 8585 - Designators for Aircraft Operating Agencies, Aeronautical Authorities and Services. ITEM 8: FLIGHT RULES AND TYPE OF FLIGHT (1 OR 2 CHARACTERS) Flight Rules INSERT one of the following letters to denote the category of flight rules with which the pilot intends to comply: I if IFR. V if VFR. Y if IFR first.* Z if VFR first.* JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--4 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS *If indicating either Y or Z, specify in Item 15 the point or points where a change of flight rules is planned. Type of Flight INSERT one of the following letters to denote the type of flight when so required by the appropriate ATS authority: S if scheduled air transport N if non-scheduled air transport operation G if general aviation M if military X if other than any of the defined categories above. ITEM 9: NUMBER AND TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE DATA Number of aircraft (1 or 2 characters) INSERT the number of aircraft, if more than one. Type of aircraft (2 to 4 characters) INSERT the appropriate designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643, Aircraft Type Designators, OR if no such designator has been assigned, or in case of formation flights comprising more than one type, INSERT ZZZZ, and SPECIFY in Item 18, the (numbers and) type(s) of aircraft preceded by TYP/. Wake Turbulence category (1 character) INSERT an oblique stroke followed by one of the following letters to indicate the wake turbulence category of the aircraft: H - HEAVY, to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 136,000 kg or more; M - MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of less than 36,000 kg but more than 7,000 kg; L - LIGHT, to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take-off mass of 7,000 kg or less. ITEM 10: EQUIPMENT Radio communication, navigation and approach aid equipment INSERT one letter as follows: N if no COM/NAV/approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried, or the equipment is unserviceable, OR S if standard COM/NAV/ approach aid equipment for the route to be flown is carried and serviceable (see Note 1) AND/OR INSERT one or more of the following letters to indicate the COM/NAV/approach aid equipment available and serviceable: JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--5 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS A (Not allocated) M Omega B (Not allocated) O VOR C LORAN C P (Not Allocated) D DME Q (Not allocated) E (Not allocated) R RNP type certification (See Note 5) F ADF T TACAN G (GNSS) U UHF RTF H HF RTF V VHF RTF I Intertial Navigation W when prescribed by ATS J (Data Link) (See Note 3) X when prescribed by ATS K MLS Y when prescribed by ATS L ILS Z Other equipment carried (See Note 2). Note 1.-- Standard equipment is considered to be VHF RTF, ADF, VOR and ILS, unless another combination is prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:33:55

Note 2.-- If the letter Z is used, specify in Item 18 the other equipment carried, preceded by COM/ and/or NAV/, as appropriate. Note 3.-- If the letter J is used, specify in Item 18 the equipment carried, preceded by DAT/ followed by one or more letters, as appropriate. Note 4.-- Information on navigation capability is provided to ATC for clearance and routing purposes. Note 5.-- Inclusion of letter R indicates that an aircraft meets the RNP type prescribed for the route segment(s) and/or route(s) concerned. Surveillance equipment INSERT one or two of the following letters to describe the serviceable surveillance equipment carried: SSR equipment: N Nil A Transponder - Mode A (4 digits - 4,096 codes) C Transponder - Mode A (4 digits - 4,096 codes) and Mode C X Transponder - Mode S without both aircraft identification and pressurealtitude transmission P Transponder - Mode S, including pressure-altitude transmission, but no aircraft identification transmission I Transponder - Mode S, including aircraft identification transmission, but no pressure-altitude transmission S Transponder - Mode S, including both pressure-altitude and aircraft identification transmission. ADS equipment: D ADS capability ITEM: 13 DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME (8 CHARACTERS) INSERT the ICAO four--letter location indicator of the departure aerodrome, OR if no location indicator has been assigned, INSERT ZZZZ and SPECIFY, in Item 18, the name of the aerodrome preceded by DEP/, OR if the flight plan is received from an aircraft in flight, INSERT AFIL, and SPECIFY, in Item 18, the ICAO four--letter location indicator of the location of the ATS unit from which supplementary flight plan data can be obtained, preceded by DEP/, JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--6 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS THEN, WITHOUT A SPACE INSERT for a flight plan submitted before departure on the same day, use estimated 4-digit off-block time, (HHMM) OR for a flight plan that will be activated on a different day, use a 6-digit date-time group, the first 2 digits will be the date and the next 4 digits will be the proposed departure time, (DDHHMM) ITEM 15: ROUTE INSERT the first cruising speedas in (a) and the first cruising level as in (b), without a space between them. THEN following the arrow, INSERT the route description as in (c). a. Cruising speed (maximum 5 characters) INSERT the True Air Speedfor the first or the whole cruising portion of the flight, in terms of: Kilometres per hour, expressed as K followed by 4 figures (e.g., K0830), or Knots, expressed as N followed by 4 figures (e.g., N0485), or Mach number, when so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority, to the nearest hundredth of unit Mach, expressed as M followed by 3 figures (e.g., M082). b. Cruising level (maximum 5 characters) INSERT the planned cruising level for the first or the whole portion of the route to be flown, in terms of: Flight level, expressed as F followed by 3 figures (e.g., F085; F330), or *Standard Metric Level in tens of meters, expressed as S followed by 4 figures (e.g., S1130) or Altitude in hundreds of feet, expressed as A followed by 3 figures (e.g., A045; A100), or Altitude in tens of meters, expressed as M followed by 4 figures (e.g., M0840), or for uncontrolled VFR flights, the letters VFR. * When so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authorities. c. Route (including changes of speed, level and/or flight rules) Flights along designated ATSroutes INSERT if the departure aerodrome is located on, or connected to the ATS route, the designator of the first ATS route, OR if the departure aerodrome is not on, or connected to the ATS route, the letters DCT followed by the point of joining the first ATS route, followed by the designator of the ATS route. THEN INSERT each point at which either a change of speed or level, a change of ATS route, and/or a change of flight rules is planned, Note. - When a transition is planned between a lower and upper ATS route and the routes are oriented in the same direction, the point of transition need not be inserted. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:02

Appendix A--7 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS FOLLOWED IN EACH CASE by the designator of the next ATS route segment, even if the same as the previous one, OR by DCT, if the flight to the next point will be outside a designated route, unless both points are defined by geographical coordinates. Flights outside designated ATSroutes INSERT points normally not more than 30 minutes flying time or 370 km (200 NM) apart, including each point at which a change of speed or level, a change of track, or a change of flight rules is planned. OR when required by appropriate ATS authority(ies), DEFINE the track of flights operating predominantly in an east--west direction between 70_N and 70_S by reference to significant points formed by the intersections of half or whole degrees of latitude with meridians spaced at intervals of 10_ of longitude. For flights operating in areas outside those latitudes the tracks shall be defined by significant points formed by the intersection of parallels of latitude with meridians normally spaced at 20_ of longitude. The distance between significant points shall, as far as possible, not exceed one hour’s flight time. Additional significant points shall be established as deemed necessary. For flights operating predominantly in a north-south direction, define tracks by reference to significant points formed by the intersection of whole degrees of longitude with specified parallels of latitude which are spaced at 5 degrees. INSERT DCT between successive points unless both points are defined by geographical coordinates or by bearing and distance. USE ONLY the conventions in (1) to (5) below and SEPARATE each sub-item by a space. 1. ATS route (2 to 7 characters) The coded designatorassigned to the route or route segment including, where appropriate, the coded designator assigned to the standard departure or arrival route (e.g., BCKI, B1, R14, UB10, KODAP2A). 2. Significant point (2 to 11 characters) The coded designator(2 to 5 characters) assigned to the point (e.g., LN, MAY, HADDY), or, if no coded designator has been assigned, one of the following ways: Degrees only(7 characters): 2 figures describing latitude in degrees, followed by “N” (North) or “S” (South), followed by 3 figures describing longitude in degrees, followed by “E” (East) or “W” (West). Make up the correct number of figures, where necessary, by insertion of zeros, e.g., 46N078W. Degrees and minutes(11 characters): 4 figures describing latitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes followed by “N” (North) or “S” (South), followed by 5 figures describing longitude in degrees and tens and units of minutes, followed by “E” (East) or “W” (West). Make up the correct number of figures, where necessary, by insertion of zeros, e.g., 4620N07805W. Bearing and distance from a navigation aid: The identification of the navigation aid (normally a VOR), in the form of 2 or 3 characters, THEN the bearing from the aid in the form of 3 figures giving degrees magnetic, THEN the distance from the aid in the form of 3 figures expressing nautical miles. Make up the correct number of figures, where necessary, by insertion of zeros -- e.g., a point 180_ magnetic at a distance of 40 nautical miles from VOR “DUB” should be expressed as DUB180040. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--8 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 3. Change of speed or level (maximum 21 characters) The pointat which a change of speed (5% TAS or 0.01 Mach or more) or a change of level is planned, expressed exactly as in (2) above, followed by an oblique stroke and both the cruising speed andthe cruising level, expressed exactly as in (a) and (b) above, without a space between them, even when only one of these quantities will bechanged. Examples: LN/NO284AO45 MAY/NO305F180 HADDY/NO420F330 4602NO7805W/NO500F350 46NO78W/MO82F330 DUB180040/NO350M0840 4. Change of flight rules (maximum 3 characters) The pointat which the change of flight rules is planned, expressed exactly as in (2) or (3) above as appropriate, followed by a space and one of the following: VFR if from IFR to VFR IFR if from VFR to IFR Examples: LN VFR LN/N0284A050 IFR
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:13

5. Cruise climb (maximum 28 characters) The letter Cfollowed by an oblique stroke; THEN the point at which cruise climb is planned to start, expressed exactly as in (2) above, followed by an oblique stroke; THEN the speed to be maintained during cruise climb, expressed exactly as in (a) above, followed by the two levels defining the layer to be occupied during cruise climb, each level expressed exactly as in (b) above, or the level above which cruise is planned followed by the letters PLUS, without a space between them. Examples: C/48N050W/M082F290F350 C/48N050W/M082F290PLUS C/52N050W/M220F580F620 ITEM 16: DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME, ALTERNATE AERODROME(S) Destination aerodrome and total estimated elapsed time (8 characters) INSERT the ICAO four-letter location indicator or the destination aerodrome followed, without a space, by the total estimated elapsed time, OR if no location indicator has been assigned, INSERT ZZZZ followed, without a space, by the total estimated elapsed time, and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name of the aerodrome, preceded by DEST/. Note.-- For a flight plan received from an aircraft in flight, the total estimated elapsed time is the estimated time from the first point of the route to which the flight plan applies. Alternate aerodrome(s) (4 characters) INSERT the ICAO four-letter location indicators(s) of not more than two alternate aerodromes, separated by a space, JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--9 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS OR if no location indicator has been assigned to the alternate aerodrome, INSER ZZZZ and SPECIFY in Item 18 the name of the aerodrome, preceded by ALTN/. ITEM 18: OTHER INFORMATION INSERT 0 (zero) if no other information, OR any other necessary information in the preferred sequence shown hereunder, in the form of the appropriate indicator followed by an oblique stroke and the information to be recorded: EET/ Significant points or FIR boundary designators and accumulated estimated elapsed times to such points or FIR boundaries, when so prescribed on the basis of regional air navigation agreements, or by the appropriate ATS authority. Examples: EET/CAP0745 XYZ0830 EET/EINN0204 RIF/ The route details to the revised destination aerodrome, followed by the ICAO fourletter location indicator of the aerodrome. The revised route is subject to re--clearance in flight. Examples: RIF/DTA HEC KLAX RIF/ESP G94 CLA APPH RIF/LEMD REG/ The registration markings of the aircraft, if different from the aircraft identification in Item 7. SEL/ SELCAL Code, if so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority. OPR/ Name of the operator, if not obvious from the aircraft identification in Item 7. STS/ Reason for special handling by ATS, e.g., hospital aircraft, one engine inoperative, e.g. STS/HOSP, STS/ONE ENG INOP. TYP/ Type(s) of aircraft, preceded if necessary by number(s) of aircraft, if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 9. PER/ Aircraft performance data, if so prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority. COM/ Significant data related to communication equipment as required by the appropriate ATS authority, e.g., COM/UHF only. DAT/ Significant data related to data link capability, using one or more letters, S, H, V, and M, e.g., DAT/S for satellite data link, DAT/H for HF data link, DAT/V for VHF data link, DAT/M for SSR Mode S data link. NAV/ Significant data related to navigation equipment as required by the appropriate ATS authority, e.g., NAV/INS. DEP/ Name of departure aerodrome, if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 13, or the ICAO four-letter location indicator of the location of the ATS unit from which supplementary flight plan data can be obtained, if AFIL is inserted in Item 13. DEST/ Name of destination aerodrome, if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16. ALTN/ Name of alternate aerodrome(s), if ZZZZ is inserted in Item 16. RALT/ Name of en route alternate aerodrome(s). RMK/ Any other plain language remarks when required by the appropriate ATS authority or deemed necessary. ITEM 19: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION Endurance After E/ INSERT a 4-figure group giving the fuel endurance in hours and minutes. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--10 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Persons on board After P/ INSERT the total number of persons (passengers and crew) on board, when required by the appropriate ATS authority. INSERT TBN (to be notified) if the total number of persons is not known at the time of filing. Emergency and survival equipment R/ (Radio) CROSS OUT U if UHF on frequency 243.0 MHz is not available. CROSS OUT V if VHF on frequency 121.5 MHz is not available. CROSS OUT E if emergency location beacon -- aircraft (ELBA) is not available. S/ (SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT) CROSS OUT all indicators if survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT P if polar survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT D if desert survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT M if maritime survival equipment is not carried. CROSS OUT J if jungle survival equipment is not carried. J/ (JACKETS) CROSS OUT all indicators if life jackets are not carried. CROSS OUT L if life jackets are not equipped with lights. CROSS OUT F if life jackets are not equipped with florescent. CROSS OUT U or V or both as in R/ above to indicate radio capability of jackets, if any. D/ (DINGHIES) (NUMBER) CROSS OUT indicators D and C if no dinghies are carried, or INSERT number of dinghies carried; and (CAPACITY) INSERT total capacity, in persons, of all dinghies carried; and (COVER) CROSS OUT indicator C if dinghies are not covered; and (COLOR) INSERT color of dinghies if carried. A/ (AIRCRAFT COLOR AND MARKINGS) INSERT color of aircraft and significant markings. N/ (REMARKS) CROSS OUT indicator N if no remarks, or INDICATE any other survival equipment carried and any other remarks regarding survival equipment. C/ (PILOT) INSERT name of pilot--in--command. 2.3 Filedby INSERT the name of the unit, agency or person filing the flight plan.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:22

2.4 Acceptance of the flightplan Indicate acceptance of the flight plan in the manner prescribed by the appropriate ATS authority. 2.5 Instructions for insertion of COMdata Items to becompleted COMPLETE the top two shaded lines of the form, and COMPLETE the third shaded line only when necessary, in accordance with the provisions in PANS--RAC, Part IX, 2.1.2, unless ATS prescribes otherwise. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--11 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 3. Instructions for the Transmission of a Filed Flight Plan (FPL) Message 3.1 Correction of obvious errors Unless otherwise prescribed, CORRECT obvious format errors and/or omissions (i.e. oblique stokes) to ensure adherence as specified in Section 2. 3.2 Items to betransmitted TRANSMIT items as indicated hereunder, unless otherwise prescribed: a. the items in the shaded lines, above Item 3; b. commencing with <<° (FPL of Item 3: all symbols and data in the unshaded boxes to the ) <<° at the end of Item 18, additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters in any line of Items 15 and 18. The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space so as not to break up a group of data, letter shifts and figure shifts (not preprinted on the form) as necessary; c. the AFTN Ending, as described below: 3.3 End--of--TextSignal a. one LETTER SHIFT b. two CARRIAGE RETURNS, one LINE FEED Page--feed Sequence Seven LINE FEEDS End--of--Message Signal Four of the letter N. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--12 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:34

4. Instructions for the Transmission of a Supplementary Flight Plan (SPL) Message 4.1 Items to be transmitted Transmit items as indicated hereunder, unless otherwise prescribed: a. AFTN Priority Indicator, Addressee Indicators <<°, Filing Time, Originator Indicator <<° and, if necessary, specific identification of addressees and/or originator; b. commencing with <<° (SPL of Item 3: all symbols and data in the unshaded areas of boxes down to the ) <<° at the end of Item 18, additional alignment functions as necessary to prevent the inclusion of more than 69 characters in any line of Items 15 or 18. The alignment function is to be inserted only in lieu of a space, so as not to break up a group of data, letter shifts and figure shifts (not preprinted on the form) as necessary; c. the AFTN Ending, as described below: 4.2 END--of--TextSignal a. one LETTER SHIFT b. two CARRIAGE RETURNS, one LINE FEED Page--feed Sequence Seven LINE FEEDS End--of--Message Signal Four of the letter N. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--13 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 5. Example of Completed Flight Plan Form FF PRIORITY PRIORITY ADDRESSEE(S) FILING TIME TIME FPL A C D N PILOT-IN-COMMAND REMARKS AIRCRAFT COLOUR AND MARKINGS DINGHIES NUMBER CAPACITY COVER S P D M J J L F U U V E P / / R/ / / E V LIGHT UHF VHF ELBA FLOURES UHF VHF EMERGENCY RADIO PERSONS ON BOARD SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION (NOT TOBE TRANSMITTED IN FPL MESSAGES) RENSE 18 OTHER INFORMATION 19 ENDURANCE HR. MIN. 16. DESTINATION AERODROME TOTAL EET HR. MIN. ALTN AERODROME 2ND, ALTN AERODROME SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION OF ADDRESSEE(S) AND/ OR ORIGINATOR 9. NUMBER 7. AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION 3 MESSAGE TYPE OF AIRCRAFT 13 DEPARTURE AEODROME 15 CRUISING SPEED LEVEL TIME ROUTE ORIGINATOR 8 FLIGHT RULES TYPE OF FLIGHT 10 EQUIPMENT WAKE TURBULENCE CAT. / / / / FILED BY / FAA Form 7233-4 (5-93) Supersedes Previous Edition COLOUR POLAR DESERT MARITIME JUNGLE SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT C of Transportation Department Aviation Administration Federal Flight Plan International EHAAZQEX EBURZQZX EDDYZQZX LFFFZQZX EBU RZQZX LFRRZQZX LFBBZQZX LECMZQZX LPPCZQZX 1 9 8 3 6 E H A M Z P Z X 0 E H A M P X A F A C 4 0 2 H E A A 3 0 E H A M A O 9 4 0 0 8 3 0 F 2 9 0 F LEK 2B LEK UA6 XMM/MO78F330 LEK 2B LEK U A6 XMM/MO78F330 UA6 PON UR1ON UA5 NTS DCT U A6 U R1ON CHW U A5 4611N00412W DCT UA5 STG U A5 FTM FATIM1A L T P P T 0 0 0 2 3 0 L R P P / FBVGA / REG / FBVG A SEL / EJFL / EET / LPPCO158 0 3 4 5 0 3 4 5 0 0 3 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 3 3 0 YELLOW YELLOW WHITE WHITE DENKE BY ACCEPTED BY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ADDITIONAL SS C NN II AIR INT. AIR CHARTER INT. X X X X X X JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--14 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 6. ICAO Model Flight Plan, Reverse Side Remarks WEATHER (Destination) (Alternate) WEATHER Destination) ( Alternate) WEATHER (Ln Route) WEATHER Ln Present Present Present Present Forcast Forcast Pre-Flight Pilot Checklist Aircraft Identification Best Crzg Alt. Alt. Designator WINDS ALOFT WINDS ALOFT NAV AID & STATUS NAV AID & COMM STATUS AIRPORT AIRPORT CONDITIONS En Route Destination Alternate Alternate ADIZ Airspace Airspace Restrictions Time of Briefing Report Aloft Report Weather Conditions Report immediately conditions encountered - particularly cloud upper cloud layers, ice, and weather particularly tops, thunderstorms, turbulence, winds temperature. Altitude Time Weather Conditions Position Altitude FAR Part 91 states that each person operating a civil aircraft of U.S. registry over the high seas shall comply with annex 2 to the Convention of International Civil Aviation, International Standards - Rules of the Air. Annex 2 requires the submission of a flight plan containing items 1-19 prior to operating any flight across international waters. Failure to file could result in a civil penalty not to exceed $1,000 for each violation (Section 901 of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended). Aircraft Pilots Civil Pilots data as soon as practicable after airspace, as international may be inaccurate or incomplete. Check practicable entering foreign our data Agency Display Of Estimated Burden For Flight Plan Agency International This for this to public report burden collection of information is estimated average 2.5 minutes per response. you wish to comment on the accuracy of the estimate or make suggestions for reducing this burden, please direct your comments to OMB and the at the following addresses. If you wish to the the for this your to the FAA the following Washington, Office of Management and Budget Paperwork Reduction Project 2120-0026 DC 20503 - and - Transportation Aviation Administration Terminal ATO-120 Avenue, Washington U.S. Department of Federal and Flight Services Operations and Procedures, 120 800 Independence SW DC 20591 DO NOT your form to either of these addresses Please RETURN your form to these PIREPS JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--15 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS 7. ICAO Model Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form D E F DEPARTURE AERODROME(C DEPARTURE S) REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING B ADDRESSEE(S) ADDRESSEE(A OPERATOR A H I J K L M N O FROM VALID FROM VALID UNTIL UNTIL DAYS DAYS OF OPERATION AIRCRAFT IDENTIFI- CATION TYPE AIRCRAFT TURBULENCE CATEGORY OF & AERODROME AND TIME DEPARTURE ROUTE ( CRUISING SPEED LEVEL ROUTE 1 2 3 + - 7) (Item (9) (Item (13) (Item 13) yymmdd yymmdd 5 4 6 7 Item 15) P Q AERODROME AND TOTAL TIME DESTINATION ELAPSED (Item 16) REMARKS G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Item 19)AT: AT: DATE SERIAL NO. PAGE OF -------------- -------------- /
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:34:45

yymmdd 7.1 Instructions for the completion of the repetitive flight plan (RPL) listings form 7.2 General List onlyflight plans that will operate in accordance with IFR. (Flight rules I in FPL format). It is assumed that all aircraft are operating as scheduled flights (Type of flight S in FPL format), otherwise notifyin Q (Remarks). It is assumed that all aircraft operating on RPL’s are equipped with 4096--code transplanters with modes A and C. Otherwise, notifyQ (Remarks). Listflight plans in alphabetical order of the location indicator of the departure aerodrome. Listflight plans for each departure -- aerodrome in chronological order of estimated off--block times. Adhere closely tothe data conventions as indicated for the Flight Plan Form unless otherwise specifically indicated in 7.5. Insertall clock times in 4 figures UTC. Insertall estimated elapsed times in 4 figures (hours and minutes). JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--16 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS Insertdata on a separate line for each segment of operations with one or more stops; i.e., from any departure aerodrome to the next destination aerodrome even through call sign or flight number is the same for multiple segments. Clearly identifyadditions and deletions in accordance with Item H at 7.4. Subsequent listings shall list the corrected and added data, and deleted flight plans shall be omitted. Number pagesby indicating number of pages and total number of pages in submission. Utilizemore than one line for any RPL where the space provided for items O and Q on one line is not sufficient. 7.3 A flight shall be cancelled as follows: a. indicate a minus sign in item H followed by all other items of the cancelled flight; b. insert a subsequent entry denoted by a plus sign in item H and the date of the last flight in item J, with all other items of the cancelled flight unchanged. 7.4 Modification to a flight shall be made as follows: a. carry out the cancellation as indicated in 7.2; and b. insert a third entry giving the new flight plan(s) with the appropriate items modified as necessary, including the new validity dates in items I and J. Note.-- All entries related to the same flight will be inserted in succession in the order specified above. 7.5 Instructions for insertion of RPLdata Complete Items A to Q as indicated hereunder. ITEM A: OPERATOR INSERT Name of operator. ITEM B: ADDRESSEE(S) INSERT Name of agency(ies) designated by States to administer RPL’s for FIR’s or areas of responsibility concerned with the route of flight. ITEM C: DEPARTURE AERODROME(S) INSERT Location indicator(s) of departure aerodrome(s). ITEM D: DATE INSERT On each page of submission the date (year, month, day) in a 6--figure group that the listing was submitted. ITEM E: SERIAL NUMBER INSERT Serial number of submission (2 numerics) indicating last two digits of year, a dash, and the sequential number of the submission for the year indicated (start with numeral 1 each new year). ITEM F: PAGE OF INSERT Page number and total number of pages submitted. ITEM G: SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AT INSERT Name of contact where information normally provided under Item 19 of the FPL is kept readily available and can be supplied without delay. ITEM H: ENTRY TYPE INSERT A minus sign (--) for each flight plan that is to be deleted from the listing. INSERT A plus sign (+) for each initial listing and, in the case of subsequent submissions, for each flight plan not listed in the previous submission. Note -- No information is required under this item for any flight plan which is unchanged from the previous submission. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--17 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS ITEM I: VALID FROM INSERT First date (year, month, day) upon which the flight is scheduled to operate. ITEM J: VALID UNTIL INSERT Last date (year, month, day) upon which the flight is scheduled to operate as listed, or UFN if the duration is unknown ITEM K: DAYS OF OPERATION INSERT Number corresponding to the day of the week in the appropriate column; Monday = 1 through Sunday = 7. INSERT 0 for each day of non--operation in the appropriate column. ITEM L: AIRCRAFT IDENTIFICATION (Item 7 of the ICAO flight plan) INSERT Aircraft identification to be used for the flight. ITEM M: TYPE OF AIRCRAFT AND WAKE TURBULENCE CATEGORY (Item 9 of the ICAO flight plan) INSERT Appropriate ICAO designator as specified in ICAO Doc 8643 -- Aircraft Type Designators. INSERT H, M or L indicator as appropriate: H -- HEAVY to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of 136,000 kg or more, M -- MEDIUM to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of less than 136,000 kg but more than 7,000 kg, L -- LIGHT to indicate an aircraft type with a maximum certificated take--off mass of 7,000 kg or less. ITEM N: DEPARTURE AERODROME AND TIME (Item 13 of the ICAO flight plan) INSERT Location indicator of the departure aerodrome. INSERT The off--block time, i.e., the estimated time that the aircraft will commence movement associated with departure. ITEM O: ROUTE (Item 15 of the ICAO flight plan) a. Cruising Speed INSERT The true airspeed for the first or whole cruising portion of the flight in accordance with Item 15(a) of the ICAO flight plan. b. Cruising level INSERT The planned cruising level for the first or whole portion of the route in accordance with Item 15(b) of the ICAO flight plan. c. Route INSERT The entire route in accordance with Item 15(c) of the ICAO flight plan. ITEM P: DESTINATION AERODROME AND TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME (Item 16 of the ICAO flight plan) INSERT Location indicator of the destination aerodrome. INSERT The total estimated elapsed time. ITEM Q: REMARKS INSERT Items of information as required by the appropriate ATS authority, items normally notified in Item 18 of the ICAO flight plan and any other information pertinent to the flight of concern to ATS. JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix A--18 ICAO FLIGHT PLANS
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:04

8. Example of a Completed Repetitive Flight Plan (RPL) Listing Form D E F DEPARTURE AERODROME(C DEPARTURE S) REPETITIVE FLIGHT PLAN LISTING ADDRESSEE(S) B ADDRESSEE(A OPERATOR A H I J K L M N O VALID FROM FROM VALID UNTIL UNTIL DAYS DAYS OF OPERATION AIRCRAFT IDENTIFI- CATION TYPE AIRCRAFT TURBULENCE CATEGORY OF & AERODROME AND TIME DEPARTURE ROUTE ( CRUISING SPEED LEVEL ROUTE + - 7) (Item (9) (Item (Item 13) (Item 13) yymmdd yymmdd 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 1 2 3 5 4 6 7 Item 15) P Q AERODROME AND TOTAL TIME DESTINATION ELAPSED (Item 16) REMARKS G SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Item 19)AT: AT: DATE SERIAL NO. PAGE OF -------------- -------------- / yymmdd EGLL EGLL de 9 91205 Athismons UK STORED FLIGHT PLAN OFFICE EGTXZBZX Chef la Subdivision informatique rue de Champagne France BRITISH AIRWAYS BRITISH 0 3 5 1 0 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 0 6 0 0 0 0 7 800401 811031 + 800401 + 800731 800801 811031 + 800601 800930 + BAW004 HS21 M EGLL NO440 F210 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG BAW004 HS21 M EGLL 0700 NO440 F210 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0045 BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 NO440 F210 AIE UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 NO440 F210 UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045 BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 N0440 F210 A1E UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG BAW032 HS21 M EGLL 1800 N0440 F210 UA1E DPE UA18 MAN LFPG 0045 BAW082 HS21 M EGLL 1805 NO450 F270 A1S UA1S RBT UA3 MTL BAW082 HS21 M EGLL 1805 NO450 F270 UA1S RBT UA3 MTL UA3W DCT LFMN UA3W STP DCT GL LFMN 0130 800103 800930 BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0400 - BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 A1E UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG + 800103 800315 0 0 0 0 0 6 7 BAW092 B737 M EGLL 1810 NO430 F190 UA1E DPE UA16 MAN LFPG 0400 ACFT CHARTERED ACFT CHARTERED 00 12 800305 80-12 3 3 BAW Briefing BAW Briefing Office JO 7110.10T 2/14/08 Appendix B-1 Q SIGNALS Appendix B. Q SIGNALS Q SIGNALS SIGNIFICATION SIGNAL ANSWER Question of Interrogatory Form (Signal followed by letter Q) Information or Advise Form (Signal only, except as noted) QAL Has aircraft... landed at your location (or at...)? Aircraft... landed here at.... hours (or landed... at... hours). QRU Have you anything for me [or for... (location or person]? I have nothing for you [or for... (location or person)] QSL Can you acknowledge receipt of transmission number... (or type message)? I acknowledge receipt of transmission number... (or type of message). QSM Shall I repeat the last message (transmission or portion indi- cated sent to me or transmis- sion(s) from...)? Repeat the last message (transmission or portion indi- cated) sent to me (or transmission(s) from...). A--not received. B--partially received (garbled). QTA Shall I cancel message number... (or other identification)? Cancel message number... (or other identification). Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 PCG-1 PILOT/CONTROLLER GLOSSARY PURPOSE a. This Glossary was compiled to promote a common understanding of the terms used in the Air Traffic Control system. It includes those terms which are intended for pilot/controller communications. Those terms most frequently used in pilot/controller communications are printed in bold italics. The definitions are primarily defined in an operational sense applicable to both users and operators of the National Airspace System. Use of the Glossary will preclude any misunderstandings concerning the system's design, function, and purpose. b. Because of the international nature of flying, terms used in the Lexicon, published by the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), are included when they differ from FAA definitions. These terms are followed by “[ICAO].” For the reader's convenience, there are also cross references to related terms in other parts of the Glossary and to other documents, such as the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and the Aeronautical Information Manual (AIM). c. This Glossary will be revised, as necessary, to maintain a common understanding of the system. EXPLANATION OF CHANGES a. Terms Added: AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSS ONLY b. Editorial/format changes were made where necessary. Revision bars were not used due to the insignificant nature of the changes. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-1 A AAI(See ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL.) AAR(See AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE.) ABBREVIATED IFR FLIGHT PLANS- An authorization by ATC requiring pilots to submit only that information needed for the purpose of ATC. It includes only a small portion of the usual IFR flight plan information. In certain instances, this may be only aircraft identification, location, and pilot request. Other information may be requested if needed by ATC for separation/control purposes. It is frequently used by aircraft which are airborne and desire an instrument approach or by aircraft which are on the ground and desire a climb to VFR-on-top. (See VFR-ON-TOP.) (Refer to AIM.) ABEAM- An aircraft is “abeam” a fix, point, or object when that fix, point, or object is approximately 90 degrees to the right or left of the aircraft track. Abeam indicates a general position rather than a precise point. ABORT- To term inate a preplanned aircraft maneuver; e.g., an aborted takeoff. ACC [ICAO]- (See ICAO term AREA CONTROL CENTER.) ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE- The runway plus stopway length declared available and suitable for the acceleration and deceleration of an airplane aborting a takeoff. ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE [ICAO]- The length of the take-off run available plus the length of the stopway if provided. ACDO(See AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE.) ACKNOWLEDGE- Let me know that you have received my message. (See ICAO term ACKNOWLEDGE.) ACKNOWLEDGE [ICAO]- Let me know that you have received and understood this message. ACL(See AIRCRAFT LIST.) ACLS(See AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING SYSTEM.) ACLT(See ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME.) ACROBATIC FLIGHT- An intentional maneuver involving an abrupt change in an aircraft's attitude, an abnormal attitude, or abnormal acceleration not necessary for normal flight. (See ICAO term ACROBATIC FLIGHT.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) ACROBATIC FLIGHT [ICAO]- Maneuvers inten- tionally performed by an aircraft involving an abrupt change in its attitude, an abnormal attitude, or an abnormal variation in speed. ACTIVE RUNWAY(See RUNWAY IN USE/ACTIVE RUNWAY/DUTY RUNWAY.) ACTUAL CALCULATED LANDING TIME- ACLT is a flight's frozen calculated landing time. An actual time determined at freeze calculated landing time (FCLT) or meter list display interval (MLDI) for the adapted vertex for each arrival aircraft based upon runway configuration, airport acceptance rate, airport arrival delay period, and other metered arrival aircraft. This time is either the vertex time of arrival (VTA) of the aircraft or the tentative calculated landing time (TCLT)/ACLT of the previous aircraft plus the arrival aircraft interval (AAI), whichever is later. This time will not be updated in response to the aircraft's progress. ACTUAL NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE (ANP)- (See REQUIRED NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE.) ADDITIONAL SERVICES- Advisory information provided by ATC which includes but is not limited to the following: a. Traffic advisories. b. Vectors, when requested by the pilot, to assist aircraft receiving traffic advisories to avoid observed traffic. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-2 c. Altitude deviation information of 300 feet or more from an assigned altitude as observed on a verified (reading correctly) automatic altitude readout (Mode C). d. Advisories that traffic is no longer a factor. e. Weather and chaff information. f. Weather assistance. g. Bird activity information. h. Holding pattern surveillance. Additional ser- vices are provided to the extent possible contingent only upon the controller's capability to fit them into the performance of higher priority duties and on the basis of limitations of the radar, volume of traffic, frequency congestion, and controller workload. The controller has complete discretion for determining if he/she is able to provide or continue to provide a service in a particular case. The controller's reason not to provide or continue to provide a service in a particular case is not subject to question by the pilot and need not be made known to him/her. (See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.) (Refer to AIM.) ADF(See AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER.) ADIZ(See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE.) ADLY(See ARRIVAL DELAY.) ADMINISTRATOR- The Federal Aviation Admin- istrator or any person to whom he/she has delegated his/her authority in the matter concerned. ADR(See AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE.) ADS [ICAO]- (See ICAO term AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE.) ADS-B(See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-BROADCAST.) ADS-C(See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-CONTRACT.) ADVISE INTENTIONS- Tell me what you plan to do. ADVISORY- Advice and information provided to assist pilots in the safe conduct of flight and aircraft movement. (See ADVISORY SERVICE.) ADVISORY FREQUENCY- The appropriate fre- quency to be used for Airport Advisory Service. (See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.) (See UNICOM.) (Refer to ADVISORY CIRCULAR NO. 90-42.) (Refer to AIM.) ADVISORY SERVICE- Advice and information provided by a facility to assist pilots in the safe conduct of flight and aircraft movement. (See ADDITIONAL SERVICES.) (See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE.) (See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.) (See RADAR ADVISORY.) (See SAFETY ALERT.) (See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.) (Refer to AIM.) AERIAL REFUELING- A procedure used by the military to transfer fuel from one aircraft to another during flight. (Refer to VFR/IFR Wall Planning Charts.) AERODROME- A defined area on land or water (including any buildings, installations and equip- ment) intended to be used either wholly or in part for the arrival, departure, and movement of aircraft. AERODROME BEACON [ICAO]- Aeronautical beacon used to indicate the location of an aerodrome from the air. AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- Air traffic control service for aerodrome traffic. AERODROME CONTROL TOWER [ICAO]- A unit established to provide air traffic control service to aerodrome traffic. AERODROME ELEVATION [ICAO]- The eleva- tion of the highest point of the landing area. AERODROME TRAFFIC CIRCUIT [ICAO]- The specified path to be flown by aircraft operating in the vicinity of an aerodrome. AERONAUTICAL BEACON- A visual NAVAID displaying flashes of white and/or colored light to indicate the location of an airport, a heliport, a Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-3 landmark, a certain point of a Federal airway in mountainous terrain, or an obstruction. (See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON.) (Refer to AIM.) AERONAUTICAL CHART- A map used in air navigation containing all or part of the following: topographic features, hazards and obstructions, navigation aids, navigation routes, designated airspace, and airports. Commonly used aeronautical charts are: a. Sectional Aeronautical Charts (1:500,000)- Designed for visual navigation of slow or medium speed aircraft. Topographic information on these charts features the portrayal of relief and a judicious selection of visual check points for VFR flight. Aeronautical information includes visual and radio aids to navigation, airports, controlled airspace, restricted areas, obstructions, and related data. b. VFR Terminal Area Charts (1:250,000)- Depict Class B airspace which provides for the control or segregation of all the aircraft within Class B airspace. The chart depicts topographic informa- tion and aeronautical information which includes visual and radio aids to navigation, airports, controlled airspace, restricted areas, obstructions, and related data. c. World Aeronautical Charts (WAC) (1:1,000,000)- Provide a standard series of aeronau- tical charts covering land areas of the world at a size and scale convenient for navigation by moderate speed aircraft. Topographic information includes cities and towns, principal roads, railroads, distinc- tive landmarks, drainage, and relief. Aeronautical inform ation includes visual and radio aids to navigation, airports, airways, restricted areas, obstructions, and other pertinent data. d. En Route Low Altitude Charts- Provide aeronautical information for en route instrument navigation (IF R) in the low altitude stratum. Information includes the portrayal of airways, limits of controlled airspace, position identification and frequencies of radio aids, selected airports, minimum en route and minimum obstruction clearance altitudes, airway distances, reporting points, re- stricted areas, and related data. Area charts, which are a part of this series, furnish terminal data at a larger scale in congested areas. e. En Route High Altitude Charts- Provide aeronautical information for en route instrument navigation (IFR) in the high altitude stratum. Information includes the portrayal of jet routes, identification and frequencies of radio aids, selected airports, distances, time zones, special use airspace, and related information. f. Instrument Approach Procedures (IAP) Charts- Portray the aeronautical data which is required to execute an instrument approach to an airport. These charts depict the procedures, including all related data, and the airport diagram. Each procedure is designated for use with a specific type of electronic navigation system including NDB, TACAN, VOR, ILS/MLS, and RNAV. These charts are identified by the type of navigational aid(s) which provide final approach guidance. g. Instrument Departure Procedure (DP) Charts- Designed to expedite clearance delivery and to facilitate transition between takeoff and en route operations. Each DP is presented as a separate chart and may serve a single airport or more than one airport in a given geographical location. h. Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) Charts- Designed to expedite air traffic control arrival procedures and to facilitate transition between en route and instrument approach operations. Each STAR procedure is presented as a separate chart and may serve a single airport or more than one airport in a given geographical location. i. Airport Taxi Charts- Designed to expedite the efficient and safe flow of ground traffic at an airport. These charts are identified by the official airport name; e.g., Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport. (See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL CHART.) AERONAUTICAL CHART [ICAO]- A representa- tion of a portion of the earth, its culture and relief, specifically designated to meet the requirements of air navigation. AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION MANUAL (AIM)- A primary FAA publication whose purpose is to instruct airmen about operating in the National Airspace System of the U.S. It provides basic flight information, ATC Procedures and general instruc- tional information concerning health, medical facts, factors affecting flight safety, accident and hazard reporting, and types of aeronautical charts and their use. AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICA- TION (AIP) [ICAO]- A publication issued by or with 2/14/08 PCG A-4 the authority of a State and containing aeronautical information of a lasting character essential to air navigation. A/FD(See AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY.) AFFIRMATIVE- Yes. AFIS(See AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE - ALASKA FSSs ONLY.) AFP(See AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM.) AIM(See AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION MANUAL.) AIP [ICAO]- (See ICAO term AERONAUTICAL INFORMATION PUBLICATION.) AIR CARRIER DISTRICT OFFICE- An FAA field office serving an assigned geographical area, staffed with Flight Standards personnel serving the aviation industry and the general public on matters related to the certification and operation of scheduled air carriers and other large aircraft operations. AIR DEFENSE EMERGENCY- A military emer- gency condition declared by a designated authority. This condition exists when an attack upon the continental U.S., Alaska, Canada, or U.S. installa- tions in Greenland by hostile aircraft or missiles is considered probable, is imminent, or is taking place. (Refer to AIM.) AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE (ADIZ)- The area of airspace over land or water, extending upward from the surface, within which the ready identification, the location, and the control of aircraft are required in the interest of national security. a. Domestic Air Defense Identification Zone. An ADIZ within the United States along an international boundary of the United States. b. Coastal Air Defense Identification Zone. An ADIZ over the coastal waters of the United States. c. Distant Early Warning Identification Zone (DEWIZ). An ADIZ over the coastal waters of the State of Alaska. d. Land-Based Air Defense Identification Zone. An ADIZ over U.S. metropolitan areas, which is activated and deactivated as needed, with dimen- sions, activation dates and other relevant information disseminated via NOTAM. Note:_ADIZ locations and operating and flight plan requirements for civil aircraft operations are speci- fied in 14 CFR Part 99. (Refer to AIM.) AIR NAVIGATION FACILITY- Any facility used in, available for use in, or designed for use in, aid of air navigation, including landing areas, lights, any apparatus or equipment for disseminating weather information, for signaling, for radio-directional finding, or for radio or other electrical communica- tion, and any other structure or mechanism having a similar purpose for guiding or controlling flight in the air or the landing and takeoff of aircraft. (See NAVIGATIONAL AID.) AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR- Air route traffic control center (ARTCC) radar used primarily to detect and display an aircraft's position while en route between terminal areas. The ARSR enables controllers to provide radar air traffic control service when aircraft are within the ARSR coverage. In some instances, ARSR may enable an ARTCC to provide terminal radar services similar to but usually more limited than those provided by a radar approach control. AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER- A facility established to provide air traffic control service to aircraft operating on IFR flight plans within controlled airspace and principally during the en route phase of flight. When equipment capabilities and controller workload permit, certain advisory/as- sistance services may be provided to VFR aircraft. (See EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICES.) (Refer to AIM.) AIR TAXI- Used to describe a helicopter/VTOL aircraft movement conducted above the surface but normally not above 100 feet AGL. The aircraft may proceed either via hover taxi or flight at speeds more than 20 knots. The pilot is solely responsible for selecting a safe airspeed/altitude for the operation being conducted. (See HOVER TAXI.) (Refer to AIM.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-5 AIR TRAFFIC- Aircraft operating in the air or on an airport surface, exclusive of loading ramps and parking areas. (See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC.) AIR TRAFFIC [ICAO]- All aircraft in flight or operating on the maneuvering area of an aerodrome. AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE- An authorization by air traffic control for the purpose of preventing collision between known aircraft, for an aircraft to proceed under specified traffic conditions within controlled airspace. The pilot-in-command of an aircraft may not deviate from the provisions of a visual flight rules (VFR) or instrument flight rules (IFR) air traffic clearance except in an emergency or unless an amended clearance has been obtained. Additionally, the pilot may request a different clearance from that which has been issued by air traffic control (ATC) if information available to the pilot makes another course of action more practicable or if aircraft equipment limitations or company procedures forbid compliance with the clearance issued. Pilots may also request clarification or amendment, as appropriate, any time a clearance is not fully understood, or considered unacceptable because of safety of flight. Controllers should, in such instances and to the extent of operational practicality and safety, honor the pilot's request. 14 CFR Part 91.3(a) states: “The pilot in command of an aircraft is directly responsible for, and is the final authority as to, the operation of that aircraft.” THE PILOT IS RESPONSIBLE TO REQUEST AN AMENDED CLEARANCE if ATC issues a clearance that would cause a pilot to deviate from a rule or regulation, or in the pilot's opinion, would place the aircraft in jeopardy. (See ATC INSTRUCTIONS.) (See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE.) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL- A service operated by appropriate authority to promote the safe, orderly and expeditious flow of air traffic. (See ICAO term AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE.) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL CLEARANCE [ICAO]- Authorization for an aircraft to proceed under conditions specified by an air traffic control unit. Note 1:_For convenience, the term air traffic control clearance is frequently abbreviated to clearance when used in appropriate contexts. Note 2:_The abbreviated term clearance may be prefixed by the words taxi, takeoff, departure, en route, approach or landing to indicate the particular portion of flight to which the air traffic control clear- ance relates. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- A service provided for the purpose of: a. Preventing collisions: 1. Between aircraft; and 2. On the maneuvering area between aircraft and obstructions. b. Expediting and maintaining an orderly flow of air traffic. AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST- A person authorized to provide air traffic control service. (See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.) (See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION.) (See ICAO term CONTROLLER.) AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER (ATCSCC) - An Air Traffic Tactical Operations facility responsible for monitoring and managing the flow of air traffic throughout the NAS, producing a safe, orderly, and expeditious flow of traffic while minimizing delays. The following functions are located at the ATCSCC: a. Central Altitude Reservation Function (CARF). Responsible for coordinating, planning, and approving special user requirements under the Altitude Reservation (ALTRV) concept. (See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.) b. Airport Reservation Office (ARO). Responsible for approving IFR flights at designated high density traffic airports (John F. Kennedy, LaGuardia, and Ronald Reagan Washington National) during specified hours. (Refer to 14 CFR Part 93.) (Refer to AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY.) 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-6 c. U.S. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) Office. Responsible for collecting, maintaining, and distrib- uting NOTAMs for the U.S. civilian and military, as well as international aviation communities. (See NOTICE TO AIRMEN.) d. Weather Unit. Monitor all aspects of weather for the U.S. that might affect aviation including cloud cover, visibility, winds, precipitation, thunderstorms, icing, turbulence, and more. Provide forecasts based on observations and on discussions with meteorolo- gists from various National Weather Service offices, FAA facilities, airlines, and private weather services. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE- A generic term meaning: a. Flight Information Service. b. Alerting Service. c. Air Traffic Advisory Service. d. Air Traffic Control Service: 1. Area Control Service, 2. Approach Control Service, or 3. Airport Control Service. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICE (ATS) ROUTES - The term “ATS Route” is a generic term that includes “VOR Federal airways,” “colored Federal airways,” “jet routes,” and “RNAV routes.” The term “ATS route” does not replace these more familiar route names, but serves only as an overall title when listing the types of routes that comprise the United States route structure. AIRBORNE DELAY- Amount of delay to be encountered in airborne holding. AIRCRAFT- Device(s) that are used or intended to be used for flight in the air, and when used in air traffic control terminology, may include the flight crew. (See ICAO term AIRCRAFT.) AIRCRAFT [ICAO]- Any machine that can derive support in the atmosphere from the reactions of the air other than the reactions of the air against the earth's surface. AIRCRAFT APPROACH CATEGORY- A grouping of aircraft based on a speed of 1.3 times the stall speed in the landing configuration at maximum gross landing weight. An aircraft must fit in only one category. If it is necessary to maneuver at speeds in excess of the upper limit of a speed range for a category, the minimums for the category for that speed must be used. For example, an aircraft which falls in Category A, but is circling to land at a speed in excess of 91 knots, must use the approach Category_B minimums when circling to land. The categories are as follows: a. Category A- Speed less than 91 knots. b. Category B- Speed 91 knots or more but less than 121 knots. c. Category C- Speed 121 knots or more but less than 141 knots. d. Category D- Speed 141 knots or more but less than 166 knots. e. Category E- Speed 166 knots or more. (Refer to 14 CFR Part 97.) AIRCRAFT CLASSES- For the purposes of Wake Turbulence Separation Minima, ATC classifies aircraft as Heavy, Large, and Small as follows: a. Heavy- Aircraft capable of takeoff weights of more than 255,000 pounds whether or not they are operating at this weight during a particular phase of flight. b. Large- Aircraft of more than 41,000 pounds, maximum certificated takeoff weight, up to 255,000 pounds. c. Small- Aircraft of 41,000 pounds or less maximum certificated takeoff weight. (Refer to AIM.) AIRCRAFT CONFLICT- Predicted conflict, within URET, of two aircraft, or between aircraft and airspace. A Red alert is used for conflicts when the predicted minimum separation is 5 nautical miles or less. A Yellow alert is used when the predicted minimum separation is between 5 and approximately 12 nautical miles. A Blue alert is used for conflicts between an aircraft and predefined airspace. (See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.) AIRCRAFT LIST (ACL)- A view available with URET that lists aircraft currently in or predicted to be in a particular sector's airspace. The view contains textual flight data information in line format and may be sorted into various orders based on the specific needs of the sector team. (See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.) AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND RECOVERY- Procedures used at USAF bases to provide increased launch and recovery rates in instrument flight rules conditions. ASLAR is based on: Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-7 a. Reduced separation between aircraft which is based on time or distance. Standard arrival separation applies between participants including multiple flights until the DRAG point. The DRAG point is a published location on an ASLAR approach where aircraft landing second in a formation slows to a predetermined airspeed. The DRAG point is the reference point at which MARSA applies as expanding elements effect separation within a flight or between subsequent participating flights. b. ASLAR procedures shall be covered in a Letter of Agreement between the responsible USAF military ATC facility and the concerned Federal Aviation Administration facility. Initial Approach Fix spacing requirements are normally addressed as a minimum. AIRMEN'S METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION(See AIRMET.) AIRMET- In-flight weather advisories issued only to amend the area forecast concerning weather phenomena which are of operational interest to all aircraft and potentially hazardous to aircraft having limited capability because of lack of equipment, instrumentation, or pilot qualifications. AIRMETs concern weather of less severity than that covered by SIGMETs or Convective SIGMETs. AIRMETs cover moderate icing, moderate turbulence, sustained winds of 30 knots or more at the surface, widespread areas of ceilings less than 1,000 feet and/or visibility less than 3 miles, and extensive mountain obscurement. (See AWW.) (See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.) (See CWA.) (See SIGMET.) (Refer to AIM.) AIRPORT- An area on land or water that is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft and includes its buildings and facilities, if any. AIRPORT ADVISORY AREA- The area within ten miles of an airport without a control tower or where the tower is not in operation, and on which a Flight Service Station is located. (See LOCAL AIRPORT ADVISORY.) (Refer to AIM.) AIRPORT ARRIVAL RATE (AAR)- A dynamic input parameter specifying the number of arriving aircraft which an airport or airspace can accept from the ARTCC per hour. The AAR is used to calculate the desired interval between successive arrival aircraft. AIRPORT DEPARTURE RATE (ADR)- A dynamic parameter specifying the number of aircraft which can depart an airport and the airspace can accept per hour. AIRPORT ELEVATION- The highest point of an airport's usable runways measured in feet from mean sea level. (See TOUCHDOWN ZONE ELEVATION.) (See ICAO term AERODROME ELEVATION.) AIRPORT/FACILITY DIRECTORY- A publication designed primarily as a pilot's operational manual containing all airports, seaplane bases, and heliports open to the public including communications data, navigational facilities, and certain special notices and procedures. This publication is issued in seven volumes according to geographical area. AIRPORT LIGHTING- Various lighting aids that may be installed on an airport. Types of airport lighting include: a. Approach Light System (ALS)- An airport lighting facility which provides visual guidance to landing aircraft by radiating light beam s in a directional pattern by which the pilot aligns the aircraft with the extended centerline of the runway on his/her final approach for landing. Condenser- Discharge Sequential Flashing Lights/Sequenced Flashing Lights may be installed in conjunction with the ALS at some airports. Types of Approach Light Systems are: 1. ALSF-1- Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-I configura- tion. 2. ALSF-2- Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights in ILS Cat-II configura- tion. The ALSF-2 may operate as an SSALR when weather conditions permit. 3. SSALF- Simplified Short Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights. 4. SSALR- Simplified Short Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights. 5. MALSF- Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Sequenced Flashing Lights. 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-8 6. MALSR- Medium Intensity Approach Light System with Runway Alignment Indicator Lights. 7. LDIN- Lead-in-light system- Consists of one or more series of flashing lights installed at or near ground level that provides positive visual guidance along an approach path, either curving or straight, where special problems exist with hazardous terrain, obstructions, or noise abatement procedures. 8. RAIL- Runway Alignment Indicator Lights- Sequenced Flashing Lights which are installed only in combination with other light systems. 9. ODALS- Omnidirectional Approach Light- ing System consists of seven omnidirectional flashing lights located in the approach area of a nonprecision runway. Five lights are located on the runway centerline extended with the first light located 300 feet from the threshold and extending at equal intervals up to 1,500 feet from the threshold. The other two lights are located, one on each side of the runway threshold, at a lateral distance of 40 feet from the runway edge, or 75 feet from the runway edge when installed on a runway equipped with a VASI. (Refer to FAAO JO 6850.2, VISUAL GUIDANCE LIGHTING SYSTEMS.) b. Runway Lights/Runway Edge Lights- Lights having a prescribed angle of emission used to define the lateral limits of a runway. Runway lights are uniformly spaced at intervals of approximately 200 feet, and the intensity may be controlled or preset. c. Touchdown Zone Lighting- Two rows of transverse light bars located symmetrically about the runway centerline normally at 100 foot intervals. The basic system extends 3,000 feet along the runway. d. Runway Centerline Lighting- Flush centerline lights spaced at 50-foot intervals beginning 75 feet from the landing threshold and extending to within 75 feet of the opposite end of the runway. e. Threshold Lights- Fixed green lights arranged symmetrically left and right of the runway centerline, identifying the runway threshold. f. Runway End Identifier Lights (REIL)- Two synchronized flashing lights, one on each side of the runway threshold, which provide rapid and positive identification of the approach end of a particular runway. g. Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI)- An airport lighting facility providing vertical visual approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach to landing by radiating a directional pattern of high intensity red and white focused light beams which indicate to the pilot that he/she is “on path” if he/she sees red/white, “above path” if white/white, and “below path” if red/red. Some airports serving large aircraft have three-bar VASIs which provide two visual glide paths to the same runway. h. Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI)- An airport lighting facility, similar to VASI, providing vertical approach slope guidance to aircraft during approach to landing. PAPIs consist of a single row of either two or four lights, normally installed on the left side of the runway, and have an effective visual range of about 5 miles during the day and up to 20 miles at night. PAPIs radiate a directional pattern of high intensity red and white focused light beams which indicate that the pilot is “on path” if the pilot sees an equal number of white lights and red lights, with white to the left of the red; “above path” if the pilot sees more white than red lights; and “below path” if the pilot sees more red than white lights. i. Boundary Lights- Lights defining the perimeter of an airport or landing area. (Refer to AIM.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:19

AIRPORT MARKING AIDS- Markings used on runway and taxiway surfaces to identify a specific runway, a runway threshold, a centerline, a hold line, etc. A runway should be marked in accordance with its present usage such as: a. Visual. b. Nonprecision instrument. c. Precision instrument. (Refer to AIM.) AIR PORT REFERENCE POINT (ARP)- The approximate geometric center of all usable runway surfaces. AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE- Office re- sponsible for monitoring the operation of the high density rule. Receives and processes requests for IFR-operations at high density traffic airports. AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON- A visual NAVAID operated at many airports. At civil airports, alternating white and green flashes indicate the location of the airport. At military airports, the beacons flash alternately white and green, but are Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-9 differentiated from civil beacons by dualpeaked (two quick) white flashes between the green flashes. (See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES.) (See SPECIAL VFR OPERATIONS.) (See ICAO term AERODROME BEACON.) (Refer to AIM.) AIRPORT STREAM FILTER (ASF)- An on/off filter that allows the conflict notification function to be inhibited for arrival streams into single or multiple airports to prevent nuisance alerts. AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION EQUIPMENT (ASDE)- Surveillance equipment specifically de- signed to detect aircraft, vehicular traffic, and other objects, on the surface of an airport, and to present the image on a tower display. Used to augment visual observation by tower personnel of aircraft and/or vehicular movements on runways and taxiways. There are three ASDE systems deployed in the NAS: a. ASDE-3- a Surface Movement Radar. b. ASDE-X- a system that uses a X-band Surface Movement Radar and multilateration. Data from these two sources are fused and presented on a digital display. c. ASDE-3X- an ASDE-X system that uses the ASDE-3 Surface Movement Radar. AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR- Approach control radar used to detect and display an aircraft's position in the terminal area. ASR provides range and azimuth information but does not provide elevation data. Coverage of the ASR can extend up to 60 miles. AIRPORT TAXI CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.) AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL SERVICE- A service provided by a control tower for aircraft operating on the movement area and in the vicinity of an airport. (See MOVEMENT AREA.) (See TOWER.) (See ICAO term AERODROME CONTROL SERVICE.) AIRPORT TRAFFIC CONTROL TOWER(See TOWER.) AIRSPACE CONFLICT- Predicted conflict of an aircraft and active Special Activity Airspace (SAA). AIRSPACE FLOW PROGRAM (AFP)- AFP is a Traffic Management (TM) process administered by the Air Traffic Control System Command Center (ATCSCC) where aircraft are assigned an Expect Departure Clearance Time (EDCT) in order to manage capacity and demand for a specific area of the National Airspace System (NAS). The purpose of the program is to mitigate the effects of en route constraints. It is a flexible program and may be implemented in various forms depending upon the needs of the air traffic system. AIRSPACE HIERARCHY- Within the airspace classes, there is a hierarchy and, in the event of an overlap of airspace: Class A preempts Class B, Class B preempts Class C, Class C preempts Class D, Class D preempts Class E, and Class E preempts Class G. AIRSPEED- The speed of an aircraft relative to its surrounding air mass. The unqualified term “airspeed” means one of the following: a. Indicated Airspeed- The speed shown on the aircraft airspeed indicator. This is the speed used in pilot/controller communications under the general term “airspeed.” (Refer to 14 CFR Part 1.) b. True Airspeed- The airspeed of an aircraft relative to undisturbed air. Used primarily in flight planning and en route portion of flight. When used in pilot/controller communications, it is referred to as “true airspeed” and not shortened to “airspeed.” AIRSTART- The starting of an aircraft engine while the aircraft is airborne, preceded by engine shutdown during training flights or by actual engine failure. AIRWAY- A Class E airspace area established in the form of a corridor, the centerline of which is defined by radio navigational aids. (See FEDERAL AIRWAYS.) (See ICAO term AIRWAY.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 71.) (Refer to AIM.) AIRWAY [ICAO]- A control area or portion thereof established in the form of corridor equipped with radio navigational aids. AIRWAY BEACON- Used to mark airway segments in remote mountain areas. The light flashes Morse Code to identify the beacon site. (Refer to AIM.) AIT(See AUTOMATED INFORMATION TRANSFER.) 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-10 ALERFA (Alert Phase) [ICAO]- A situation wherein apprehension exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants. ALERT- A notification to a position that there is an aircraft-to-aircraft or aircraft-to-airspace conflict, as detected by Automated Problem Detection (APD). ALERT AREA(See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE.) ALERT NOTICE- A request originated by a flight service station (FSS) or an air route traffic control center (ARTCC) for an extensive communication search for overdue, unreported, or missing aircraft. ALERTING SERVICE- A service provided to notify appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid and assist such organizations as required. ALNOT(See ALERT NOTICE.) ALONG-TRACK DISTANCE (ATD)- The distance measured from a point-in-space by systems using area navigation reference capabilities that are not subject to slant range errors. ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY- Letters and numer- als used to show identification, altitude, beacon code, and other information concerning a target on a radar display. (See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS.) ALTERNATE AERODROME [ICAO]- An aero- drome to which an aircraft may proceed when it becomes either impossible or inadvisable to proceed to or to land at the aerodrome of intended landing. Note:_The aerodrome from which a flight departs may also be an en-route or a destination alternate aerodrome for the flight. ALTERNATE AIRPORT- An airport at which an aircraft may land if a landing at the intended airport becomes inadvisable. (See ICAO term ALTERNATE AERODROME.) ALTIMETER SETTING- The barometric pressure reading used to adjust a pressure altimeter for variations in existing atmospheric pressure or to the standard altimeter setting (29.92). (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to AIM.) ALTITUDE- The height of a level, point, or object measured in feet Above Ground Level (AGL) or from Mean Sea Level (MSL). (See FLIGHT LEVEL.) a. MSL Altitude- Altitude expressed in feet measured from mean sea level. b. AGL Altitude- Altitude expressed in feet measured above ground level. c. Indicated Altitude- The altitude as shown by an altimeter. On a pressure or barometric altimeter it is altitude as shown uncorrected for instrument error and uncompensated for variation from standard atmospheric conditions. (See ICAO term ALTITUDE.) ALTITUDE [ICAO]- The vertical distance of a level, a point or an object considered as a point, measured from mean sea level (MSL). ALTITUDE READOUT- An aircraft's altitude, transmitted via the Mode C transponder feature, that is visually displayed in 100-foot increments on a radar scope having readout capability. (See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY.) (See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS.) (Refer to AIM.) ALTITUDE RESERVATION- Airspace utilization under prescribed conditions normally employed for the mass movement of aircraft or other special user requirem ents which cannot otherwise be accomplished. ALTRVs are approved by the appropriate FAA facility. (See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER.) ALTITUDE RESTRICTION- An altitude or alti- tudes, stated in the order flown, which are to be maintained until reaching a specific point or time. Altitude restrictions may be issued by ATC due to traffic, terrain, or other airspace considerations. ALTITUDE RESTRICTIONS ARE CANCELED- Adherence to previously imposed altitude restric- tions is no longer required during a climb or descent. ALTRV(See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.) AMVER(See AUTOMATED MUTUAL-ASSISTANCE VESSEL RESCUE SYSTEM.) APB(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION BOUNDARY.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-11 APD(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION.) APDIA(See AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION INHIBITED AREA.) APPROACH CLEARANCE- Authorization by ATC for a pilot to conduct an instrument approach. The type of instrument approach for which a clearance and other pertinent information is provided in the approach clearance when required. (See CLEARED APPROACH.) (See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) (Refer to AIM.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY- A terminal ATC facility that provides approach control service in a terminal area. (See APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE.) (See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY.) APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE- Air traffic control service provided by an approach control facility for arriving and departing VFR/IFR aircraft and, on occasion, en route aircraft. At some airports not served by an approach control facility, the ARTCC provides limited approach control service. (See ICAO term APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE.) (Refer to AIM.) APPROACH CONTROL SERVICE [ICAO]- Air traffic control service for arriving or departing controlled flights. APPROACH GATE- An imaginary point used within ATC as a basis for vectoring aircraft to the final approach course. The gate will be established along the final approach course 1 mile from the final approach fix on the side away from the airport and will be no closer than 5 miles from the landing threshold. APPROACH LIGHT SYSTEM(See AIRPORT LIGHTING.) APPROACH SEQUENCE- The order in which aircraft are positioned while on approach or awaiting approach clearance. (See LANDING SEQUENCE.) (See ICAO term APPROACH SEQUENCE.) APPROACH SEQUENCE [ICAO]- The order in which two or more aircraft are cleared to approach to land at the aerodrome. APPROACH SPEED- The recommended speed contained in aircraft manuals used by pilots when making an approach to landing. This speed will vary for different segments of an approach as well as for aircraft weight and configuration. APPROPRIATE ATS AUTHORITY [ICAO]- The relevant authority designated by the State responsible for providing air traffic services in the airspace concerned. In the United States, the “appropriate ATS authority” is the Program Director for Air Traffic Planning and Procedures, ATP-1. APPROPRIATE AUTHORITYa. Regarding flight over the high seas: the relevant authority is the State of Registry. b. Regarding flight over other than the high seas: the relevant authority is the State having sovereignty over the territory being overflown. APPROPRIATE OBSTACLE CLEARANCE MINIMUM ALTITUDE- Any of the following: (See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE.) APPROPRIATE TERRAIN CLEARANCE MINIMUM ALTITUDE- Any of the following: (See MINIMUM EN ROUTE IFR ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM OBSTRUCTION CLEARANCE ALTITUDE.) (See MINIMUM VECTORING ALTITUDE.) APRON- A defined area on an airport or heliport intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers or cargo, refueling, parking, or maintenance. With regard to seaplanes, a ramp is used for access to the apron from the water. (See ICAO term APRON.) APRON [IC AO]- A defined area, on a land aerodrome, intended to accommodate aircraft for purposes of loading or unloading passengers, mail or cargo, refueling, parking or maintenance. ARC- The track over the ground of an aircraft flying at a constant distance from a navigational aid by reference to distance measuring equipment (DME). 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-12 AREA CONTROL CENTER [ICAO]- An air traffic control facility primarily responsible for ATC services being provided IFR aircraft during the en route phase of flight. The U.S. equivalent facility is an air route traffic control center (ARTCC). AREA NAVIGATION- Area Navigation (RNAV) provides enhanced navigational capability to the pilot. RNAV equipment can compute the airplane position, actual track and ground speed and then provide meaningful information relative to a route of flight selected by the pilot. Typical equipment will provide the pilot with distance, time, bearing and crosstrack error relative to the selected “TO” or “active” waypoint and the selected route. Several distinctly different navigational systems with different navigational performance characteristics are capable of providing area navigational functions. Present day RNAV includes INS, LORAN, VOR/ DME, and GPS systems. Modern multi-sensor systems can integrate one or more of the above systems to provide a more accurate and reliable navigational system. Due to the different levels of performance, area navigational capabilities can satisfy different levels of required navigational performance (RNP). The major types of equipment are: a. VORTAC referenced or Course Line Computer (CLC) systems, which account for the greatest number of RNAV units in use. To function, the CLC must be within the service range of a VORTAC. b. OMEGA/VLF, although two separate systems, can be considered as one operationally. A long-range navigation system based upon Very Low Frequency radio signals transmitted from a total of 17 stations worldwide. c. Inertial (INS) systems, which are totally self-contained and require no information from external references. They provide aircraft position and navigation information in response to signals resulting from inertial effects on components within the system. d. MLS Area Navigation (MLS/RNAV), which provides area navigation with reference to an MLS ground facility. e. LORAN-C is a long-range radio navigation system that uses ground waves transmitted at low frequency to provide user position information at ranges of up to 600 to 1,200 nautical miles at both en route and approach altitudes. The usable signal coverage areas are determined by the signal-to-noise ratio, the envelope-to-cycle difference, and the geometric relationship between the positions of the user and the transmitting stations. f. GPS is a space-base radio positioning, navigation, and time-transfer system. The system provides highly accurate position and velocity information, and precise time, on a continuous global basis, to an unlimited number of properly equipped users. The system is unaffected by weather, and provides a worldwide common grid reference system. (See ICAO term AREA NAVIGATION.) AREA NAVIGATION [IC AO]- A method of navigation which permits aircraft operation on any desired flight path within the coverage of station- referenced navigation aids or within the limits of the capability of self-contained aids, or a combination of these. AREA NAVIGATION (RNAV) APPROACH CONFIGURATION: a. STANDARD T- An RNAV approach whose design allows direct flight to any one of three initial approach fixes (IAF) and eliminates the need for procedure turns. The standard design is to align the procedure on the extended centerline with the missed approach point (MAP) at the runway threshold, the final approach fix (FAF), and the initial approach/ intermediate fix (IAF/IF). The other two IAFs will be established perpendicular to the IF. b. MODIFIED T- An RNAV approach design for single or multiple runways where terrain or operational constraints do not allow for the standard T. The “T” may be modified by increasing or decreasing the angle from the corner IAF(s) to the IF or by eliminating one or both corner IAFs. c. STANDARD I- An RNAV approach design for a single runway with both corner IAFs eliminated. Course reversal or radar vectoring may be required at busy terminals with multiple runways. d. TERMINAL ARRIVAL AREA (TAA)- The TAA is controlled airspace established in conjunction with the Standard or Modified T and I RNAV approach configurations. In the standard TAA, there are three areas: straight-in, left base, and right base. The arc boundaries of the three areas of the TAA are published portions of the approach and allow aircraft to transition from the en route structure direct to the nearest IAF. TAAs will also eliminate or reduce Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-13 feeder routes, departure extensions, and procedure turns or course reversal. 1. STRAIGHT-IN AREA- A 30NM arc centered on the IF bounded by a straight line extending through the IF perpendicular to the intermediate course. 2. LEFT BASE AREA- A 30NM arc centered on the right corner IAF. The area shares a boundary with the straight-in area except that it extends out for 30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side by a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the arc. 3. RIGHT BASE AREA- A 30NM arc centered on the left corner IAF. The area shares a boundary with the straight-in area except that it extends out for 30NM from the IAF and is bounded on the other side by a line extending from the IF through the FAF to the arc. ARINC- An acronym for Aeronautical Radio, Inc., a corporation largely owned by a group of airlines. ARINC is licensed by the FCC as an aeronautical station and contracted by the FAA to provide communications support for air traffic control and meteorological services in portions of international airspace. ARMY AVIATION FLIGHT INFORMATION BULLETIN- A bulletin that provides air operation data covering Army, National Guard, and Army Reserve aviation activities. ARO(See AIRPORT RESERVATION OFFICE.) ARRESTING SYSTEM- A safety device consisting of two major components, namely, engaging or catching devices and energy absorption devices for the purpose of arresting both tailhook and/or nontailhook-equipped aircraft. It is used to prevent aircraft from overrunning runways when the aircraft cannot be stopped after landing or during aborted takeoff. Arresting systems have various names; e.g., arresting gear, hook device, wire barrier cable. (See ABORT.) (Refer to AIM.) ARRIVAL AIRCRAFT INTERVAL- An internally generated program in hundredths of minutes based upon the AAR. AAI is the desired optimum interval between successive arrival aircraft over the vertex. ARRIVAL CENTER- The ARTCC having jurisdic- tion for the impacted airport. ARRIVAL DELAY- A parameter which specifies a period of time in which no aircraft will be metered for arrival at the specified airport. ARRIVAL SECTOR- An operational control sector containing one or more meter fixes. ARRIVAL SECTOR ADVIS ORY LIS T- An ordered list of data on arrivals displayed at the PVD/MDM of the sector which controls the meter fix. ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM- The auto- mated program designed to assist in sequencing aircraft destined for the same airport. ARRIVAL TIME- The time an aircraft touches down on arrival. ARSR(See AIR ROUTE SURVEILLANCE RADAR.) ARTCC(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER.) ARTS(See AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS.) ASDA(See ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE.) ASDA [ICAO]- (See ICAO Term ACCELERATE-STOP DISTANCE AVAILABLE.) ASDE(See AIRPORT SURFACE DETECTION EQUIPMENT.) ASF(See AIRPORT STREAM FILTER.) ASLAR(See AIRCRAFT SURGE LAUNCH AND RECOVERY.) ASP(See ARRIVAL SEQUENCING PROGRAM.) ASR(See AIRPORT SURVEILLANCE RADAR.) ASR APPROACH(See SURVEILLANCE APPROACH.) 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-14 ASSOCIATED- A radar target displaying a data block with flight identification and altitude information. (See UNASSOCIATED.) ATC(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL.) ATC ADVISES- Used to prefix a message of noncontrol information when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air traffic controller. (See ADVISORY.) ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE- Airspace of defined vertical/lateral limits, assigned by ATC, for the purpose of providing air traffic segregation between the specified activities being conducted within the assigned airspace and other IFR air traffic. (See SPECIAL USE AIRSPACE.) ATC CLEARANCE(See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE.) ATC CLEARS- Used to prefix an ATC clearance when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air traffic controller. ATC INSTRUCTIONS- Directives issued by air traffic control for the purpose of requiring a pilot to take specific actions; e.g., “Turn left heading two five zero,” “Go around,” “Clear the runway.” (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) ATC PREFERRED ROUTE NOTIFICATION- URET notification to the appropriate controller of the need to determine if an ATC preferred route needs to be applied, based on destination airport. (See ROUTE ACTION NOTIFICATION.) (See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.) ATC PREFERRED ROUTES- Preferred routes that are not automatically applied by Host. ATC REQUESTS- Used to prefix an ATC request when it is relayed to an aircraft by other than an air traffic controller. ATCAA(See ATC ASSIGNED AIRSPACE.) ATCRBS(See RADAR.) ATCSCC(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEM COMMAND CENTER.) ATCT(See TOWER.) ATD(See ALONG-TRACK DISTANCE.) ATIS(See AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE.) ATIS [ICAO]- (See ICAO Term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE.) ATS ROUTE [ICAO]- A specified route designed for channelling the flow of traffic as necessary for the provision of air traffic services. Note:_The term “ATS Route” is used to mean vari- ously, airway, advisory route, controlled or uncontrolled route, arrival or departure, etc. AUTOLAND APPROACH- An autoland approach is a precision instrument approach to touchdown and, in some cases, through the landing rollout. An autoland approach is performed by the aircraft autopilot which is receiving position information and/or steering commands from onboard navigation equipment. Note:_Autoland and coupled approaches are flown in VFR and IFR. It is common for carriers to require their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland approaches (if certified) when the weather condi- tions are less than approximately 4,000 RVR. (See COUPLED APPROACH.) AUTOMATED INFORMATION TRANSFER- A precoordinated process, specifically defined in facility directives, during which a transfer of altitude control and/or radar identification is accomplished without verbal coordination between controllers using information communicated in a full data block. AUTOMATED MUTUAL-ASSISTANCE VESSEL RESCUE SYSTEM- A facility which can deliver, in a matter of minutes, a surface picture (SURPIC) of vessels in the area of a potential or actual search and rescue incident, including their predicted positions and their characteristics. (See FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 10-6-4, INFLIGHT CONTINGENCIES.) AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION (APD)- An Automation Processing capability that compares trajectories in order to predict conflicts. Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-15 AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION BOUNDARY (APB)- The adapted distance beyond a facilities boundary defining the airspace within which URET performs conflict detection. (See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.) AUTOMATED PROBLEM DETECTION IN- HIBITED AREA (APDIA)- Airspace surrounding a terminal area within which APD is inhibited for all flights within that airspace. AUTOMATED RADAR TERMINAL SYSTEMS (ARTS)- A generic term for several tracking systems included in the Terminal Automation Systems (TAS). ARTS plus a suffix roman numeral denotes a major modification to that system. a. ARTS IIIA. The Radar Tracking and Beacon Tracking Level (RT&BTL) of the modular, programmable automated radar terminal system. ARTS IIIA detects, tracks, and predicts primary as well as secondary radar-derived aircraft targets. This more sophisticated computer-driven system up- grades the existing ARTS III system by providing improved tracking, continuous data recording, and fail-soft capabilities. b. Common ARTS. Includes ARTS IIE, ARTS IIIE; and ARTS IIIE with ACD (see DTAS) which combines functionalities of the previous ARTS systems. c. Program mable Indicator Data Processor (P IDP). The PIDP is a modification to the AN/TPX-42 interrogator system currently installed in fixed RAPCONs. The PIDP detects, tracks, and predicts secondary radar aircraft targets. These are displayed by means of computer-generated symbols and alphanumeric characters depicting flight identifi- cation, aircraft altitude, ground speed, and flight plan data. Although primary radar targets are not tracked, they are displayed coincident with the secondary radar targets as well as with the other symbols and alphanumerics. The system has the capability of interfacing with ARTCCs. AUTOMATED WEATHER SYSTEM- Any of the automated weather sensor platforms that collect weather data at airports and disseminate the weather information via radio and/or landline. The systems currently consist of the Automated Surface Observ- ing System (ASOS), Automated Weather Sensor System (AWSS) and Automated Weather Observa- tion System (AWOS). AUTOMATED UNICOM- Provides completely automated weather, radio check capability and airport advisory information on an Automated UNICOM system. These systems offer a variety of features, typically selectable by microphone clicks, on the UNICOM frequency. Availability will be published in the Airport/Facility Directory and approach charts. AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORT(See ALTITUDE READOUT.) AUTOMATIC ALTITUDE REPORTING- That function of a transponder which responds to Mode C interrogations by transmitting the aircraft's altitude in 100-foot increments. AUTOMATIC CARRIER LANDING SYSTEM- U.S. Navy final approach equipment consisting of precision tracking radar coupled to a computer data link to provide continuous information to the aircraft, monitoring capability to the pilot, and a backup approach system. AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE (ADS) [ICAO]- A surveillance technique in which aircraft automatically provide, via a data link, data derived from on-board navigation and position fixing systems, including aircraft identification, four dimensional position and additional data as appropriate. AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE- BROADCAST (ADS-B)- A surveillance system in which an aircraft or vehicle to be detected is fitted with cooperative equipment in the form of a data link transmitter. The aircraft or vehicle periodically broadcasts its GPS-derived position and other information such as velocity over the data link, which is received by a ground-based transmitter/receiver (transceiver) for processing and display at an air traffic control facility. (See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM.) (See GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER.) AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE- CONTRACT (ADS-C)- A data link position reporting system, controlled by a ground station, that establishes contracts with an aircraft's avionics that occur automatically whenever specific events occur, or specific time intervals are reached. AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER- An aircraft radio navigation system which senses and indicates the direction to a L/MF nondirectional radio beacon (NDB) ground transmitter. Direction is indicated to 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG A-16 the pilot as a magnetic bearing or as a relative bearing to the longitudinal axis of the aircraft depending on the type of indicator installed in the aircraft. In certain applications, such as military, ADF operations may be based on airborne and ground transmitters in the VHF/UHF frequency spectrum. (See BEARING.) (See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:28

AUTOMATIC FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE (AFIS) - ALASKA FSSs ONLY- The continuous broadcast of recorded non-control information at airports in Alaska where a FSS provides local airport advisory service. The AFIS broadcast automates the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information such as weather, wind, altimeter, favored runway, breaking action, airport NOTAMs, and other applicable information. The information is continuously broadcast over a discrete VHF radio frequency (usually the ASOS frequency.) AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE- The continuous broadcast of recorded noncontrol information in selected terminal areas. Its purpose is to improve controller effectiveness and to relieve frequency congestion by automating the repetitive transmission of essential but routine information; e.g., “Los Angeles information Alfa. One three zero zero Coordinated Universal Time. Weather, measured ceiling two thousand overcast, visibility three, haze, smoke, temperature seven one, dew point five seven, wind two five zero at five, altimeter two niner niner six. I-L-S Runway Two Five Left approach in use, Runway Two Five Right closed, advise you have Alfa.” (See ICAO term AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE.) (Refer to AIM.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:37

AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE [ICAO]- The provision of current, routine information to arriving and departing aircraft by means of continuous and repetitive broadcasts throughout the day or a specified portion of the day. AUTOROTATION- A rotorcraft flight condition in which the lifting rotor is driven entirely by action of the air when the rotorcraft is in motion. a. Autorotative Landing/Touchdown Autorota- tion. Used by a pilot to indicate that the landing will be made without applying power to the rotor. b. Low Level Autorotation. Commences at an altitude well below the traffic pattern, usually below 100 feet AGL and is used primarily for tactical military training. c. 180 degrees Autorotation. Initiated from a downwind heading and is commenced well inside the normal traffic pattern. “Go around” may not be possible during the latter part of this maneuver. AVAILABLE LANDING DISTANCE (ALD)- The portion of a runway available for landing and roll-out for aircraft cleared for LAHSO. This distance is measured from the landing threshold to the hold-short point. AVIATION WEATHER SERVIC E- A service provided by the National Weather Service (NWS) and FAA which collects and disseminates pertinent weather information for pilots, aircraft operators, and ATC. Available aviation weather reports and forecasts are displayed at each NWS office and FAA FSS. (See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE.) (See TRANSCRIBED WEATHER BROADCAST.) (See WEATHER ADVISORY.) (Refer to AIM.) AWW(See SEVERE WEATHER FORECAST ALERTS.) AZIMUTH (MLS)- A magnetic bearing extending from an MLS navigation facility. Note:_Azimuth bearings are described as magnetic and are referred to as “azimuth” in radio telephone communications. Pilot/Controller Glossary 7/31/08 Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG B-1
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:48

B BACK-TAXI- A term used by air traffic controllers to taxi an aircraft on the runway opposite to the traffic flow. The aircraft may be instructed to back-taxi to the beginning of the runway or at some point before reaching the runway end for the purpose of departure or to exit the runway. BASE LEG(See TRAFFIC PATTERN.) BEACON(See AERONAUTICAL BEACON.) (See AIRPORT ROTATING BEACON.) (See AIRWAY BEACON.) (See MARKER BEACON.) (See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.) (See RADAR.) BEARING- The horizontal direction to or from any point, usually measured clockwise from true north, magnetic north, or some other reference point through 360 degrees. (See NONDIRECTIONAL BEACON.) BELOW MINIMUMS- Weather conditions below the minimums prescribed by regulation for the particular action involved; e.g., landing minimums, takeoff minimums. BLAST FENCE- A barrier that is used to divert or dissipate jet or propeller blast. BLIND SPEED- The rate of departure or closing of a target relative to the radar antenna at which cancellation of the primary radar target by moving target indicator (MTI) circuits in the radar equipment causes a reduction or complete loss of signal. (See ICAO term BLIND VELOCITY.) BLIND SPOT- An area from which radio transmissions and/or radar echoes cannot be received. The term is also used to describe portions of the airport not visible from the control tower. BLIND TRANSMISSION(See TRANSMITTING IN THE BLIND.) BLIND VELOCITY [ICAO]- The radial velocity of a moving target such that the target is not seen on primary radars fitted with certain forms of fixed echo suppression.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:35:55

BLIND ZONE(See BLIND SPOT.) BLOCKED- Phraseology used to indicate that a radio transmission has been distorted or interrupted due to multiple simultaneous radio transmissions. BOUNDARY LIGHTS(See AIRPORT LIGHTING.) BRAKING ACTION (GOOD, FAIR, POOR, OR NIL)- A report of conditions on the airport movement area providing a pilot with a degree/ quality of braking that he/she might expect. Braking action is reported in terms of good, fair, poor, or nil. (See RUNWAY CONDITION READING.) BRAKING ACTION ADVISORIES- When tower controllers have received runway braking action reports which include the terms “poor” or “nil,” or whenever weather conditions are conducive to deteriorating or rapidly changing runway braking conditions, the tower will include on the ATIS broadcast the statement, “BRAKING ACTION ADVISORIES ARE IN EFFECT.” During the time Braking Action Advisories are in effect, ATC will issue the latest braking action report for the runway in use to each arriving and departing aircraft. Pilots should be prepared for deteriorating braking conditions and should request current runway condition inform ation if not volunteered by controllers. Pilots should also be prepared to provide a descriptive runway condition report to controllers after landing. BREAKOUT- A technique to direct aircraft out of the approach stream. In the context of close parallel operations, a breakout is used to direct threatened aircraft away from a deviating aircraft. BROADCAST- Transmission of information for which an acknowledgement is not expected. (See ICAO term BROADCAST.) BROADCAST [ICAO]- A transmission of informa- tion relating to air navigation that is not addressed to a specific station or stations. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-1
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:03

C CALCULATED LANDING TIME- A term that may be used in place of tentative or actual calculated landing time, whichever applies. CALL FOR RELEASE- Wherein the overlying ARTCC requires a terminal facility to initiate verbal coordination to secure ARTCC approval for release of a departure into the en route environment. CALL UP- Initial voice contact between a facility and an aircraft, using the identification of the unit being called and the unit initiating the call. (Refer to AIM.) CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFOR- MANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE- That portion of Canadian domestic airspace within which MNPS separation may be applied. CARDINAL ALTITUDES - “Odd” or “Even” thousand-foot altitudes or flight levels; e.g., 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, FL 250, FL 260, FL 270. (See ALTITUDE.) (See FLIGHT LEVEL.) CARDINAL FLIGHT LEVELS(See CARDINAL ALTITUDES.) CAT(See CLEAR-AIR TURBULENCE.) CATCH POINT- A fix/waypoint that serves as a transition point from the high altitude waypoint navigation structure to an arrival procedure (STAR) or the low altitude ground-based navigation structure. CEILING- The heights above the earth's surface of the lowest layer of clouds or obscuring phenomena that is reported as “broken, ” “overcast,” or “obscuration,” and not classified as “thin” or “partial.” (See ICAO term CEILING.) CEILING [ICAO]- The height above the ground or water of the base of the lowest layer of cloud below 6,000 meters (20,000 feet) covering more than half the sky. CENRAP(See CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/PROCESSING.) CENRAP-PLUS(See CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/PROCESSING-PLUS.) CENTER(See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER.) CENTER'S AREA- The specified airspace within which an air route traffic control center (ARTCC) provides air traffic control and advisory service. (See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER.) (Refer to AIM.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:11

CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/ PROCESSING- A computer program developed to provide a back-up system for airport surveillance radar in the event of a failure or malfunction. The program uses air route traffic control center radar for the processing and presentation of data on the ARTS IIA or IIIA displays. CENTER RADAR ARTS PRESENTATION/ PROCESSING-PLUS- A computer program developed to provide a back-up system for airport surveillance radar in the event of a terminal secondary radar system failure. The program uses a combination of Air Route Traffic Control Center Radar and terminal airport surveillance radar primary targets displayed simultaneously for the processing and presentation of data on the ARTS IIA or IIIA displays. CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION SYSTEM (CTAS)- A computerized set of programs designed to aid Air Route Traffic Control Centers and TRACONs in the management and control of air traffic. CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY- An unsched- uled weather advisory issued by Center Weather Service Unit meteorologists for ATC use to alert pilots of existing or anticipated adverse weather conditions within the next 2 hours. A CWA may modify or redefine a SIGMET. (See AWW.) (See AIRMET.) (See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.) (See SIGMET.) (Refer to AIM.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-2 CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC- An organized route system between the U.S. West Coast and Hawaii. CEP(See CENTRAL EAST PACIFIC.) CERAP(See COMBINED CENTER-RAPCON.) CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY (CTRD)- A FAA radar display certified for use in the NAS. CFR(See CALL FOR RELEASE.) CHAFF- Thin, narrow metallic reflectors of various lengths and frequency responses, used to reflect radar energy. These reflectors when dropped from aircraft and allowed to drift downward result in large targets on the radar display. CHARTED VFR FLYWAYS- Charted VFR Fly- ways are flight paths recommended for use to bypass areas heavily traversed by large turbine-powered aircraft. Pilot compliance with recommended flyways and associated altitudes is strictly voluntary. VFR Flyway Planning charts are published on the back of existing VFR Terminal Area charts. CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE APPROACH- An approach conducted while operating on an instrument flight rules (IFR) flight plan which authorizes the pilot of an aircraft to proceed visually and clear of clouds to the airport via visual landmarks and other information depicted on a charted visual flight procedure. This approach must be authorized and under the control of the appropriate air traffic control facility. Weather minimums required are depicted on the chart. CHASE- An aircraft flown in proximity to another aircraft normally to observe its performance during training or testing. CHASE AIRCRAFT(See CHASE.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:26

CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER- A maneuver initiated by the pilot to align the aircraft with a runway for landing when a straight-in landing from an instrument approach is not possible or is not desirable. At tower controlled airports, this maneuver is made only after ATC authorization has been obtained and the pilot has established required visual reference to the airport. (See CIRCLE TO RUNWAY.) (See LANDING MINIMUMS.) (Refer to AIM.) CIRCLE TO RUNWAY (RUNWAY NUMBER)- Used by ATC to inform the pilot that he/she must circle to land because the runway in use is other than the runway aligned with the instrument approach procedure. When the direction of the circling maneuver in relation to the airport/runway is required, the controller will state the direction (eight cardinal compass points) and specify a left or right downwind or base leg as appropriate; e.g., “Cleared VOR Runway Three Six Approach circle to Runway Two Two,” or “Circle northwest of the airport for a right downwind to Runway Two Two.” (See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.) (See LANDING MINIMUMS.) (Refer to AIM.) CIRCLING APPROACH(See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.) CIRCLING MANEUVER(See CIRCLE-TO-LAND MANEUVER.) CIRCLING MINIMA(See LANDING MINIMUMS.) CLASS A AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.) CLASS B AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.) CLASS C AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.) CLASS D AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.) CLASS E AIRSPACE(See CONTROLLED AIRSPACE.) CLASS G AIRSPACE- That airspace not designated as Class A, B, C, D or E. CLEAR AIR TURBULENCE (CAT)- Turbulence encountered in air where no clouds are present. This term is commonly applied to high-level turbulence associated with wind shear. CAT is often encountered in the vicinity of the jet stream. (See WIND SHEAR.) (See JET STREAM.) CLEAR OF THE RUNWAYa. Taxiing aircraft, which is approaching a runway, is clear of the runway when all parts of the Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-3 aircraft are held short of the applicable runway holding position marking. b. A pilot or controller may consider an aircraft, which is exiting or crossing a runway, to be clear of the runway when all parts of the aircraft are beyond the runway edge and there are no restrictions to its continued movement beyond the applicable runway holding position marking. c. Pilots and controllers shall exercise good judgement to ensure that adequate separation exists between all aircraft on runways and taxiways at airports with inadequate runway edge lines or holding position markings. CLEARANCE(See AIR TRAFFIC CLEARANCE.) CLEARANCE LIMIT- The fix, point, or location to which an aircraft is cleared when issued an air traffic clearance. (See ICAO term CLEARANCE LIMIT.) CLEARANCE LIMIT [ICAO]- The point of which an aircraft is granted an air traffic control clearance. CLEARANCE VOID IF NOT OFF BY (TIME)- Used by ATC to advise an aircraft that the departure clearance is automatically canceled if takeoff is not made prior to a specified time. The pilot must obtain a new clearance or cancel his/her IFR flight plan if not off by the specified time. (See ICAO term CLEARANCE VOID TIME.) CLEARANCE VOID TIME [IC AO]- A time specified by an air traffic control unit at which a clearance ceases to be valid unless the aircraft concerned has already taken action to comply therewith. CLEARED APPROACH- ATC authorization for an aircraft to execute any standard or special instrument approach procedure for that airport. Normally, an aircraft will be cleared for a specific instrument approach procedure. (See CLEARED (Type of) APPROACH.) (See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to AIM.) CLEARED (Type of) APPROACH- ATC authoriza- tion for an aircraft to execute a specific instrument approach procedure to an airport; e.g., “Cleared ILS Runway Three Six Approach.” (See APPROACH CLEARANCE.) (See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to AIM.) CLEARED AS FILED- Means the aircraft is cleared to proceed in accordance with the route of flight filed in the flight plan. This clearance does not include the altitude, DP, or DP Transition. (See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE.) (Refer to AIM.) CLEARED FOR TAKEOFF- ATC authorization for an aircraft to depart. It is predicated on known traffic and known physical airport conditions. CLEARED FOR THE OPTION- ATC authoriza- tion for an aircraft to make a touch-and-go, low approach, missed approach, stop and go, or full stop landing at the discretion of the pilot. It is normally used in training so that an instructor can evaluate a student's performance under changing situations. (See OPTION APPROACH.) (Refer to AIM.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:35

CLEARED THROUGH- ATC authorization for an aircraft to make intermediate stops at specified airports without refiling a flight plan while en route to the clearance limit. CLEARED TO LAND- ATC authorization for an aircraft to land. It is predicated on known traffic and known physical airport conditions. CLEARWAY- An area beyond the takeoff runway under the control of airport authorities within which terrain or fixed obstacles may not extend above specified limits. These areas may be required for certain turbine-powered operations and the size and upward slope of the clearway will differ depending on when the aircraft was certificated. (Refer to 14 CFR Part 1.) CLIMB TO VFR- ATC authorization for an aircraft to climb to VFR conditions within Class B, C, D, and E surface areas when the only weather limitation is restricted visibility. The aircraft must remain clear of clouds while climbing to VFR. (See SPECIAL VFR CONDITIONS.) (Refer to AIM.) CLIMBOUT- That portion of flight operation between takeoff and the initial cruising altitude. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-4 CLOSE PARALLEL RUNWAYS- Two parallel runways whose extended centerlines are separated by less than 4,300 feet, having a Precision Runway Monitoring (PRM) system that permits simultaneous independent ILS approaches. CLOSED RUNWAY- A runway that is unusable for aircraft operations. Only the airport management/ military operations office can close a runway. CLOSED TRAFFIC- Successive operations involv- ing takeoffs and landings or low approaches where the aircraft does not exit the traffic pattern. CLOUD- A cloud is a visible accumulation of minute water droplets and/or ice particles in the atmosphere above the Earth's surface. Cloud differs from ground fog, fog, or ice fog only in that the latter are, by definition, in contact with the Earth's surface. CLT(See CALCULATED LANDING TIME.) CLUTTER- In radar operations, clutter refers to the reception and visual display of radar returns caused by precipitation, chaff, terrain, numerous aircraft targets, or other phenomena. Such returns may limit or preclude ATC from providing services based on radar. (See CHAFF.) (See GROUND CLUTTER.) (See PRECIPITATION.) (See TARGET.) (See ICAO term RADAR CLUTTER.) CMNPS(See CANADIAN MINIMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATION AIRSPACE.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:43

COASTAL FIX- A navigation aid or intersection where an aircraft transitions between the domestic route structure and the oceanic route structure. CODES- The number assigned to a particular multiple pulse reply signal transmitted by a transponder. (See DISCRETE CODE.) COMBINED CENTER-RAPCON- An air traffic facility which combines the functions of an ARTCC and a radar approach control facility. (See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER.) (See RADAR APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY.) COMMON POINT- A significant point over which two or more aircraft will report passing or have reported passing before proceeding on the same or diverging tracks. To establish/maintain longitudinal separation, a controller may determine a common point not originally in the aircraft's flight plan and then clear the aircraft to fly over the point. (See SIGNIFICANT POINT.) COMMON PORTION(See COMMON ROUTE.) COMMON ROUTE- That segment of a North American Route between the inland navigation facility and the coastal fix. OR COMMON ROUTE- Typically the portion of a RNAV STAR between the en route transition end point and the runway transition start point; however, the common route may only consist of a single point that joins the en route and runway transitions. COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY (CTAF)- A frequency designed for the purpose of carrying out airport advisory practices while operating to or from an airport without an operating control tower. The CTAF may be a UNICOM, Multicom, FSS, or tower frequency and is identified in appropriate aeronautical publications. (Refer to AC 90-42, Traffic Advisory Practices at Airports Without Operating Control Towers.) COMPASS LOCATOR- A low power, low or medium frequency (L/MF) radio beacon installed at the site of the outer or middle marker of an instrument landing system (ILS). It can be used for navigation at distances of approximately 15 miles or as authorized in the approach procedure. a. Outer Compass Locator (LOM)- A compass locator installed at the site of the outer marker of an instrument landing system. (See OUTER MARKER.) b. Middle Compass Locator (LMM)- A compass locator installed at the site of the middle marker of an instrument landing system. (See MIDDLE MARKER.) (See ICAO term LOCATOR.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:49

COMPASS ROSE- A circle, graduated in degrees, printed on some charts or marked on the ground at an airport. It is used as a reference to either true or magnetic direction. COMPLY WITH RESTRIC TIONS - An ATC instruction that requires an aircraft being vectored Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-5 back onto an arrival or departure procedure to comply with all altitude and/or speed restrictions depicted on the procedure. This term may be used in lieu of repeating each remaining restriction that appears on the procedure. COMPOSITE FLIGHT PLAN- A flight plan which specifies VFR operation for one portion of flight and IFR for another portion. It is used primarily in military operations. (Refer to AIM.) COMPOSITE ROUTE SYSTEM- An organized oceanic route structure, incorporating reduced lateral spacing between routes, in which composite separation is authorized. COMPOSITE SEPARATION- A method of separat- ing aircraft in a composite route system where, by management of route and altitude assignments, a combination of half the lateral minimum specified for the area concerned and half the vertical minimum is applied.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:36:55

COMPULSORY REPORTING POINTS- Reporting points which must be reported to ATC. They are designated on aeronautical charts by solid triangles or filed in a flight plan as fixes selected to define direct routes. These points are geographical locations which are defined by navigation aids/fixes. Pilots should discontinue position reporting over compul- sory reporting points when informed by ATC that their aircraft is in “radar contact.” CONFLICT ALERT- A function of certain air traffic control automated systems designed to alert radar controllers to existing or pending situations between tracked targets (known IFR or VFR aircraft) that require his/her immediate attention/action. (See MODE C INTRUDER ALERT.) CONFLICT RESOLUTION- The resolution of potential conflictions between aircraft that are radar identified and in communication with ATC by ensuring that radar targets do not touch. Pertinent traffic advisories shall be issued when this procedure is applied. Note:_This procedure shall not be provided utilizing mosaic radar systems. CONFORMANCE- The condition established when an aircraft's actual position is within the conformance region constructed around that aircraft at its position, according to the trajectory associated with the aircraft's Current Plan. CONFORMANCE REGION- A volume, bounded laterally, vertically, and longitudinally, within which an aircraft must be at a given time in order to be in conformance with the Current Plan Trajectory for that aircraft. At a given time, the conformance region is determined by the simultaneous application of the lateral, vertical, and longitudinal conformance bounds for the aircraft at the position defined by time and aircraft's trajectory. CONSOLAN- A low frequency, long-distance NAVAID used principally for transoceanic naviga- tions.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:04

CONTACTa. Establish communication with (followed by the name of the facility and, if appropriate, the frequency to be used). b. A flight condition wherein the pilot ascertains the attitude of his/her aircraft and navigates by visual reference to the surface. (See CONTACT APPROACH.) (See RADAR CONTACT.) CONTACT APPROACH- An approach wherein an aircraft on an IFR flight plan, having an air traffic control authorization, operating clear of clouds with at least 1 mile flight visibility and a reasonable expectation of continuing to the destination airport in those conditions, may deviate from the instrument approach procedure and proceed to the destination airport by visual reference to the surface. This approach will only be authorized when requested by the pilot and the reported ground visibility at the destination airport is at least 1 statute mile. (Refer to AIM.) CONTAMINATED RUNWAY- A runway is considered contaminated whenever standing water, ice, snow, slush, frost in any form, heavy rubber, or other substances are present. A runway is contami- nated with respect to rubber deposits or other friction-degrading substances when the average friction value for any 500-foot segment of the runway within the ALD fails below the recommended minimum friction level and the average friction value in the adjacent 500-foot segments falls below the maintenance planning friction level. CONTERMINOUS U.S.- The 48 adjoining States and the District of Columbia. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-6 CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES- The 49 States located on the continent of North America and the District of Columbia. CONTINUE- When used as a control instruction should be followed by another word or words clarifying what is expected of the pilot. Example: “continue taxi,” “continue descent,” “continue inbound,” etc.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:11

CONTROL AREA [ICAO]- A controlled airspace extending upwards from a specified limit above the earth. CONTROL SECTOR- An airspace area of defined horizontal and vertical dimensions for which a controller or group of controllers has air traffic control responsibility, normally within an air route traffic control center or an approach control facility. Sectors are established based on predominant traffic flows, altitude strata, and controller workload. Pilot-communications during operations within a sector are normally maintained on discrete frequen- cies assigned to the sector. (See DISCRETE FREQUENCY.) CONTROL SLASH- A radar beacon slash repre- senting the actual position of the associated aircraft. Normally, the control slash is the one closest to the interrogating radar beacon site. When ARTCC radar is operating in narrowband (digitized) mode, the control slash is converted to a target symbol. CONTROLLED AIR SPACE- An airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights in accordance with the airspace classification. a. Controlled airspace is a generic term that covers Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, and Class E airspace. b. Controlled airspace is also that airspace within which all aircraft operators are subject to certain pilot qualifications, operating rules, and equipment requirem ents in 14 CFR Part 91 (for specific operating requirements, please refer to 14 CFR Part 91). For IFR operations in any class of controlled airspace, a pilot must file an IFR flight plan and receive an appropriate ATC clearance. Each Class B, Class C, and Class D airspace area designated for an airport contains at least one primary airport around which the airspace is designated (for specific designations and descriptions of the airspace classes, please refer to 14 CFR Part 71). c. Controlled airspace in the United States is designated as follows: 1. CLASS A- Generally, that airspace from 18,000 feet MSL up to and including FL 600, including the airspace overlying the waters within 12 nautical miles of the coast of the 48 contiguous States and Alaska. Unless otherwise authorized, all persons must operate their aircraft under IFR. 2. CLASS B- Generally, that airspace from the surface to 10,000 feet MSL surrounding the nation's busiest airports in terms of airport operations or passenger enplanements. The configuration of each Class B airspace area is individually tailored and consists of a surface area and two or more layers (some Class B airspaces areas resemble upside-down wedding cakes), and is designed to contain all published instrument procedures once an aircraft enters the airspace. An ATC clearance is required for all aircraft to operate in the area, and all aircraft that are so cleared receive separation services within the airspace. The cloud clearance requirement for VFR operations is “clear of clouds.”
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:23

3. CLASS C- Generally, that airspace from the surface to 4,000 feet above the airport elevation (charted in MSL) surrounding those airports that have an operational control tower, are serviced by a radar approach control, and that have a certain number of IFR operations or passenger enplane- ments. Although the configuration of each Class C area is individually tailored, the airspace usually consists of a surface area with a 5 nautical mile (NM) radius, a circle with a 10NM radius that extends no lower than 1,200 feet up to 4,000 feet above the airport elevation and an outer area that is not charted. Each person must establish two-way radio commu- nications with the ATC facility providing air traffic services prior to entering the airspace and thereafter maintain those communications while within the airspace. VFR aircraft are only separated from IFR aircraft within the airspace. (See OUTER AREA.) 4. CLASS D- Generally, that airspace from the surface to 2,500 feet above the airport elevation (charted in MSL) surrounding those airports that have an operational control tower. The configuration of each Class D airspace area is individually tailored and when instrument procedures are published, the airspace will normally be designed to contain the procedures. Arrival extensions for instrument approach procedures may be Class D or Class E Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-7 airspace. Unless otherwise authorized, each person must establish two-way radio communications with the ATC facility providing air traffic services prior to entering the airspace and thereafter maintain those communications while in the airspace. No separation services are provided to VFR aircraft. 5. CLASS E- Generally, if the airspace is not Class A, Class B, Class C, or Class D, and it is controlled airspace, it is Class E airspace. Class E airspace extends upward from either the surface or a designated altitude to the overlying or adjacent controlled airspace. When designated as a surface area, the airspace will be configured to contain all instrument procedures. Also in this class are Federal airways, airspace beginning at either 700 or 1,200 feet AGL used to transition to/from the terminal or en route environment, en route domestic, and offshore airspace areas designated below 18,000 feet MSL. Unless designated at a lower altitude, Class E airspace begins at 14,500 MSL over the United States, including that airspace overlying the waters within 12 nautical miles of the coast of the 48 contiguous States and Alaska, up to, but not including 18,000 feet MSL, and the airspace above FL 600. CONTROLLED AIRSPACE [ICAO]- An airspace of defined dimensions within which air traffic control service is provided to IFR flights and to VFR flights in accordance with the airspace classification. Note:_Controlled airspace is a generic term which covers ATS airspace Classes A, B, C, D, and E. CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL- Arrival time assigned during a Traffic Management Program. This time may be modified due to adjustments or user options. CONTROLLER(See AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SPECIALIST.) CONTROLLER [ICAO]- A person authorized to provide air traffic control services. CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK COMMU- NICATIONS (CPDLC)- A two-way digital very high frequency (VHF) air/ground communications system that conveys textual air traffic control messages between controllers and pilots.
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:33

CONVECTIVE SIGMET- A weather advisory concerning convective weather significant to the safety of all aircraft. Convective SIGMETs are issued for tornadoes, lines of thunderstorms, embedded thunderstorms of any intensity level, areas of thunderstorms greater than or equal to VIP level 4 with an area coverage of 4 /10 (40%) or more, and hail 3 /4 inch or greater. (See AIRMET.) (See AWW.) (See CWA.) (See SIGMET.) (Refer to AIM.) CONVECTIVE SIGNIFICANT METEOROLOG- ICAL INFORMATION(See CONVECTIVE SIGMET.) COORDINATES- The intersection of lines of reference, usually expressed in degrees/minutes/ seconds of latitude and longitude, used to determine position or location. COORDINATION FIX- The fix in relation to which facilities will handoff, transfer control of an aircraft, or coordinate flight progress data. For terminal facilities, it may also serve as a clearance for arriving aircraft. COPTER(See HELICOPTER.) CORRECTION- An error has been made in the transmission and the correct version follows. COUPLED APPROACH- A coupled approach is an instrument approach performed by the aircraft autopilot which is receiving position information and/or steering commands from onboard navigation equipment. In general, coupled nonprecision ap- proaches must be discontinued and flown manually at altitudes lower than 50 feet below the minimum descent altitude, and coupled precision approaches must be flown manually below 50 feet AGL. Note:_Coupled and autoland approaches are flown in VFR and IFR. It is common for carriers to require their crews to fly coupled approaches and autoland approaches (if certified) when the weather conditions are less than approximately 4,000 RVR. (See AUTOLAND APPROACH.) COURSEa. The intended direction of flight in the horizontal plane measured in degrees from north. b. The ILS localizer signal pattern usually specified as the front course or the back course. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-8 c. The intended track along a straight, curved, or segmented MLS path. (See BEARING.) (See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.) (See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.) (See RADIAL.) CPDLC(See CONTROLLER PILOT DATA LINK COMMUNICATIONS.) CPL [ICAO]- (See ICAO term CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN.) CRITICAL ENGINE- The engine which, upon failure, would most adversely affect the performance or handling qualities of an aircraft. CROSS (FIX) AT (ALTITUDE)- Used by ATC when a specific altitude restriction at a specified fix is required. CROSS (FIX) AT OR ABOVE (ALTITUDE)- Used by ATC when an altitude restriction at a specified fix is required. It does not prohibit the aircraft from crossing the fix at a higher altitude than specified; however, the higher altitude may not be one that will violate a succeeding altitude restriction or altitude assignment. (See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION.) (Refer to AIM.) CROSS (FIX) AT OR BELOW (ALTITUDE)- Used by ATC when a maximum crossing altitude at a specific fix is required. It does not prohibit the aircraft from crossing the fix at a lower altitude; however, it must be at or above the minimum IFR altitude. (See ALTITUDE RESTRICTION.) (See MINIMUM IFR ALTITUDES.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) CROSSWINDa. When used concerning the traffic pattern, the word means “crosswind leg.” (See TRAFFIC PATTERN.) b. When used concerning wind conditions, the word means a wind not parallel to the runway or the path of an aircraft. (See CROSSWIND COMPONENT.) CROSSWIND COMPONENT- The wind compo- nent measured in knots at 90 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the runway. CRUISE- Used in an ATC clearance to authorize a pilot to conduct flight at any altitude from the minimum IFR altitude up to and including the altitude specified in the clearance. The pilot may level off at any intermediate altitude within this block of airspace. Climb/descent within the block is to be made at the discretion of the pilot. However, once the pilot starts descent and verbally reports leaving an altitude in the block, he/she may not return to that altitude without additional ATC clearance. Further, it is approval for the pilot to proceed to and make an approach at destination airport and can be used in conjunction with: a. An airport clearance limit at locations with a standard/special instrument approach procedure. The CFRs require that if an instrument letdown to an airport is necessary, the pilot shall make the letdown in accordance with a standard/special instrument approach procedure for that airport, or b. An airport clearance limit at locations that are within/below/outside controlled airspace and with- out a standard/special instrument approach procedure. Such a clearance is NOT AUTHORIZA- TION for the pilot to descend under IFR conditions below the applicable minimum IFR altitude nor does it imply that ATC is exercising control over aircraft in Class G airspace; however, it provides a means for the aircraft to proceed to destination airport, descend, and land in accordance with applicable CFRs governing VFR flight operations. Also, this provides search and rescue protection until such time as the IFR flight plan is closed. (See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) CRUISE CLIMB- A climb technique employed by aircraft, usually at a constant power setting, resulting in an increase of altitude as the aircraft weight decreases. CRUISING ALTITUDE- An altitude or flight level maintained during en route level flight. This is a constant altitude and should not be confused with a cruise clearance. (See ALTITUDE.) (See ICAO term CRUISING LEVEL.) CRUISING LEVEL(See CRUISING ALTITUDE.) CRUISING LEVEL [ICAO]- A level maintained during a significant portion of a flight. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG C-9 CT MESSAGE- An EDCT time generated by the ATCSCC to regulate traffic at arrival airports. Normally, a CT message is automatically transferred from the Traffic Management System computer to the NAS en route computer and appears as an EDCT. In the event of a communication failure between the TMS and the NAS, the CT message can be manually entered by the TMC at the en route facility. CTA(See CONTROLLED TIME OF ARRIVAL.) (See ICAO term CONTROL AREA.) CTAF(See COMMON TRAFFIC ADVISORY FREQUENCY.) CTAS(See CENTER TRACON AUTOMATION SYSTEM.) CTRD(See CERTIFIED TOWER RADAR DISPLAY.) CURRENT FLIGHT PLAN [ICAO]- The flight plan, including changes, if any, brought about by subsequent clearances. CURRENT PLAN- The ATC clearance the aircraft has received and is expected to fly. CVFP APPROACH(See CHARTED VISUAL FLIGHT PROCEDURE APPROACH.) CWA(See CENTER WEATHER ADVISORY and WEATHER ADVISORY.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG D-1 D D-ATIS(See DIGITAL-AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMATION SERVICE.) DA [ICAO]- (See ICAO Term DECISION ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT.) DAIR(See DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY READOUT.) DANGER AREA [ICAO]- An airspace of defined dimensions within which activities dangerous to the flight of aircraft may exist at specified times. Note:_The term “Danger Area” is not used in reference to areas within the United States or any of its possessions or territories. DAS(See DELAY ASSIGNMENT.) DATA BLOCK(See ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY.) DEAD RECKONING- Dead reckoning, as applied to flying, is the navigation of an airplane solely by means of computations based on airspeed, course, heading, wind direction, and speed, groundspeed, and elapsed time. DECIS ION ALTITUDE/DECIS ION HEIGHT [ICAO]- A specified altitude or height (A/H) in the precision approach at which a missed approach must be initiated if the required visual reference to continue the approach has not been established. Note 1:_Decision altitude [DA] is referenced to mean sea level [MSL] and decision height [DH] is referenced to the threshold elevation. Note 2:_The required visual reference means that section of the visual aids or of the approach area which should have been in view for sufficient time for the pilot to have made an assessment of the aircraft position and rate of change of position, in relation to the desired flight path. DECISION HEIGHT- With respect to the operation of aircraft, means the height at which a decision must be made during an ILS, MLS, or PAR instrument approach to either continue the approach or to execute a missed approach. (See ICAO term DECISION ALTITUDE/DECISION HEIGHT.) DECODER- The device used to decipher signals received from ATCRBS transponders to effect their display as select codes. (See CODES.) (See RADAR.) DEFENSE VIS UAL FLIGHT RULES- Rules applicable to flights within an ADIZ conducted under the visual flight rules in 14 CFR Part 91. (See AIR DEFENSE IDENTIFICATION ZONE.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 99.) DELAY ASSIGNMENT (DAS)- Delays are distrib- uted to aircraft based on the traffic management program parameters. The delay assignment is calculated in 15-minute increments and appears as a table in Enhanced Traffic Management System (ETMS). DELAY INDEFINITE (REASON IF KNOWN) EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME)- Used by ATC to inform a pilot when an accurate estimate of the delay time and the reason for the delay cannot immediately be determined; e.g., a disabled aircraft on the runway, terminal or center area saturation, weather below landing minimums, etc. (See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME).) DELAY TIME- The amount of time that the arrival must lose to cross the meter fix at the assigned meter fix time. This is the difference between ACLT and VTA. DEPARTURE CENTER- The ARTCC having jurisdiction for the airspace that generates a flight to the impacted airport. DEPARTURE CONTROL- A function of an approach control facility providing air traffic control service for departing IFR and, under certain conditions, VFR aircraft. (See APPROACH CONTROL FACILITY.) (Refer to AIM.) DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM- A program designed to assist in achieving a specified interval over a common point for departures. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG D-2 DEPARTURE TIME- The time an aircraft becomes airborne. DESCENT SPEED ADJUSTMENTS- Speed decel- eration calculations made to determine an accurate VTA. These calculations start at the transition point and use arrival speed segments to the vertex. DESIRED COURSEa. True- A predetermined desired course direction to be followed (measured in degrees from true north). b. Magnetic- A predetermined desired course direction to be followed (measured in degrees from local magnetic north). DESIRED TRACK- The planned or intended track between two waypoints. It is measured in degrees from either magnetic or true north. The instantaneous angle may change from point to point along the great circle track between waypoints. DETRESFA (DISTRESS PHASE) [ICAO]- The code word used to designate an emergency phase wherein there is reasonable certainty that an aircraft and its occupants are threatened by grave and imminent danger or require immediate assistance. DEVIATIONSa. A departure from a current clearance, such as an off course maneuver to avoid weather or turbulence. b. Where specifically authorized in the CFRs and requested by the pilot, ATC may permit pilots to deviate from certain regulations. (Refer to AIM.) DF(See DIRECTION FINDER.) DF APPROACH PROCEDURE- Used under emergency conditions where another instrument approach procedure cannot be executed. DF guidance for an instrument approach is given by ATC facilities with DF capability. (See DF GUIDANCE.) (See DIRECTION FINDER.) (Refer to AIM.) DF FIX- The geographical location of an aircraft obtained by one or more direction finders. (See DIRECTION FINDER.) DF GUIDANCE- Headings provided to aircraft by facilities equipped with direction finding equipment. These headings, if followed, will lead the aircraft to a predetermined point such as the DF station or an airport. DF guidance is given to aircraft in distress or to other aircraft which request the service. Practice DF guidance is provided when workload permits. (See DIRECTION FINDER.) (See DF FIX.) (Refer to AIM.) DF STEER(See DF GUIDANCE.) DH(See DECISION HEIGHT.) DH [ICAO]- (See ICAO Term DECISION ALTITUDE/ DECISION HEIGHT.) DIGITAL-AUTOMATIC TERMINAL INFORMA- TION SERVICE (D-ATIS)- The service provides text messages to aircraft, airlines, and other users outside the standard reception range of conventional ATIS via landline and data link communications to the cockpit. Also, the service provides a computersynthesized voice message that can be transmitted to all aircraft within range of existing transmitters. The Term inal Data Link System (TDLS) D-ATIS application uses weather inputs from local automated weather sources or manually entered meteorological data together with preprogrammed menus to provide standard information to users. Airports with D-ATIS capability are listed in the Airport/Facility Directory. DIGITAL TARGET- A computer-generated symbol representing an aircraft's position, based on a primary return or radar beacon reply, shown on a digital display. DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM (DTAS)- A system where digital radar and beacon data is presented on digital displays and the operational program monitors the system perfor- mance on a real-time basis. DIGITIZED TARGET- A computer-generated indication shown on an analog radar display resulting from a primary radar return or a radar beacon reply. DIRECT- Straight line flight between two naviga- tional aids, fixes, points, or any combination thereof. When used by pilots in describing off-airway routes, points defining direct route segments become compulsory reporting points unless the aircraft is under radar contact. DIRECT ALTITUDE AND IDENTITY READ- OUT- The DAIR System is a modification to the Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG D-3 AN/TPX-42 Interrogator System. The Navy has two adaptations of the DAIR System-Carrier Air Traffic Control Direct Altitude and Identification Readout System for Aircraft Carriers and Radar Air Traffic Control Facility Direct Altitude and Identity Readout System for land-based terminal operations. The DAIR detects, tracks, and predicts secondary radar aircraft targets. Targets are displayed by means of computer-generated symbols and alphanumeric characters depicting flight identification, altitude, ground speed, and flight plan data. The DAIR System is capable of interfacing with ARTCCs. DIRECTION FINDER- A radio receiver equipped with a directional sensing antenna used to take bearings on a radio transmitter. Specialized radio direction finders are used in aircraft as air navigation aids. Others are ground-based, primarily to obtain a “fix” on a pilot requesting orientation assistance or to locate downed aircraft. A location “fix” is established by the intersection of two or more bearing lines plotted on a navigational chart using either two separately located Direction Finders to obtain a fix on an aircraft or by a pilot plotting the bearing indications of his/her DF on two separately located ground-based transmitters, both of which can be identified on his/her chart. UDFs receive signals in the ultra high frequency radio broadcast band; VDFs in the very high frequency band; and UVDFs in both bands. ATC provides DF service at those air traffic control towers and flight service stations listed in the Airport/Facility Directory and the DOD FLIP IFR En Route Supplement. (See DF FIX.) (See DF GUIDANCE.) DIRECTLY BEHIND- An aircraft is considered to be operating directly behind when it is following the actual flight path of the lead aircraft over the surface of the earth except when applying wake turbulence separation criteria. DISCRETE BEACON CODE(See DISCRETE CODE.) DISCRETE CODE- As used in the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS), any one of the 4096 selectable Mode 3/A aircraft transponder codes except those ending in zero zero; e.g., discrete codes: 0010, 1201, 2317, 7777; nondiscrete codes: 0100, 1200, 7700. Nondiscrete codes are normally reserved for radar facilities that are not equipped with discrete decoding capability and for other purposes such as emergencies (7700), VFR aircraft (1200), etc. (See RADAR.) (Refer to AIM.) DIS CRETE FREQUENCY- A separate radio frequency for use in direct pilot-controller commu- nications in air traffic control which reduces frequency congestion by controlling the number of aircraft operating on a particular frequency at one time. Discrete frequencies are normally designated for each control sector in en route/terminal ATC facilities. Discrete frequencies are listed in the Airport/Facility Directory and the DOD FLIP IFR En Route Supplement. (See CONTROL SECTOR.) DISPLACED THRESHOLD- A threshold that is located at a point on the runway other than the designated beginning of the runway. (See THRESHOLD.) (Refer to AIM.) DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT- Equip- ment (airborne and ground) used to measure, in nautical miles, the slant range distance of an aircraft from the DME navigational aid. (See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.) (See TACAN.) (See VORTAC.) DISTRESS- A condition of being threatened by serious and/or imminent danger and of requiring immediate assistance. DIVE BRAKES(See SPEED BRAKES.) DIVERSE VECTOR AREA- In a radar environ- ment, that area in which a prescribed departure route is not required as the only suitable route to avoid obstacles. The area in which random radar vectors below the MVA/MIA, established in accordance with the TERPS criteria for diverse departures, obstacles and terrain avoidance, may be issued to departing aircraft. DIVERSION (DVRSN)- Flights that are required to land at other than their original destination for reasons beyond the control of the pilot/company, e.g. periods of significant weather. DME(See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG D-4 DME FIX- A geographical position determined by reference to a navigational aid which provides distance and azimuth information. It is defined by a specific distance in nautical miles and a radial, azimuth, or course (i.e., localizer) in degrees magnetic from that aid. (See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.) (See FIX.) (See MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM.) DME SEPARATION- Spacing of aircraft in terms of distances (nautical miles) determined by reference to distance measuring equipment (DME). (See DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT.) DOD FLIP- Department of Defense Flight Informa- tion Publications used for flight planning, en route, and terminal operations. FLIP is produced by the National Imagery and Mapping Agency (NIMA) for world-wide use. United States Government Flight Information Publications (en route charts and instrument approach procedure charts) are incorpo- rated in DOD FLIP for use in the National Airspace System (NAS). DOMESTIC AIRSPACE- Airspace which overlies the continental land mass of the United States plus Hawaii and U.S. possessions. Domestic airspace extends to 12 miles offshore. DOWNBURST- A strong downdraft which induces an outburst of damaging winds on or near the ground. Damaging winds, either straight or curved, are highly divergent. The sizes of downbursts vary from 1/2 mile or less to more than 10 miles. An intense downburst often causes widespread damage. Damag- ing winds, lasting 5 to 30 minutes, could reach speeds as high as 120 knots. DOWNWIND LEG(See TRAFFIC PATTERN.) DP(See INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE.) DRAG CHUTE- A parachute device installed on certain aircraft which is deployed on landing roll to assist in deceleration of the aircraft. DSP(See DEPARTURE SEQUENCING PROGRAM.) DT(See DELAY TIME.) DTAS(See DIGITAL TERMINAL AUTOMATION SYSTEM.) DUE REGARD- A phase of flight wherein an aircraft commander of a State-operated aircraft assumes responsibility to separate his/her aircraft from all other aircraft. (See also FAAO JO 7110.65, Para 1-2-1, WORD MEANINGS.) DUTY RUNWAY(See RUNWAY IN USE/ACTIVE RUNWAY/DUTY RUNWAY.) DVA(See DIVERSE VECTOR AREA.) DVFR(See DEFENSE VISUAL FLIGHT RULES.) DVFR FLIGHT PLAN- A flight plan filed for a VFR aircraft which intends to operate in airspace within which the ready identification, location, and control of aircraft are required in the interest of national security. DVRSN(See DIVERSION.) DYNAMIC- Continuous review, evaluation, and change to meet demands. DYNAMIC RESTRICTIONS- Those restrictions imposed by the local facility on an “as needed” basis to manage unpredictable fluctuations in traffic demands. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG E-1 E EAS(See EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM.) EDCT(See EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE TIME.) EFC(See EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME).) ELT(See EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER.) EMERGENCY- A distress or an urgency condition. EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER- A radio transmitter attached to the aircraft structure which operates from its own power source on 121.5 MHz and 243.0 MHz. It aids in locating downed aircraft by radiating a downward sweeping audio tone, 2-4 times per second. It is designed to function without human action after an accident. (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to AIM.) E-MSAW(See EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARNING.) EN ROUTE AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SER- VICES- Air traffic control service provided aircraft on IFR flight plans, generally by centers, when these aircraft are operating between departure and destination terminal areas. When equipment, capa- bilities, and controller workload permit, certain advisory/assistance services may be provided to VFR aircraft. (See AIR ROUTE TRAFFIC CONTROL CENTER.) (Refer to AIM.) EN ROUTE AUTOMATION SYSTEM (EAS)- The complex integrated environment consisting of situation display systems, surveillance systems and flight data processing, remote devices, decision support tools, and the related communications equipment that form the heart of the automated IFR air traffic control system. It interfaces with automated terminal systems and is used in the control of en route IFR aircraft. (Refer to AIM.) EN ROUTE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.) EN ROUTE DESCENT- Descent from the en route cruising altitude which takes place along the route of flight. EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE- A service specifically designed to provide, upon pilot request, timely weather information pertinent to his/her type of flight, intended route of flight, and altitude. The FSSs providing this service are listed in the Airport/Facility Directory. (See FLIGHT WATCH.) (Refer to AIM.) EN ROUTE HIGH ALTITUDE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.) EN ROUTE LOW ALTITUDE CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.) EN ROUTE MINIMUM SAFE ALTITUDE WARN- ING- A function of the EAS that aids the controller by providing an alert when a tracked aircraft is below or predicted by the computer to go below a predetermined minimum IFR altitude (MIA). EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM (ESP)- A program designed to assist the exit sector in achieving the required in-trail spacing. EN ROUTE TRANSITIONa. Conventional STARs/SIDs. The portion of a SID/STAR that connects to one or more en route airway/jet route. b. RNAV STARs/SIDs. The portion of a STAR preceding the common route or point, or for a SID the portion following, that is coded for a specific en route fix, airway or jet route. ESP(See EN ROUTE SPACING PROGRAM.) ESTABLISHED-To be stable or fixed on a route, route segment, altitude, heading, etc. ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME [IC AO]- The estimated time required to proceed from one significant point to another. (See ICAO Term TOTAL ESTIMATED ELAPSED TIME.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG E-2 ESTIMATED OFF-BLOCK TIME [ICAO]- The estimated time at which the aircraft will commence movement associated with departure. ESTIMATED POSITION ERROR (EPE)- (See Required Navigation Performance) ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL- The time the flight is estimated to arrive at the gate (scheduled operators) or the actual runway on times for nonscheduled operators. ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE- The estimated flying time from departure point to destination (lift-off to touchdown). ETA(See ESTIMATED TIME OF ARRIVAL.) ETE(See ESTIMATED TIME EN ROUTE.) EXECUTE MISSED APPROACH- Instructions issued to a pilot making an instrument approach which means continue inbound to the missed approach point and execute the missed approach procedure as described on the Instrument Approach Procedure Chart or as previously assigned by ATC. The pilot may climb immediately to the altitude specified in the missed approach procedure upon making a missed approach. No turns should be initiated prior to reaching the missed approach point. When conducting an ASR or PAR approach, execute the assigned missed approach procedure immediately upon receiving instructions to “execute missed approach.” (Refer to AIM.) EXPECT (ALTITUDE) AT (TIME) or (FIX)- Used under certain conditions to provide a pilot with an altitude to be used in the event of two-way communications failure. It also provides altitude information to assist the pilot in planning. (Refer to AIM.) EXPECT DEPARTURE CLEARANCE TIME (EDCT)- The runway release time assigned to an aircraft in a traffic management program and shown on the flight progress strip as an EDCT. (See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM.) EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE (TIME)- The time a pilot can expect to receive clearance beyond a clearance limit. EXPECT FURTHER CLEARANCE VIA (AIR- WAYS, ROUTES OR FIXES)- Used to inform a pilot of the routing he/she can expect if any part of the route beyond a short range clearance limit differs from that filed. EXPEDITE- Used by ATC when prompt com- pliance is required to avoid the development of an imminent situation. Expedite climb/descent normal- ly indicates to a pilot that the approximate best rate of climb/descent should be used without requiring an exceptional change in aircraft handling characteris- tics. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG F-1 F FAF(See FINAL APPROACH FIX.) FAST FILE- A system whereby a pilot files a flight plan via telephone that is tape recorded and then transcribed for transmission to the appropriate air traffic facility. Locations having a fast file capability are contained in the Airport/Facility Directory. (Refer to AIM.) FAWP- Final Approach Waypoint FCLT(See FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME.) FEATHERED PROPELLER- A propeller whose blades have been rotated so that the leading and trailing edges are nearly parallel with the aircraft flight path to stop or minimize drag and engine rotation. Normally used to indicate shutdown of a reciprocating or turboprop engine due to malfunc- tion. FEDERAL AIRWAYS(See LOW ALTITUDE AIRWAY STRUCTURE.) FEEDER FIX- The fix depicted on Instrument Approach Procedure Charts which establishes the starting point of the feeder route. FEEDER ROUTE- A route depicted on instrument approach procedure charts to designate routes for aircraft to proceed from the en route structure to the initial approach fix (IAF). (See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) FERRY FLIGHT- A flight for the purpose of: a. Returning an aircraft to base. b. Delivering an aircraft from one location to another. c. Moving an aircraft to and from a maintenance base.- Ferry flights, under certain conditions, may be conducted under terms of a special flight permit. FIELD ELEVATION(See AIRPORT ELEVATION.) FILED- Normally used in conjunction with flight plans, meaning a flight plan has been submitted to ATC. FILED EN ROUTE DELAY- Any of the following preplanned delays at points/areas along the route of flight which require special flight plan filing and handling techniques. a. Terminal Area Delay. A delay within a terminal area for touch-and-go, low approach, or other terminal area activity. b. Special Use Airspace Delay. A delay within a Military Operations Area, Restricted Area, Warning Area, or ATC Assigned Airspace. c. Aerial Refueling Delay. A delay within an Aerial Refueling Track or Anchor. FILED FLIGHT PLAN- The flight plan as filed with an ATS unit by the pilot or his/her designated representative without any subsequent changes or clearances. FINAL- Commonly used to mean that an aircraft is on the final approach course or is aligned with a landing area. (See FINAL APPROACH COURSE.) (See FINAL APPROACH-IFR.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) FINAL APPROACH [ICAO]- That part of an instrument approach procedure which commences at the specified final approach fix or point, or where such a fix or point is not specified. a. At the end of the last procedure turn, base turn or inbound turn of a racetrack procedure, if specified; or b. At the point of interception of the last track specified in the approach procedure; and ends at a point in the vicinity of an aerodrome from which: 1. A landing can be made; or 2. A missed approach procedure is initiated. FINAL APPROACH COURSE- A bearing/radial/ track of an instrument approach leading to a runway or an extended runway centerline all without regard to distance. FINAL APPROACH FIX- The fix from which the final approach (IFR) to an airport is executed and which identifies the beginning of the final approach segment. It is designated on Government charts by the Maltese Cross symbol for nonprecision Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG F-2 approaches and the lightning bolt symbol for precision approaches; or when ATC directs a lower-than-published glideslope/path intercept alti- tude, it is the resultant actual point of the glideslope/path intercept. (See FINAL APPROACH POINT.) (See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) FINAL APPROACH-IFR- The flight path of an aircraft which is inbound to an airport on a final instrument approach course, beginning at the final approach fix or point and extending to the airport or the point where a circle-to-land maneuver or a missed approach is executed. (See FINAL APPROACH COURSE.) (See FINAL APPROACH FIX.) (See FINAL APPROACH POINT.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) (See ICAO term FINAL APPROACH.) FINAL APPROACH POINT- The point, applicable only to a nonprecision approach with no depicted FAF (such as an on airport VOR), where the aircraft is established inbound on the final approach course from the procedure turn and where the final approach descent may be commenced. The FAP serves as the FAF and identifies the beginning of the final approach segment. (See FINAL APPROACH FIX.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) FINAL APPROACH SEGMENT [ICAO]- That segment of an instrument approach procedure in which alignment and descent for landing are accomplished. FINAL CONTROLLER- The controller providing information and final approach guidance during PAR and ASR approaches utilizing radar equipment. (See RADAR APPROACH.) FINAL GUARD SERVICE- A value added service provided in conjunction with LAA/RAA only during periods of significant and fast changing weather conditions that may affect landing and takeoff operations. FINAL MONITOR AID- A high resolution color display that is equipped with the controller alert system hardware/software which is used in the precision runway monitor (PRM) system. The display includes alert algorithms providing the target predictors, a color change alert when a target penetrates or is predicted to penetrate the no transgression zone (NTZ), a color change alert if the aircraft transponder becomes inoperative, synthe- sized voice alerts, digital mapping, and like features contained in the PRM system. (See RADAR APPROACH.) FINAL MONITOR CONTROLLER- Air Traffic Control Specialist assigned to radar monitor the flight path of aircraft during simultaneous parallel and simultaneous close parallel ILS approach operations. Each runway is assigned a final monitor controller during simultaneous parallel and simulta- neous close parallel ILS approaches. Final monitor controllers shall utilize the Precision Runway Monitor (PRM) system during simultaneous close parallel ILS approaches. FIR(See FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION.) FIRST TIER CENTER- The ARTCC immediately adjacent to the impacted center. FIX- A geographical position determined by visual reference to the surface, by reference to one or more radio NAVAIDs, by celestial plotting, or by another navigational device. FIX BALANCING- A process whereby aircraft are evenly distributed over several available arrival fixes reducing delays and controller workload. FLAG- A warning device incorporated in certain airborne navigation and flight instruments indicating that: a. Instruments are inoperative or otherwise not operating satisfactorily, or b. Signal strength or quality of the received signal falls below acceptable values. FLAG ALARM(See FLAG.) FLAMEOUT- An emergency condition caused by a loss of engine power. FLAMEOUT PATTERN- An approach normally conducted by a single-engine military aircraft experiencing loss or anticipating loss of engine Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG F-3 power or control. The standard overhead approach starts at a relatively high altitude over a runway (“high key”) followed by a continuous 180 degree turn to a high, wide position (“low key”) followed by a continuous 180 degree turn final. The standard straight-in pattern starts at a point that results in a straight-in approach with a high rate of descent to the runway. Flameout approaches terminate in the type approach requested by the pilot (normally fullstop). FLIGHT CHECK- A call-sign prefix used by FAA aircraft engaged in flight inspection/certification of navigational aids and flight procedures. The word “recorded” may be added as a suffix; e.g., “Flight Check 320 recorded” to indicate that an automated flight inspection is in progress in terminal areas. (See FLIGHT INSPECTION.) (Refer to AIM.) FLIGHT FOLLOWING(See TRAFFIC ADVISORIES.) FLIGHT INFORMATION REGION- An airspace of defined dimensions within which Flight Information Service and Alerting Service are provided. a. Flight Information Service. A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights. b. Alerting Service. A service provided to notify appropriate organizations regarding aircraft in need of search and rescue aid and to assist such organizations as required. FLIGHT INFORMATION SERVICE- A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights. FLIGHT INSPECTION- Inflight investigation and evaluation of a navigational aid to determine whether it meets established tolerances. (See FLIGHT CHECK.) (See NAVIGATIONAL AID.) FLIGHT LEVEL- A level of constant atmospheric pressure related to a reference datum of 29.92 inches of mercury. Each is stated in three digits that represent hundreds of feet. For example, flight level (FL) 250 represents a barometric altimeter indication of 25,000 feet; FL 255, an indication of 25,500 feet. (See ICAO term FLIGHT LEVEL.) FLIGHT LEVEL [ICAO]- A surface of constant atmospheric pressure which is related to a specific pressure datum, 1013.2 hPa (1013.2 mb), and is separated from other such surfaces by specific pressure intervals. Note 1:_A pressure type altimeter calibrated in accordance with the standard atmosphere: a. When set to a QNH altimeter setting, will indicate altitude; b. When set to a QFE altimeter setting, will indicate height above the QFE reference datum; and
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:37:45

c. When set to a pressure of 1013.2 hPa (1013.2 mb), may be used to indicate flight levels. Note 2:_The terms `height' and `altitude,' used in Note 1 above, indicate altimetric rather than geometric heights and altitudes. FLIGHT LINE- A term used to describe the precise movement of a civil photogrammetric aircraft along a predetermined course(s) at a predetermined altitude during the actual photographic run. FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS- A comput- er system that uses a large data base to allow routes to be preprogrammed and fed into the system by means of a data loader. The system is constantly updated with respect to position accuracy by reference to conventional navigation aids. The sophisticated program and its associated data base insures that the most appropriate aids are automati- cally selected during the information update cycle. FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROCE- DURE- An arrival, departure, or approach procedure developed for use by aircraft with a slant (/) E or slant (/) F equipment suffix. FLIGHT PATH- A line, course, or track along which an aircraft is flying or intended to be flown. (See COURSE.) (See TRACK.) FLIGHT PLAN- Specified information relating to the intended flight of an aircraft that is filed orally or in writing with an FSS or an ATC facility. (See FAST FILE.) (See FILED.) (Refer to AIM.) FLIGHT PLAN AREA- The geographical area assigned by regional air traffic divisions to a flight service station for the purpose of search and rescue for VFR aircraft, issuance of NOTAMs, pilot briefing, in-flight services, broadcast, emergency services, flight data processing, international opera- tions, and aviation weather services. Three letter Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG F-4 identifiers are assigned to every flight service station and are annotated in AFDs and FAAO JO 7350.8, LOCATION IDENTIFIERS, as tie-in facilities. (See FAST FILE.) (See FILED.) (Refer to AIM.) FLIGHT RECORDER- A general term applied to any instrument or device that records information about the performance of an aircraft in flight or about conditions encountered in flight. Flight recorders may make records of airspeed, outside air temperature, vertical acceleration, engine RPM, manifold pressure, and other pertinent variables for a given flight. (See ICAO term FLIGHT RECORDER.) FLIGHT RECORDER [ICAO]- Any type of recorder installed in the aircraft for the purpose of complementing accident/incident investigation. Note:_See Annex 6 Part I, for specifications relating to flight recorders. FLIGHT SERVICE STATION- Air traffic facilities which provide pilot briefing, en route communica- tions and VFR search and rescue services, assist lost aircraft and aircraft in emergency situations, relay ATC clearances, originate Notices to Airmen, broadcast aviation weather and NAS information, and receive and process IFR flight plans. In addition, at selected locations, FSSs provide En Route Flight Advisory Service (Flight Watch), issue airport advisories, and advise Customs and Immigration of transborder flights. Selected Flight Service Stations in Alaska also provide TWEB recordings and take weather observations. (Refer to AIM.) FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE- An FAA field office serving an assigned geographical area and staffed with Flight Standards personnel who serve the aviation industry and the general public on matters relating to the certification and operation of air carrier and general aviation aircraft. Activities include general surveillance of operational safety, certification of airmen and aircraft, accident prevention, investigation, enforcement, etc. FLIGHT TEST- A flight for the purpose of: a. Investigating the operation/flight characteris- tics of an aircraft or aircraft component. b. Evaluating an applicant for a pilot certificate or rating. FLIGHT VISIBILITY(See VISIBILITY.) FLIGHT WATCH- A shortened term for use in air-ground contacts to identify the flight service station providing En Route Flight Advisory Service; e.g., “Oakland Flight Watch.” (See EN ROUTE FLIGHT ADVISORY SERVICE.) FLIP(See DOD FLIP.) FLY HEADING (DEGREES)- Informs the pilot of the heading he/she should fly. The pilot may have to turn to, or continue on, a specific compass direction in order to comply with the instructions. The pilot is expected to turn in the shorter direction to the heading unless otherwise instructed by ATC. FLY-BY WAYPOINT- A fly-by waypoint requires the use of turn anticipation to avoid overshoot of the next flight segment. FLY-OVER WAYPOINT- A fly-over waypoint precludes any turn until the waypoint is overflown and is followed by an intercept maneuver of the next flight segment. FMA(See FINAL MONITOR AID.) FMS(See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.) FMSP(See FLIGHT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PROCEDURE.) FORMATION FLIGHT- More than one aircraft which, by prior arrangement between the pilots, operate as a single aircraft with regard to navigation and position reporting. Separation between aircraft within the formation is the responsibility of the flight leader and the pilots of the other aircraft in the flight. This includes transition periods when aircraft within the formation are maneuvering to attain separation from each other to effect individual control and during join-up and breakaway. a. A standard form ation is one in which a proximity of no more than 1 mile laterally or longitudinally and within 100 feet vertically from the flight leader is maintained by each wingman. b. Nonstandard formations are those operating under any of the following conditions: Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG F-5 1. When the flight leader has requested and ATC has approved other than standard form ation dimensions. 2. When operating within an authorized altitude reservation (ALTRV) or under the provisions of a letter of agreement. 3. When the operations are conducted in airspace specifically designed for a special activity. (See ALTITUDE RESERVATION.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) FRC(See REQUEST FULL ROUTE CLEARANCE.) FREEZE/FROZEN- Terms used in referring to arrivals which have been assigned ACLTs and to the lists in which they are displayed. FREEZE CALCULATED LANDING TIME- A dynamic parameter number of minutes prior to the meter fix calculated time of arrival for each aircraft when the TCLT is frozen and becomes an ACLT (i.e., the VTA is updated and consequently the TCLT is modified as appropriate until FCLT minutes prior to meter fix calculated time of arrival, at which time updating is suspended and an ACLT and a frozen meter fix crossing time (MFT) is assigned). FREEZE HORIZON- The time or point at which an aircraft's STA becomes fixed and no longer fluctuates with each radar update. This setting insures a constant time for each aircraft, necessary for the metering controller to plan his/her delay technique. This setting can be either in distance from the meter fix or a prescribed flying time to the meter fix. FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER- A speed adapted for each aircraft to determine fast and slow aircraft. Fast aircraft freeze on parameter FCLT and slow aircraft freeze on parameter MLDI. FRICTION MEASUREMENT- A measurement of the friction characteristics of the runway pavement surface using continuous self-watering friction measurement equipment in accordance with the specifications, procedures and schedules contained in AC 150/5320-12, Measurement, Construction, and Maintenance of Skid Resistant Airport Pavement Surfaces. FSDO(See FLIGHT STANDARDS DISTRICT OFFICE.) FSPD(See FREEZE SPEED PARAMETER.) FSS(See FLIGHT SERVICE STATION.) FUEL DUMPING- Airborne release of usable fuel. This does not include the dropping of fuel tanks. (See JETTISONING OF EXTERNAL STORES.) FUEL REMAINING- A phrase used by either pilots or controllers when relating to the fuel remaining on board until actual fuel exhaustion. When transmitting such information in response to either a controller question or pilot initiated cautionary advisory to air traffic control, pilots will state the APPROXIMATE NUMBER OF MINUTES the flight can continue with the fuel remaining. All reserve fuel SHOULD BE INCLUDED in the time stated, as should an allowance for established fuel gauge system error. FUEL SIPHONING- Unintentional release of fuel caused by overflow, puncture, loose cap, etc. FUEL VENTING(See FUEL SIPHONING.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG G-1 G GATE HOLD PROCEDURES- Procedures at selected airports to hold aircraft at the gate or other ground location whenever departure delays exceed or are anticipated to exceed 15 minutes. The sequence for departure will be maintained in accordance with initial call-up unless modified by flow control restrictions. Pilots should monitor the ground control/clearance delivery frequency for engine start/taxi advisories or new proposed start/taxi time if the delay changes. GBT(See GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER.) GCA(See GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH.) GDP(See GROUND DELAY PROGRAM.) GENERAL AVIATION- That portion of civil aviation which encompasses all facets of aviation except air carriers holding a certificate of public convenience and necessity from the Civil Aeronau- tics Board and large aircraft commercial operators. (See ICAO term GENERAL AVIATION.) GENERAL AVIATION [ICAO]- All civil aviation operations other than scheduled air services and nonscheduled air transport operations for remunera- tion or hire. GEO MAP- The digitized map markings associated with the ASR-9 Radar System. GLIDEPATH(See GLIDESLOPE.) GLIDEPATH [ICAO]- A descent profile determined for vertical guidance during a final approach. GLIDEPATH INTERCEPT ALTITUDE(See GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE.) GLIDESLOPE- Provides vertical guidance for aircraft during approach and landing. The glideslope/ glidepath is based on the following: a. Electronic components emitting signals which provide vertical guidance by reference to airborne instruments during instrument approaches such as ILS/MLS, or b. Visual ground aids, such as VASI, which provide vertical guidance for a VFR approach or for the visual portion of an instrument approach and landing. c. PAR. Used by ATC to inform an aircraft making a PAR approach of its vertical position (elevation) relative to the descent profile. (See ICAO term GLIDEPATH.) GLIDESLOPE INTERCEPT ALTITUDE- The minimum altitude to intercept the glideslope/path on a precision approach. The intersection of the published intercept altitude with the glideslope/path, designated on Government charts by the lightning bolt symbol, is the precision FAF; however, when the approach chart shows an alternative lower glideslope intercept altitude, and ATC directs a lower altitude, the resultant lower intercept position is then the FAF. (See FINAL APPROACH FIX.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM (GPS)- A space-base radio positioning, navigation, and time-transfer system. The system provides highly accurate position and velocity information, and precise time, on a continuous global basis, to an unlimited number of properly equipped users. The system is unaffected by weather, and provides a worldwide common grid reference system. The GPS concept is predicated upon accurate and continuous knowledge of the spatial position of each satellite in the system with respect to time and distance from a transmitting satellite to the user. The GPS receiver automatically selects appropriate signals from the satellites in view and translates these into three- dimensional position, velocity, and time. System accuracy for civil users is normally 100 meters horizontally. GO AHEAD- Proceed with your message. Not to be used for any other purpose. GO AROUND- Instructions for a pilot to abandon his/her approach to landing. Additional instructions may follow. Unless otherwise advised by ATC, a VFR aircraft or an aircraft conducting visual approach should overfly the runway while climbing to traffic pattern altitude and enter the traffic pattern via the crosswind leg. A pilot on an IFR flight plan Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG G-2 making an instrument approach should execute the published missed approach procedure or proceed as instructed by ATC; e.g., “Go around” (additional instructions if required). (See LOW APPROACH.) (See MISSED APPROACH.) GPD(See GRAPHIC PLAN DISPLAY.) GPS(See GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM.) GRAPHIC PLAN DIS PLAY (GPD)- A view available with URET that provides a graphic display of aircraft, traffic, and notification of predicted conflicts. Graphic routes for Current Plans and Trial Plans are displayed upon controller request. (See USER REQUEST EVALUATION TOOL.) GROUND-BASED TRANSCEIVER (GBT)- The ground-based transmitter/receiver (transceiver) re- ceives automatic dependent surveillance-broadcast messages, which are forwarded to an air traffic control facility for processing and display with other radar targets on the plan position indicator (radar display). (See AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE-BROADCAST.) GROUND CLUTTER- A pattern produced on the radar scope by ground returns which may degrade other radar returns in the affected area. The effect of ground clutter is minimized by the use of moving target indicator (MTI) circuits in the radar equipment resulting in a radar presentation which displays only targets which are in motion. (See CLUTTER.) GROUND COMMUNICATION OUTLET (GCO)- An unstaffed, remotely controlled, ground/ground communications facility. Pilots at uncontrolled airports may contact ATC and FSS via VHF to a telephone connection to obtain an instrument clearance or close a VFR or IFR flight plan. They may also get an updated weather briefing prior to takeoff. Pilots will use four “key clicks” on the VHF radio to contact the appropriate ATC facility or six “key clicks” to contact the FSS. The GCO system is intended to be used only on the ground. GROUND CONTROLLED APPROACH- A radar approach system operated from the ground by air traffic control personnel transmitting instructions to the pilot by radio. The approach may be conducted with surveillance radar (ASR) only or with both surveillance and precision approach radar (PAR). Usage of the term “GCA” by pilots is discouraged except when referring to a GCA facility. Pilots should specifically request a “PAR” approach when a precision radar approach is desired or request an “ASR” or “surveillance” approach when a nonpreci- sion radar approach is desired. (See RADAR APPROACH.) GROUND DELAY PROGRAM (GDP)- A traffic management process administered by the ATCSCC; when aircraft are held on the ground. The purpose of the program is to support the TM mission and limit airborne holding. It is a flexible program and may be implemented in various forms depending upon the needs of the AT system. Ground delay programs provide for equitable assignment of delays to all system users. GROUND SPEED- The speed of an aircraft relative to the surface of the earth. GROUND STOP (GS)- The GS is a process that requires aircraft that meet a specific criteria to remain on the ground. The criteria may be airport specific, airspace specific, or equipment specific; for example, all departures to San Francisco, or all departures entering Yorktown sector, or all Category I and II aircraft going to Charlotte. GSs normally occur with little or no warning. GROUND VISIBILITY(See VISIBILITY.) GS(See GROUND STOP.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG H-1 H HAA(See HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT.) HAL(See HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING.) HANDOFF- An action taken to transfer the radar identification of an aircraft from one controller to another if the aircraft will enter the receiving controller's airspace and radio communications with the aircraft will be transferred. HAR(See HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN.) HAT(See HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN.) HAVE NUMBERS- Used by pilots to inform ATC that they have received runway, wind, and altimeter information only. HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISO- RY SERVICE- Continuous recorded hazardous inflight weather forecasts broadcasted to airborne pilots over selected VOR outlets defined as an HIWAS BROADCAST AREA. HAZARDOUS WEATHER INFORMATION- Summary of significant meteorological information (SIGMET/WS), convective significant meteorologi- cal information (convective SIGMET/WST), urgent pilot weather reports (urgent PIREP/UUA), center weather advisories (CWA), airmen's meteorological information (AIRMET/WA) and any other weather such as isolated thunderstorms that are rapidly developing and increasing in intensity, or low ceilings and visibilities that are becoming wide- spread which is considered significant and are not included in a current hazardous weather advisory. HEAVY (AIRCRAFT)- (See AIRCRAFT CLASSES.) HEIGHT ABOVE AIRPORT- The height of the Minimum Descent Altitude above the published airport elevation. This is published in conjunction with circling minimums. (See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE.) HEIGHT ABOVE LANDING- The height above a designated helicopter landing area used for helicopter instrument approach procedures. (Refer to 14 CFR Part 97.) HEIGHT ABOVE TOUCHDOWN- The height of the Decision Height or Minimum Descent Altitude above the highest runway elevation in the touchdown zone (first 3,000 feet of the runway). HAT is published on instrument approach charts in conjunc- tion with all straight-in minimums. (See DECISION HEIGHT.) (See MINIMUM DESCENT ALTITUDE.) HELICOPTER- Rotorcraft that, for its horizontal motion, depends principally on its engine-driven rotors. (See ICAO term HELICOPTER.) HELICOPTER [ICAO]- A heavier-than-air aircraft supported in flight chiefly by the reactions of the air on one or more power-driven rotors on substantially vertical axes. HELIPAD- A small, designated area, usually with a prepared surface, on a heliport, airport, landing/take- off area, apron/ramp, or movement area used for takeoff, landing, or parking of helicopters. HELIPORT- An area of land, water, or structure used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of helicopters and includes its buildings and facilities if any. HELIPORT REFERENCE POINT (HRP)- The geographic center of a heliport. HERTZ- The standard radio equivalent of frequency in cycles per second of an electromagnetic wave. Kilohertz (kHz) is a frequency of one thousand cycles per second. Megahertz (MHz) is a frequency of one million cycles per second. HF(See HIGH FREQUENCY.) HF COMMUNICATIONS(See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS.) HIGH ALTITUDE REDESIGN (HAR)- A level of non-restrictive routing (NRR) service for aircraft that have all waypoints associated with the HAR program in their flight management systems or RNAV equipage. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG H-2 HIGH FREQUENCY- The frequency band between 3 and 30 MHz. (See HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS.) HIGH FREQUENCY COMMUNICATIONS- High radio frequencies (HF) between 3 and 30 MHz used for air-to-ground voice communication in overseas operations. HIGH SPEED EXIT(See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY.) HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY- A long radius taxiway designed and provided with lighting or marking to define the path of aircraft, traveling at high speed (up to 60 knots), from the runway center to a point on the center of a taxiway. Also referred to as long radius exit or turn-off taxiway. The high speed taxiway is designed to expedite aircraft turning off the runway after landing, thus reducing runway occupancy time. HIGH SPEED TURNOFF(See HIGH SPEED TAXIWAY.) HIWAS(See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY SERVICE.) HIWAS AREA(See HAZARDOUS INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY SERVICE.) HIWAS BROADCAST AREA- A geographical area of responsibility including one or more HIWAS outlet areas assigned to an AFSS/FSS for hazardous weather advisory broadcasting. HIWAS OUTLET AREA- An area defined as a 150 NM radius of a HIWAS outlet, expanded as necessary to provide coverage. HOLD FOR RELEASE- Used by ATC to delay an aircraft for traffic management reasons; i.e., weather, traffic volume, etc. Hold for release instructions (including departure delay information) are used to inform a pilot or a controller (either directly or through an authorized relay) that an IFR departure clearance is not valid until a release time or additional instructions have been received. (See ICAO term HOLDING POINT.) HOLD IN LIEU OF PROCEDURE TURN- A hold in lieu of procedure turn shall be established over a final or intermediate fix when an approach can be made from a properly aligned holding pattern. The hold in lieu of procedure turn permits the pilot to align with the final or intermediate segment of the approach and/or descend in the holding pattern to an altitude that will permit a normal descent to the final approach fix altitude. The hold in lieu of procedure turn is a required maneuver (the same as a procedure turn) unless the aircraft is being radar vectored to the final approach course, when “NoPT” is shown on the approach chart, or when the pilot requests or the controller advises the pilot to make a “straight-in” approach. HOLD PROCEDURE- A predetermined maneuver which keeps aircraft within a specified airspace while awaiting further clearance from air traffic control. Also used during ground operations to keep aircraft within a specified area or at a specified point while awaiting further clearance from air traffic control. (See HOLDING FIX.) (Refer to AIM.) HOLDING FIX- A specified fix identifiable to a pilot by NAVAIDs or visual reference to the ground used as a reference point in establishing and maintaining the position of an aircraft while holding. (See FIX.) (See VISUAL HOLDING.) (Refer to AIM.) HOLDING POINT [ICAO]- A specified location, identified by visual or other means, in the vicinity of which the position of an aircraft in flight is maintained in accordance with air traffic control clearances. HOLDING PROCEDURE(See HOLD PROCEDURE.) HOLD-SHORT POINT- A point on the runway beyond which a landing aircraft with a LAHSO clearance is not authorized to proceed. This point may be located prior to an intersecting runway, taxiway, predetermined point, or approach/departure flight path. HOLD-SHORT POSITION LIGHTS- Flashing in-pavement white lights located at specified hold-short points. HOLD-SHORT POSITION MARKING- The painted runway marking located at the hold-short point on all LAHSO runways. HOLD-SHORT POSITION SIGNS- Red and white holding position signs located alongside the hold-short point. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG H-3 HOMING- Flight toward a NAVAID, without correcting for wind, by adjusting the aircraft heading to maintain a relative bearing of zero degrees. (See BEARING.) (See ICAO term HOMING.) HOMING [ICAO]- The procedure of using the direction-finding equipment of one radio station with the emission of another radio station, where at least one of the stations is mobile, and whereby the mobile station proceeds continuously towards the other station. HOVER CHECK- Used to describe when a helicopter/VTOL aircraft requires a stabilized hover to conduct a performance/power check prior to hover taxi, air taxi, or takeoff. Altitude of the hover will vary based on the purpose of the check. HOVER TAXI- Used to describe a helicopter/VTOL aircraft movement conducted above the surface and in ground effect at airspeeds less than approximately 20 knots. The actual height may vary, and some helicopters may require hover taxi above 25 feet AGL to reduce ground effect turbulence or provide clearance for cargo slingloads. (See AIR TAXI.) (See HOVER CHECK.) (Refer to AIM.) HOW DO YOU HEAR ME?- A question relating to the quality of the transmission or to determine how well the transmission is being received. HZ(See HERTZ.) Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG I-1 I I SAY AGAIN- The message will be repeated. IAF(See INITIAL APPROACH FIX.) IAP(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) IAWP- Initial Approach Waypoint ICAO(See ICAO Term INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANIZATION.) ICING- The accumulation of airframe ice. Types of icing are: a. Rime Ice- Rough, milky, opaque ice formed by the instantaneous freezing of small supercooled water droplets. b. Clear Ice- A glossy, clear, or translucent ice formed by the relatively slow freezing or large supercooled water droplets. c. Mixed- A mixture of clear ice and rime ice. Intensity of icing: a. Trace- Ice becomes perceptible. Rate of accumulation is slightly greater than the rate of sublimation. Deicing/anti-icing equipment is not utilized unless encountered for an extended period of time (over 1 hour). b. Light- The rate of accumulation may create a problem if flight is prolonged in this environment (over 1 hour). Occasional use of deicing/anti-icing equipment removes/prevents accumulation. It does not present a problem if the deicing/anti-icing equipment is used. c. Moderate- The rate of accumulation is such that even short encounters become potentially hazardous and use of deicing/anti-icing equipment or flight diversion is necessary. d. Severe- The rate of accumulation is such that deicing/anti-icing equipment fails to reduce or control the hazard. Immediate flight diversion is necessary. IDENT- A request for a pilot to activate the aircraft transponder identification feature. This will help the controller to confirm an aircraft identity or to identify an aircraft. (Refer to AIM.) IDENT FEATURE- The special feature in the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System (ATCRBS) equipment. It is used to immediately distinguish one displayed beacon target from other beacon targets. (See IDENT.) IF(See INTERMEDIATE FIX.) IFIM(See INTERNATIONAL FLIGHT INFORMATION MANUAL.) IF NO TRANSMISSION RECEIVED FOR (TIME)- Used by ATC in radar approaches to prefix procedures which should be followed by the pilot in event of lost communications. (See LOST COMMUNICATIONS.) IFR(See INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES.) IFR AIRCRAFT- An aircraft conducting flight in accordance with instrument flight rules. IFR CONDITIONS- Weather conditions below the minimum for flight under visual flight rules. (See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS.) IFR DEPARTURE PROCEDURE(See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.) (Refer to AIM.) IFR FLIGHT(See IFR AIRCRAFT.) IFR LANDING MINIMUMS(See LANDING MINIMUMS.) IFR MILITARY TRAINING ROUTES (IR)- Routes used by the Department of Defense and associated Reserve and Air Guard units for the purpose of conducting low-altitude navigation and tactical training in both IFR and VFR weather conditions below 10,000 feet MSL at airspeeds in excess of 250 knots IAS. IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES- Title 14 Code of Federal Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG I-2 Regulations Part 91, prescribes standard takeoff rules for certain civil users. At some airports, obstructions or other factors require the establishm ent of nonstandard takeoff minimums, departure proce- dures, or both to assist pilots in avoiding obstacles during climb to the minimum en route altitude. Those airports are listed in FAA/DOD Instrument Approach Procedures (IAPs) Charts under a section entitled “IFR Takeoff Minimums and Departure Procedures.” The FAA/DOD IAP chart legend illustrates the symbol used to alert the pilot to nonstandard takeoff minimums and departure procedures. When depart- ing IFR from such airports or from any airports where there are no departure procedures, DPs, or ATC facilities available, pilots should advise ATC of any departure limitations. Controllers may query a pilot to determine acceptable departure directions, turns, or headings after takeoff. Pilots should be familiar with the departure procedures and must assure that their aircraft can meet or exceed any specified climb gradients. IF/IAWP- Intermediate Fix/Initial Approach Way- point. The waypoint where the final approach course of a T approach meets the crossbar of the T. When designated (in conjunction with a TAA) this waypoint will be used as an IAWP when approaching the airport from certain directions, and as an IFWP when beginning the approach from another IAWP. IFWP- Intermediate Fix Waypoint ILS(See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.) ILS CATEGORIES- 1. ILS Category I. An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less than 200 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1,800 feet.- 2. ILS Category II. An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach to a height above touchdown of not less than 100 feet and with runway visual range of not less than 1,200 feet.- 3. ILS Category III: a. IIIA.-An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and with runway visual range of not less than 700 feet. b. IIIB.-An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and with runway visual range of not less than 150 feet. c. IIIC.-An ILS approach procedure which provides for approach without a decision height minimum and without runway visual range minimum. ILS PRM APPROACH- An instrument landing system (ILS) approach conducted to parallel runways whose extended centerlines are separated by less than 4,300 feet and the parallel runways have a Precision Runway Monitoring (PRM) system that permits simultaneous independent ILS approaches. IM(See INNER MARKER.) IMC(See INSTRUMENT METEOROLOGICAL CONDITIONS.) IMMEDIATELY- Used by ATC or pilots when such action compliance is required to avoid an imminent situation. INCERFA (Uncertainty Phase) [ICAO]- A situation wherein uncertainty exists as to the safety of an aircraft and its occupants. INCREASE SPEED TO (SPEED)- (See SPEED ADJUSTMENT.) INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM- An RNAV system which is a form of self-contained navigation. (See Area Navigation/RNAV.) INFLIGHT REFUELING(See AERIAL REFUELING.) INFLIGHT WEATHER ADVISORY(See WEATHER ADVISORY.) INFORMATION REQUEST- A request originated by an FSS for information concerning an overdue VFR aircraft. INITIAL APPROACH FIX- The fixes depicted on instrument approach procedure charts that identify the beginning of the initial approach segment(s). (See FIX.) (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT(See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) INITIAL APPROACH SEGMENT [ICAO]- That segment of an instrument approach procedure between the initial approach fix and the intermediate approach fix or, where applicable, the final approach fix or point. Pilot/Controller Glossary 2/14/08 PCG I-3 INLAND NAVIGATION FACILITY- A navigation aid on a North American Route at which the common route and/or the noncommon route begins or ends. INNER MARKER- A marker beacon used with an ILS (CAT II) precision approach located between the middle marker and the end of the ILS runway, transmitting a radiation pattern keyed at six dots per second and indicating to the pilot, both aurally and visually, that he/she is at the designated decision height (DH), normally 100 feet above the touchdown zone elevation, on the ILS CAT II approach. It also marks progress during a CAT III approach. (See INSTRUMENT LANDING SYSTEM.) (Refer to AIM.)
作者: 帅哥    时间: 2008-12-21 20:38:00

INNER MARKER BEACON(See INNER MARKER.) INREQ(See INFORMATION REQUEST.) INS(See INERTIAL NAVIGATION SYSTEM.) INSTRUMENT APPROACH(See INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE- A series of predetermined maneuvers for the orderly transfer of an aircraft under instrument flight conditions from the beginning of the initial approach to a landing or to a point from which a landing may be made visually. It is prescribed and approved for a specific airport by competent authority. (See SEGMENTS OF AN INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) (Refer to 14 CFR Part 91.) (Refer to AIM.) a. U.S. civil standard instrument approach procedures are approved by the FAA as prescribed under 14 CFR Part 97 and are available for public use. b. U.S. military standard instrument approach procedures are approved and published by the Department of Defense. c. Special instrument approach procedures are approved by the FAA for individual operators but are not published in 14 CFR Part 97 for public use. (See ICAO term INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE.) INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURE [ICAO]- A series of predetermined maneuvers by reference to flight instruments with specified protection from obstacles from the initial approach fix, or where applicable, from the beginning of a defined arrival route to a point from which a landing can be completed and thereafter, if a landing is not completed, to a position at which holding or en route obstacle clearance criteria apply. INSTRUMENT APPROACH PROCEDURES CHARTS(See AERONAUTICAL CHART.) INSTRUMENT DEPARTURE PROCEDURE (DP)- A preplanned instrument flight rule (IFR) departure procedure published for pilot use, in graphic or textual format, that provides obstruction clearance from the terminal area to the appropriate en route structure. There are two types of DP, Obstacle Departure Procedure (ODP), printed either textually or graphically, and, Standard Instrument Departure (SID), which is always printed graphically. (See IFR TAKEOFF MINIMUMS AND DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.) (See OBSTACLE DEPARTURE PROCEDURES.) (See STANDARD INSTRUMENT DEPARTURES.) (Refer to AIM.)




欢迎光临 航空论坛_航空翻译_民航英语翻译_飞行翻译 (http://bbs.aero.cn/) Powered by Discuz! X2